UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the year ended December 31, 20092010

Commission File Number 1-11758

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

    

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

  1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive offices,
including zip code)

 36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 (212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number,
including area code)

Title of each class

  Name of exchange on

which registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

  
Common Stock, $0.01 par value  New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $0.01 par value

  New York Stock Exchange
6 1/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust III (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
6 1/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
5 3/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
6.60% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VI (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
6.60% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
6.45% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
Exchangeable Notes due December 30, 2010; Exchangeable Notes due June 30, 2011  NYSE Amex LLC
BRIDGESSM due June 15, 2010NYSE Arca, Inc.

Capital Protected Notes due April 20, 2010; Capital Protected Notes due July 20, 2010 (2 issuances); Capital Protected Notes due August 30, 2010; Capital Protected Notes due October 30, 2010; Capital Protected Notes due January 30, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due February 20, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due March 30, 2011 (2 issuances); Capital Protected Notes due June 30, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due August 20, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due October 30, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due December 30, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due September 30, 2012

  NYSE Arca, Inc.

Capital Protected Notes due September 1, 2010

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
MPSSM due June 15, 2010; MPS due December 30, 2010; MPS due March 30, 2012  NYSE Arca, Inc.
MPS due December 30, 2010NYSE Amex LLC
Stock Participation Notes due September 15, 2010; Stock Participation Notes due December 30, 2010NYSE Amex LLC
Buffered PLUSSM due December 20, 2010; Buffered PLUS due March 20, 2011  NYSE Arca, Inc.
PROPELSSM due December 30, 2011 (3 issuances)  NYSE Arca, Inc.

Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due March 20, 2010; Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due July 20, 2010; Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due August 20, 2010; Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due March 20, 2011

  NYSE Arca, Inc.
Strategic Total Return Securities due July 30, 2011  NYSE Arca, Inc.
Market Vectors ETNs due March 31, 2020 (2 issuances); Market Vectors ETNs due April 30, 2020 (2 issuances)  NYSE Arca, Inc.

Targeted Income Strategic Total Return Securities due March 30, 2010; Targeted Income Strategic Total Return Securities due July 30, 2011; Targeted Income Strategic Total Return Securities due January 15, 2012

  NYSE Arca, Inc.

Targeted Income Strategic Total Return Securities due October 30, 2011

  The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Indicate by check mark if Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YESx NO¨

Indicate by check mark if Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES¨ NOx

Indicate by check mark whether Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YESx NO¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yesx No¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filerx

Non-Accelerated Filer ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Accelerated Filer ¨

Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). YES¨ NOx

As of June 30, 2009,2010, the aggregate market value of the common stock of Registrant held by non-affiliates of Registrant was approximately $38,566,093,047.$32,227,567,107. This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliates for any other purposes.

As of January 31, 2010,2011, there were 1,398,087,0441,545,631,781 shares of Registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.

Documents Incorporated Byby Reference: Portions of Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 20102011 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.


ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

for the year ended December 31, 20092010

 

Table of Contents     Page
Part I   

Item 1.

 Business  1
 

Overview

  1
 

Available Information

  1
 

Business Segments

  2
 

Institutional Securities

  2
 

Global Wealth Management Group

  5
 

Asset Management

  6
 

Research

  7
 

Competition

  7
 

Supervision and Regulation

  8
 

Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley

  1521

Item 1A.

 Risk Factors  1723

Item 1B.

 Unresolved Staff Comments  2531

Item 2.

 Properties  2632

Item 3.

 Legal Proceedings  2733

Item 4.

 Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders[Removed and Reserved]  2938
Part II   

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  3039

Item 6.

 Selected Financial Data  3342

Item 7.

 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  3544
 

Introduction

  3544
 

Executive Summary

  37
45  

Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations

44

Equity Capital-Related Transactions

46
 

Business Segments

  4754
 

Accounting Developments

  64
73  

Regulatory Outlook

64
 

Other Matters

  6673
 

Critical Accounting Policies

  6876
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

  7481

Item 7A.

 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk  8996

Item 8.

 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  112119
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  112119
 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

  113

i


120  Page
 

Consolidated Statements of Income

  115122
 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

  116123
 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  117124
 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

  118125

i


Page
 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  120127
 

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

  230252
Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  235260
Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures

  235260
Item 9B. 

Other Information

  237262

Part III

   
Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

  238263
Item 11. 

Executive Compensation

  238263
Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

  239264
Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

  239265
Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  239265

Part IV

   
Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

  240266

Signatures

 S-1

Exhibit Index

 E-1

 

ii


Forward-Looking Statements

 

We have included in or incorporated by reference into this report, and from time to time may make in our public filings, press releases or other public statements, certain statements, including (without limitation) those under “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A, that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, our management may make forward-looking statements to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts and represent only Morgan Stanley’sour beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control.

 

The nature of Morgan Stanley’sour business makes predicting the future trends of our revenues, expenses and net income difficult. The risks and uncertainties involved in our businesses could affect the matters referred to in such statements, and it is possible that our actual results may differ from the anticipated results indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements include (without limitation):

 

the effect of political and economic conditions and geopolitical events;

 

the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income and credit markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate investments;

 

the impact of current, pending and future legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)), regulation (including capital requirements), and legal actions in the U.S. and worldwide;

 

the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices and interest rates, currency values and other market indices;

 

the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to Morgan Stanley’sour unsecured short-term and long-term debt;

 

investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets;

 

our reputation;

inflation, natural disasters and acts of war or terrorism;

 

the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors;

 

technological changes; and

 

other risks and uncertainties detailed under “Competition” and “Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and elsewhere throughout this report.

 

Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. Morgan Stanley undertakesWe undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the dates they are made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise except as required by applicable law. You should, however, consult further disclosures Morgan Stanleywe may make in future filings of itsour Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments thereto or in future press releases or other public statements.

 

iii


Part I

 

Item 1.    Business.

Item 1.Business.

 

Overview.

 

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides its products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Morgan Stanley was originally incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1981, and its predecessor companies date back to 1924. Morgan StanleyThe Company is a financial holding company regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Fed”“Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). Morgan StanleyThe Company conducts its business from its headquarters in and around New York City, its regional offices and branches throughout the U.S. and its principal offices in London, Tokyo, Hong Kong and other world financial centers. At December 31, 2009, Morgan Stanley2010, the Company had 61,388*62,542 employees worldwide. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” mean Morgan Stanley and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

On December 16, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year endyear-end from November 30 to December 31 of each year, beginning January 1, 2009. As a result of the change, the Company had a one monthone-month transition reporting period in December 2008. Financial information concerning Morgan Stanley,the Company, its business segments and geographic regions for each of the 12 months ended December 31, 2010 (“2010”), December 31, 2009 (“2009”), November 30, 2008 (“fiscal 2008”), November 30, 2007 (“fiscal 2007”) and the one month ended December 31, 2008 is included in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Part II, Item 8.

 

Available Information.

 

Morgan StanleyThe Company files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy any document we filethe Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers (including Morgan Stanley)the Company) file electronically with the SEC. Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site,www.sec.gov.

 

Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s internet site iswww.morganstanley.com. You can access Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s Investor Relationswebpage atwww.morganstanley.com/about/ir. Morgan StanleyThe Company makes available free of charge, on or through its Investor Relations webpage, its proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Morgan StanleyThe Company also makes available, through its Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s equity securities filed by its directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

Morgan StanleyThe Company has a Corporate Governance webpage. You can access information about Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s corporate governance atwww.morganstanley.com/about/company/governancegovernance.. Morgan Stanley The Company posts the following on its Corporate Governance webpage:

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

 

*Worldwide employees includes headcount related to the Morgan Stanley Smith Barney joint venture.

1


Charters for its Audit Committee; Internal Audit Subcommittee; Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee; Nominating and Governance Committee; and Risk Committee;

 

1


Corporate Governance Policies;

 

Policy Regarding Communication with the Board of Directors;

 

Policy Regarding Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders;

 

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Contributions;

 

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

 

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

 

Code of Conduct; and

 

Integrity Hotline information.

 

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Finance Director and Controller. Morgan StanleyThe Company will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on its internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

Business Segments.

 

Morgan StanleyThe Company is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. A summary of the activities of each of the business segments follows.

 

Institutional Securities includesprovides capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

 

Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Company’s 51% interest in Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (“MSSB”), provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.services and engages in fixed income principal trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.

 

Asset Managementprovides globala broad array of investment strategies that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset management productsclasses and services in equity, fixed income, alternative investments, which includes hedge fundspublic and fundsprivate markets to a diverse group of funds, and merchant banking, which includes real estate, private equity and infrastructure, toclients across the institutional and retail clients through proprietary and third-party distribution channels. Asset Management also engages in investment activities.intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients.

 

Institutional Securities.

 

Morgan StanleyThe Company provides financial advisory and capital-raising services to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients globally, primarily through wholly owned subsidiaries that include Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc and Morgan Stanley JapanAsia Limited, and certain joint venture entities that include Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. and Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Asia Limited.Securities Co., Ltd. These and other subsidiariesentities also conduct sales and trading activities worldwide, as principal and agent, and provide related financing services on behalf of institutional investors.

 

2


Investment Banking and Corporate Lending Activities.

 

Capital Raising.    The Company manages and participates in public offerings and private placements of debt, equity and other securities worldwide. The Company is a leading underwriter of common stock, preferred stock and other equity-related securities, including convertible securities and American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). The Company is also a leading underwriter of fixed income securities, including investment grade debt, non-investment grade instruments, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, tax-exempt securities and commercial paper and other short-term securities.

Financial Advisory Services.    Morgan StanleyThe Company provides corporate and other institutional clients globally with advisory services on key strategic matters, such as mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, corporate restructurings, recapitalizations, spin-offs, exchange offers and leveraged buyouts and takeover defenses as well as shareholder relations. Morgan StanleyThe Company also provides advice concerning rights offerings, dividend policy, valuations, foreign exchange exposure, financial risk management strategies and financial planning. In addition, Morgan Stanleythe Company furnishes advice and services regarding project financings and provides advisory services in connection with the purchase, sale, leasing and financing of real estate.

 

Capital Raising.    Morgan Stanley manages and participates in public offerings and private placements of debt, equity and other securities worldwide. Morgan Stanley is a leading underwriter of common stock, preferred stock and other equity-related securities, including convertible securities and American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). Morgan Stanley is a leading underwriter of fixed income securities, including investment grade debt, non-investment grade instruments, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, tax-exempt securities and commercial paper and other short-term securities.

Corporate Lending.    Morgan StanleyThe Company provides loans or lending commitments, including bridge financing, to selected corporate clients through its subsidiaries, including Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.N.A (“MSBNA”). These loans and commitments have varying terms, may be senior or subordinated and/or secured or unsecured, are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower, and may be syndicated, hedged or traded by Morgan Stanley*the Company*. The borrowers may be rated investment grade or non-investment grade.

 

Sales and Trading Activities.

 

Morgan StanleyThe Company conducts sales, trading, financing and market-making activities on securities and futures exchanges and in over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets around the world. Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s Institutional Securities sales and trading activities include Equity Trading; Interest Rates, Credit and Currencies; Commodities; and Clients and Services.Services; and Investments.

 

Equity Trading.    Morgan StanleyThe Company acts as principal (including as a market maker)market-maker) and agent in executing transactions globally in equity and equity-related products, including common stock, ADRs, global depositary receipts and exchange-traded funds.

 

Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s equity derivatives sales, trading and market-making activities cover equity-related products globally, including equity swaps, options, warrants and futures overlying individual securities, indices and baskets of securities and other equity-related products. Morgan StanleyThe Company also issues and makes a principal market in equity-linked products to institutional and individual investors.

 

Interest Rates, Credit and Currencies.    Morgan StanleyThe Company trades, invests and makes markets and takes long and short proprietary positions in fixed income securities and related products globally, including, among other products, investment and non-investment grade corporate debt, distressed debt, bank loans, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, convertible bonds, collateralized debt obligations, credit, currency, interest rate and other fixed income-linked notes, and securities issued by structured investment vehicles, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities and real estate-loan products, municipal securities, preferred stock and commercial paper, money-market and other short-term securities. Morgan StanleyThe Company is a primary dealer of U.S. Federal Governmentfederal government securities and a member of the selling groups that distribute various U.S. agency and other debt securities. Morgan StanleyThe Company is also a primary dealer or market makermarket-maker of government securities in numerous European, Asian and emerging market countries.

 

*Revenues and expenses associated with the trading of syndicated loans are included in “Sales and Trading Activities.”

3


Morgan StanleyThe Company trades, invests and makes markets and takes long and short proprietary positions globally in listed futures and OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans,

*Revenues and expenses associated with the trading of syndicated loans are included in “Sales and Trading Activities.”

3


credit indexes, asset-backed security indexes, property indexes, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities and real estate loan products.

 

Morgan StanleyThe Company trades, invests and makes markets and takes long and short proprietary positions in major foreign currencies, such as the British pound, Canadian dollar, euro, Japanese yen euro, British pound,and Swiss franc, and Canadian dollar, as well as in emerging markets currencies. Morgan StanleyThe Company trades these currencies on a principal basis in the spot, forward, option and futures markets.

 

Through the use of repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, Morgan Stanleythe Company acts as an intermediary between borrowers and lenders of short-term funds and provides funding for various inventory positions. Morgan StanleyThe Company also provides financing to customers for commercial and residential real estate loan products and other securitizable asset classes. In addition, Morgan Stanleythe Company engages in principal securities lending with clients, institutional lenders and other broker-dealers.

 

Morgan StanleyThe Company advises on investment and liability strategies and assists corporations in their debt repurchases and tax planning. Morgan StanleyThe Company structures debt securities, derivatives and other instruments with risk/return factors designed to suit client objectives, including using repackaged asset and other structured vehicles through which clients can restructure asset portfolios to provide liquidity or reconfigure risk profiles.

 

Commodities.    Morgan Stanley trades as principalThe Company invests and maintains long and short proprietary trading positionsmakes markets in the spot, forward, physical derivatives and futures markets in several commodities, including metals (base and precious), agricultural products, crude oil, oil products, natural gas, electric power, emission credits, coal, freight, liquefied natural gas and related products and indices. Morgan StanleyThe Company is a market-maker in exchange-traded options and futures and OTC options and swaps on commodities, and offers counterparties hedging programs relating to production, consumption, reserve/inventory management and structured transactions, including energy-contract securitizations. Morgan Stanleysecuritizations and monetization. The Company is an electricity power marketer in the U.S. and owns electricity generatingelectricity-generating facilities in the U.S. and Europe.

 

Morgan StanleyThe Company owns TransMontaigne Inc. and its subsidiaries, a group of companies operating in the refined petroleum products marketing and distribution business, and owns ana minority interest in Heidmar Holdings LLC, which owns a group of companies that provide international marine transportation and U.S. marine logistics services.

 

Clients and Services.    Morgan StanleyThe Company provides financing services, including prime brokerage, which offers, among other services, consolidated clearance, settlement, custody, financing and portfolio reporting services to clients trading multiple asset classes. In addition, Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s institutional distribution and sales activities are overseen and coordinated through Clients and Services.

 

Investments.    Morgan StanleyThe Company from time to time makes investments that represent business facilitation or principalother investing activities. Business facilitationSuch investments are typically strategic investments undertaken by Morgan Stanleythe Company to facilitate core business activities. Principal investing activities areFrom time to time, the Company may also make investments and capital commitments provided to public and private companies, funds and other entities generally for proprietary purposes to maximize total returns to Morgan Stanley.entities.

 

Morgan StanleyThe Company sponsors and manages investment vehicles and separate accounts for clients seeking exposure to private equity, infrastructure, mezzanine lending and real estate-related and other alternative investments. Morgan StanleyThe Company may also invest in and provide capital to such investment vehicles. See also “Asset Management.”Management” herein.

 

4


Operations and Information Technology.

 

Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s Operations and Information Technology departments provide the process and technology platform that supports Institutional Securities sales and trading activity, including post-execution trade processing and related internal controls over activity from trade entry through settlement and custody, such as asset servicing. This is done for proprietary and customer transactions in listed and OTC transactions in commodities, equity and fixed

4


income securities, including both primary and secondary trading, as well as listed, OTC and structured derivatives in markets around the world. This activity is undertaken through Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s own facilities, through membership in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with unaffiliated third parties.

 

Global Wealth Management Group.

 

Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Company’s 51% interest in MSSB, provides comprehensive financial services to clients through a network of overmore than 18,000 global representatives in approximately 895850 locations at year end.year-end. As of December 31, 2009, Morgan Stanley2010, the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group had $1,560$1,669 billion in client assets.

 

Clients.

 

Global Wealth Management Group professionals serve individual investors and small-to-medium sizesized businesses and institutions with an emphasis on ultra high net worth, high net worth and affluent investors. Financial advisorsGlobal representatives are located in branches across the U.S., and provide solutions designed to accommodate individual investment objectives, risk tolerance and liquidity needs. Call centers are available to meet the needs of emerging affluent clients. Outside the U.S., Global Wealth Management Group offers financial services to clients in Europe, the Middle East, Asia, Australia and Latin America.

 

Products and Services.

 

Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s Global Wealth Management Group provides clients with a comprehensive array of financial solutions, including products and services from Morgan Stanley,the Company, Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) and third-party providers, such as insurance companies and mutual fund families. Global Wealth Management Group provides brokerage and investment advisory services covering various types of investments, including equities, options, futures, foreign currencies, precious metals, fixed income securities, mutual funds, structured products, alternative investments, unit investment trusts, managed futures, separately managed accounts and mutual fund asset allocation programs. Global Wealth Management Group also engages in fixed income principal trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities. In addition, Global Wealth Management Group offers education savings programs, financial and wealth planning services, and annuity and other insurance products.

 

In addition, Global Wealth Management Group offers its clients access to several cash management services through various affiliates, including cash sweeps,deposits, debit cards, electronic bill payments and check writing, as well as lending products, including securities based lending, mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit. Global Wealth Management Group also provides trust and fiduciary services, offers access to cash management and commercial credit solutions to qualified smallsmall- and mediummedium-sized businesses in the U.S., and provides individual and corporate retirement solutions, including IRAsindividual retirement accounts and 401(k) plans and U.S. and global stock plan services to corporate executives and businesses.

 

Global Wealth Management Group provides clients a variety of ways to establish a relationship and conduct business, including brokerage accounts with transaction-based pricing and investment advisory accounts with asset-based fee pricing.

 

Operations and Information Technology.

 

As a result of the MSSB, joint venture, most of the operations and technology supporting the Global Wealth Management Group are provided either by Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s Operations and Information Technology departments or by Citi. Pursuant to contractual agreements, Morgan Stanleythe Company and Citi perform various

5


broker-dealer related functions, such as execution and clearing of brokerage transactions, margin lending and custody of client assets. For Morgan Stanley, the Company,

5


these activities are undertaken through Morgan Stanley’sits own facilities, through memberships in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with unaffiliated third parties. Morgan StanleyThe Company and Citi provide certain other services and systems to support the Global Wealth Management Group including through transition services agreements with MSSB.

 

Asset Management.

 

Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s Asset Management business segment is one of the largest global assetinvestment management organizations of any full-service financial services firm and offers individual and institutional clients a diverse array of equity, fixed income and alternative investments and merchant banking strategies. Currently, Morgan Stanley’s asset management activities are principally conducted under the Morgan Stanley and Van Kampen brands. Portfolio managers located in the U.S., Europe Japan, Singapore and IndiaAsia manage investment products ranging from money market funds to equity taxable and tax-exempt fixed income funds andstrategies, alternative investment and merchant banking products in developed and emerging markets. Morgan Stanley offers clients various investment styles, such as value, growth, core, fixed incomemarkets across geographies and asset allocation; global investments; active and passive management; and diversified and concentrated portfolios.market cap ranges.

 

Morgan StanleyThe Company offers a range of alternative investment, real estate investing and merchant banking products for institutional investors and high net worth individuals. Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s alternative investments platform includes hedge funds, funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and portable alpha strategies, including FrontPoint Partners LLC, a leading provider of absolute return strategies. Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s alternative investments platform also includes minority stakes in Lansdowne Partners, Avenue Capital Group and Traxis Partners LP. Morgan Stanley’s Merchant Banking Division includes Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s real estate and merchant banking businesses include its real estate investing business, private equity funds, corporate mezzanine debt investing group and infrastructure investing group. Morgan StanleyThe Company typically acts as general partner of, and investment adviser to, its alternative investment, real estate and merchant banking funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds with subscribing investors contributing the majority.

 

On October 19, 2009,June 1, 2010, as part of a restructuring of Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s Asset Management business segment, Morgan Stanley entered into a definitive agreement to sellthe Company sold substantially all of its retail asset management business, including Van Kampen Investments, Inc. (“Van Kampen”), to Invesco Ltd. (“Invesco”). This transaction allows Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s Asset Management business segment to focus on its institutional and intermediary client base. Under the terms of the definitive agreement, Invesco will purchase substantially all of Morgan Stanley’s retail asset management business, operating under both the Morgan Stanley and Van Kampen brands, in a stock and cash transaction. Morgan Stanley will receive a 9.4% minority interest in Invesco. The transaction, which has been approved by the Boards of Directors of both companies, is expected to close in mid-2010, subject to customary regulatory, client and fund shareholder approvals.

 

Institutional Investors.

 

Morgan StanleyThe Company provides assetinvestment management productsstrategies and servicesproducts to institutional investors worldwide, including corporations, pension plans, large intermediaries, private funds, non-profit organizations,endowments, foundations, endowments, sovereign wealth funds, governmental agencies, insurance companies and banks. Productsbanks through a broad range of pooled vehicles and separate accounts. Additionally, the Company provides sub-advisory services are available to institutional investors primarily through separate accounts, U.S. mutual funds and other pooled vehicles. Morgan Stanley also sub-advises funds for various unaffiliated financial institutions and intermediaries. A global sales forceGlobal Sales and aClient Service team dedicatedis engaged in business development and relationship management for consultants to covering the investment consultant industryhelp serve institutional investors.clients.

 

Intermediary Clients and Individual Investors.

 

Morgan StanleyThe Company offers open-end and alternative investment funds and separately managed accounts to individual investors through affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies, financial planners and financial planners.other intermediaries. Closed-end funds managed by Morgan Stanley or Van Kampenthe Company are available to individual investors through

6


affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers. A small number of unaffiliated broker-dealers account for a substantial portion of Van Kampen open-end fund sales. Morgan StanleyThe Company also sellsdistributes mutual funds through numerous retirement plan platforms. Internationally, Morgan Stanleythe Company distributes traditional investment products to individuals outside the U.S. through non-proprietary distributors and distributes alternative investment products are distributed through affiliated broker-dealers.broker-dealers and banks.

 

Operations and Information Technology.

 

Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s Operations and Information Technology departments provide or oversee the process and technology platform required to support its asset management business. Support activities include transfer agency, mutual fund accounting and administration, transaction processing and certain fiduciary services on

6


behalf of institutional, retailintermediary and intermediaryhigh net worth clients. These activities are undertaken through Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s own facilities, through membership in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with unaffiliated third parties.

 

Research.

 

Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s research department (“Research”) coordinates globally across all of Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s businesses. Research consists of economists, strategists and industry analysts who engage in equity and fixed income research activities and produce reports and studies on the U.S. and global economy, financial markets, portfolio strategy, technical market analyses, individual companies and industry developments. Research examines worldwide trends covering numerous industries and individual companies, the majority of which are located outside of the U.S.; provides analysis and forecasts relating to economic and monetary developments that affect matters such as interest rates, foreign currencies, securities, derivatives and economic trends; and provides analytical support and publishes reports on asset-backed securities and the markets in which such securities are traded and data are disseminated to investors through third partythird-party distributors, proprietary internet sites such as Client Link and Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s sales forces.

 

Competition.

 

All aspects of Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s businesses are highly competitive, and Morgan Stanleythe Company expects them to remain so. Morgan StanleyThe Company competes in the U.S. and globally for clients, market share and human talent in all aspects of its business segments. Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s competitive position depends on its reputation and the quality and consistency of its products, services and advice. Morgan Stanley’slong-term investment performance. The Company’s ability to sustain or improve its competitive position also depends substantially on its ability to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees while managing compensation and other costs. Morgan StanleyThe Company competes with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds, energy companies and other companies offering financial services in the U.S., globally and through the internet. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have been acquired by or merged into other firms or have declared bankruptcy. Such changes could result in Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s remaining competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as the ability to offer a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity. See also “Supervision and Regulation” and “Risk Factors” herein.

 

Institutional Securities and Global Wealth Management Group.

 

Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s competitive position depends on innovation, execution capability and relative pricing. Morgan StanleyThe Company competes directly in the U.S. and globally with other securities and financial services firms and broker-dealers and with others on a regional or product basis.

 

Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s ability to access capital at competitive rates (which is generally dependent on Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s credit ratings) and to commit capital efficiently, particularly in its capital-intensive underwriting and

7


sales, trading, financing and market-making activities, also affects its competitive position. Corporate clients may request that Morgan Stanleythe Company provide loans or lending commitments in connection with certain investment banking activities.activities, and such requests are expected to increase in the future.

 

It is possible that competition may become even more intense as Morgan Stanleythe Company continues to compete with financial institutions that may be larger, or better capitalized, or may have a stronger local presence and longer operating history in certain areas. Many of these firms have greater capital than Morgan Stanleythe Company and have the ability to offer a wide range of products and services that may enhance their competitive position and could result in pricing pressure in our businesses. The complementary trends in the financial services industry of consolidation and globalization present, among other things, technological, risk management, regulatory and other infrastructure challenges that require effective resource allocation in order for Morgan Stanleythe Company to remain competitive.

 

Morgan Stanley7


The Company has experienced intense price competition in some of its businesses in recent years. In particular, the ability to execute securities trades electronically on exchanges and through other automated trading markets has increased the pressure on trading commissions. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely continue. It is possible that Morgan Stanleythe Company will experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of its competitors may seek to obtain market share by reducing prices.

 

Asset Management.

 

Competition in the asset management industry is affected by several factors, including Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s reputation, investment objectives, quality of investment professionals, performance of investment productsstrategies or product offerings relative to peers and an appropriate benchmark index, advertising and sales promotion efforts, fee levels, the effectiveness of and access to distribution channels and investment pipelines, and the types and quality of products offered. Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s alternative investment products, such as private equity funds, real estate and hedge funds, compete with similar products offered by both alternative and traditional asset managers.

 

Supervision and Regulation.

 

As a major financial services firm, Morgan Stanleythe Company is subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where it operates. Moreover, in response to the financial crisis, legislators and regulators, both in the U.S. and worldwide,around the world, are currently consideringin the process of adopting and implementing a wide range of proposalsreforms that if enacted, couldwill result in major changes to the way Morgan Stanleythe Company is regulated and conducts its business. It will take some time for the comprehensive effects of these reforms to emerge and be understood.

 

Regulatory Outlook.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law. While certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act were effective immediately, other portions will be effective only following extended transition periods. At this time, it is difficult to assess fully the impact that the Dodd-Frank Act will have on the Company and on the financial services industry generally. Implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act will be accomplished through numerous rulemakings by multiple governmental agencies. The Dodd-Frank Act also mandates the preparation of studies on a wide range of issues, which could lead to additional legislation or regulatory changes.

In addition, legislative and regulatory initiatives continue outside the U.S. which may also affect the Company’s business and operations. For example, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) has issued new capital, leverage and liquidity standards, known as “Basel III,” which U.S. banking regulators are expected to introduce in the U.S. The Financial Stability Board and the Basel Committee are also developing standards designed to apply to systemically important financial institutions, such as the Company. In addition, initiatives are under way in the European Union and Japan, among other jurisdictions, that would require centralized clearing, reporting and recordkeeping with respect to various kinds of financial transactions and other regulatory requirements that are in some cases similar to those required under the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

It is likely that the year 20102011 and subsequent years will see further material changes in the way that major financial institutions are regulated in both in the U.S. and worldwide. The reforms being discussed include several that contemplate comprehensive restructuring of the regulation of the financial services industry. Enactment of such measures likely would lead to stricter regulation of financial institutions generally, and heightened prudential requirements for systemically important firms in particular. Such measures could include taxation of financial transactions, liabilities and employee compensation as well as reforms of the OTC derivativesother markets such as mandated exchange trading and clearing, position limits, margin, capital and registration requirements. Other changes under discussion in the U.S. legislative arena include: breaking up firms that are considered “too big to fail” or mandating certain barriers between their activities in order to allow for an orderly resolution of failing financial institutions; curtailing the ability of firms that own Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”)-insured institutions to also engage in private equity, hedge fund and proprietary trading activities; requiring firms to maintain plans for their dissolution; requiring the financial industry to pay into a fund designed to help unwind failing firms; providing regulators with new means of limiting activities of financial firms; regulating

8


compensation in the financial services industry; enhancing corporate governance, especially regarding risk management; and creating a new agency, the “Consumer Financial Protection Agency,” to protect U.S. consumers who buy financial products.

Reforms are being discussed concurrently in Washington, London, the European Union (“EU”) and other major market centers in which Morgan Stanleythe Company operates, and attempts are being made to internationally coordinate the principles behind such changes through the G-20’s expanded mandate for the Financial Stability Board and through the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”), the International Association of Securities Commissioners and others. Among the internationally coordinated reforms are recent measures and proposals by the Basel Committee to raise the quality of capital, increase capital requirements for securitizations, trading book exposure and counterparty credit risk exposure, and globally introduce a leverage ratio, capital conservation measures and liquidity coverage requirements, among other measures. In both the EU and the U.S., moreover, changes to the institutional framework for financial regulation are being discussed or are underway.

Many of the market reforms, if enacted, may materially affect Morgan Stanley’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period. In particular, if systemic regulation were enacted, Morgan Stanley would likely be designated as a systemically important firm, and the consequences of systemic regulation, including a potential requirement for additional higher quality capital and liquidity and decreased leverage, could materially impact Morgan Stanley’s business.

A substantial number of the financial reforms currently discussed in the U.S. and globally may become law, though it is difficult to predict which further reform initiatives will become law, how such reforms will be implemented or the exact impact they will have on Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period. As most changes, if adopted, will require regulatory implementation, the full impact of these changes will not be known until a later stage.

 

Financial Holding Company.

 

Since September 2008, Morgan StanleyThe Company has operated as a bank holding company and financial holding company under the BHC Act since September 2008. Effective July 22, 2010, as a bank holding company with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets, the Company became subject to the new systemic risk regime established by the Dodd-Frank Act. It is not yet clear how the regulators will apply the heightened prudential standards on systemically important firms such as the Company.

 

8


U.S. Banking Institutions.Consolidated Supervision.    Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”), primarily a wholesale commercial

On the bank offers consumer lending and commercial lending services in addition to deposit products. As an FDIC-insured national bank, MSBNAholding company level, the Company is subject to the comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve also gains heightened authority to examine, prescribe regulations and take action with respect to all of the Company’s subsidiaries. In addition, a new consumer protection agency, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, will have exclusive rulemaking and primary enforcement and examination authority over the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to federal consumer financial laws to the extent applicable.

Because the Company is subject to the systemic risk regime, it is now also subject to the expanded systemic risk powers of the Federal Reserve, including the Federal Reserve’s rulemaking in the area of heightened prudential standards and other requirements under the systemic risk regime. A new systemic risk oversight body, the Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “Council”), can recommend prudential standards, reporting and disclosure requirements to the Federal Reserve with applicability to financial institutions such as the Company, and must approve any finding by the Federal Reserve that a systemically important financial institution poses a grave threat to financial stability and must undertake mitigating actions. The Council is also empowered to designate systemically important payment, clearing and settlement activities of financial institutions, subjecting them to prudential supervision and regulation, and, assisted by the new Office of Financial Research within the ComptrollerU.S. Department of the CurrencyTreasury (“OCC”U.S. Treasury”).

Morgan Stanley Trust is a wholly owned subsidiary that conducts, through a subsidiary, certain mortgage lending activities primarily for customers of its affiliate retail broker Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”). Morgan Stanley Trust also conducts certain transfer agency, sub-accounting and other activities. It is an FDIC-insured federal savings bank whose activities are subject to comprehensive regulation and periodic examination (established by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

Morgan Stanley Trust National Association, a wholly owned subsidiary, is a non-depository national bank whose activities are limited to fiduciaryDodd-Frank Act), can gather data and custody activities, primarily personal trust and prime brokerage custody services. It is subject to comprehensive regulation and periodic examination byreports from financial institutions, including the OCC. Morgan Stanley Trust National Association is not FDIC-insured.Company. See also “—Systemic Risk Regime” below.

 

Scope of Permitted Activities.As a financial holding company, Morgan Stanley is currently able to engage in any activity that is financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity.activity, as defined in accordance with the BHC Act. Unless otherwise required by the Fed, Morgan StanleyFederal Reserve, the Company is permitted to commencebegin any new financial activity, orand generally may acquire aany company engaged in any financial activity, as long as it provides after–the–fact notice of such new activity or investment to the Fed. Morgan Stanley must obtain theFederal Reserve.

The Company is, however, subject to prior notice or approval requirements of the Fed before acquiringFederal Reserve in respect of certain types of transactions, including for the acquisition of more than five percent5% of any class of voting stock of a U.S. depository institution or bankdepository institution holding company, and, since July 2010, also for certain acquisitions of non-bank financial companies with $10 billion or commencing any activity that is complementary to a financial activity. Under some reform proposals, any non-banking acquisition of more than $25 billion in assets would require prior Fed approval, and regulators would be given new means to limit activities.

9


Morgan Stanley believes that most of the activities it conducted before becomingtotal consolidated assets. The Company’s ability, as a financial holding company, remain permissible. In addition,to engage in certain merger transactions could also be impacted by approval requirements on a potentially broader set of transactions that will take effect in July 2011, by a new financial stability factor the Federal Reserve must consider in approving certain transactions, and by concentration limits, to be implemented by October 2011, limiting mergers and acquisitions resulting in control of more than 10% of all consolidated financial liabilities in the U.S. The Dodd-Frank Act will also place heightened requirements on the Company’s ability to acquire control of a bank.

The BHC Act gives Morgan Stanleygave the Company two years after becoming a financial holding company to conform its existing nonfinancialnon-financial activities and investments to the requirements of the BHC Act, with the possibility of three one-year extensions for a total grace period of up to five years. The Company has requested and obtained an extension in order to conform a limited set of activities and make certain divestments. The BHC Act also grandfathers any “activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties,” provided that Morgan Stanley conducted anythe Company was engaged in “any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 in the United States” and provided that certain other conditions that are within Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s reasonable control are satisfied. In addition,If the Federal Reserve were to determine that any of the Company’s commodities activities did not qualify for the BHC Act permitsgrandfather exemption, then the Fed to determine by regulation or order that certain activities are complementary to a financial activity and do not pose a risk to safety and soundness.

It is possible that certain of Morgan Stanley’s existing activities will not be deemed to be permissible financial activities, or incidental or complementary to such activities or otherwise grandfathered. If so, Morgan Stanley mayCompany would likely be required to divest them beforeany such activities that did not otherwise conform to the BHC Act by the end of any extensions of the original two-year or subsequent one-year grace periods discussed above. Morgan Stanleyperiod. The Company does not believe that any such required divestment willwould have a material adverse impact on its financial condition or results of operations.operations, cash flows or financial condition.

 

Consolidated Supervision.    AsIn order to maintain its status as a financial holding company, Morgan Stanley is subject tomust satisfy certain requirements, including the comprehensive, consolidated supervision and regulation of the Fed. This meansrequirement that Morgan Stanley is, among other things, subject to the Fed’s risk-based and leverage capital requirements and information reporting requirements for bank holding companies. The Fed has the authority to conduct on-site examinations of Morgan Stanley and any of its affiliates, subject to coordinating with any state or federal functional regulator of any particular affiliate.

In order to maintain Morgan Stanley’s status as a financial holding company, its depository institution subsidiaries must remain well capitalized and well managed. Reform proposals would also base such financial holding company status on maintaining a well capitalized and well managed standard at the Morgan Stanley holding company level. If designated a systemically important firm, Morgan Stanley would be required, pursuant to such reform proposals, to remain well capitalized and well managed at all times. 

9


Under current regulations implemented by the Fed,Federal Reserve, if any depository institution controlled by a financial holding company no longer meets certain capital or management standards, the FedFederal Reserve may impose corrective capital and/or managerial requirements on the parent financial holding company and place limitations on its ability to make acquisitions or otherwise conduct the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies. In addition, as a last resort if the deficiencies persist, the FedFederal Reserve may order a financial holding company to cease the conduct of or to divest those businesses engaged in activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies. TheUnder the Dodd-Frank Act, beginning in July 2011, the financial holding company status will also depend on remaining well capitalized and well managed at the holding company level. See also “—Capital Standards” below.

Current regulations also provide that if any depository institution controlled by a financial holding company fails to maintain a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, the FedFederal Reserve must prohibit the financial holding company and its subsidiaries from engaging in any additional activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies.

 

Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.    A provision of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Volcker Rule”) will, over time, prohibit the Company and its subsidiaries from engaging in “proprietary trading,” as defined by the regulators. The Volcker Rule will also require banking entities to either restructure or unwind certain relationships with “hedge funds” and “private equity funds,” as such terms are defined in the Volcker Rule and by the regulators. Regulators are required to issue regulations implementing the substantive Volcker Rule provisions during the course of 2011. The Volcker Rule is expected to become effective in July 2012, and banking entities will then have a two-year transition period to come into compliance with the Volcker Rule, subject to certain available extensions.

While full compliance with the Volcker Rule will likely only be required by July 2014, subject to extensions, the Company’s business and operations are expected to be impacted earlier, as operating models, investments and legal structures must be reviewed and gradually adjusted to the new legal environment. The Company has begun a review of its private equity fund, hedge fund and proprietary trading operations; however, it is too early to predict how the Volcker Rule may impact the Company’s businesses.

Systemic Risk Regime.    The Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new regulatory framework applicable to financial institutions deemed to pose systemic risks. Bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets, such as the Company, became automatically subject to the systemic risk regime in July 2010.

Under the systemic risk regime, the Federal Reserve must establish enhanced risk-based capital, leverage capital and liquidity requirements. These requirements have to be more stringent than standards for institutions that do not pose systemic risks. Those more broadly applicable U.S. capital and leverage standards will become significantly more onerous, and will be supplemented by liquidity requirements, such as those promulgated by the Basel Committee. The enhanced capital, leverage and liquidity standards under the systemic risk regime are expected to place additional demands, beyond those under Basel III, on systemically important financial institutions including the Company. The exact form, scale and timing of introduction of any such enhanced requirements are unclear and will have to be established by rulemaking. The Financial Stability Board has also announced that it will, together with national authorities, determine in 2011 which financial institutions are “clearly systemic to the global financial system” (“G-SIFIs”), and recommend an additional degree of loss absorbency for these institutions. A peer review council will be established with the aim of ensuring consistent application of measures across G-SIFIs in light of the risks they pose.

The systemic risk regime calls for the establishment of extensive, rapid and orderly resolution plans (“resolution plans”). The establishment and maintenance of resolution plans requires systemically important financial institutions, including the Company, to analyze and provide substantial amounts of information regarding their legal entity structure, assets, liabilities, security arrangements and major counterparties and could entail significant restructuring of operations. The Federal Reserve and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) will review resolution plans for adequacy and, if they are found to be inadequate, can require changes in

10


business operations and corporate structure, impose more stringent requirements or restrictions, including more stringent capital requirements or restrictions on growth, and may require divestments of operations or assets as a last resort. The specific requirements of resolution plans will be developed through Federal Reserve and FDIC rulemaking.

Systemically important financial institutions are made subject to an early remediation regime to address financial distress, which will include measures ranging from limits on capital distributions, acquisitions and asset growth, to capital restoration plans and capital-raising requirements, and the details of which will be established by rulemaking. It is currently unclear how regulators will define “financial distress,” thereby determining at what level of capital deficiency or other signs of distress the foregoing restrictions would set in. In addition, for institutions posing a grave threat to U.S. financial stability, the Federal Reserve, upon Council vote, must limit that institution’s ability to merge, restrict its ability to offer financial products, require it to terminate activities, impose conditions on activities or, as a last resort, require it to dispose of assets. Upon a grave threat determination by the Council, the Federal Reserve must issue rules that require financial institutions subject to the systemic risk regime to maintain a debt-to-equity ratio of no more than 15-to-1 if the Council considers it necessary to mitigate the risk.

Under the systemic risk regime, the Company will be required to conduct regular internal stress tests, and the Company must also submit to annual stress tests conducted by the Federal Reserve, a summary of which will be published. Implementing regulation must be issued by January 2012. The systemic risk regime also calls for heightened risk management standards and credit exposure reporting and, effective by July 2013 at the earliest, for limits on the concentration of risk and credit exposure to non-affiliates. The Federal Reserve also has the ability to establish further standards, including those regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures, required risk committee of the board, and limits on short-term debt, including off-balance sheet exposures.

See also “—Capital Standards” and “—Orderly Liquidation Authority” below.

Capital Standards.    The Basel CommitteeFederal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company and the Fed are rethinking the scope, strength and natureevaluates its compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements that should apply to global financial institutions like Morgan Stanley.and standards for the Company’s national bank subsidiaries.

 

The Basel Committee has opened a broad-based consultation onCurrent U.S. risk-based capital liquidity and leverage guidelines require the Company’s capital-to-assets ratios that is expected to be completemeet certain minimum standards. Under the current guidelines, in order for the Company to remain a financial holding company its bank subsidiaries must qualify as “well capitalized” and “well managed” by maintaining a total capital ratio (total capital to risk-weighted assets) of at least 10% and a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6%. Beginning in July 2011, as required by the end of 2010, with implementation for most measures byDodd-Frank Act, the end of 2012, and in some cases earlier. The results of this consultation, in the form eventually implemented into U.S. law by the Fed and other U.S. banking regulators, are expected, among other aspects, to increase requirements ascapital standards currently applicable to the quality of capital, with greater emphasis on common stockCompany’s bank subsidiaries will apply directly to the Company, as the predominant form of capital,a holding company, and require it to enhance capital requirements for trading book exposures, securitizationsremain “well capitalized” and counterparty credit risk exposure,“well managed” to institute capital conservation measures and liquidity coverage requirements, and to implement onmaintain its status as a more global basis the leverage ratio concept, a version of which is currently applied only by U.S. regulators. The exact scope and scale of these capital changes are currently not known. Even underfinancial holding company. Under current standards, the Fed generally requires Morgan StanleyFederal Reserve may require the Company and its peer financial holding companies to maintain risk-based and leverage capital ratios substantially in excess of mandated minimum levels, depending upon general economic conditions and their particular condition, risk profile and growth plans. The Company expects that the new “well capitalized” requirement under the Dodd-Frank Act will similarly be established in excess of minimum capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies.

 

10


Current U.S. risk–based capital and leverage guidelines require Morgan Stanley’s capital–to–assets ratios to meet certain minimum standards. Under the guidelines, banking organizations are required to maintain a total capital ratio (total capital to risk–weighted assets) of at least 10% and a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6% in order to qualify as well capitalized and for the holding company parent to be able to qualify as a financial holding company.

Morgan Stanley currentlyThe Company calculates its capital ratios and risk-weighted assets in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Fed, whichFederal Reserve. These standards are based upon a framework described in the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as “Basel I.” At December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with Basel I capital requirements. See also Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators are in the process ofpublished final U.S. implementing regulation incorporating the Basel II Accord, intowhich requires internationally active banking organizations, as well as certain of their U.S. bank

11


subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the existing risk–basednext several years. The timeline set out in December 2007 for the implementation of Basel II in the U.S. may be impacted by the developments concerning Basel III described below. Starting July 2010, the Company has been reporting on a parallel basis under the current regulatory capital regime (Basel I) and Basel II, which, as currently scheduled, will be followed by a three-year transitional period. In addition, under a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, capital standards generally applicable to U.S. banks will serve to establish minimum Tier 1 and total capital requirements more broadly, including for bank holding companies such as the Company that otherwise apply different capital standards set by the Federal Reserve. In effect, those generally applicable capital standards, which are currently based on Basel I standards but may themselves change over time, would serve as a permanent floor to minimum capital requirements calculated under the Basel II standard the Company is currently required to implement, as well as future capital standards.

Basel III contains new standards that will raise the quality of capital banking institutions must hold, strengthen the risk-weighted asset base and Morgan Stanley is working with itsintroduce a leverage ratio as a supplemental measure to the risk-based capital ratios. Basel III includes a new capital conservation buffer, which imposes a common equity requirement above the new minimum that can be depleted under stress, subject to restrictions on capital distributions, and a new countercyclical buffer, which regulators accordinglycan activate during periods of excessive credit growth in their jurisdiction. The use of certain capital instruments, such as trust preferred securities, as Tier 1 capital components will be phased out. Basel III also introduces new liquidity measures designed to transitionmonitor banking institutions for their ability to meet short-term cash flow needs and to address longer-term structural liquidity mismatches.

National implementation of Basel III risk-based capital requirements, including by U.S. regulators, will begin in 2013, and many of the requirements will be subject to extended phase-in periods. Once fully implemented, the capital requirements would include a new minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio of 4.5%, a minimum Tier 1 equity ratio of 6%, and the minimum total capital ratio which would remain at 8.0% (plus a 2.5% capital conservation buffer consisting of common equity in addition to these ratios). Despite extended phase-in periods, the Company expects some of the new capital requirements to become relevant sooner. For example, on November 17, 2010, the Federal Reserve announced that it will require large U.S. bank holding companies to submit capital plans that show, among other things, the ability to meet Basel III capital requirements over time, and the Company submitted its capital plan to the Federal Reserve on January 7, 2011 in response to such requirements. The Federal Reserve will evaluate capital plans that include a request to increase common stock dividends, implement stock repurchase programs, or redeem or repurchase capital instruments.

 

The federalConcurrently with implementing regulations concerning Basel III, U.S. banking regulators will implement provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act with effect on capital and related requirements, including heightened capital and liquidity requirements for financial institutions subject to the systemic risk regime, including the Company, as well as a mandate to make capital requirements countercyclical, and for capital requirements to address risks posed by certain activities. Pursuant to a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, over time, trust preferred securities will no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital but will qualify only as Tier 2 capital. This change in regulatory capital treatment will be phased in incrementally during a transition period that will start on January 1, 2013 and end on January 1, 2016. This provision of the Dodd-Frank Act is expected to accelerate the phase-in of disqualification of trust preferred securities provided for by Basel III.

Bank holding companies are also have established minimum leverage ratio guidelines. Thesubject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio isas defined as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total book assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets and deferred tax assets). The adjusted average total assets are derived using weekly balances for each quarter. Thethe Federal Reserve. Under Federal Reserve rules, the minimum leverage ratio is 3% for bank holding companies, including the Company, that are considered “strong” under FedFederal Reserve guidelines or which have implemented the Fed’s risk–basedFederal Reserve’s risk-based capital measure for market risk. Other bankBasel III introduces internationally a leverage ratio that could result in more stringent capital requirements than the current minimum U.S. leverage ratio. Bank holding companies must havesuch as the Company, over a period of time will also be required to satisfy, at a minimum, the leverage ratio of 4%.capital requirements currently in effect for U.S. banks, which will thereafter serve as an effective floor. Financial institutions subject to the systemic risk regime under the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Company, will also be required to meet as yet unspecified heightened prudential standards, including possibly higher leverage capital requirements.

 

Reform proposals affecting the scope, coverage, or calculation of capital, and increases in the amount of capital, including more restrictive leverage ratios, capital conservation measures and liquidity coverage requirements could adversely affect Morgan Stanley’s ability to generate return on capital, to pay dividends, or could require Morgan Stanley to reduce business levels or to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely impact its shareholders or creditors.12


See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

 

DividendsOrderly Liquidation Authority.    Under the Dodd-Frank Act, financial companies, including bank holding companies such as Morgan Stanley and certain covered subsidiaries, can be subjected to a new orderly liquidation authority. The U.S. Treasury must first make certain extraordinary financial distress and systemic risk determinations. Absent such U.S. Treasury determinations, Morgan Stanley as a bank holding company would remain subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

The orderly liquidation authority went into effect in July 2010, but rulemaking is required to render it fully operative. If the Company were subjected to the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC would be appointed receiver, which would give the FDIC considerable rights and powers that it must exercise with the goal of liquidating and winding up the Company, including (i) the FDIC’s right to assign assets and liabilities and transfer some to a third party or bridge financial company without the need for creditor consent or prior court review; (ii) the ability of the FDIC to differentiate among creditors in exercising its cherry-picking powers, including by treating junior creditors better than senior creditors, subject to a minimum recovery right to receive at least what they would have received in bankruptcy liquidation; and (iii) the broad powers given the FDIC to administer the claims process to determine which creditor receives what, and in which order, from assets not transferred to a third party or bridge financial institution.

The FDIC can provide a broad range of financial assistance for the resolution process, and, if it does so, it must ensure that unsecured creditors bear losses up to the amount they would have suffered in liquidation (or as otherwise determined by the FDIC), and that management or board members of the financial company responsible for the failed condition are removed. Amounts owed to the U.S. are generally given priority over claims of general creditors. In addition, to the extent the FDIC funds the liquidation of a financial company with borrowings from the U.S. Treasury, it is authorized to assess claimants that receive benefits in excess of their claims in a bankruptcy liquidation, as well as systemically important or other large financial institutions, to repay such borrowings.

A number of creditor rights in the orderly liquidation authority have been modeled after the Bankruptcy Code, and the FDIC must promulgate implementing regulation in a manner that further reduces the gap in treatment between the two regimes and increases legal certainty. However, the orderly resolution authority is untested and differs in material respects from the Bankruptcy Code, including in the broad powers granted to the FDIC as receiver. As a result, the Company cannot exclude the possibility that shareholders, creditors and other counterparties of the Company and similarly situated financial companies will reassess the credit risk posed by the possibility that the Company could be subjected to the orderly liquidation authority, and could seek to be compensated for any perceived risk of greater credit losses in such event.

In addition to the orderly liquidation authority, the Dodd-Frank Act also eliminates some of the regulatory authorities used in the recent financial crisis to intervene and support individual financial institutions. As a result of these developments, credit rating agencies have announced that they would review financial institutions’ ratings to potentially adjust the previously assumed level of government support as a factor in their ratings. These developments may have potential negative implications for such institutions’ ratings to the extent the credit rating agencies’ assessment of the impact of systemic risk regulation on the assumed level of government support negatively influences the Company’s credit ratings, that in turn could negatively impact the Company’s funding costs. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Ratings” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

.Dividends.    In addition to certain dividend restrictions that apply by law to certain of Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s subsidiaries, as described below, the OCC, the FedFederal Reserve and the FDIC have authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including Morgan Stanley, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.the Company, MSBNA and other Morgan Stanley depository institution subsidiaries of the Company, if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking

13


organization. It is FedFederal Reserve policy that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of income available from the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. It is also FedFederal Reserve policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine the company’s ability to be a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, all companies that own or control an insured depository institution will be required to serve as a source of strength to such institution;i.e., be able to provide financial assistance to such institution when it experiences financial distress. Implementing regulations must be issued by July 2012. Like the Federal Reserve policy currently in place, as well as periodic stress tests, the new statutory source of strength requirement could influence the Company’s ability to pay dividends, or require it to provide capital assistance to MSBNA or Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MS Private Bank”) (formerly Morgan Stanley Trust FSB) under circumstances under which the Company would not otherwise decide to do so.

See also “—Capital Standards” above.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

U.S. Banking Institutions.    MSBNA, primarily a wholesale commercial bank, offers consumer lending and commercial lending services in addition to deposit products. As an FDIC-insured national bank, MSBNA is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC.

MS Private Bank conducts certain mortgage lending activities primarily for customers of its affiliate retail broker Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”). MS Private Bank also offers certain deposit products. It changed its charter to a national association on July 1, 2010, and is an FDIC-insured national bank whose activities are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC.

Morgan Stanley Trust National Association is a non-depository national bank whose activities are limited to fiduciary and custody activities, primarily personal trust and prime brokerage custody services. It is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC. Morgan Stanley Trust National Association is not FDIC-insured.

 

Prompt Corrective ActionAction..    The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 provides a framework for regulation of depository institutions and their affiliates, including parent holding companies, by their federal banking regulators. Among other things, it requires the relevant federal banking regulator to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards. Current regulations generally apply only to insured banks and thrifts such as Morgan StanleyMSBNA or MS Private Bank N.A. or Morgan Stanley Trust, and not to their parent holding companies, such as Morgan Stanley. The FedFederal Reserve is, however, subject to limitations, authorized to take appropriate action at the holding company level. All pending proposalsIn addition, under the systemic risk regime, the Company will become subject to an early remediation protocol in the U.S. would broadenevent of financial distress. The Dodd-Frank Act also calls for a study on the Fed’s or appropriate regulator’s abilityeffectiveness of, and improvements to, takethe prompt corrective action against a systemically important financial institution.regime, which may in the future result in substantial revisions to the prompt corrective action framework.

 

Transactions with AffiliatesAffiliates..    Morgan Stanley’s domestic    The Company’s U.S. subsidiary banks are subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which impose restrictions on any extensions of credit to, purchase of assets from, and certain other transactions with, any affiliates. These restrictions include limits on the total amount of credit exposure that they may have to any one affiliate and to all affiliates, as well as collateral requirements, and they require all such transactions to be made on market terms. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the affiliate transaction limits will be substantially broadened. Implementing rulemaking is called for by July 2012. At that time, the Company’s U.S. banking subsidiaries will also become subject to more onerous lending limits. Both reforms will place limits on the Company’s U.S. banking subsidiaries’ ability to engage in derivatives, repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions with other affiliates of the Company.

 

1114


FDIC Regulation.An FDIC–insured depository institution is generally liable for any loss incurred or expected to be incurred by the FDIC in connection with the failure of an insured depository institution under common control by the same bank holding company. As FDIC-insured depository institutions, Morgan StanleyMSBNA and MS Private Bank N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust are exposed to each other’s losses. In addition, both institutions are exposed to changes in the cost of FDIC insurance. In 2009,2010, the FDIC levied a special assessment of 5% on each insured depository institution’s assets, minus its Tier 1 capital, capped at 10% of its domestic deposits. In addition, the FDIC required insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The FDIC also adopted a uniform three-basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011. All measures were part of an effortrestoration plan to rebuildreplenish the Deposit Insurance Fund. In addition, by participating inreserve fund over a multi-year period. Under the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust have temporarily become subject to an additional assessment on deposits in excess of $250,000 in certain transaction accounts. SomeDodd-Frank Act, some of the pending legislative proposals would further increase Morgan Stanley’s FDICrestoration must be paid for exclusively by large depository institutions, including MSBNA, and assessments which, if enacted, may materially affect Morgan Stanley’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows forare calculated using a particular future period.

Anti-Money Laundering.

Morgan Stanley’s Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) program is coordinated on an enterprise-wide basis. In the U.S., for example, the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “BSA/USA PATRIOT Act”), imposes significant obligations on financial institutions to detect and deter money laundering and terrorist financing activity, including requiringnew methodology that generally favors banks bank holding company subsidiaries, broker-dealers, future commission merchants, and mutual funds to identify and verify customers that maintain accounts. The BSA/USA PATRIOT Act also mandates that financial institutions have policies, procedures and internal processes in place to monitor and report suspicious activity to appropriate law enforcement or regulatory authorities. Financial institutions subject to the BSA/USA PATRIOT Act also must designate a BSA/AML compliance officer, provide employees with training on money laundering prevention, and undergo an annual, independent audit to assess the effectiveness of its AML program. Outside the U.S., applicable laws, rules and regulations similarly subject designated types of financial institutions to AML program requirements. Morgan Stanley has implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with AML program requirements. Morgan Stanley has also implemented policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to comply with the regulations and economic sanctions programs administeredmostly funded by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries, entities and individuals based on U.S. foreign policy and national security goals, and other multi-national organizations and governmental agencies worldwide.

Anti-Corruption.deposits.

Morgan Stanley is subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), which prohibits offering, promising, giving, or authorizing others to give anything of value, directly or indirectly, to a non-U.S. government official in order to obtain or retain business or otherwise secure a business advantage. Morgan Stanley is also subject to applicable anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which it operates. Morgan Stanley has implemented policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to comply with the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws, rules, and regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

Protection of Client Information.

Many aspects of Morgan Stanley’s business are subject to legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain customer information, including those adopted pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 in the U.S., the European Union Data Protection Directive in the EU and various laws in Asia, including the Japanese Personal Information (Protection) Law, the Hong Kong Personal Data (Protection) Ordinance and the Australian Privacy Act. Morgan Stanley has adopted measures designed to comply with these and related applicable requirements in all relevant jurisdictions.

12


Research.

Both U.S. and non-U.S. regulators continue to focus on research conflicts of interest. Research-related regulations have been implemented in many jurisdictions. New and revised requirements resulting from these regulations and the global research settlement with U.S. federal and state regulators (to which Morgan Stanley is a party) have necessitated the development or enhancement of corresponding policies and procedures.

 

Institutional Securities and Global Wealth Management Group.

 

Broker-Dealer Regulation.    Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s primary U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries, MS&Co. and MSSB LLC, are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and are members of various self-regulatory organizations, including the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), and various securities exchanges including the NYSE.and clearing organizations. In addition, MS&Co. and MSSB LLC are registered investment advisers with the SEC. Broker-dealers are subject to laws and regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales and trading practices, securities offerings, publication of research reports, use of customers’ funds and securities, capital structure, record-keepingrecordkeeping and retention, and the conduct of their directors, officers, representatives and other associated persons. Broker-dealers are also regulated by securities administrators in those states where they do business. Violations of the laws and regulations governing a broker-dealer’s actions could result in censures, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, revocation of licenses or registrations, the suspension or expulsion from the securities industry of such broker-dealer or its officers or employees, or other similar consequences by both federal and state securities administrators.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act includes various provisions that affect the regulation of broker-dealer sales practices and customer relationships. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act provides the SEC authority (which the SEC has not yet exercised) to adopt a fiduciary duty applicable to broker-dealers when providing personalized investment advice to retail customers and creates a new category of regulation for “municipal advisors,” which are subject to a fiduciary duty with respect to certain activities. In addition, the U.S. Department of Labor has proposed revisions to the regulations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) that, if adopted, would potentially broaden the category of conduct that could be regarded as “investment advice” under ERISA and could subject broker-dealers to ERISA’s fiduciary duty and prohibited transaction rules with respect to a wider range of interactions with their customers. These developments may impact the manner in which affected businesses are conducted, decrease profitability and increase potential liabilities. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides the SEC authority (which the SEC also has not exercised) to prohibit or limit the use of mandatory arbitration pre-dispute agreements between a broker-dealer and its customers. If the SEC exercises its authority under this provision, it may materially increase litigation costs.

Margin lending by broker-dealers is regulated by the Fed’sFederal Reserve’s restrictions on lending in connection with customer and proprietary purchases and short sales of securities, as well as securities borrowing and lending activities. Broker-dealers are also subject to maintenance and other margin requirements imposed under FINRA and other self-regulatory organization rules. In many cases, Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries’ margin policies are more stringent than these rules.

 

As registered U.S. broker-dealers, certain subsidiaries of Morgan Stanleythe Company are subject to the SEC’s net capital rule and the net capital requirements of various exchanges, and other regulatory authorities.authorities and self-regulatory organizations. Many non-U.S. regulatory authorities and exchanges also have rules relating to capital and, in some case,cases, liquidity requirements that apply to Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s non-U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries. These rules are generally designed to measure general financial integrity and/or liquidity and require that at least a minimum amount of net and/or more liquid assets be maintained by the subsidiary. See also “Consolidated Supervision” and “Capital Standards” above. Rules of FINRA and other self-regulatory organizations also impose limitations and requirements on the transfer of member organizations’ assets.

 

15


Compliance with regulatory capital liquidity requirements may limit Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s operations requiring the intensive use of capital. Such requirements restrict Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s ability to withdraw capital from its broker-dealer subsidiaries, which in turn may limit its ability to pay dividends, repay debt, or redeem or purchase shares of its own outstanding stock. Any change in such rules or the imposition of new rules affecting the scope, coverage, calculation or amount of capital liquidity requirements, or a significant operating loss or any unusually large charge against capital, could adversely affect Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s ability to pay dividends or to expand or maintain present business levels. In addition, such rules may require Morgan Stanleythe Company to make substantial capital liquidity infusions into one or more of its broker-dealer subsidiaries in order for such subsidiaries to comply with such rules.

 

MS&Co. and MSSB LLC are members of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”), which provides protection for customers of broker-dealers against losses in the event of the liquidationinsolvency of a broker-dealer. SIPC protects customers’ eligible securities accounts held by a member broker-dealer up to $500,000 per customer for each eligible customer,all accounts in the same capacity subject to a limitation of $100,000$250,000 for claims for uninvested cash balances. To supplement this SIPC

13


coverage, each of MS&Co. hasand MSSB LLC have purchased additional protection for the benefit of itstheir customers in the form of an annual policy issued by certain underwriters and various insurance companies that provides protection for all clients up to the remaining net equity securities balance in their accounts,each eligible customer above SIPC limits subject to thean aggregate firmwide cap of $1 billion.billion with no per client sublimit for securities and a $1.9 million per client limit for the cash portion of any remaining shortfall. As noted under “Systemic Risk Regime,” the Dodd-Frank Act contains special provisions for the orderly liquidation of covered broker-dealers (which could potentially include MS&Co. and/or MSSB LLC). While these provisions are generally intended to provide customers of covered broker-dealers with protections at least as beneficial as they would enjoy in a broker-dealer liquidation proceeding under the Securities Investor Protection Act, the details and implementation of such protections are subject to further rulemaking. In addition, as noted under “Systemic Risk Regime,” the orderly liquidation provisions of Dodd-Frank could affect the nature, priority and enforcement process for other creditor claims against a covered broker-dealer, which could have an impact on the manner in which creditors and potential creditors extend credit to covered broker-dealers or the amount of credit that they extend.

The SEC is also undertaking a review of a wide range of equity market structure issues. As a part of this review, the SEC has proposed various rules regarding market transparency, and has adopted rules requiring broker-dealers to maintain risk management controls and supervisory procedures with respect to providing access to securities markets. In addition, in an effort to prevent volatile trading, self-regulatory organizations have adopted trading pauses with respect to certain securities. It is possible that the SEC or self-regulatory organizations could propose or adopt additional market structure rules in the future. Moreover, compliance is required with respect to a new short sale uptick rule as of February 28, 2011, which will limit the ability to sell short securities that have experienced specified price declines.

The provisions, new rules and proposals discussed above could result in increased costs and could otherwise adversely affect trading volumes and other conditions in the markets in which we operate.

Regulation of Registered Futures Activities.    As registered futures commission merchants, MS&Co. and MSSB LLC are subject to net capital requirements of, and their activities are regulated by, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and various commodity futures exchanges. The Company’s futures and options-on-futures businesses also are regulated by the National Futures Association (“NFA”), a registered futures association, of which MS&Co. and MSSB LLC and certain of their affiliates are members. These regulatory requirements differ for clearing and non-clearing firms, and they address obligations related to, among other things, the registration of the futures commission merchant and certain of its associated persons, membership with the NFA, the segregation of customer funds and the holding apart of a secured amount, the receipt of an acknowledgment of certain written risk disclosure statements, the receipt of trading authorizations, the furnishing of daily confirmations and monthly statements, recordkeeping and reporting obligations, the supervision of accounts and antifraud prohibitions. Among other things, the NFA has rules covering a wide variety of areas such as advertising, telephone solicitations, risk disclosure, discretionary trading, disclosure of

16


fees, minimum capital requirements, reporting and proficiency testing. MS&Co. and MSSB LLC have affiliates that are registered as commodity trading advisers and/or commodity pool operators, or are operating under certain exemptions from such registration pursuant to CFTC rules and other guidance. Under CFTC and NFA rules, commodity trading advisers who manage accounts must distribute disclosure documents and maintain specified records relating to their activities, and clients and commodity pool operators have certain responsibilities with respect to each pool they operate. For each pool, a commodity pool operator must prepare and distribute a disclosure document; distribute periodic account statements; prepare and distribute audited annual financial reports; and keep specified records concerning the participants, transactions and operations of each pool, as well as records regarding transactions of the commodity pool operator and its principals. Violations of the rules of the CFTC, the NFA or the commodity exchanges could result in remedial actions, including fines, registration restrictions or terminations, trading prohibitions or revocations of commodity exchange memberships.

Derivatives Regulation.   ��Through the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company will face a comprehensive U.S. regulatory regime for its activities in certain over-the-counter derivatives. The regulation of “swaps” and “security-based swaps” (collectively, “Swaps”) in the U.S. will be effected and implemented through CFTC, SEC and other agency regulations, which are required to be adopted by July 2011.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires, with limited exceptions, central clearing of certain types of Swaps and also mandates that trading of such Swaps, with limited exceptions, be done on regulated exchanges or execution facilities. As a result, market participants, including the Company’s entities engaging in Swaps, will have to centrally clear and trade on an exchange or execution facility certain Swap transactions that are currently uncleared and executed bilaterally. Also, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the registration of “swap dealers” and “major swap participants” with the CFTC and “security-based swap dealers” and “major security-based swap participants” with the SEC (collectively, “Swaps Entities”). Certain subsidiaries of the Company will likely be required to register as a swap dealer and security-based swap dealer and it is possible some may register as a major swap participant and major security-based swap participant.

Swap Entities will be subject to a comprehensive regulatory regime with respect to the Swap activities for which they are registered. For example, Swaps Entities will be subject to a capital regime, a margin regime for uncleared Swaps and a segregation regime for collateral of counterparties to uncleared Swaps. Swaps Entities also will be subject to business conduct and documentation standards with respect to their Swaps counterparties. Furthermore, Swaps Entities will be subject to significant operational and governance requirements, including reporting and recordkeeping, maintenance of daily trading records, creation of audit trails, monitoring procedures, risk management, conflicts of interest and the requirement to have a chief compliance officer, among others. It is currently unclear to what extent regulation of Swaps Entities might also bring certain activities of the affiliates of such a Swaps Entity under the oversight of the Swaps Entity’s regulator.

The specific parameters of these Swaps Entities requirements are being developed through CFTC, SEC and bank regulator rulemakings. Until such time as final rules are adopted, the extent of the regulation Morgan Stanley entities required to register will face remains unclear. It is likely, however, that, regardless of the final rules adopted, the Company will face increased costs due to the registration and regulatory requirements listed above. Complying with the proposed regulation of Swaps Entities could require the Company to restructure its Swaps businesses, require extensive systems changes, require personnel changes, and raise additional potential liabilities and regulatory oversight. Compliance with Swap-related regulatory capital requirements may require the Company to devote more capital to its Swaps business. The Dodd-Frank Act requires reporting of Swap transactions, both to regulators and publicly, under rules and regulations currently being proposed by the CFTC and the SEC, and the extent of these reporting requirements will not be clear until final rules are adopted.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires certain entities receiving customer collateral for cleared Swaps to register with the CFTC as a futures commission merchant or with the SEC as a broker, dealer or security-based swap dealer, as appropriate to the type of activity, and to follow certain segregation requirements for customer collateral. Futures

17


commission merchants and broker-dealers face their own comprehensive regulatory regimes administered by the CFTC and SEC, respectively. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires adoption of rules regarding position limits, large trader reporting regimes, CFTC whistleblower protection, compensation requirements and anti-fraud and anti-manipulation requirements related to activities in Swaps.

The European Union is in the process of establishing its own set of OTC derivatives regulations, and has published a proposal known as the European Market Infrastructure Regulation. Aspects of the regulation, including the scope of derivatives covered, and mandatory clearing and reporting requirements, are likely to be substantially similar to derivatives regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act. It is unclear at present how European and U.S. derivatives regulation will interact.

 

Regulation of Certain Commodities Activities.The Company’s commodities activities in the Institutional Securities business segment are subject to extensive and evolving energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety and other governmental laws and regulations in the U.S. and abroad. Intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by U.S. federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and by the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement and remedial proceedings involving energy companies, including those engaged in power generation and liquid hydrocarbons trading.

Terminal facilities and other assets relating to Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s commodities activities also are also subject to environmental laws both in the U.S. and abroad. In addition, pipeline, transport and terminal operations are subject to state laws in connection with the cleanup of hazardous substances that may have been released at properties currently or previously owned or operated by us or locations to which we have sent wastes for disposal. See also “—Scope of Permitted Activities” above.

 

Additional Regulation of U.S. Entities.    As registered futures commission merchants, MS&Co. and MSSB LLC are subjectThe Dodd-Frank Act provides the CFTC with additional authority to net capital requirements of, and their activities are regulated by, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and various commodity futures exchanges. Morgan Stanley’s futures and options-on-futures businesses are also regulated by the National Futures Association (the “NFA”), a registered futures association, of which MS&Co. and certain of its affiliates are members. These regulatory requirements differ for clearing and non-clearing firms, and they address obligations related to, among other things, the registration of the futures commission merchant and certain of its associated persons, membership with the NFA, the segregation of customer funds and the holding apart of a secured amount, the receipt of an acknowledgement of certain written risk disclosure statements, the receipt of trading authorizations, the furnishing of daily confirmations and monthly statements, recordkeeping and reporting obligations, the supervision of accounts, and antifraud prohibitions. Among other things, the NFA has rules covering a wide variety of areas such as advertising, telephone solicitations, risk disclosure, discretionary trading, disclosure of fees, minimum capital requirements, reporting and proficiency testing. MS&Co. and MSSB LLC have affiliates that are registered as commodity trading advisers (“CTAs”) and/or commodity pool operators (“CPOs”), or are operating under certain exemptions from such registration pursuant to CFTC Rules and other guidance. Under CFTC and NFA Rules, CTAs that manage accounts must distribute disclosure documents, and maintain specified records relating to their activities and clients. Under CFTC and NFA rules, CPOs have certain responsibilitiesadopt position limits with respect to each pool they operate. For each pool, a CPO must preparecertain futures or options on futures, and distribute a disclosure document; distribute periodic account statements; prepare and distribute audited annual financial reports; and keep specified records concerning the participants, transactions, and operations of each pool, as well as records regarding transactions of the CPO and its principals. Violations of the rules of the CFTC has proposed to adopt such limits. New position limits may affect trading strategies and affect the NFA or the commodity exchanges could result in remedial actions including fines, registration restrictions or terminations, trading prohibitions or revocationsprofitability of commodity exchange memberships.various businesses and transactions.

 

Non-U.S. Regulation.    Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s businesses also are also regulated extensively by non-U.S. regulators, including governments, securities exchanges, commodity exchanges, self-regulatory organizations, central banks and regulatory bodies, especially in those jurisdictions in which Morgan Stanleythe Company maintains an office. Certain Morgan Stanley subsidiaries are regulated as broker-dealers under the laws of the jurisdictions in which they operate. Subsidiaries engaged in banking and trust activities outside the U.S. are regulated by various government agencies in the particular jurisdiction where they are chartered, incorporated and/or conduct their business activity. For instance, the U.K. Financial Services Authority (“FSA”) and several U.K. securities and futures exchanges, including the London Stock Exchange and Euronext.liffe, regulate Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s activities in the U.K.; the Deutsche Bôrse AG and the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority) regulate its activities in the Federal Republic of Germany; Eidgenôssische Finanzmarktaufsicht regulates its activities in Switzerland; the Financial Services Agency, the Bank of Japan, the

14


Japanese Securities Dealers Association and several Japanese securities and futures exchanges, including the Tokyo Stock Exchange, the Osaka Securities Exchange and the Tokyo International Financial Futures Exchange, regulate its activities in Japan; the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission and the Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited regulate its operations in Hong Kong; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Singapore Exchange Limited regulate its business in Singapore.

 

Asset Management.

 

Many of the subsidiaries engaged in Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s asset management activities are registered as investment advisers with the SEC and, in certain states, some employees or representatives of subsidiaries are registered as investment adviser representatives. Many aspects of Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s asset management activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit the investor or client. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict Morgan Stanleythe Company from carrying on its asset management activities in the event that it fails to comply with such laws and regulations. Sanctions that may be imposed for such failure include the suspension of

18


individual employees, limitations on Morgan Stanleythe Company engaging in various asset management activities for specified periods of time or specified types of clients, the revocation of registrations, other censures and significant fines. As a result of the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company’s asset management activities will be subject to certain additional laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, additional reporting and recordkeeping requirements, restrictions on sponsoring or investing in, or maintaining certain other relationships with, hedge funds and private equity funds under the Volcker Rule (subject to certain limited exceptions) and certain rules and regulations regarding trading activities, including trading in derivatives markets. Many of these new requirements may increase the expenses associated with the Company’s asset management activities and/or reduce the investment returns the Company is able to generate for its asset management clients. Many important elements of the Dodd-Frank Act will not be known until rulemaking is finalized and certain final regulations are adopted. See also “—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule” and “—Derivatives Regulation” above.

 

Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s Asset Management business is also regulated outside the U.S. For example, the Financial Services AuthorityFSA regulates Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s business in the U.K.; the Financial Services Agency regulates Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s business in Japan; the Securities and Exchange Board of India regulates Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s business in India; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore regulates Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s business in Singapore.

Anti-Money Laundering.

The Company’s Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) program is coordinated on an enterprise-wide basis. In the U.S., for example, the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “BSA/USA PATRIOT Act”), imposes significant obligations on financial institutions to detect and deter money laundering and terrorist financing activity, including requiring banks, bank holding company subsidiaries, broker-dealers, futures commission merchants, and mutual funds to verify the identity of customers that maintain accounts. The BSA/USA PATRIOT Act also mandates that financial institutions have policies, procedures and internal processes in place to monitor and report suspicious activity to appropriate law enforcement or regulatory authorities. A financial institution subject to the BSA/USA PATRIOT Act also must designate a BSA/AML compliance officer, provide employees with training on money laundering prevention, and undergo an annual, independent audit to assess the effectiveness of its AML program. Outside the U.S., applicable laws, rules and regulations similarly require designated types of financial institutions to implement AML programs. The Company has implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with all applicable AML laws and regulations. The Company has also implemented policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to comply with the regulations and economic sanctions programs administered by the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries, entities and individuals based on external threats to the U.S. foreign policy, national security, or economy, by other governments, or by global or regional multilateral organizations.

Anti-Corruption.

The Company is subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), which prohibits offering, promising, giving, or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a non-U.S. government official in order to influence official action or otherwise gain an unfair business advantage, such as to obtain or retain business. The Company is also subject to applicable anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company has implemented policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to comply with the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruption laws, rules, and regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

Protection of Client Information.

Many aspects of the Company’s business are subject to legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain customer information, including those adopted pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 in the U.S., the European Union (“EU”) Data Protection Directive in

19


the EU and various laws in Asia, including the Japanese Personal Information (Protection) Law, the Hong Kong Personal Data (Protection) Ordinance and the Australian Privacy Act. The Company has adopted measures designed to comply with these and related applicable requirements in all relevant jurisdictions.

Research.

Both U.S. and non-U.S. regulators continue to focus on research conflicts of interest. Research-related regulations have been implemented in many jurisdictions. New and revised requirements resulting from these regulations and the global research settlement with U.S. federal and state regulators (to which the Company is a party) have necessitated the development or enhancement of corresponding policies and procedures.

Compensation Practices and Other Regulation.

The Company’s compensation practices are subject to oversight by the Federal Reserve. In June 2010, the Federal Reserve and other federal regulators issued final guidance applicable to all banking organizations, including those supervised by the Federal Reserve, promulgated in accordance with compensation principles and standards for banks and other financial companies designed to encourage sound compensation practices established by the Financial Stability Board at the direction of the leaders of the Group of Twenty Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors. The guidance was designed to help ensure that incentive compensation paid by banking organizations does not encourage imprudent risk-taking that threatens the organizations’ safety and soundness. The scope and content of the Federal Reserve’s policies on executive compensation are continuing to develop, and the Company expects that these policies will evolve over a number of years.

The Company is subject to the compensation-related provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, which may impact its compensation practices. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, federal regulators, including the Federal Reserve, must prescribe regulations to require covered financial institutions, including the Company, to report the structures of all of their incentive-based compensation arrangements and prohibit incentive-based payment arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks by providing employees, directors or principal shareholders with excessive compensation or that could lead to material financial loss to the covered financial institution. In February 2011, the FDIC was the first federal regulator to propose an interagency rule implementing this requirement. Further, the SEC must direct listing exchanges to require companies to implement policies relating to disclosure of incentive-based compensation that is based on publicly reported financial information and the clawback of such compensation from current or former executive officers following certain accounting restatements.

In addition to the guidelines issued by the Federal Reserve and referenced above, the Company’s compensation practices may also be impacted by other regulations promulgated in accordance with the Financial Stability Board compensation principles and standards. These standards are to be implemented by local regulators. For instance, in December 2010, the FSA published a policy statement outlining amendments to the Remuneration Code, which governs remuneration of employees at certain banks, to address compensation-related rules under the EU Capital Requirements Directive. In another example, the United Kingdom has implemented a non-deductible 50% tax on certain financial institutions in respect of discretionary bonuses in excess of £25,000 awarded during the period starting on December 9, 2009 and ending on April 5, 2010 to “relevant banking employees.”

The Dodd-Frank Act also provides a bounty to whistleblowers who present the SEC with information related to securities laws violations that leads to a successful enforcement action. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the SEC to establish a Whistleblower Office to administer the SEC’s whistleblower program, and prohibits retaliation by employers against individuals that provide the SEC with information about potential securities violations. As a result of the potential of a bounty, it is possible the Company could face an increased number of investigations by the SEC.

 

For a discussion of certain risks relating to Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s regulatory environment, see “Risk Factors” herein.

 

20


Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley.

 

The executive officers of Morgan Stanley and their ages and titles as of February 26, 201028, 2011 are set forth below. Business experience for the past five years is provided in accordance with SEC rules.

 

Francis P. Barron (59).    Chief Legal Officer of Morgan Stanley (since September 2010). Partner at the law firm of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (December 1985 to August 2010).

Kenneth deRegt (55).    Global Head of Fixed Income Sales and Trading (excluding Commodities) of Morgan Stanley (since January 2011). Chief Risk Officer of Morgan Stanley (February 2008 to January 2011). Managing Director of Aetos Capital, LLC, an investment management firm (December 2002 to February 2008).

Gregory J. Fleming (48).    Executive Vice President and President of Asset Management (since February 2010) and President of Global Wealth Management of Morgan Stanley (since January 2011). President of Research of Morgan Stanley (February 2010 to January 2011). Senior Research Scholar at Yale Law School and Distinguished Visiting Fellow of the Center for the Study of Corporate Law at Yale Law School (January 2009 to December 2009). President of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”) (February 2008 to January 2009). Co-President of Merrill Lynch (May 2007 to February 2008). Executive Vice President and Co-President of the Global Markets and Investment Banking Group of Merrill Lynch (August 2003 to May 2007).

James P. Gorman (52).    President and Chief Executive Officer and Director of Morgan Stanley (since January 2010) and Chairman of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney (since June 2009). Co-President (December 2007 to December 2009) and Co-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). President and Chief Operating Officer of the Global Wealth Management Group (February 2006 to April 2008). Head of Corporate Acquisitions Strategy and Research at Merrill Lynch (July 2005 to August 2005) and President of the Global Private Client business at Merrill Lynch (December 2002 to July 2005).

Keishi Hotsuki (48).    Interim Chief Risk Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2011) and Head of the Market Risk Department of Morgan Stanley (since March 2008). Global Head of Market Risk Management at Merrill Lynch (June 2005 to September 2007). Director of Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (since May 2010).

Colm Kelleher (53).    Executive Vice President and Co-President of Institutional Securities of Morgan Stanley (since January 2010). Chief Financial Officer and Co-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). Head of Global Capital Markets (February 2006 to October 2007). Co-Head of Fixed Income Europe (May 2004 to February 2006).

John J. Mack (65)(66).    Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of Morgan Stanley (since June 2005). Chief Executive Officer (June 2005 to December 2009). Chairman of Pequot Capital Management (June 2005). Co-Chief Executive Officer of Credit Suisse Group (January 2003 to June 2004). President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Credit Suisse First Boston (July 2001 to June 2004). President and Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley (May 1997 to March 2001).

 

James P. Gorman (51).    President and Chief Executive Officer and Director of Morgan Stanley (since January 2010) and Chairman of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney (since June 2009). Co-President (December 2007 to December 2009) and Co-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). President and Chief Operating Officer of the Global Wealth Management Group (February 2006 to April 2008). Head of Corporate Acquisitions Strategy and Research at Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”) (July 2005 to August 2005) and President of the Global Private Client business at Merrill Lynch (December 2002 to July 2005).

Ruth Porat (52)(53).    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2010). Vice Chairman of Investment Banking (September 2003 to December 2009). Global Head of Financial Institutions Group (September 2006 to December 2009) and Chairman of the Financial Sponsors Group (July 2004 to September 2006) within the Investment Banking Division.

 

Colm Kelleher (52)James A. Rosenthal (57).     Executive Vice President    Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2011) and Co-PresidentChief Operating Officer of Institutional SecuritiesMorgan Stanley Smith Barney and Head of Corporate Strategy of Morgan Stanley (since January 2010). Head of Firmwide Technology and Operations (March 2008 to January 2010). Chief Financial Officer and Co-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). Head of Global Capital Markets (FebruaryTishman Speyer (May 2006 to October 2007). Co-Head of Fixed Income Europe (May 2004 to February 2006)March 2008).

 

1521


Paul J. Taubman (49)(50).    Executive Vice President and Co-President of Institutional Securities of Morgan Stanley (since January 2010). Global Head of Investment Banking (January 2008 to December 2009). Global Co-Head of Investment Banking (July 2007 to January 2008), Global Head of Mergers and Acquisitions Department (May 2005 to July 2007). and Global Co-Head of Mergers and Acquisitions Department (December 2003 to May 2005).

Gregory J. Fleming (46).    Executive Vice President and President of Asset Management and Research of Morgan Stanley (since February 2010). Senior Research Scholar at Yale Law School and Distinguished Visiting Fellow of the Center for the Study of Corporate Law at Yale Law School (January 2009 to December 2009). President of Merrill Lynch (February 2008 to January 2009). Co-President of Merrill Lynch (May 2007–February 2008). Executive Vice President and Co-President of the Global Markets and Investment Banking Group of Merrill Lynch (August 2003 to May 2007).

 

Charles D. Johnston (56).     Executive Vice President of Morgan Stanley and President of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney (since January 2010). President of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney (June 2009 to January 2010). President, Global Wealth Management U.S. and Canada, at Citi Smith Barney (March 2008 to June 2009) President and Chief Executive Officer of Smith Barney (January 2005 to March 2008).

Walid Chammah (55).    Executive Vice President of Morgan Stanley (since January 2010), Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley International (since January 2009). Co-President (December 2007 to December 2009). Head of Investment Banking (August 2005 to July 2007) and Head of Global Capital Markets (July 2002 to August 2005).

Thomas R. Nides (49).     Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley and Chief Administrative Officer and Secretary (September 2005 to December 2009). Worldwide President and Chief Executive Officer of Burson-Marsteller (November 2004 to August 2005). Chairman of the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association since October 2009.

Gary G. Lynch (59).     Vice Chairman (since May 2009) and Chief Legal Officer of Morgan Stanley (since October 2005). Global General Counsel (October 2001 to October 2005) of Credit Suisse First Boston. Executive Vice Chairman (July 2004 to October 2005) and Vice Chairman (December 2002 to July 2004) of Credit Suisse First Boston and member of the Executive Board (July 2004 to July 2005) of Credit Suisse Group. Partner at the law firm of Davis Polk & Wardwell (September 1989 to October 2001).

Kenneth M. deRegt (54).     Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of Morgan Stanley (since February 2008). Managing Director of Aetos Capital, LLC, an investment management firm (December 2002 to February 2008).

1622


Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

Item 1A.    RiskFactors.

 

Liquidity and Funding Risk.

 

Liquidity and funding risk refers to the risk that Morgan Stanleywe will be unable to finance itsour operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating itsour assets. Liquidity and funding risk also encompasses theour ability of Morgan Stanley to meet itsour financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten itsour viability as a going concern. For more information on how we monitor and manage liquidity and funding risk, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

 

Liquidity is essential to our businesses and we rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our operations.

 

Liquidity is essential to our businesses. Our liquidity could be substantially affected negatively by our inability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity capital markets or our inability to access the secured lending markets. Factors that we cannot control, such as disruption of the financial markets or negative views about the financial services industry generally, could impair our ability to raise funding. In addition, our ability to raise funding could be impaired if lenders develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects. Such negative perceptions could be developed if we incur large trading losses, we are downgraded or put on (or remain on) negative watch by the rating agencies, we suffer a decline in the level of our business activity, regulatory authorities take significant action against us, or we discover significant employee misconduct or illegal activity, among other reasons. If we are unable to raise funding using the methods described above, we would likely need to finance or liquidate unencumbered assets, such as our investment and trading portfolios, to meet maturing liabilities. We may be unable to sell some of our assets, or we may have to sell assets at a discount from market value, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and cash flows.financial condition.

 

Our borrowing costs and access to the debt capital markets depend significantly on our credit ratings.

 

The cost and availability of unsecured financing generally are dependent on our short-term and long-term credit ratings. Factors that are important to the determination of our credit ratings include the level and quality of our earnings, as well as our capital adequacy, liquidity, risk appetite and management, asset quality, business mix and business mix.actual and perceived levels of government support.

 

Our debt ratings also can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is critical, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral to certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. In addition, we may be required to pledge additional collateral to certain exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. The rating agencies are considering the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act’s resolution authority provisions on large banking institutions and it is possible that they could downgrade our ratings and those of similar institutions.

 

We are a holding company and depend on payments from our subsidiaries.

 

The parent holding company depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. Regulatory and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries, including our broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to laws, regulations and self-regulatory organization rules that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds to the parent

23


holding company, or that prohibit such transfers altogether in certain circumstances. These laws, regulations and rules may hinder our ability to access funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations. Furthermore, as a bank holding company, we may become subject to a prohibition or to limitations on our ability to pay dividends.dividends or repurchase our stock. The OCC, the FedFederal Reserve and the FDIC have the authority, and under certain circumstances the duty, to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our bank holding company subsidiaries.

 

17


Our liquidity and financial condition have in the past been, and in the future could be, adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.

 

Our ability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity markets, or to access secured lending markets, has in the past been, and could in the future be, adversely affected by conditions in the U.S. and international markets and economy. Global market and economic conditions have been particularly disrupted and volatile during the past twothree years, with volatility reaching unprecedented levels in the Fall of 2008 and into 2009. In particular, our cost and availability of funding have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Renewed turbulence in the U.S. and international markets and economy could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.

 

Market Risk.

 

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices of commodities or securities, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. For more information on how we monitor and manage market risk, see “Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

Our results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by global and economic conditions and other factors.

 

The amount, duration and range of our market risk exposures have been increasing over the past several years, and may continue to do so. Our results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations due to global and economic conditions and other factors. ResultsThe results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors, including the effect of apolitical and economic conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global nature,equity, fixed income and credit markets, including political, economiccorporate and market conditions;mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate investments; the availabilityimpact of current, pending and cost of capital;future legislation (including the liquidity of global markets;Dodd-Frank Act), regulation (including capital requirements), and legal actions in the U.S. and worldwide; the level and volatility of equity, prices,fixed income and commodity prices and interest rates;rates, currency values and other market indices; technological changes and events; the availability and cost of credit; inflation; natural disasters; acts of war or terrorism;both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to our unsecured short-term and long-term debt; investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; the performance of the Company’s acquisitions, joint ventures, strategic alliances or other strategic arrangements (including MSSB and with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.); our reputation; inflation, natural disasters, and acts of war or terrorism; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors and technological changes; or a combination of these or other factors. In addition, legislative, legal and regulatory developments related to our businesses potentially couldare likely to increase costs, thereby affecting results of operations. These factors also may have an impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives.

 

The results of our Institutional Securities business segment, particularly results relating to our involvement in primary and secondary markets for all types of financial products, are subject to substantial fluctuations due to a variety of factors, such as those enumerated above that we cannot control or predict with great certainty. These fluctuations impact results by causing variations in new business flows and in the fair value of securities and other financial products. Fluctuations also occur due to the level of global market activity, which, among other things, affects the size, number and timing of investment banking client assignments and transactions and the realization of returns from our principal investments. During periods of unfavorable market or economic

24


conditions, the level of individual investor participation in the global markets, as well as the level of client assets, may also decrease, which would negatively impact the results of our Global Wealth Management Group business segment. In addition, fluctuations in global market activity could impact the flow of investment capital into or from assets under management or supervision and the way customers allocate capital among money market, equity, fixed income or other investment alternatives, which could negatively impact our Asset Management business segment.

 

We may experience further writedowns of our financial instruments and other losses related to volatile and illiquid market conditionsconditions..

 

Market volatility, illiquid market conditions and disruptions in the credit markets have made it extremely difficult to value certain of our securities.securities particularly during periods of market displacement. Subsequent valuations, in light of factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the values of these securities in future periods. In addition, at the time of any sales and

18


settlements of these securities, the price we ultimately realize will depend on the demand and liquidity in the market at that time and may be materially lower than their current fair value. Any of these factors could require us to take further writedowns in the value of our securities portfolio, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

 

In addition, financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. Under these extreme conditions, hedging and other risk management strategies may not be as effective at mitigating trading losses as they would be under more normal market conditions. Moreover, under these conditions market participants are particularly exposed to trading strategies employed by many market participants simultaneously and on a large scale, such as crowded trades. Morgan Stanley’s risk management and monitoring processes seek to quantify and mitigate risk to more extreme market moves. Severe market events have historically been difficult to predict, however, and Morgan Stanley could realize significant losses if unprecedented extreme market events were to occur, such as conditions in the global financial markets and global economy that prevailed from 2008 into 2009.

 

Holding large and concentrated positions may expose us to losses.

 

Concentration of risk may reduce revenues or result in losses in our market-making, proprietary trading, investing, block trading, underwriting and lending businesses in the event of unfavorable market movements. We commit substantial amounts of capital to these businesses, which often results in our taking large positions in the securities of, or making large loans to, a particular issuer or issuers in a particular industry, country or region.

 

We have incurred, and may continue to incur, significant losses in the real estate sector.

 

We finance and acquire principal positions in a number of real estate and real estate-related products for our own account, for investment vehicles managed by affiliates in which we also may have a significant investment, for separate accounts managed by affiliates and for major participants in the commercial and residential real estate markets. We also originate loans secured by commercial and residential properties. Further, we securitize and trade in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related whole loans, mortgages and other real estate and commercial assets and products, including residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities. These businesses have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the downturn in the real estate sector.

 

Credit Risk.

 

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising from borrower or counterparty default when a borrower, counterparty or obligor does not meet its obligations. For more information on how we monitor and manage credit risk, see “Credit“Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

25


We are exposed to the risk that third parties that are indebted to us will not perform their obligations.

 

We incur significant “single name” credit risk exposure through the Institutional Securities business segment. This risk may arise from a variety of business activities, including but not limited to entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; extending credit to clients through various lending commitments; providing short or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment amount; and posting margin and/or collateral to clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties. We incur credit risk in traded securities and loan pools whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.

 

We also incur “individual consumer” credit risk in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment lending to individual investors, including, but not limited to, margin and non-purpose loans collateralized by securities, and residential mortgage loans.loans and home equity lines of credit.

 

19


The global economic downturn continues to impact our “single name” credit risk exposure. While we believe current valuations and reserves adequately address our perceived levels of risk, there is a possibility that continued difficult economic conditions may further negatively impact our clients and our current credit exposures. In addition, as a clearing member firm, we finance our customer positions and we could be held responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our customers. Although we regularly review our credit exposures, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee.

 

Defaults by another large financial institution could adversely affect financial markets generally.

 

The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships between the institutions. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This is sometimes referred to as “systemic risk” and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearing houses, banks, securities firms and exchanges, with which we interact on a daily basis, and therefore could adversely affect Morgan Stanley.us.

 

Operational Risk.

 

Operational risk refers to the risk of financial or other loss, or damage to a firm’s reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, resources, systems or from other internal or external events (e.g., internal or external fraud, legal and compliance risks, damage to physical assets, etc.). Morgan StanleyWe may incur operational risk across itsour full scope of business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g.(e.g., sales and trading) and, support functions (e.g.(e.g., information technology and trade processing) or other strategic decisions (e.g., the integration of MSSB or other joint ventures, acquisitions or strategic alliances). Legal and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal Risk.” For more information on how we monitor and manage operational risk, see “Operational Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

We are subject to operational risk that could adversely affect our businesses.

 

Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. In general, the transactions we process are increasingly complex. We perform the functions required to operate our different businesses either by ourselves or through agreements with third parties. We rely on the ability of our employees, our internal systems and systems at technology centers operated by third parties to process a high volume of transactions.

 

We also face the risk of operational failure or termination of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our securities transactions. In the event of a breakdown or improper operation of our or a third party’s systems or improper action by third parties or employees, we could suffer financial loss, an impairment to our liquidity, a disruption of our businesses, regulatory sanctions or damage to our reputation.

26


Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, mishandling or misuse, computer viruses and other events that could have a security impact on such systems. If one or more of such events occur, this potentially could jeopardize our or our clients’ or counterparties’ personal, confidential, proprietary or other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems. Furthermore, such events could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, our counterparties’ or third parties’ operations, which could result in reputational damage, litigation or regulatory fines or penalties not covered by insurance maintained by us, or adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Despite the business contingency plans we have in place, our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our business and the communities where we are located. This may include a disruption involving physical site access, terrorist activities, disease pandemics, catastrophic events, electrical, environmental, communications or other services used by Morgan Stanley, itswe use, our employees or third parties with whom we conduct business.

 

Legal and Regulatory Risk.

 

Legal and compliance risk includes the risk of exposure to fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements in connection with regulatory or legal actions as a result of non-compliance with applicable legal or regulatory requirements or litigation. Legal risk also includes contractual and commercial risk such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. In today’s environment of rapid and possibly transformational regulatory change, we also view regulatory change as a component of legal risk. For more information on how we monitor and manage legal risk, see “Risk Management—Legal Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

20


The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation, which is undergoing major changes.changes that will impact our business.

 

As a major financial services firm, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where it operates.we operate. We also face the risk of investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies in all countries in which we conduct our business. Interventions by authorities may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. In addition to the monetary consequences, these measures could, for example, impact our ability to engage in, or impose limitations on, certain of our businesses. The number of these investigations and proceedings, as well as the amount of penalties and fines sought, has increased substantially in recent years with regard to many firms in the financial services industry, including us. Significant regulatory action against us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause us significant reputational harm, which could seriously harm our business. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides a bounty to whistleblowers who present the SEC with information related to securities laws violations that leads to a successful enforcement action. As a result of this bounty, we may face an increased number of investigations by the SEC.

 

In response to the financial crisis, legislators and regulators, both in the U.S. and worldwide, have adopted, or are currently considering a wide range of proposalsto enact, financial market reforms that if enacted, could result in major changes to the way our global operations are regulated. SomeIn particular, as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, we are subject to significantly revised and expanded regulation and supervision, to new activities limitations, to a systemic risk regime which will impose especially high capital and liquidity requirements, and to comprehensive new derivatives regulation. Additional restrictions on our activities would result if we were to no longer meet certain capital or management requirements at the financial holding company level. Certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act were effective immediately, while other portions will be effective only following extended transition periods, but many of these major changes may take effect as early as 2010, and could in the future materially impact the profitability of our businesses, the value of assets we hold, expose us to additional costs, require changes to business practices or force us to discontinue businesses, and expose us to additional costs, taxes, liabilities and reputational risk.

We are a bank holding company that has elected to be treated as a financial holding company. As a financial holding company, we are subject to the comprehensive, consolidated supervision and regulation of the Fed, including risk-based capital requirements and leverage limits. Reform proposals could result in our becoming subject to stricter capital requirements and leverage limits, and could also affect the scope, coverage, or calculation of capital, all of which could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends, or could require us to reduce business levels or to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely impact our shareholders or creditors. Regulatory reform proposals could also result in the imposition of additional restrictions on our activities if we were to no longer meet certain capital requirements at the level of the financial holding company.

 

27


The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and is subject to regulatory investigations, and we may face damage to our reputation and legal liability.

 

We have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions, and other litigation, as well as investigations or proceedings brought by regulatory agencies, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal or regulatory actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages, claims for indeterminate amounts of damages, or may result in penalties, fines, or other results adverse to us. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress. Like any large corporation, we are also subject to risk from potential employee misconduct, including non-compliance with policies and improper use or disclosure of confidential information.

 

Substantial legal liability could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause us significant reputational harm, which could seriously harm our business. For example, recently, the level of litigation activity focused on residential mortgage and credit crisis related matters has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, we may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief regarding residential mortgages and related securities in the future and there can be no assurance that additional material losses will not be incurred from residential mortgage claims that have not yet been notified to us or are not yet determined to be material. For more information regarding legal proceedings in which we are involved see “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3 herein.

 

Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by governmental fiscal and monetary policies.

 

We are affected by fiscal and monetary policies adopted by regulatory authorities and bodies of the U.S. and other governments. For example, the actions of the FedFederal Reserve and international central banking authorities directly impact our cost of funds for lending, capital raising and investment activities and may impact the value of financial instruments we hold. In addition, such changes in monetary policy may affect the credit quality of our customers. Changes in domestic and international monetary policy are beyond our control and difficult to predict.

 

21


Our commodities activities subject us to extensive regulation, potential catastrophic events and environmental risks and regulation that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

 

In connection with the commodities activities in our Institutional Securities business segment, we engage in the production, storage, transportation, marketing and trading of several commodities, including metals (base and precious), agricultural products, crude oil, oil products, natural gas, electric power, emission credits, coal, freight, liquefied natural gas and related products and indices. In addition, we are an electricity power marketer in the U.S. and own electricity generating facilities in the U.S. and Europe; we own TransMontaigne Inc. and its subsidiaries, a group of companies operating in the refined petroleum products marketing and distribution business; and we have ana noncontrolling interest in Heidmar Holdings LLC, which owns a group of companies that provide international marine transportation and U.S. marine logistics services. As a result of these activities, we are subject to extensive and evolving energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety and other governmental laws and regulations. For example,In addition, liability may be incurred without regard to fault under certain environmental laws and regulations for the remediation of contaminated areas. Further, through these activities we are exposed to regulatory, physical and certain indirect risks associated with climate change. Our commodities business also exposes us to the risk of unforeseen and catastrophic events, including natural disasters, leaks, spills, explosions, release of toxic substances, fires, accidents on land and at sea, wars, and terrorist attacks that could result in personal injuries, loss of life, property damage, and suspension of operations.

 

Although we have attempted to mitigate our pollution and other environmental risks by, among other measures, adopting appropriate policies and procedures for power plant operations, monitoring the quality of petroleum storage facilities and transport vessels and implementing emergency response programs, these actions may not prove adequate to address every contingency. In addition, insurance covering some of these risks may not be

28


available, and the proceeds, if any, from insurance recovery may not be adequate to cover liabilities with respect to particular incidents. As a result, our financial condition, and results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by these events.

Under the BHC Act, there is a grandfather exemption for “activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties,” provided that we were engaged in “any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 in the United States” and provided that certain other conditions are satisfied. If the Federal Reserve were to determine that any of our commodities activities did not qualify for the BHC Act grandfather exemption, then we would likely be required to divest any such activities that did not otherwise conform to the BHC Act by the end of any extensions of the BHC Act grace period, which would terminate in all events on the fifth anniversary of our becoming a bank holding company.

 

We also expect the other laws and regulations affecting our commodities business to increase in both scope and complexity. During the past several years, intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement, litigation and remedial proceedings involving companies engaged in the activities in which we are engaged. For example, the U.S. and the EU have increased their focus on the energy markets which has resulted in increased regulation of companies participating in the energy markets, including those engaged in power generation and liquid hydrocarbons trading. Regulatory reforms currently underway are likely to include significantIn addition, new regulation of OTC derivatives markets which could include mandated exchange tradingin the U.S. and clearing, position limits, margin, capitalsimilar legislation proposed or adopted abroad will impose significant new costs and registration requirements.impose new requirements on our commodities derivatives activities. We may incur substantial costs or loss of revenue in complying with current or future laws and regulations and our overall businesses and reputation may be adversely affected by the current legal environment. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties.

 

A failure to deal withaddress conflicts of interest appropriately could adversely affect our businesses.

 

As a global financial services firm that provides products and services to a large and diversified group of clients, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals, we face potential conflicts of interest in the normal course of business. For example, potential conflicts can occur when there is a divergence of interests between Morgan Stanleyus and a client, among clients, or between an employee on the one hand and the Firmus or a client on the other. We have policies, procedures and controls that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest. However, identifying and managingmitigating potential conflicts of interest can be complex and challenging, and can become the focus of media and regulatory scrutiny. Indeed, actions that merely appear to create a conflict can put our reputation at risk even if the likelihood of an actual conflict has been mitigated. It is possible that potential conflicts could give rise to litigation or enforcement actions, which may lead to our clients being less willing to enter into transactions in which a conflict may occur and could adversely affect our businesses.

 

22


Our regulators have the ability to scrutinize our activities for potential conflicts of interest, including through detailed examinations of specific transactions. In addition, our status as a bank holding company supervised by the FedFederal Reserve subjects us to direct FedFederal Reserve scrutiny with respect to transactions between Morgan Stanley’sour domestic subsidiary banks and their affiliates.

Risk Management.

Our hedging strategies and other risk management techniques may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk.

We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management policies and procedures and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our hedging strategies and other risk management techniques may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that are unidentified or unanticipated. Some of our methods of managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. Management of market, credit, liquidity, operational, legal and regulatory risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record

29


properly and verify a large number of transactions and events, and these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Our trading risk management strategies and techniques also seek to balance our ability to profit from trading positions with our exposure to potential losses. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the timing of such outcomes. We may, therefore, incur losses in the course of our trading activities. For more information on how we monitor and manage market and certain other risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

Competitive Environment.

 

We face strong competition from other financial services firms, which could lead to pricing pressures that could materially adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

 

The financial services industry and all of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds, energy companies and other companies offering financial services in the U.S., globally and through the internet. We compete on the basis of several factors, including transaction execution, capital or access to capital, products and services, innovation, reputation, risk appetite and price. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have been acquired by or merged into other firms or have declared bankruptcy. These developments could result in our competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity. We have experienced and may continue to experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of our competitors seek to increase market share by reducing prices. For more information regarding the competitive environment in which we operate, see “Competition” and “Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 herein.

Automated trading markets may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.

We have experienced intense price competition in some of our businesses in recent years. In particular, the ability to execute securities trades electronically on exchanges and through other automated trading markets has increased the pressure on trading commissions. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely continue. We have experienced and it is likely that we will continue to experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors may seek to obtain market share by reducing prices.

 

Our ability to retain and attract qualified employees is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

 

Our people are our most important resource and competition for qualified employees is intense. In order to attract and retain qualified employees, we must compensate such employees at market levels. Typically, those levels have caused employee compensation to be our greatest expense as compensation is highly variable and changes based on business and individual performance and market conditions. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees, or do so at rates necessary to maintain our competitive position, or if compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more expensive, our performance, including our competitive position, could be materially adversely affected. The financial industry has and may continue to experience more stringent regulation of employee compensation, or employee compensation may be made subject to special taxation as(as it has already been proposeddone in some jurisdictions, including the U.K. and France,France), which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified employees.

Automated trading markets may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.

We have experienced intense price competition in some of our businesses in recent years. In particular, the ability to execute securities trades electronically on exchanges and through other automated trading markets has increased the pressure on trading commissions. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely continue. It is possible that we will experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors may seek to obtain market share by reducing prices.

 

International Risk.

 

We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, operational, franchise and other risks as a result of our international operations which could adversely impact our businesses in many ways.

 

We are subject to political, economic, legal, operational, franchise and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries, including risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange

30


controls and other restrictive governmental actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities or political and governmental instability. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the securities and financial

23


services industries are uncertain and evolving, and it may be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market. Our inability to remain in compliance with local laws in a particular market could have a significant and negative effect not only on our business in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also subject to the enhanced risk that transactions we structure might not be legally enforceable in all cases.

 

Various emerging market countries have experienced severe political, economic and financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies, capital and currency exchange controls, high rates of inflation and low or negative growth rates in their economies. Crime and corruption, as well as issues of security and personal safety, also exist in certain of these countries. These conditions could adversely impact our businesses and increase volatility in financial markets generally.

 

The emergence of a pandemic or other widespread health emergency, or concerns over the possibility of such an emergency as well as terrorist acts or military actions, could create economic and financial disruptions in emerging markets and other areas throughout the world, and could lead to operational difficulties (including travel limitations) that could impair our ability to manage our businesses around the world.

 

As a U.S. company, we are required to comply with the economic sanctions and embargo programs administered by OFAC and similar multi-national bodies and governmental agencies worldwide and the FCPA. A violation of a sanction or embargo program or of the FCPA could subject us, and individual employees, to a regulatory enforcement action as well as significant civil and criminal penalties.

 

Acquisition and Joint Venture Risk.

 

We may be unable to fully capture the expected value from acquisitions, joint ventures, minority stakes and strategic alliances.

 

In connection with past or future acquisitions, combinations, joint ventures (including MSSB) or strategic alliances (including with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.), we face numerous risks and uncertainties combining or integrating the relevant businesses and systems, including the need to combine accounting and data processing systems and management controls and to integrate relationships with clients, trading counterparties and business partners. In the case of joint ventures and minority stakes, we are subject to additional risks and uncertainties because we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to, systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control. In addition, conflicts or disagreements between us and our joint venture partners may negatively impact the benefits to be achieved by the joint venture. There is no assurance that any of our acquisitions will be successfully integrated or yield all of the positive benefits anticipated. If we are not able to integrate successfully our past and future acquisitions, there is a risk that our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Certain of our recent and planned business initiatives, including expansions of existing businesses, may bring us into contact, directly or indirectly, with individuals and entities that are not within our traditional client and counterparty base and may expose us to new asset classes and new markets. These business activities expose us to new and enhanced risks, greater regulatory scrutiny of these activities, increased credit-related, sovereign and operational risks, and reputational concerns regarding the manner in which these assets are being operated or held.

 

Risk Management.

Our hedging strategies and other risk management techniques may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk.

We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management policies and procedures and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our hedging strategies and other risk management techniques may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk,

24


including risks that are unidentified or unanticipated. Some of our methods of managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. Management of market, credit, liquidity, operational, legal and regulatory risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events, and these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. For more information on how we monitor and manage market and certain other risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

For more information regarding the regulatory environment in which we operate, see also “Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 herein.

 

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.

Item 1B.    UnresolvedStaff Comments.

 

Morgan Stanley,The Company, like other well-known seasoned issuers, from time to time receives written comments from the staff of the SEC regarding its periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act. There are no comments that remain unresolved that Morgan Stanleythe Company received not less than 180 days before the end of the year to which this report relates that Morgan Stanleythe Company believes are material.

25


Item 2.    Properties.

 

Morgan Stanley31


Item 2.    Properties.

The Company and its subsidiaries have offices, operations and data centers located around the world. Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s properties that are not owned are leased on terms and for durations that are reflective of commercial standards in the communities where these properties are located. Morgan StanleyThe Company believes the facilities it owns or occupies are adequate for the purposes for which they are currently used and are well maintained. Our principal offices consist of the following properties:

 

Location  

Owned/

Leased

 Lease Expiration  Approximate Square Footage
as of December 31, 2009(A)2010(A)
 

U.S. Locations

    

1585 Broadway

New York, New York

(Global Headquarters and Institutional Securities HeadquartersHeadquarters))

  Owned N/A   894,600 square feet
   

2000 Westchester Avenue

Purchase, New York

(Global Wealth Management Group HeadquartersHeadquarters))

  Owned N/A   589,200597,400 square feet
   

522 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York

(Asset Management HeadquartersHeadquarters))

  Owned N/A   581,250 square feet
   

New York, New York

(Several locationslocations))

 Leased  20102012 – 2018   2,614,4002,581,600 square feet
   

Brooklyn, New York

(Several locationslocations))

 Leased  20132011 – 2016   638,300637,300 square feet
   

Jersey City, New Jersey

(Several locationslocations))

 Leased  20102011 – 2014   493,700511,695 square feet
  

International Locations

     
   

20 Bank Street

(London HeadquartersHeadquarters))

  Leased 2038   546,400 square feet
   

Canary Wharf

(Several locationslocations))

  Leased(B)Leased(B) 2036   625,700 square feet
   

1 Austin Road West

Kowloon

(Hong Kong HeadquartersHeadquarters))

  Leased 2019   587,950572,600 square feet
   

Sapporo’s Yebisu Garden Place,

Ebisu, Shibuya-ku

(Tokyo HeadquartersHeadquarters))

 Leased  2011(C)  432,3502011(C) 350,700 square feet

 

 

(A)The indicated total aggregate square footage leased does not include space occupied by Morgan Stanley branch offices.
(B)Morgan StanleyThe Company holds the freehold interest in the land and building.
(C)Option to return half of the space from April 2010 and any amount of space up to the full space after April 2011.

 

2632


Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings.

 

In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the issuersentities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

 

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

 

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In viewWhere available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the inherent difficultycondensed consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of predictingthat loss, the outcomeCompany accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income.

In many proceedings, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of such matters, particularly in cases where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where investigations and proceedings are in the early stages, theany loss. The Company cannot predict with certainty the loss or range of loss, if, any, related to such matters, how or ifwhen such mattersproceedings will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be.may be, particularly for proceedings that are in their early stages of development or where plaintiffs seek substantial or indeterminate damages. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for any proceeding. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such pending mattersproceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such mattersproceedings could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for a particular future period depending on, among other things, the level of the Company’s revenues or income for such period.

 

Recently, the level of litigation activity focused on residential mortgage and credit crisis related matters has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Company expects that it may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief regarding residential mortgages and related securities in the future and, while the Company has identified below certain proceedings that the Company believes to be material, individually or collectively, there can be no assurance that additional material losses will not be incurred from residential mortgage claims that have not yet been notified to the Company or are not yet determined to be material.

Residential Mortgage-RelatedMortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters.

 

Regulatory and Governmental Matters.    The Company is responding to subpoenas and requests for information from certain regulatory and governmental entities concerning the origination, financing, purchase, securitization and servicing of subprime and non-subprime residential mortgages and related issues includingmatters such as collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), structured investment vehicles (“SIVs”) and credit default swaps backed by or referencing mortgage pass through certificates. These matters include, but are not limited to, investigations related to the Company’s due diligence on the loans that it purchased for securitization, the Company’s communications with ratings agencies, the Company’s handling of foreclosure related issues, and the Company’s compliance with the Service Members Civil Relief Act.

 

Class Actions.    Beginning in December 2007, several purported class action complaints were filed in the U.S.United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “SDNY”) asserting claims on behalf of participants in the Company’s 401(k) plan and employee stock ownership plan against the Company and other

33


parties, including certain present and former directors and officers, under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). In February 2008, these actions were consolidated in a single proceeding, which is styledIn re Morgan Stanley ERISA Litigation. The consolidated complaint relates in large part to the Company’s subprime and other mortgage related losses, but also includes allegations regarding the Company’s disclosures, internal controls, accounting and other matters. The consolidated complaint alleges, among other things, that the Company’s common stock was not a prudent investment and that risks associated with its common stock and its financial condition were not adequately disclosed. Plaintiffs are seeking, among other relief, class certification, unspecified compensatory damages, costs, interest and fees. On December 9, 2009, the court denied defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint.

 

On February 12, 2008, a plaintiff filed a purported class action, which was amended on November 24, 2008, naming the Company and certain present and former senior executives as defendants and asserting claims for violations of the securities laws. The amended complaint, which is styledJoel Stratte-McClure, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al., is currently pending in the SDNY. Subject to certain exclusions, the amended complaint purports to assertasserts claims on behalf of a purported class of persons and entities who purchased shares of the Company’s common stock during the period June 20, 2007 to December 19, 2007 and who suffered damages as a result of such purchases. The allegations in the amended complaint relate in large part to the Company’s subprime and other mortgage related losses, but also include allegations regarding the Company’s disclosures, internal controls, accounting and other matters. Plaintiffs are seeking, among other relief, class certification, unspecified compensatory damages, costs, interest and fees. On April 27, 2009, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint.

 

27


On May 7, 2009, the Company was named as a defendant in a purported class action lawsuit brought under Sections 11, 12 and 1215 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), alleging, among other things, that the registration statements and offering documents related to the offerings of approximately $17 billion of mortgage pass through certificates in 2006 and 2007 contained false and misleading information concerning the pools of residential loans that backed these securitizations. The plaintiffs are seeking,sought, among other relief, class certification, unspecified compensatory and rescissionary damages, costs, interest and fees. This case, which was consolidated with an earlier lawsuit and is currently styledIn re Morgan Stanley Mortgage Pass-Through Certificate LitigLitigation, is pending in the SDNY. On September 15, 2009,August 17, 2010, the court dismissed the claims brought by the lead plaintiff, but gave a different plaintiff leave to file a second amended complaint. On September 10, 2010, that plaintiff, together with several new plaintiffs, filed a consolidatedsecond amended complaint which purports to assert claims against the Company and others on behalf of a class of investors who purchased approximately $4.7 billion of mortgage pass through certificates issued in 2006 by seven trusts collectively containing residential mortgage loans. The second amended complaint asserts claims under Sections 11, 12 and 15 of the Securities Act, and alleges, among other things, that the registration statements and offering documents related to the offerings contained false and misleading information concerning the pools of residential loans that backed these securitizations. The plaintiffs are seeking, among other relief, class certification, unspecified compensatory and rescissionary damages, costs, interest and fees. On October 11, 2010, defendants have movedfiled a motion to dismiss.dismiss the second amended complaint.

 

Beginning in 2007, the Company was named as a defendant in several putative class action lawsuits brought under Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act, related to its role as a member of the syndicates that underwrote offerings of securities and mortgage pass through certificates for certain non-Morgan Stanley related entities that have been exposed to subprime and other mortgage-related losses. The plaintiffs in these actions allege, among other things, that the registration statements and offering documents for the offerings at issue contained various material misstatements or omissions related to the extent to which the issuers were exposed to subprime and other mortgage-related risks and other matters and seek various forms of relief including class certification, unspecified compensatory and rescissionary damages, costs, interest and fees. The Company’s exposure to potential losses in these cases may be impacted by various factors including, among other things, the financial condition of the entities that issued the securities and mortgage pass through certificates at issue, the principal amount of the offerings underwritten by the Company, the financial condition of co-defendants and the

34


willingness and ability of the issuers (or their affiliates) to indemnify the underwriter defendants. Some of these cases, relate to issuers that have filed for bankruptcy, includingIn Re Washington Mutual, Inc. Securities Litigation,,In re: Lehman Brothers Equity/Debt Securities Litigation and In re IndyMac Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigation., relate to issuers (or their affiliates) that have filed for bankruptcy or have been placed into receivership.

In Re Washington Mutual, Inc. Securities Litigation is pending in the United States District Court for the Western District of Washington and relatesWashington. On October 12, 2010, the court issued an order certifying a class of plaintiffs asserting claims under the Securities Act related to severalthree offerings of debt and equity securities issued by Washington Mutual Inc. duringin 2006 and 2007.2007 in which the Company participated as an underwriter. The Company underwrote approximately $1.6$1.3 billion of the principal amount ofsecurities covered by the offerings at issue. On October 27, 2009,class certified by the court granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint.court.

In re: Lehman Brothers Equity/Debt Securities Litigation is pending in the SDNY and relates to several offerings of debt and equity securities issued by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. during 2007 and 2008. The Company underwrote over $200approximately $232 million of the principal amount of the offerings at issue. The Company and otherOn June 5, 2010, the underwriter defendants have moved to dismiss these claims.the amended complaint filed by the lead plaintiffs.

In re IndyMac Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigation is pending in the SDNY and relates to the offerings of mortgage pass through certificates issued by seven trusts sponsored by affiliates of IndyMac Bancorp during 2006 and 2007. The Company underwrote over $2.4$1.4 billion of the principal amount of the offerings originally at issue. On June 21, 2010, the court granted in part and denied in part the underwriter defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended consolidated class action complaint. The Company underwrote approximately $46 million of the principal amount of the offerings at issue following the court’s June 21, 2010 decision. On May 17, 2010, certain putative plaintiffs filed a motion to intervene in the litigation in order to assert claims related to additional offerings. The Company underwrote approximately $1.2 billion of the principal amount of the additional offerings subject to the motion to intervene. The Company is opposing the motion to intervene.

On December 24, 2009, the Employees’ Retirement System of the Government of the Virgin Islands filed a purported class action against the Company on behalf of holders of approximately $250 million of AAA rated notes issued by the Libertas III CDO in March 2007. The case is styledEmployees’ Retirement System of the Government of the Virgin Islands v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, et al.and other defendants have movedis pending in the SDNY. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud and unjust enrichment and alleges that the Company made misrepresentations regarding the AAA ratings of the CDO notes and the credit quality of the collateral held by the Libertas III CDO, and stood to gain if that collateral defaulted. The complaint seeks class certification, unspecified compensatory and punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On March 19, 2010, the Company filed a motion to dismiss these claims.the complaint.

 

Shareholder Derivative Matter.A    On November 15, 2007, a shareholder derivative lawsuitcomplaint styledSteve Staehr, Derivatively on Behalf of Morgan Stanley v. John J. Mack, et al. was filed in the SDNY during November 2007 asserting claims related in large part to losses caused by certain subprime-related trading positions and related matters. The complaint in that lawsuit, which is styledSteve Staehr, Derivatively on Behalf of Morgan Stanley v. John J. Mack, et al., was served on the Company on February 15, 2008. On July 16, 2008, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which defendants have moved to dismiss.dismiss on September 19, 2008. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified compensatory damages, restitution, and institution of certain corporate governance reforms.

 

Auction Rate Securities Matters.Other Litigation.    On August 25, 2008, the Company and two ratings agencies were named as defendants in a purported class action related to securities issued by a SIV called Cheyne Finance (the “Cheyne SIV”). The case is styledAbu Dhabi Commercial Bank, et al. v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al. and is pending in the SDNY. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the ratings assigned to the securities issued by the SIV were false and misleading because the ratings did not accurately reflect the risks associated with the subprime residential mortgage backed securities held by the SIV. On September 2, 2009, the court dismissed all of the claims against the Company except for plaintiffs’ claims for common law fraud. On June 15, 2010, the court denied plaintiffs’ motion for class certification. On July 20, 2010, the Court granted plaintiffs leave to replead their aiding and abetting common law fraud claims against the Company, and those claims were added in an amended complaint filed on August 5, 2010. Since the filing of the initial complaint, various additional plaintiffs have been added to

35


the case. There are currently 14 plaintiffs asserting individual claims related to securities issued by the SIV. Plaintiffs have not alleged the amount of their alleged investments, and are seeking, among other relief, unspecified compensatory and punitive damages.

On January 16, 2009, the Company was named as a defendant in an interpleader lawsuit styledU.S. Bank,N.A. v. Barclays Bank PLC and Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc., which is pending in the SDNY. The lawsuit relates to credit default swaps between the Company and Tourmaline CDO I LTD (“Tourmaline”), in which Barclays Bank PLC (“Barclays”) is the holder of the most senior and controlling class of notes. At issue is whether, pursuant to the terms of the swap agreements, the Company was required to post collateral to Tourmaline, or take any other action, after the Company’s credit ratings were downgraded in 2008 by certain ratings agencies. The Company and Barclays have a dispute regarding whether the Company breached any obligations under the swap agreements and, if so, whether any such breaches were cured. The trustee for Tourmaline, interpleader plaintiff U.S. Bank, N.A., has refrained from making any further distribution of Tourmaline’s funds pending the resolution of these issues and is seeking a judgment from the court resolving them. On January 11, 2011, the court conducted a bench trial, but has not yet issued its ruling. As of December 31, 2010, the Company believed that it was entitled to receivables from Tourmaline in an amount equal to approximately $273 million.

 

On August 27, 2008,September 25, 2009, the Company was named as a shareholder derivative complaint,defendant in a lawsuit styledCitibank,N.A. v. Morgan Stanley & Co. International, PLC, which was styledLouisiana Municipal Police Employees Retirement System v. Mack, et al., was filed in the SDNY. On September 12, 2008, a second complaint, which was styledThomas v. Mack, et al., was filedis pending in the SDNY. The lawsuit relates to a credit default swap referencing the Capmark VI CDO, which was structured by Citibank, N.A. (“Citi N.A.”). At issue is whether, as part of the swap agreement, Citi N.A. was obligated to obtain the Company’s prior written consent before it exercised its rights to liquidate Capmark upon the occurrence of certain contractually-defined credit events. Citi N.A. is seeking approximately $245 million in compensatory damages plus interest and costs. On October 8, 2010, the court issued an order denying Citi N.A.’s motion for judgment on the pleadings as to the Company’s counterclaim for reformation and granting Citi N.A.’s motion for judgment on the pleadings as to the Company’s counterclaim for estoppel. The Company moved for summary judgment on December 17, 2010. Citi N.A. opposed the Company’s motion and cross moved for summary judgment on January 21, 2011.

On December 23, 2009, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle filed a complaint against the Company and another defendant in the Superior Court of the State of Washington, styledFederal Home Loan Bank of Seattle v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al. An amended complaint was filed on September 28, 2010. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $233 million. The complaint raises claims under the Washington State Securities Act and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On October 18, 2010, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the action.

On March 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco filed two complaints against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the State of California. These actions are styledFederal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, et al., andFederal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. et al., respectively. Amended complaints were substantially similarfiled on June 10, 2010. The complaints allege that defendants made untrue statements and named asmaterial omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiff of a number of mortgage pass through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company in these cases was approximately $704 million and $276 million, respectively. The complaints raise claims under both the federal securities laws and California law and seek, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On July 12, 2010, defendants removed these actions to the membersUnited States District Court for the Northern District of California, and on December 20, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors as well as certain current and former officers. Morgan Stanley, on whose behalfcases were remanded to the suits were purportedly brought, isstate court.

On June 10, 2010, the Company was named as a nominalnew defendant in each action.a pre-existing purported class action related to securities issued by a SIV called Rhinebridge plc (“Rhinebridge SIV”). The complaints raised claims of breach of fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross mismanagement,case is styledKing County, Washington, et al. v.IKB Deutsche Industriebank AG, et al. and violation of Section 10(b) and Rule 10b-5 ofis pending in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, asSDNY. The complaint asserts

 

2836


amended, relatedclaims for common law fraud and aiding and abetting common law fraud and alleges, among other things, that the ratings assigned to the Company’s sale of auction rate securities (“ARS”) overissued by the period from June 20, 2007 to the present. Among other things, the complaints alleged that, over the relevant period, Morgan Stanley’s public filings and statementsSIV were materially false and misleading, inincluding because the ratings did not accurately reflect the risks associated with the subprime residential mortgage backed securities held by the SIV. On July 15, 2010, the Company moved to dismiss the complaint. That motion was denied on October 29, 2010. The case is pending before the same judge presiding over the litigation concerning the Cheyne SIV, described above. While reserving their ability to act otherwise, plaintiffs have indicated that they faileddo not currently plan to disclosefile a motion for class certification. Plaintiffs have not alleged the illiquid natureamount of its ARS inventoriestheir alleged investments, and are seeking, among other relief, unspecified compensatory and punitive damages.

On July 9, 2010, Cambridge Place Investment Management Inc. filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, styledCambridge Place Investment Management Inc. v. Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc., et al. The complaint asserts claims on behalf of certain of plaintiff’s clients and alleges that Morgan Stanley’s practicesdefendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale of ARS exposed ita number of mortgage pass through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company or sold to significant liability for settlementsplaintiff’s clients by the Company was approximately $242 million. The complaint raises claims under the Massachusetts Uniform Securities Act and judgments. The complaints also alleged that during the relevant period certain defendants sold Morgan Stanley’s stock while in possession of material non-public information. The complaints sought,seeks, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages, restitution fromto rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On August 13, 2010, defendants with respectremoved this action to compensation, benefitsthe United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts and profits obtained,on September 13, 2010, plaintiff filed a motion to remand the case to the state court. On December 28, 2010, the magistrate judge recommended that the district court grant the motion to remand. The defendants objected to the magistrate’s report and recommendation on January 18, 2011.

On July 15, 2010, The Charles Schwab Corp. filed a complaint against the institution of certain reforms to Morgan Stanley’s internal control functions. On November 24, 2008,Company and other defendants in the SDNY ordered the consolidationSuperior Court of the two actions.State of California, styledThe Charles Schwab Corp. v. BNP Paribas Securities Corp., et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to one of plaintiff’s subsidiaries of a number of mortgage pass through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff’s subsidiary by the Company was approximately $180 million. The complaint raises claims under both the federal securities laws and California law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On February 2, 2009, plaintiffsSeptember 8, 2010, defendants removed this action to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California and on October 1, 2010, plaintiff filed a consolidated amendedmotion to remand the case to the state court.

In July 15, 2010, China Industrial Development Bank (“CIDB”) filed a complaint against the Company, which is styled asIn reChina Industrial Development Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. Auction Rate Securities Derivative LitigationIncorporated. On June 23, 2009, the SDNY granted defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated complaint for failure by plaintiffs to make a pre-litigation demand on the Company’s Board of Directors. In addition, the SDNY set a schedule for plaintiffs to make such a demand, for the Board of Directors to respond thereto, and for further proceedings before the SDNY, which may include a motion for leave to file an amended complaint.

Executive Compensation-Related Matter.

A shareholder derivative lawsuit was filedis pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York on February 11, 2010 assertingCounty. The Complaint relates to a $275 million credit default swap referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for waste,common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Company misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CIDB, and that the Company knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the credit default swap with CIDB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CIDB alleges it has already lost under the credit default swap, rescission of CIDB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On September 30, 2010, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

On October 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago filed two complaints against the Company and other defendants. One was filed in the Circuit Court of the State of Illinois and is styledFederal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Bank of America Funding Corporation et al. The other was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California and is styledFederal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Bank of America Securities LLC, et al. The complaints allege that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of a number of mortgage pass through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company in the two actions was approximately $203 million and $75 million respectively. The complaint filed in Illinois raises claims

37


under Illinois law. The complaint filed in California raises claims under the federal securities laws, Illinois law and California law. Both complaints seek, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. The defendants removed both actions to federal court, on November 23, 2010 and November 24, 2010, respectively. On January 18, 2011, the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois remanded the Illinois action to the state court. On December 23, 2010, the plaintiff filed a motion to remand the California action from the United States District Court for the Central District of California to the state court.

On December 6, 2010, MBIA Insurance Corporation (“MBIA”) filed a complaint against the Company related to MBIA’s contract to insure approximately $223 million of residential mortgage backed securities related to a second lien residential mortgage backed securitization sponsored by the Company in June 2007. The complaint is styledMBIA Insurance Corporation v. Morgan Stanley, et al. and is pending in New York Supreme Court, Westchester County. The complaint asserts claims for fraud, breach of the duty of loyaltycontract and unjust enrichment related to the Company’s executive compensation for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2006 and 2007 and the calendar year ended December 31, 2009. The complaint, which is styledSecurity and Fire Professionals of America Retirement Fund, et al. v. John J. Mack, et. al., names as defendants the Company’s Board of Directors and certain present and former officers and directors. Morgan Stanley, on whose behalf the lawsuit is purportedly being brought, is named as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the total amountCompany misled MBIA regarding the quality of the executive compensation paid for these years was disproportionately largeloans contained in relation to the Company’s performance.securitization, that loans contained in the securitization breached various representations and warranties and that the loans have been serviced inadequately. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified compensatory and punitive damages, restitutionan order requiring the Company to comply with the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents and/or to indemnify MBIA for losses resulting from the Company’s alleged breach of the transaction documents, as well as costs, interests and disgorgement of compensation, benefits and profits, and institution of certain corporate governance reforms.fees. On February 2, 2011, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

 

China Matter.

 

As disclosed in February 2009, the Company uncovered actions initiated by an employee based in China in an overseas real estate subsidiary that appear to have violated the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The Company terminated the employee, reported the activity to appropriate authorities and is cooperating with investigations by the United States Department of Justice and the SEC.

 

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.[Removed and Reserved]

 

There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2009.

2938


Part II

 

Item 5.    MarketMarket for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

Morgan Stanley’s common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “MS.” As of February 22, 2010, Morgan Stanley2011, the Company had approximately 92,93588,852 holders of record; however, Morgan Stanleythe Company believes the number of beneficial owners of common stock exceeds this number.

 

The table below sets forth, for each of the last eight quarters, the low and high sales prices per share of Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s common stock as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets and the amount of any cash dividends per share of Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s common stock declared by Morgan Stanley’sits Board of Directors for such quarter.

 

  Low
Sale Price
  High
Sale Price
  Dividends(A)  Low
Sale Price
   High
Sale Price
   Dividends 

2010:

      

Fourth Quarter

  $23.95    $27.77    $0.05  

Third Quarter

  $22.40    $28.05    $0.05  

Second Quarter

  $23.14    $32.29    $0.05  

First Quarter

  $26.15    $33.27    $0.05  

2009:

            

Fourth Quarter

  $28.75  $35.78  $0.05  $28.75    $35.78    $0.05  

Third Quarter

  $24.85  $33.33  $0.05  $24.85    $33.33    $0.05  

Second Quarter

  $20.69  $31.99  $0.05  $20.69    $31.99    $0.05  

First Quarter

  $13.10  $27.27  $0.05  $13.10    $27.27    $0.05  

Fiscal 2008:

      

Fourth Quarter

  $6.71  $44.50  $0.27

Third Quarter

  $29.60  $46.58  $0.27

Second Quarter

  $33.56  $51.80  $0.27

First Quarter

  $40.76  $55.39  $0.27
(A)On December 16, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year end from November 30 to December 31 of each year, beginning January 1, 2009. As a result of this change, the Board of Directors declared a $0.016667 dividend per common share covering the period from December 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008. The total dividend of $0.066667 per common share covering the four month period from December 1, 2008 to March 31, 2009 was paid on May 15, 2009 to shareholders of record on April 30, 2009.

 

3039


The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of Morgan Stanleythe Company of its common stock during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2009.2010.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Period

 Total
Number
of
Shares
Purchased
 Average
Price
Paid Per
Share
 Total Number of
Shares Purchased
As Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs (C)
 Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs

Month #1 (October 1, 2009—October 31, 2009)

    

Share Repurchase Program (A)

 —    —   —   $1,560

Employee Transactions (B)

 99,543 $31.98 —    —  

Month #2 (November 1, 2009—November 30, 2009)

    

Share Repurchase Program (A)

 —    —   —   $1,560

Employee Transactions (B)

 103,633 $31.14 —    —  

Month #3 (December 1, 2009—December 31, 2009)

    

Share Repurchase Program (A)

 —    —   —   $1,560

Employee Transactions (B)

 198,857 $30.05 —    —  

Total

    

Share Repurchase Program (A)

 —    —   —   $1,560

Employee Transactions (B)

 402,033 $30.81 —    —  

Period

 Total
Number
of
Shares
Purchased
  Average
Price
Paid Per
Share
  Total Number of
Shares Purchased
As Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs(C)
  Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs
 

Month #1 (October 1, 2010—October 31, 2010)

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

  —      —      —     $1,560  

Employee Transactions (B)

  478,452   $25.28    —      —    

Month #2 (November 1, 2010—November 30, 2010)

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

  —      —      —     $1,560  

Employee Transactions (B)

  105,160   $24.95    —      —    

Month #3 (December 1, 2010—December 31, 2010)

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

  —      —      —     $1,560  

Employee Transactions(B)

  167,571   $25.53    —      —    

Total

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

  —      —      —     $1,560  

Employee Transactions(B)

  751,183   $25.29    —      —    

 

(A)On December 19, 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of the Company’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval.
(B)Includes: (1) shares delivered or attested in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by holders of employee and director stock options (granted under employee and director stock compensation plans) who exercised options; (2) shares withheld, delivered or attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon vesting and release of restricted shares; and (3) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon the delivery of outstanding shares underlying restricted stock units. The Company’s employee and director stock compensation plans provide that the value of the shares withheld, delivered or attested, shall be valued using the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the relevant transaction occurs, using a valuation methodology established by Morgan Stanley.the Company.
(C)Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Company deems appropriate.

 

***

 

3140


Stock performance graph.    The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (rounded to the nearest whole dollar) of the Company’s common stock, the S&P 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500”), the S&P 500 Diversified Financials Index (“S5DIVF”) and the S&P 500 Financials Index (“S5FINL”) for the last five years. The Company included the S5FINL due to the broader range of financial services companies and related businesses reflected in such index, which is also used by many of the Company’s peers. The graph assumes a $100 investment at the closing price on December 31, 20042005 and reinvestment of dividends on the respective dividend payment dates without commissions. Historical prices are adjusted to reflect the spin-off of Discover Financial Services completed on June 30, 2007. This graph does not forecast future performance of the Company’s common stock.

 

 

  MS  S&P 500  S5DIVF  S5FINL  MS   S&P 500   S5FINL 

12/31/2004

  $100.00  $100.00  $100.00  $100.00

12/30/2005

  $104.26  $104.91  $109.83  $106.50  $100.00    $100.00    $100.00  

12/29/2006

  $152.06  $121.46  $136.06  $126.96  $145.85    $115.78    $119.21  

12/31/2007

  $121.24  $128.13  $110.87  $103.47  $116.29    $122.14    $97.16  

12/31/2008

  $37.85  $80.74  $45.98  $46.32  $36.30    $76.96    $43.50  

12/31/2009

  $71.22  $102.11  $60.03  $54.35  $68.31    $97.33    $51.03  

12/31/2010

  $63.26    $112.01    $57.26  

 

3241


Item 6.Selected Financial Data.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

 

 2009(1)(2) Fiscal
Year

2008(3)
 Fiscal
Year

2007(3)
 Fiscal
Year

2006(3)
 Fiscal
Year

2005(3)
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(2)(3)
  2010 2009(1)(2) Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 Fiscal
2006
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(2)
 

Income Statement Data:

            

Revenues:

            

Investment banking

 $5,019   $4,057   $6,316 $4,706 $3,795   $196   $5,122  $5,020  $4,057  $6,321  $4,706  $196 

Principal transactions:

            

Trading

  7,447    5,472    3,208  11,805  7,376    (1,743  9,406   7,722   6,170   1,723   10,290   (1,491

Investments

  (1,054  (3,925  3,247  1,778  1,125    (207  1,825   (1,034  (3,888  3,328   1,791   (205

Commissions

  4,234    4,449    4,659  3,746  3,302    214    4,947   4,233   4,443   4,654   3,746   213 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

  5,884    4,839    5,486  4,231  3,866    292    7,957   5,884   4,839   5,486   4,231   292 

Other

  838    3,852    776  209  (102  107    1,501   837   3,851   777   210   109 
                                  

Total non-interest revenues

  22,368    18,744    23,692  26,475  19,362    (1,141  30,758   22,662   19,472   22,289   24,974   (886
                                  

Interest and dividends

  7,702    39,679    60,069  42,774  25,985    1,297  

Interest income

  7,278   7,477   38,931   61,420   44,270   1,089 

Interest expense

  6,712    36,312    57,283  40,909  23,558    1,124    6,414   6,705   36,263   57,264   40,904   1,140 
                                  

Net interest

  990    3,367    2,786  1,865  2,427    173    864   772   2,668   4,156   3,366   (51
                                  

Net revenues

  23,358    22,111    26,478  28,340  21,789    (968  31,622   23,434   22,140   26,445   28,340   (937
                                  

Non-interest expenses:

            

Compensation and benefits

  14,438    11,887    16,122  13,593  10,378    585    16,048   14,434   11,851   16,111   13,593   582 

Other

  8,063    9,087    7,580  6,353  6,071    474    9,372   8,017   9,035   7,573   6,353   475 
                                  

Total non-interest expenses

  22,501    20,974    23,702  19,946  16,449    1,059    25,420   22,451   20,886   23,684   19,946   1,057 
                                  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change, net

  857    1,137    2,776  8,394  5,340    (2,027

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

  (336  (21  576  2,469  1,227    (732

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  6,202   983   1,254   2,761   8,394   (1,994

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  739   (341  16   573   2,469   (725
                                  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change, net

  1,193    1,158    2,200  5,925  4,113    (1,295

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  5,463   1,324   1,238   2,188   5,925   (1,269

Discontinued operations(3):

      

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  606   33   1,004   1,697   2,351   (14

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  367   (49  464   636   789   2 
                                  

Discontinued operations(4):

      

Gain from discontinued operations

  160    1,121    1,682  2,351  1,227    18  

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

  (53  501    633  789  449    8  
                

Net gain from discontinued operations

  213    620    1,049  1,562  778    10  

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

  —      —      —    —    49    —    

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  239   82   540   1,061   1,562   (16
                                  

Net income (loss)

 $1,406   $1,778   $3,249 $7,487 $4,940   $(1,285  5,702   1,406   1,778   3,249   7,487   (1,285

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

  60    71    40  15  2    3  

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  999   60   71   40   15   3 
                                  

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,346   $1,707   $3,209 $7,472 $4,938   $(1,288 $4,703  $1,346  $1,707  $3,209  $7,472  $(1,288
                                  

(Loss) earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders(5)

 $(907 $1,495   $2,976 $7,027 $4,773   $(1,624

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders(4)

 $3,594  $(907 $1,495  $2,976  $7,027  $(1,624
                                  

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

            

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 $1,149   $1,125   $2,162 $5,913 $4,111   $(1,295 $4,464  $1,280  $1,205  $2,150  $5,913  $(1,269

Net gain from discontinued operations

  197    582    1,047  1,559  778    7  

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

  —      —      —    —    49    —    

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  239   66   502   1,059   1,559   (19
                                  

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,346   $1,707   $3,209 $7,472 $4,938   $(1,288 $4,703  $1,346  $1,707  $3,209  $7,472  $(1,288
                                  

 

33

42


  2009(1)(2)  Fiscal Year
2008(3)
  Fiscal Year
2007(3)
  Fiscal Year
2006(3)
  Fiscal Year
2005(3)
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(2)(3)
 

Per Share Data:

      

(Loss) earnings per basic common share(6):

      

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 $(0.93 $0.92   $1.98   $5.50   $3.79   $(1.63

Net gain from discontinued operations

  0.16    0.53    0.99    1.46    0.71    0.01  

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

  —      —      —      —      0.05    —    
                        

(Loss) earnings per basic common share

 $(0.77 $1.45   $2.97   $6.96   $4.55   $(1.62
                        

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share(6):

      

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 $(0.93 $0.88   $1.94   $5.42   $3.75   $(1.63

Net gain from discontinued operations

  0.16    0.51    0.96    1.43    0.70    0.01  

Cumulative effect of accounting change, net

  —      —      —      —      0.05    —    
                        

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share

 $(0.77 $1.39   $2.90   $6.85   $4.50   $(1.62
                        

Book value per common share(7)

 $27.26   $30.24   $28.56   $32.67   $27.59   $27.53  

Dividends declared per common share

 $0.17   $1.08   $1.08   $1.08   $1.08   $0.27  

Balance Sheet and Other Operating Data:

      

Total assets

 $771,462   $659,035   $1,045,409   $1,121,192   $898,835   $676,764  

Total capital(8)

  213,974    192,297    191,085    162,134    125,891    208,008  

Long-term borrowings(8)

  167,286    141,466    159,816    126,770    96,709    159,255  

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

  46,688    50,831    31,269    35,364    29,182    48,753  

Return on average common shareholders’ equity

  N/M    3.2  6.5  22.0  17.1  N/M  

Average common and equivalent shares(5)

  1,185,414,871    1,028,180,275    1,001,878,651    1,010,254,255    1,049,896,047    1,002,058,928  
  2010  2009(1)(2)  Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  Fiscal 2006  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(2)
 

Per Share Data:

      

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(5):

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 $2.48  $(0.82 $1.00  $1.97  $5.50  $(1.60

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  0.16   0.05   0.45   1.00   1.46   (0.02
                        

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

 $2.64  $(0.77 $1.45  $2.97  $6.96  $(1.62
                        

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(5):

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 $2.44  $(0.82 $0.95  $1.92  $5.42  $(1.60

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  0.19   0.05   0.44   0.98   1.43   (0.02
                        

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

 $2.63  $(0.77 $1.39  $2.90  $6.85  $(1.62
                        

Book value per common share(6)

 $31.49  $27.26  $30.24  $28.56  $32.67  $27.53 

Dividends declared per common share

 $0.20  $0.17  $1.08  $1.08  $1.08  $0.27 

Balance Sheet and Other Operating Data:

      

Total assets

 $807,698  $771,462  $659,035  $1,045,409  $1,121,192  $676,764 

Total capital(7)

  222,757   213,974   192,297   191,085   162,134   208,008 

Long-term borrowings(7)

  165,546   167,286   141,466   159,816   126,770   159,255 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

  57,211   46,688   50,831   31,269   35,364   48,753 

Return on average common shareholders’ equity

  8.5  N/M    3.2  6.5  22.0  N/M  

Average common and equivalent shares(4)

  1,361,670,938   1,185,414,871   1,028,180,275   1,001,878,651   1,010,254,255   1,002,058,928 

 

N/M—NotMeaningful
(1)Information includes Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (“MSSB”) effective May 31, 2009 (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements).
(2)On December 16, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year endyear-end from November 30 to December 31 of each year. This change to the calendar year reporting cycle began January 1, 2009. As a result of the change, the Company had a one monthone-month transition period in December 2008.
(3)Certain prior-period information hasPrior period amounts have been reclassified to conformrecast for discontinued operations. See Note 1 to the current year’s presentation.
(4)Amounts include operating results and gainsconsolidated financial statements for information on secondary offerings related to MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”), operating results and gains (losses) related to the disposition of Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (“Crescent”), operating results of the retail asset management business being sold to Invesco Ltd. (“Invesco”) (“Retail Asset Management”), and other discontinued operations.
(5)(4)Amounts shown are used to calculate earnings per basic common share.
(6)(5)For the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share, (“EPS”), see Note 1416 to the consolidated financial statements.
(7)(6)Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $47,614 million at December 31, 2010, $37,091 million at December 31, 2009, $31,676 million at November 30, 2008, $30,169 million at November 30, 2007, $34,264 million at November 30, 2006 $29,182 million at November 30, 2005 and $29,585 million at December 31, 2008, divided by common shares outstanding of 1,512 million at December 31, 2010, 1,361 million at December 31, 2009, 1,048 million at November 30, 2008, 1,056 million at November 30, 2007, 1,049 million at November 30, 2006 1,058 million at November 30, 2005 and 1,074 million at December 31, 2008.
(8)(7)These amounts exclude the current portion of long-term borrowings and include junior subordinated debt issued to capital trusts. At November 30, 2006, and November 30, 2005, capital units were included in total capital.

 

34

43


Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

Introduction.

 

Morgan Stanley, (or the “Company”), a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” and the “Company” mean Morgan Stanley and its consolidated subsidiaries.

A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows.follows:

 

Institutional Securities includesprovides capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

 

Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Company’s 51% interest in MSSB (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements)Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (“MSSB”), provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.services and engages in fixed income principal trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.

 

Asset Management provides globala broad array of investment strategies that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset management productsclasses and servicespublic and private markets to a diverse group of clients across the institutional and intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients.

See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the Company’s discontinued operations.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors, including the effect of political and economic conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income alternative investments, which includes hedge funds and funds of funds,credit markets, including corporate and merchant banking, which includesmortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate privateinvestments; the impact of current, pending and future legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Act), regulation (including capital requirements), and legal actions in the United States of America (“U.S.”) and worldwide; the level and volatility of equity, fixed income, and infrastructure,commodity prices and interest rates, currency values and other market indices; the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to institutionalthe Company’s unsecured short-term and retail clients through proprietarylong-term debt; investor sentiment and third-party distribution channels (see “Discontinued Operations—Retail Asset Management Business” herein). Asset Managementconfidence in the financial markets; the performance of the Company’s acquisitions, joint ventures, strategic alliances or other strategic arrangements (including MSSB and with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”)); the Company’s reputation; inflation, natural disasters, and acts of war or terrorism; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors and technological changes; or a combination of these or other factors. In addition, legislative, legal and regulatory developments related to the Company’s businesses are likely to increase costs, thereby affecting results of operations. These factors also engagesmay have an impact on the Company’s ability to achieve its strategic objectives. For a further discussion of these and other important factors that could affect the Company’s business, see “Competition” and “Supervision and Regulation” in investment activities.Part I, Item 1, and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

 

Change in Fiscal Year-End.

 

On December 16, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year-end from November 30 to December 31 of each year. This change to the calendar year reporting cycle began January 1, 2009. As a result of the change, the Company had a one-month transition period in December 2008.

 

The Company’s results of operations for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010 (“2010”), December 31, 2009 (“2009”), November 30, 2008 (“fiscal 2008”), November 30, 2007 (“fiscal 2007”) and the one month ended December 31, 2008 are discussed below.

Discontinued Operations.

 

Retail Asset Management Business.    On October 19, 2009, as part of a restructuring of its Asset Management business segment, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell substantially all of Retail Asset Management, including Van Kampen Investments, Inc. (“Van Kampen”) to Invesco. This transaction allows the Company’s Asset Management business segment to focus on its institutional client base, including corporations, pension plans, large intermediaries, foundations and endowments, sovereign wealth funds and central banks, among others.

Under the terms of the definitive agreement, Invesco will purchase substantially all of Retail Asset Management, operating under both the Morgan Stanley and Van Kampen brands, in a stock and cash transaction. The Company will receive a 9.4% minority interest in Invesco. The transaction, which has been approved by the Boards of Directors of both companies, is expected to close in mid-2010, subject to customary regulatory, client and fund shareholder approvals. The results of Retail Asset Management are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

3544


MSCI.    In May 2009, the Company divested all of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI. The results of MSCI are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

Crescent.    Discontinued operations in 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 include operating results and gains (losses) related to the disposition of Crescent, a former real estate subsidiary of the Company. The Company completed the disposition of Crescent in the fourth quarter of 2009, whereby the Company transferred its ownership interest in Crescent to Crescent’s primary creditor in exchange for full release of liability on the related loans. The results of Crescent were formerly included in the Asset Management business segment.

Discover.    On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the spin-off (the “Discover Spin-off”) of its business segment Discover Financial Services (“DFS”) to its shareholders. The results of DFS are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of the Discover Spin-off. The fiscal 2008 amount related to costs associated with a legal settlement between DFS, VISA and MasterCard. See “Other Matters—Settlement with DFS” herein for further information.

Quilter Holdings Ltd.    The results of Quilter Holdings Ltd. (“Quilter”), Global Wealth Management Group’s former mass affluent business in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), are also reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through its sale to Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) on February 28, 2007. Citi subsequently contributed Quilter to the MSSB joint venture. The results of MSSB are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s income from continuing operations effective May 31, 2009.

See Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements for further information on discontinued operations.

36


Executive Summary.

 

Financial Information.Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts).

 

  2009(1)  Fiscal
Year

2008(2)
  Fiscal
Year

2007(2)
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(2)
 

Net revenues (dollars in millions):

    

Institutional Securities

 $12,777   $14,738   $15,730   $(1,353

Global Wealth Management Group

  9,390    7,019    6,625    409  

Asset Management

  1,337    548    4,364    (9

Intersegment Eliminations

  (146  (194  (241  (15
                

Consolidated net revenues

 $23,358   $22,111   $26,478   $(968
                

Consolidated net income (loss) (dollars in millions)

 $1,406   $1,778   $3,249   $(1,285

Net income applicable to non-controlling interest (dollars in millions)

  60    71    40    3  
                

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley (dollars in millions)

 $1,346   $1,707   $3,209   $(1,288
                

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley (dollars in millions):

    

Institutional Securities

 $1,279   $1,277   $845   $(1,297

Global Wealth Management Group

  283    714    696    73  

Asset Management

  (405  (855  673    (70

Intersegment Eliminations

  (8  (11  (52  (1
                

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,149   $1,125   $2,162   $(1,295
                

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley (dollars in millions):

    

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,149   $1,125   $2,162   $(1,295

Gain from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley, after tax

  197    582    1,047    7  
                

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley (dollars in millions)

 $1,346   $1,707   $3,209   $(1,288
                

(Loss) earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders (dollars in millions)

 $(907 $1,495   $2,976   $(1,624
                

(Loss) earnings per basic common share:

    

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 $(0.93 $0.92   $1.98   $(1.63

Net gain from discontinued operations(3)

  0.16    0.53    0.99    0.01  
                

(Loss) earnings per basic common share(4)

 $(0.77 $1.45   $2.97   $(1.62
                

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share:

    

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 $(0.93 $0.88   $1.94   $(1.63

Net gain from discontinued operations(3)

  0.16    0.51    0.96    0.01  
                

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share(4)

 $(0.77 $1.39   $2.90   $(1.62
                

Regional net revenues (dollars in millions)(5):

    

Americas

 $18,904   $10,766   $10,771   $(765

Europe, Middle East and Africa

  2,459    8,949    9,927    (246

Asia

  1,995    2,396    5,780    43  
                

Consolidated net revenues

 $23,358   $22,111   $26,478   $(968
                
   2010  2009(1)  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Net revenues:

     

Institutional Securities

  $16,366  $12,853  $14,768  $(1,322

Global Wealth Management Group

   12,636   9,390   7,019   409 

Asset Management

   2,723   1,337   547   (9

Intersegment Eliminations

   (103  (146  (194  (15
                 

Consolidated net revenues

  $31,622  $23,434  $22,140  $(937
                 

Consolidated net income (loss)

  $5,702  $1,406  $1,778  $(1,285

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   999   60   71   3 
                 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,703  $1,346  $1,707  $(1,288
                 

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley:

     

Institutional Securities

  $3,747  $1,393  $1,358  $(1,271

Global Wealth Management Group

   519   283   714   73 

Asset Management

   210   (388  (856  (70

Intersegment Eliminations

   (12  (8  (11  (1
                 

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,464  $1,280  $1,205  $(1,269
                 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,464  $1,280  $1,205  $(1,269

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley(2)

   239   66   502   (19
                 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,703  $1,346  $1,707  $(1,288
                 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $3,594  $(907 $1,495  $(1,624
                 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $2.48  $(0.82 $1.00  $(1.60

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations(2)

   0.16   0.05   0.45   (0.02
                 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(3)

  $2.64  $(0.77 $1.45  $(1.62
                 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $2.44  $(0.82 $0.95  $(1.60

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations(2)

   0.19   0.05   0.44   (0.02
                 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(3)

  $2.63  $(0.77 $1.39  $(1.62
                 

Regional net revenues(4):

     

Americas

  $21,674  $18,909  $10,768  $(766

Europe, Middle East and Africa

   5,628   2,529   8,977   (215

Asia

   4,320   1,996   2,395   44 
                 

Consolidated net revenues

  $31,622  $23,434  $22,140  $(937
                 

 

3745


   2009(1)  Fiscal Year
2008(2)
  Fiscal
Year

2007(2)
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(2)
 
Statistical Data.     

Average common equity (dollars in billions)(6):

     

Institutional Securities

  $18.1   $22.9   $23.2   $20.8  

Global Wealth Management Group

   4.6    1.5    1.7    1.3  

Asset Management

   2.2    3.0    2.8    2.4  

Unallocated capital

   8.1    4.9    2.9    4.9  
                 

Total from continuing operations

   33.0    32.3    30.6    29.4  

Discontinued operations

   1.1    1.3    4.6    1.2  
                 

Consolidated average common equity

  $34.1   $33.6   $35.2   $30.6  
                 

Return on average common equity(6):

     

Consolidated

   N/M    3  7  N/M  

Institutional Securities

   5  5  3  N/M  

Global Wealth Management Group

   5  48  41  60

Asset Management

   N/M    N/M    24  N/M  

Book value per common share(7)

  $27.26   $30.24   $28.56   $27.53  

Tangible common equity(8)

  $29,479    N/A    N/A   $26,607  

Tangible book value per common share(9)

  $21.67    N/A    N/A   $24.76  

Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio(10)

   9.7  N/A    N/A    N/A  

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations(11)

   (39.2)%   (1.8)%   20.7  36.1

Worldwide employees(12)

   61,388    45,733    48,041    45,295  

Average liquidity (dollars in billions)(13):

     

Parent company liquidity

  $61   $69   $49   $64  

Bank and other subsidiary liquidity

   93    69    36    78  
                 

Total liquidity

  $154   $138   $85   $142  
                 

Capital ratios at December 31, 2009(14):

     

Total capital ratio

   16.4  N/A    N/A    N/A  

Tier 1 capital ratio

   15.3  N/A    N/A    N/A  

Tier 1 leverage ratio

   5.8  N/A    N/A    N/A  

Tier 1 common ratio

   8.2  N/A    N/A    N/A  

Consolidated assets under management or supervision by asset class (dollars in billions)(15):

     

Equity(16)

  $315   $113   $215   $121  

Fixed income(16)

   195    175    208    168  

Alternatives(17)

   46    40    52    41  

Private equity

   4    4    4    4  

Infrastructure

   4    4    2    4  

Real estate

   15    34    36    35  
                 

Subtotal

   579    370    517    373  

Other(16)

   59    39    61    40  
                 

Total assets under management or supervision(18)

   638    409    578    413  

Share of non-controlling interest assets(19)

   7    6    7    6  
                 

Total

  $645   $415   $585   $419  
                 

 

38Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)—(Continued).

   2010  2009(1)  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Average common equity (dollars in billions)(5):

     

Institutional Securities

  $17.7  $18.1  $22.9  $20.8 

Global Wealth Management Group

   6.8   4.6   1.5   1.3 

Asset Management

   2.1   2.2   3.0   2.4 

Parent capital

   15.5   8.1   4.9   4.9 
                 

Total from continuing operations

   42.1   33.0   32.3   29.4 

Discontinued operations

   0.3   1.1   1.3   1.2 
                 

Consolidated average common equity

  $42.4  $34.1  $33.6  $30.6 
                 

Return on average common equity(5):

     

Consolidated

   9  N/M    3  N/M  

Institutional Securities(5)

   19  N/A    N/A    N/A  

Global Wealth Management Group

   7  N/A    N/A    N/A  

Asset Management

   9  N/A    N/A    N/A  

Book value per common share(6)

  $31.49  $27.26  $30.24  $27.53 

Tangible common equity(7)

  $40,667  $29,479   N/A   $26,607 

Tangible book value per common share(8)

  $26.90  $21.67   N/A   $24.76 

Effective income tax rate provision (benefit) from continuingoperations(9)

   11.9  (34.7)%   1.3  36.4

Worldwide employees(10)

   62,542   60,494   44,716    44,352  

Average liquidity (dollars in billions)(11):

     

Parent company liquidity

  $65  $61  $69  $64 

Bank and other subsidiary liquidity

   94   93   69   78 
                 

Total liquidity

  $159  $154  $138  $142 
                 

Capital ratios at December 31, 2010 and 2009(12):

     

Total capital ratio

   16.5  16.4  N/A    N/A  

Tier 1 capital ratio

   16.1  15.3  N/A    N/A  

Tier 1 leverage ratio

   6.6  5.8  N/A    N/A  

Tier 1 common ratio(12)

   10.5  8.2  N/A    N/A  

Consolidated assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(13)(14):

     

Asset Management(15)

  $279  $266  $287  $290 

Global Wealth Management Group

   477   379   128   129 
                 

Total

  $756  $645  $415  $419 
                 

Institutional Securities:

     

Pre-tax profit margin(16)

   27  9  10  N/M  

Global Wealth Management Group:

     

Global representatives(17)

   18,043   18,135   8,426   8,356 

Annualized net revenues per global representative (dollars in thousands)(18)

  $698  $666  $746  $585 

Assets by client segment (dollars in billions):

     

$10 million or more

  $522  $453  $152  $155 

$1 million to $10 million

   707   637   197   196 
                 

Subtotal $1 million or more

   1,229   1,090   349   351 
                 

$100,000 to $1 million

   399   418   151   155 

Less than $100,000

   41   52   22   22 

Corporate and other accounts(19)

   —      —      24   22 
                 

Total client assets

  $1,669  $1,560  $546  $550 
                 

46


Statistical Data (Continued). 2009(1)  Fiscal
Year

2008(2)
  Fiscal
Year

2007(2)
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(2)
 

Institutional Securities:

    

Pre-tax profit margin(20)

  8  10  4  N/M  

Global Wealth Management Group:

    

Global representatives(21)

  18,135    8,426    8,429    8,356  

Annualized net revenue per global representative (dollars in thousands)(22)

 $666   $746   $811   $585  

Assets by client segment (dollars in billions):

    

$10 million or more

 $453   $152   $247   $155  

$1 million to $10 million

  637    197    275    196  
                

Subtotal $1 million or more

  1,090    349    522    351  

$100,000 to $1 million

  418    151    179    155  

Less than $100,000

  52    22    23    22  

Corporate and other accounts(23)

  —      24    34    22  
                

Total client assets

 $1,560   $546   $758   $550  
                

Fee-based assets as a percentage of total client assets

  24  25  27  25

Client assets per global representative (dollars in millions)(24)

 $86   $65   $90   $66  

Bank deposits (dollars in billions)(25)

 $112.5   $36.4   $26.2   $38.8  

Pre-tax profit margin(20)

  6  16  17  29

Asset Management(15):

    

Assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(19)

 $266   $287   $400   $290  

Percent of fund assets in top half of Lipper rankings(26)

  55  39  49  55

Pre-tax profit margin(20)

  N/M    N/M    24  N/M  

 

N/M– Not Meaningful.
N/A– Not Applicable.

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)—(Continued).

   2010  2009(1)  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Fee-based assets as a percentage of total client assets

   28  24  25  25

Client assets per global representative(20)

  $93  $86  $65  $66 

Bank deposits (dollars in billions)(21)

  $113  $112  $36  $39 

Pre-tax profit margin(16)

   9  6  16  29

Asset Management(13):

     

Assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)

  $279  $266  $287  $290 

Pre-tax profit margin(16)

   27  N/M    N/M    N/M  

N/M—Not Meaningful.

N/A—Not Applicable. Information is not comparable.

(1)Information includes MSSB effective from May 31, 2009 (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements).
(2)Certain prior-period information has been reclassified to conformSee Note 1 to the current period’s presentation.
(3)Amounts include operating results and gainsconsolidated financial statements for information on secondary offerings related to MSCI, operating results and gains (losses) related to the disposition of Crescent, operating results of Retail Asset Management and other discontinued operations.
(4)(3)For the calculation of basic and diluted EPS,earnings per share (“EPS”), see Note 1416 to the consolidated financial statements.
(5)(4)RegionalIn 2010, regional net revenues, primarily in the Americas, were negatively impacted by the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads, which resulted in the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term structured notes. In 2009, regional net revenues, primarily in Europe, Middle East and Africa, were negatively impacted by the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in fair value of certainspreads. For a discussion of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, in 2009. Regional netmethodology used to allocate revenues reflectamong the regional view ofregions, see Note 23 to the Company’s consolidated net revenues, on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:financial statements.
Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwriting—client location; debt underwriting—revenue recording location; sales and trading—trading desk location. Global Wealth Management Group: global representative location. Asset Management: client location, except for the merchant banking business, which is based on asset location.
(6)(5)The computation of average common equity for each business segment in 2010 is based upon an economic capitaldetermined using the Company’s Required Capital framework that estimates the amount of equity capital required to support the businesses over a wide range of market environments while simultaneously satisfying regulatory, rating agency and investor requirements. Economic capital is assigned to each business segment based on a regulatory capital framework plus additional capital for stress losses. Economic capital requirements are met by regulatory Tier 1 equity (including Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity, certain preferred stock, eligible hybrid capital instruments, non-controlling interests and deductions of certain goodwill, intangible assets, net deferred tax assets and debt valuation adjustment (“DVA”)Required Capital Framework”), subjectan internal capital adequacy measure (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Required Capital” herein). Business segment capital prior to regulatory limits.2010 has not been restated under this framework. As a result, the business segments’ return on average common equity from continuing operations prior to 2010 is not available. The economic capitalRequired Capital framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques. The return on average common equity uses income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity. The effective tax rates used in the computation of business segment return on average common equity were determined on a separate entity basis. Excluding the effect of the discrete tax benefits in 2010, the return on average common equity for the Institutional Securities business segment would have been 13% (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items” herein).
(7)(6)Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $47,614 million at December 31, 2010, $37,091 million as ofat December 31, 2009, $31,676 million as ofat November 30, 2008 $30,169 million as of November 30, 2007 and $29,585 million as ofat December 31, 2008, divided by common shares outstanding of 1,512 million at December 31, 2010, 1,361 million as ofat December 31, 2009, 1,048 million as ofat November 30, 2008 1,056 million as of November 30, 2007 and 1,074 million as ofat December 31, 2008. Book value per common share in 2010 included a benefit of approximately $1.40 per share due to the issuance of 116 million shares of common stock corresponding to the mandatory redemption of the junior subordinated debentures underlying $5.6 billion of equity units (see “Other Matters—Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock” herein).
(7)Tangible common equity is a non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principle (“GAAP”) financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess capital adequacy. For a discussion of tangible common equity, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—The Balance Sheet” herein.
(8)Tangible book value per common equity equals common shareholders’ equity less goodwillshare is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and intangible assets net of allowable mortgage servicing rights. The deduction for goodwill and intangible assets in 2009 includes only the Company’s share of MSSB’s goodwill and intangible assets.

39


(9)investors use to assess capital adequacy. Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity divided by period endperiod-end common shares outstanding.
(9)For a discussion of the effective income tax rate, see “Executive Summary—Significant Items” herein.
(10)Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) ratio equals tangible common equity divided by total RWAs of $305,000 millionWorldwide employees at December 31, 2009.
(11)The effective tax rate for 2009 includes a tax benefit of $331 million, or $0.28 per diluted share, resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates. Excluding this benefit, the annual effective tax rate for 2009 would have been a benefit of 1%.
(12)Worldwide employees as of2010 and December 31, 2009 include additional worldwide employees of businesses contributed by CitiCitigroup, Inc. (“Citi”) related to MSSB.
(13)(11)For a discussion of average liquidity, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Management Policies—Liquidity Reserves” herein.
(14)(12)Tier 1 common ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess capital adequacy. For a discussion of total capital ratio, Tier 1 capital ratio and Tier 1 leverage ratio, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein. For a discussion of Tier 1 common ratio, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—The Balance Sheet” herein.
(15)(13)Amount excludes certainsubstantially all of the Company’s retail asset management businesses following the decision to sell the business (“Retail Asset Management businessManagement”) that was sold to Invesco.Invesco Ltd. (“Invesco”) (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items” herein).
(16)Equity and fixed income amounts include assets under management or supervision associated with the Asset Management and Global Wealth Management Group business segments. Other amounts include assets under management or supervision associated with the Global Wealth Management Group business segment.
(17)Amounts reported for Alternatives reflect the Company’s invested equity in those funds and include a range of alternative investment products such as hedge funds, funds of hedge funds and funds of private equity funds.
(18)(14)Revenues and expenses associated with these assets are included in the Company’s Asset Management and Global Wealth Management Group business segments.
(19)(15)Amounts include Asset Management’s proportionalproportionate share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a non-controlling interest.minority stake.

47


(20)(16)Pre-tax profit margin is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess operating performance. Percentages represent income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.
(21)(17)Global representatives as ofat December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 include additional global representatives of businesses contributed by Citi related to MSSB.
(22)(18)Annualized net revenuerevenues per global representative for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 equals Global Wealth Management Group’s net revenues (excluding the sale of Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. (“MSWM S.V.”) for fiscal 2008) divided by the quarterly weighted average global representative headcount for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.
(23)(19)Beginning in 2009, amounts for Corporate and other accounts are presented in the appropriate client segment.
(24)(20)Client assets per global representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end global representative headcount.
(25)(21)Approximately $55 billion and $54 billion of the bank deposit balances as ofat December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, are held at Company-affiliated depositories with the remainder held at Citi-affiliated depositories. These deposit balances are held at certain of the Company’s Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) insured depository institutions for the benefit of retailthe Company’s clients through their accounts.
(26)Source: Lipper, one-year performance excluding money market funds as of December 31, 2009, November 30, 2008, November 30, 2007 and December 31, 2008, respectively, excluding Retail Asset Management.

 

Global Market and Economic Conditions in 2009.2010.

 

During 2009, globalGlobal market and economic conditions improved,continued to improve, and global capital markets recovered fromcontinued to recover, during 2010 and 2009, as compared with the severe economic and financial downturn that occurred duringin the Fallfall of 2008.

 

In the U.S., economic conditions improved, liquidity began to return to the fixed income markets, the initial public offering market reopened and the securitization market began to reopen, while the real estate markets continued to be adversely impacted. Major U.S.major equity market indices ended 20092010 higher as compared with the beginning of the year,year. The increase was primarily due to better than expected corporate earningsearnings. Positive market and economic developments were partially offset by a persistently high unemployment rate, continued investor confidenceconcerns about U.S. regulatory reform within the financial services industry, a sharp temporary decline in an economic recovery.stock prices on May 6, 2010 (speculated to have been caused by high-speed electronic trading) and the continued sovereign debt crisis within the European region. Government and business spending increased, while consumercertain sectors of the real estate market remained challenged. Consumer spending household balance sheetsbegan to show signs of improvement toward the end of the year. Deficit reductions and business spending remained challenged.balanced budgets remain critical items at the federal, state and local levels of government. The unemployment rate increaseddecreased to 10.0%9.4% at December 31, 20092010 from 7.4%9.9% at December 31, 2008.2009. The Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) kept itskey interest rates at historically low levels, and at December 31, 2009,2010, the federal funds target rate was between zero and 0.25%, and the discount rate was 0.50%0.75%. During 2009, the interest rate on required reserve balances and on excess balances (balances held to satisfy reserve requirements and balances held in excess of required reserve requirements) was 0.25%. During 2009, theThe FOMC pursued a quantitative easing policypolicies during 2010 and 2009, in which the FOMC purchased securities with the objective of improving economic conditions within the credit markets by increasing the money supply. In February 2010, the FOMC raised the discount rate by 0.25% to 0.75%.

 

In Europe, major European equity market indices in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) and Germany ended 20092010 higher, while in France, they ended lower, as compared with the beginning of the year. Economic conditions, however, continued to be challengedResults in the European equity markets were impacted by adverse economic developments, that beganincluding investor concerns about the outcome of regulatory stress testing of European banks and the sovereign debt crisis, especially in Greece and Ireland. Industrial output in the Fall of 2008.region was primarily driven by German exports. The euro area unemployment rate increased to 10.0%remained relatively unchanged at approximately 10% at December 31, 2009 from 8.2% at2010. At December 2008. During the first half of 2009,31, 2010, the European Central Bank (“ECB”) lowered its benchmark

40


interest rate by 1.50% to a record low of 1.00%, and during the second half of 2009, the ECB left itsBank’s benchmark interest rate unchanged. During the first half of 2009,was 1.00% and the Bank of EnglandEngland’s (“BOE”) lowered its benchmark interest rate by 1.50% towas 0.50%, and during the second half of 2009, the BOE left its benchmark interest rate unchanged. During 2009, the. The BOE pursued a quantitative easing policypolicies during 2010 and 2009, in which the BOE purchased securities, including U.K. Government Gilts, with the objective of improving economic conditions by increasing the money supply.

 

In Asia, economic conditions continued to be challengedindustrial output was driven by adverse economic developments that began in the Fall of 2008, including a decline in exports infrom both China and Japan. Despite lower exports, China’s economy also continued to benefit from government spending for capital projects.projects, a significant amount of foreign currency reserves and a relatively high domestic savings rate. Equity markets in bothHong Kong ended 2010 higher compared with the beginning of the year, while results in China and Japan ended 2009 higher,were lower, as compared with the beginning of the year. TheDuring 2010, the People’s Bank of Japan (“BOJ”) pursued a quantitative easing policyChina raised the one-year yuan lending rate by 0.50% from 5.31% to 5.81%, and the one-year yuan deposit rate by 0.50% from 2.25% to 2.75% (on two separate occasions: 0.25% in whichOctober 2010 and 0.25% in December 2010). In February 2011, the BOJ would purchase securities withPeople’s Bank of China raised the objective of increasing liquidityone-year yuan lending rate by 0.25% from 5.81% to 6.06% and reducing the reliance on short-term liquidityone-year yuan deposit rate by providing longer term liquidity via Japanese government bond purchases.0.25% from 2.75% to 3.00%.

 

48


Overview of 20092010 Financial Results Compared with Fiscal 2008.Results.

 

Consolidated Review.    The Company recorded net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $4,703 million in 2010, a 249% increase from $1,346 million in 2009, a 21% decrease from $1,707 million in fiscal 2008. Comparisons of the 2009 results with fiscal 2008 were impacted by seven months’ results of MSSB, which closed on May 31, 2009.

 

Net revenues (total revenues less interest expense) increased 6%35% to $23,358$31,622 million in 2009. Net revenues included losses of approximately $5,5102010 from $23,434 million in 2009, relatedprimarily driven by the Institutional Securities business segment and MSSB. Net revenues in 2010 included negative revenues of $873 million due to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, accountedprimarily structured notes, for atwhich the fair value option was elected, compared with gainsnegative revenues of $5,594$5,510 million in fiscal 2008 related2009 due to the wideningtightening of the Company’s credit spreads on such borrowings. Net interest revenues were $990 million in 2009 as compared with $3,367 million in fiscal 2008. The decrease in 2009 was primarily due to a lower interest rate environment coupled with a lower average mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, including lower client balances in the Company’s prime brokerage business. Net revenues in 2009 alsoIn addition, results for 2010 included a pre-tax gain of $319$668 million related tofrom the sale of undivided participating interests in a portion of the Company’s claims against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection.investment in China International Capital Corporation Limited (“CICC”). Non-interest expenses increased 7%13% to $22,501$25,420 million in 2009, primarily due to higher compensation costs, partly offset by lower non-compensation costs.2010. Compensation and benefits expense increased 21%, primarily reflecting the consolidation of MSSB. Non-compensation11% and non-compensation expenses decreased 11%increased 17%, primarily due to increased compensation costs and non-compensation costs in the Company’s initiativesGlobal Wealth Management Group business segment, primarily due to reduce costs, lower levelsMSSB. The increase was also due to a charge of business activity and non-cash charges of $725$272 million related to the impairment of goodwillU.K. government’s payroll tax on discretionary bonuses reflected in 2010 compensation and intangible assets in fiscal 2008, partially offset by additional operating costs and integration costs related to MSSB. Results included in discontinued operations for 2009 reflected the pre-tax net gain of $625 million related to the sale of the Company’s remaining ownership interest in MSCI and the disposition of Crescent (see Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements).benefits expense. Diluted EPS were $2.63 in 2010 compared with $(0.77) in 2009 compared with $1.39 in fiscal 2008.2009. Diluted EPS from continuing operations were $(0.93)$2.44 in 20092010 compared with $0.88$(0.82) in fiscal 2008. Due2009.

The Company’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 11.9% in 2010. The effective tax rate for 2010 includes tax benefits of $382 million related to the Company’s repurchasereversal of its Series D Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series D Preferred Stock”),U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with prior-years’ undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad, $345 million associated with the Company incurredremeasurement of net unrecognized tax benefits and related interest based on new information regarding the status of federal and state examinations, and $277 million associated with the planned repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a negative adjustment of $850 millioncost lower than originally estimated. Excluding the benefits noted above, the effective tax rate from continuing operations in its calculation of basic and diluted EPS (reduction to earnings (losses) applicable to the Company’s common shareholders) for 2009 due to the accelerated amortization2010 would have been 28.0%. The annual effective tax rate in 2010 is reflective of the issuance discount on the Series D Preferred Stock.geographic mix of earnings.

 

The Company’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations was a benefit of 39%34.7% in 2009. The Company recognizedeffective tax rate for 2009 includes a tax benefit of $331 million in 2009, resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates. Excluding this benefit, the annual effective tax rate infrom continuing operations for 2009 would have been a benefit of 1%1.0%. The annual effective tax rate in 2009 is reflective of the geographic mix of earnings and includes tax benefits associated with the anticipated use of domestic tax credits and the utilization of state net operating losses.

 

The resultsDiscontinued operations for fiscal 2008 included2010 included: a pre-taxloss of $1.2 billion due to a writedown and related costs associated with the planned disposition of Revel Entertainment Group, LLC (“Revel”), a development stage enterprise and subsidiary of the Company that is primarily associated with a development property in Atlantic City, New Jersey; a gain of $687$775 million related to a legal settlement with Discover Financial Services (“DFS”); and an after-tax gain of approximately $570 million related to the Company’s sale of MSWM S.V.Retail Asset Management, including Van Kampen Investments, Inc. (“Van Kampen”), the Spanish onshore mass affluent wealth management business (see Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements).

41


The Company’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations was a benefit of 2% in fiscal 2008. The annual effective tax rate in fiscal 2008 is reflective of the geographic mix of earnings and includes tax benefits associated with domestic tax credits and tax-exempt income and tax charges associated with nondeductible goodwill impairment charges.Invesco.

 

Overview of 2009 Segment Results Compared with Fiscal 2008.

Institutional Securities.Securities    Institutional Securities recorded income.    Income from continuing operations before income taxes of $982was $4,338 million in 2009, a 31% decrease from fiscal 2008.

2010 compared with $1,088 million in 2009. Net revenues decreased 13% to $12,777were $16,366 million in 2009, which2010 compared with $12,853 million in 2009. Investment banking revenues decreased 4%, reflecting lower revenues from equity underwriting and lower advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions, partially offset by higher revenues from fixed income underwriting. Investment banking revenues in 2010 were also impacted by the deconsolidation of the majority of the Company’s Japanese investment banking business as a result of the closing of the transaction between the Company and MUFG to form a joint venture in Japan (the “MUFG Transaction”) (see “Other Matters—Japan Securities Joint Venture” herein). Equity sales and trading revenues increased 31% to $4,840 million in 2010 from $3,690 million in 2009. Equity sales and trading revenues reflected lossesnegative revenue of approximately $5,421$121 million resulting fromin 2010 due to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads onresulting

49


from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, accountedprimarily structured notes, for atwhich the fair value option was elected, compared with gainsnegative revenues of $5,515approximately $1,738 million resulting fromin 2009. Lower results in the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on such borrowingscash and derivatives businesses in fiscal 2008. In addition, 20092010 reflected higher net revenues from investment banking.

Investment banking revenues increased 23% to $4,454 million from fiscal 2008, primarily due to higher revenues from underwriting transactions, partiallysolid customer flows offset by lower advisory fees. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $1,488 million, a decrease of 14% from fiscal 2008. Underwriting revenues increased 57% from fiscal 2008 reflecting higher levels of market activity.

Equitychallenging trading environment. Fixed income sales and trading revenues decreased 66%in 2010 increased 21% to $3,353$5,867 million in 20092010 from fiscal 2008. The decline$4,854 million in 2009 was primarily due to lower net revenues from derivative products and equity cash products, reflecting lower levels of market volume and market volatility, and lower average prime brokerage client balances. Equity2009. Fixed income sales and trading revenues were also negatively impacted by lossesreflected negative revenues of $1,738approximately $703 million in 20092010 due to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, accountedprimarily structured notes, for atwhich the fair value option was elected compared with a benefit of approximately $1,604 million in fiscal 2008 due to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on such borrowings. Fixed income sales and tradingnegative revenues increased 30% to $5,017 million in 2009 from $3,862 million in fiscal 2008. Fixed income sales and trading revenues were negatively impacted by losses of approximately $3,321 million from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term2009. Interest rate and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value compared with a benefit of approximately $3,524 millioncurrency product revenues decreased 38% in fiscal 2008 due to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on such borrowings.2010 reflecting lower trading results across most businesses. Results for 2009 also2010 primarily reflected lower revenues from commodities. Resultssolid customer flows in 2009 includedinterest rate, credit and currency products, which were partly offset by a challenging trading environment. Principal transaction net gain of $319 million related to the sale of undivided participating interests in a portion of the Company’s claims against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection.

In 2009, other sales and trading net revenues reflected netinvestment gains of $183 million compared with net losses of $3,109 million in fiscal 2008. Results for 2009 included net gains of $804 million (mark-to-market valuations and realized gains of $4,042 million, partially offset by losses on related hedges of $3,238 million) associated with loans and lending commitments compared with net losses of $3,335 million (negative mark-to-market valuations and losses of $6,311 million, net of gains on related hedges of $2,976 million) in fiscal 2008. Results in 2009 also included losses of $362 million, reflecting the improvement in the Company’s debt-related credit spreads on certain debt related to China Investment Corporation Ltd.’s (“CIC”) investment in the Company compared with gains of $387 million in fiscal 2008. Fiscal 2008 included losses related to mortgage-related securities portfolios in the Company’s domestic subsidiary banks, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Trust (collectively, the “Subsidiary Banks”), and mark-to-market gains on certain swaps previously designated as hedges of a portion of the Company’s long-term debt.

Principal transactions net investment losses aggregating $875$809 million were recognized in 2009 as2010 compared with net investment losses aggregating $2,478of $864 million in fiscal 2008.

42


2009. Non-interest expenses decreased 11%increased 2% to $11,795$12,028 million primarily due to lower non-compensation costs. Non-compensationin 2010 from $11,765 million in 2009. Compensation and benefits expenses decreased 26%, resulting from the Company’s initiatives to reduce costs and a charge of approximately $694 million for the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets related to certain fixed income businesses recorded2% in fiscal 2008.2010.

 

Global Wealth Management Group.Group    Global Wealth Management Group recorded income.    Income from continuing operations before income taxes ofwas $1,156 million in 2010 compared with $559 million in 2009. Net revenues were $12,636 million compared with $1,154$9,390 million in fiscal 2008. The current2009. Investment banking revenues increased 39% in 2010, primarily benefiting from a full year included seven months of operating results for MSSB which closed on May 31, 2009. Fiscal 2008 includedand higher closed-end fund activity. Principal transactions trading revenues increased 8% in 2010, primarily benefiting from a pre-tax gainfull year of $687 millionMSSB, net gains related to the sale of MSWM S.V. Fiscal 2008 also included a charge of $532 millioninvestments associated with the Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”) repurchase programcertain employee deferred compensation plans and $108 million associated with subsequent writedownsgains on certain investments. Commission revenues increased 28% in 2010, primarily benefiting from a full year of some of these securities that were repurchased (see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements).

Net revenues were $9,390 million, a 34% increase over fiscal 2008, primarily related toMSSB and higher revenues from assetclient activity. Asset management, distribution and administration fees higher commission revenues, higher revenuesincreased 39% in 2010 benefiting from principal transactions trading activities, higher investment banking revenuesa full year of MSSB and improved market conditions. Net interest increased 70% in 2010 primarily resulting from an increase in interest income benefiting from a full year of MSSB, the Securities Available for Sale (“AFS”) portfolio and the consolidationchange in classification of MSSB,the bank deposit program, partially offset by lower net interest. Client assetsincreased funding costs (see “Global Wealth Management Group—Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees” herein). Non-interest expenses were $11,480 million in fee-based accounts increased 175% to $379 billion and decreased as a percentage of total client assets to 24%2010 compared with 25% as of December 31, 2008. In addition, total client assets rose to $1,560 billion from $550 billion as of December 31, 2008, primarily due to the consolidation of MSSB.

Total non-interest expenses were $8,831 million a 51% increase from fiscal 2008. Compensation and benefits expense increased 60% in 2009, primarily due to the consolidation of MSSB. Non-compensation costs increased 32%, primarily due to the operating costs of MSSB, the amortization of MSSB’s intangible assets and integration costs for MSSB. As a result of the MSSB transaction, the number of global representatives increased 117% to 18,135 at December 31, 2009 from 8,356 at December 31, 2008.2009.

 

Asset Management.    Asset Management recorded a loss    Income from continuing operations before income taxes of $673was $723 million in 20092010 compared with a loss from continuing operations before income taxes of $1,423$653 million in fiscal 2008.2009. Net revenues ofwere $2,723 million in 2010 compared with $1,337 million in 2009 increased 144% from fiscal 2008 due to higher revenues2009. The Company recorded principal transactions net investment gains of $996 million in the core businesses, which include traditional equity and fixed income funds, hedge funds and fund2010 compared with losses of funds,$173 million in addition to lower losses in the merchant banking business. The increase in 2009 primarily reflected lower principal investment losses, partially offset by lower asset management, distribution and administrative fees, primarily reflecting lower average assets under management. The results in 2009 also reflected losses related to certain real estate funds sponsored and consolidated by the Company. Assets under management or supervision within Asset Management were $266 billion at December 31, 2009, down from $290 billion at December 31, 2008, a decrease of 8%, reflecting net customer outflows of $41.1 billion, primarily in the Company’s money market, long-term fixed income and equity funds.2009. Non-interest expenses increased 2% from fiscal 2008 to $2,010 million. Compensation and benefits expense increased 17%, primarily due to higher net revenues.were $2,000 million in 2010 compared with $1,990 million in 2009.

 

Overview of the one month ended December 31, 2008 Financial Results.Significant Items.

 

Mortgage-Related Trading.    The Company recorded a net loss applicablemortgage-related trading gains (losses) primarily related to Morgan Stanleycommercial mortgage-backed securities, commercial whole loan positions, U.S. subprime mortgage proprietary trading exposures and non-subprime residential mortgages of $1,288 million$1.2 billion, $(0.6) billion, $(2.6) billion and $(0.1) billion in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with net income of $626 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. Net revenues (total revenues less interest expense) decreased to $(968) million, primarily due to sales and trading losses in the Institutional Securities business segment. Non-interest expenses decreased 47% to $1,059 million, primarily due to lower compensation costs. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 59%, primarily reflecting lower incentive-based compensation accruals due to lower net revenues in the Institutional Securities business segment. Diluted earnings (loss) per share in the one month ended December 31, 2008 were $(1.62) compared with $0.57 in the one month ended December 31, 2007.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations was 36% in the one month ended December 31, 2008.

43


Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations.

The Company’s results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by economic factors. In addition, results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors of a global nature, including the effect of political and economic conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income and credit markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate investments; the impact of current, pending and future legislation, regulation, and legal actions in the U.S. and worldwide; the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices, and interest rates, currency values and other market indices; the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to the Company’s unsecured short-term and long-term debt; investor sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; the Company’s reputation; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors; and technological changes. Such factors also may have an impact on the Company’s ability to achieve its strategic objectives on a global basis. For a further discussion of these and other important factors that could affect the Company’s business, see “Competition” and “Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

Results of Operations.

The following items significantly affected the Company’s results of operations in2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008.2008, respectively.

50


Real Estate Investments.    The Company recorded gains (losses) in the following business segments related to real estate investments. These amounts exclude investments associated with certain deferred compensation and employee co-investment plans.

   2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Institutional Securities

     

Continuing operations(1)

  $0.2  $(0.8 $(1.2 $(0.1

Discontinued operations(2)

   (1.2  —      —      —    
                 

Total Institutional Securities

   (1.0  (0.8  (1.2  (0.1

Asset Management:

     

Continuing operations(3)

   0.5   (0.5  (0.6  —    

Discontinued operations(2)

   —      (0.6  (0.5  —    
                 

Total Asset Management

   0.5   (1.1  (1.1  —    

Amounts applicable to noncontrolling interests

   0.5   —      —      —    
                 

Total

  $(1.0 $(1.9 $(2.3 $(0.1
                 

(1)Gains (losses) related to net realized and unrealized gains (losses) from the Company’s limited partnership investments in real estate funds and are reflected in Principal transactions—Investments in the consolidated statements of income.
(2)On March 31, 2010, the Board of Directors authorized a plan of disposal by sale for Revel. The results of Revel, including the estimated loss from the planned disposal, are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented within the Institutional Securities business segment. In the Asset Management business segment, amounts related to the disposition of Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (“Crescent”), which was disposed in the fourth quarter of 2009 (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements).
(3)Gains (losses) related to net realized and unrealized gains (losses) from real estate investments in the Company’s merchant banking business and are reflected in Principal transactions—Investments in the consolidated statements of income.

See “Other Matters—Real Estate” herein for further information.

 

Income Tax Benefit.    The Company recognized tax benefits of $382 million related to the reversal of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with prior-years’ undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad, $345 million associated with the remeasurement of net unrecognized tax benefits and related interest based on new information regarding the status of federal and state examinations, and $277 million associated with the planned repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. The Company recognized a tax benefit of $331 million in 2009, resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates.

Morgan Stanley Debt.Debt.    Net revenues reflected (losses) gainsnegative revenues of $873 million, $5.5 billion and $0.2 billion in 2010, 2009 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively, from the (tightening)tightening of the Company’s credit spreads, and gains of $5.6 billion in fiscal 2008 from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings, including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures that are accounted for at fair value as follows:value.

   2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended

December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Losses from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads

  $(5.5 $—    $(0.2

Gains from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads

   —      5.6   —    
             

Total (losses) gains

  $(5.5 $5.6  $(0.2
             

 

In addition, in 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded gains of approximately $491 million, $2.3 billion and $73 million, respectively, from repurchasing its debt in the open market. In fiscal 2008, the Company also recorded mark-to-market gains of approximately $1.4 billion on certain swaps previously designated as hedges of a portion of the Company’s long-term debt. These swaps were no longer considered hedges once the related debt was repurchased by the Company (i.e., the swaps were “de-designated” as hedges). During the period the swaps were hedging the debt, changes in fair value of these instruments were generally offset by adjustments to the basis of the debt being hedged.

 

4451


Real Estate Investments.Monoline Insurers.    Monoline insurers (“Monolines”) provide credit enhancement to capital markets transactions. The current credit environment continues to affect the ability of such financial guarantors to provide enhancement to existing capital market transactions. The Company’s direct exposure to Monolines is limited to bonds that are insured by Monolines and to derivative contracts with a Monoline as counterparty (principally an affiliate of MBIA Inc. (“MBIA”)).

The Company’s exposure to Monolines at December 31, 2010 includes $1.5 billion in insured municipal bond securities and $326 million of mortgage and asset-backed securities enhanced by financial guarantees. Excluding MBIA, derivative counterparty exposure includes gross exposures of approximately $440 million, net of cumulative credit valuation adjustments and hedges. The positive net derivative counterparty exposure (the sum of net long positions for each individual counterparty) was insignificant at December 31, 2010. Positive net derivative counterparty exposure is defined as potential loss to the Company over a period of time in an event of 100% default of a Monoline, assuming zero recovery. Amounts related to MBIA derivative counterparty exposure are not included in the above amounts since, at December 31, 2010, the aggregate value of cumulative credit valuation adjustments and hedges exceeded the amount of gross exposure of $4.2 billion by $1.1 billion.

The results for 2010 included losses of $865 million related to the Company’s Monoline counterparty credit exposures, principally MBIA, compared with losses of $232 million, $1.7 billion and $203 million in 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively. The Company’s hedging program for Monoline counterparty exposure continues to become more costly and difficult to effect, and, as such, the losses in 2010 reflected those additional costs as well as volatility on those hedges caused by the tightening of both MBIA and commercial mortgage-backed spreads. The Company proactively manages its Monoline exposure; however, as market conditions continue to evolve, significant additional losses could be incurred. The Company’s hedging program includes the use of single name and index transactions that mitigate credit exposure to the Monolines as well as certain market risk components of existing underlying commercial mortgage-backed securities transactions with the Monolines and is conducted as part of the Company’s overall market risk management. See “Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

Settlement with DFS.    On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the spin-off of its business segment DFS to its shareholders. On February 11, 2010, DFS paid the Company $775 million in complete satisfaction of its obligations to the Company regarding the sharing of proceeds from a lawsuit against Visa and MasterCard. The payment was recorded as a gain in discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of income for 2010.

Gain on Sale of Noncontrolling Interest.    In connection with the MUFG Transaction (see “Other Matters—Japan Securities Joint Venture” herein), the Company recorded an after-tax gain of $731 million from the sale of a noncontrolling interest in its Japanese institutional securities business. This gain was recorded in Paid-in capital in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2010 and changes in total equity for 2010.

Gain on Sale of Retail Asset Management.    On June 1, 2010, the Company completed the sale of Retail Asset Management, including Van Kampen, to Invesco. The Company received $800 million in cash and approximately 30.9 million shares of Invesco stock upon sale, resulting in a cumulative after-tax gain of $682 million, of which $570 million was recorded in 2010. The remaining gain, representing tax basis benefits, was recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The results of Retail Asset Management are reported as discontinued operations within the Asset Management business segment for all periods presented through the date of divestiture. The Company recorded lossesthe 30.9 million shares as securities available for sale. In November 2010, the Company sold its investment in Invesco, resulting in a realized gain of approximately $102 million reported within Other revenues in the following business segments related to real estate investments. These amounts exclude investments that benefit certain deferred compensation and employee co-investment plans.

   2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended

December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Institutional Securities(1)

  $(0.8 $(1.2 $(0.1

Asset Management:

    

Continuing operations(2)

   (0.5  (0.6    

Discontinued operations(3)

   (0.6  (0.5    
             

Total Asset Management

   (1.1  (1.1    
             

Total

  $(1.9 $(2.3 $(0.1
             

(1)Losses related to net realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s limited partnership investments in real estate funds and are reflected in Principal transactions net investment revenues in the consolidated statements of income.
(2)Losses related to net realized and unrealized losses from real estate investments in the Company’s merchant banking business and are reflected in Principal transactions net investment revenues in the consolidated statements of income. In fiscal 2008, losses included writedowns on its investment in Crescent of approximately $250 million prior to the Company consolidating its assets and liabilities. These writedowns are reflected in Principal transactions—investments in the consolidated statements of income.
(3)Amounts related to Crescent.

See “Other Matters—Real Estate” hereinconsolidated statement of income for further information.2010.

 

Sale of Stake in CICC.    In December 2010, the Company completed the sale of its 34.3% stake in CICC for a pre-tax gain of approximately $668 million, which is included within Other revenues in the consolidated statement of income for 2010. See Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

52


Corporate Lending.    The Company recorded the following amounts primarily associated with loans and lending commitments carried at fair value within the Institutional Securities business segment:

 

  2009(1) Fiscal
2008(1)
 One Month
Ended

December 31,
2008(1)
   2010(1) 2009(1) Fiscal
2008(1)
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(1)
 
  (dollars in billions)   (dollars in billions) 

Gains (losses) on loans and lending commitments

  $4.0   $(6.3 $(0.5  $0.3  $4.0  $(6.3 $(0.5

(Losses) gains on hedges

   (3.2  3.0    (0.1

Gains (losses) on hedges

   (0.7  (3.2  3.0   (0.1
                       

Total gains (losses)

  $0.8   $(3.3 $(0.6  $(0.4 $0.8  $(3.3 $(0.6
                       

 

(1)Amounts include realized and unrealized gains (losses).

 

Mortgage-Related Trading.U.K. TaxThe.    During 2010, the Company recognized mortgage-related trading lossesa charge of approximately $272 million in Compensation and benefits expense representing the final amount paid relating to commercial mortgage-backed securities, commercial whole loan positions, U.S. subprime mortgage proprietary trading exposures and non-subprime residential mortgages of $0.6 billion, $2.6 billion and $0.1 billion in 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.U.K. government’s payroll tax on discretionary above-base compensation.

 

OIS Fair Value Measurement.    In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company began using the overnight indexed swap (“OIS”) curve as an input to value substantially all of its collateralized interest rate derivative contracts. The Company believes using the OIS curve, which reflects the interest rate typically paid on cash collateral, more accurately reflects the fair value of collateralized interest rate derivative contracts. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of approximately $176 million in Principal transactions—Trading upon application of the OIS curve within the Institutional Securities business segment. Previously, the Company discounted these collateralized interest rate derivative contracts based on London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).

Goodwill and Intangibles.    Impairment charges related to goodwill and intangible assets were $201 million, $16 million and $725 million in 2010, 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements). The impairment charges for 2010 included $193 million related to FrontPoint Partners LLC (“FrontPoint”), as described below.

FrontPoint.    In 2010, the Company reached an agreement with the principals of FrontPoint, whereby FrontPoint senior management and portfolio managers will own a majority equity stake in FrontPoint, and the Company will retain a minority stake. FrontPoint will replace the Company’s affiliates as the investment advisor and general partner of the FrontPoint funds. The Company expects this transaction to close in the first quarter of 2011, subject to closing conditions. The Company recorded impairment charges of approximately $126 million related to the transaction in 2010, which were included in Other revenues in the consolidated statement of income.

In addition, the Company recorded approximately $67 million related to the writedown of certain intangible assets in 2010, included in Other expenses in the consolidated statement of income.

MSCI.    In May 2009, the Company divested all of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”). The gain on sale, net of taxes, was approximately $279 million and $895 million, related to the secondary offerings, for 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively. The results of MSCI are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of divestiture. The results of MSCI were formerly included in the continuing operations of the Institutional Securities business segment.

Sale of Bankruptcy Claims.    In 2009, the Company recorded a gain of $319 million related to the sale of undivided participating interests in a portion of the Company’s claims against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. For further information, see “Other Matters—Sale of Bankruptcy Claims” herein.protection (see Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

Monoline Insurers.    Monoline insurers (“Monolines”) provide credit enhancement to capital markets transactions. 2009 included losses of $231 million related to Monoline credit exposures as compared with losses of $1.7 billion in fiscal 2008 and losses of $203 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008. The current credit environment continued to affect the capacity of such financial guarantors. The Company’s direct exposure to Monolines is limited to bonds that are insured by Monolines and to derivative contracts with a Monoline as counterparty (principally MBIA Inc.). The Company’s exposure to Monolines as of December 31, 2009 consisted primarily of asset-backed securities bonds of approximately $458 million in the portfolio of the Company’s

45


Subsidiary Banks that are collateralized primarily by first and second lien subprime mortgages enhanced by financial guarantees, approximately $2.0 billion in insured municipal bond securities and approximately $651 million in net counterparty exposure (gross exposure of approximately $5.4 billion net of cumulative credit valuation adjustments of approximately $2.8 billion and net of hedges). Net counterparty exposure is defined as potential loss to the Company over a period of time in an event of 100% default of a Monoline, assuming zero recovery. The Company’s hedging program for Monoline risk includes the use of transactions that effectively mitigate certain market risk components of existing underlying transactions with the Monolines.

MSSB.    During 2009, the Company recorded deal closing costs of $221 million and integration costs of $280 million. Deal closing costs include a one-time expense of $124 million primarily for replacement of deferred compensation awards for MSSB retirement-eligible employees. The costs of these replacement awards were fully allocated to Citi.

Structured Investment Vehicles.Vehicles.    The Company recognized net gains of $164 million in 2009 and losses of $470 million and $84 million in fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively, related to securities issued by structured investment vehicles (“SIV”). The Company no longer has any SIV positions ongains were recorded in the consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2009.Asset Management business segment.

 

53


Income Tax Benefit.Subsidiary Banks.    The Company recognized a tax benefitrecorded losses of $331approximately $70 million, in 2009 resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates.

Goodwill and Intangibles.    Impairment charges related to goodwill and intangible assets were $16 million in 2009 and $725 million for fiscal 2008 (see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements).

Subsidiary Banks.    The Company recorded gains of approximately $140 million in 2009 and losses of approximately $900 million in 2010, 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively, related to mortgage-related securities portfolios ofin the Subsidiary Banks.Company’s domestic subsidiary banks, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (formerly, Morgan Stanley Trust FSB) (the “Subsidiary Banks”).

 

ARS.ARS.    Under the terms of various agreements entered into with government agencies and the terms of the Company’s announced offer to repurchase, the Company agreed to repurchase at par certain ARSAuction Rate Securities (“ARS”) held by retail clients that were purchased through the Company. In addition, the Company agreed to reimburse retail clients who have sold certain ARS purchased through the Company at a loss. Fiscal 2008 reflected charges of $532 million for the ARS repurchase program and writedowns of $108 million associated with ARS held in inventory (see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements).inventory.

 

Sales of Subsidiaries and Other Items.Items.    Results for fiscal 2008 included a pre-tax gain of $687 million related to the sale of MSWM S.V.

Equity Capital-Related Transactions.

During fiscal 2008, the Company entered into several capital-related transactions. Such transactions included the sale of equity units (the “Equity Units”) to a wholly owned subsidiary of CIC for approximately $5.6 billion and the issuance to Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) of shares of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) and shares of Series C Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) for a total of $9 billion. In addition, the Company, as part of the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), issued to the U.S. Treasury 10,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and a warrant to purchase 65,245,759 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Warrant”) for a purchase price of $10 billion.

In June 2009, the Company repurchased the 10,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock from the U.S. Treasury at the liquidation preference amount plus accrued and unpaid dividends, for an aggregate repurchase price of $10,086 million. As a result of the Company’s repurchase of the Series D Preferred Stock, the Company incurred a one-time negative adjustment of $850 million in its calculation of basic and diluted EPS (reduction to earnings (losses) applicable to the Company’s common shareholders) for 2009 due to the accelerated amortization of the issuance discount on the Series D Preferred Stock.

46


In August 2009, under the terms of the CPP securities purchase agreement, the Company repurchased the Warrant from the U.S. Treasury for $950 million. The repurchase of the Series D Preferred Stock in the amount of $10.0 billion and the Warrant for $950 million reduced the Company’s total equity by $10,950 million in 2009.

In addition, during 2009, the Company issued common stock for approximately $6.9 billion in two registered public offerings in May and June 2009. MUFG elected to participate in both offerings, and in one of the offerings, MUFG received $0.7 billion of common stock in exchange for 640,909 shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock.

See (see Note 1319 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of these capital-related transactions.statements).

 

Business Segments.

 

Substantially all of the Company’s operating revenues and operating expenses can be directly attributed to its business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective revenues or other relevant measures.

 

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations primarily represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by the Asset Management business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s global representatives. Intersegment eliminationsEliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment related to the bank deposit program. Losses from continuing operations before income taxes recorded in Intersegment Eliminations were $15 million, $11 million, $17 million, $84 million and $1 million in 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

47From June 2009 until April 1, 2010, in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment, revenues in the bank deposit program were primarily included in Asset management, distribution and administration fees. Prior to June 2009, these revenues were previously reported in Interest income. The change was the result of agreements that were entered into in connection with the MSSB transaction. Beginning on April 1, 2010, revenues in the bank deposit program held at the Company’s depository institutions are recorded as Interest income, due to renegotiations of the revenue sharing agreement as part of the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s retail banking strategy. The Global Wealth Management Group business segment will continue to earn referral fees for deposits placed with Citi depository institutions, and these fees will continue to be recorded in Asset management, distribution and administration fees until the legacy Smith Barney deposits are migrated to the Company’s depository institutions.

Effective January 1, 2010, certain transfer pricing arrangements between the Global Wealth Management Group business segment and the Institutional Securities business segment relating to Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s fixed income trading activities were modified to conform to agreements with Citi in connection with MSSB.

In addition, with an effective date of January 1, 2010, the Global Wealth Management Group business segment sold approximately $3 billion of ARS to the Institutional Securities business segment at book value.

54


The Company changed the allocation methodology in the Institutional Securities business segment for funding costs centrally managed by the Company’s Treasury Department between equity and fixed income sales and trading to more accurately reflect business activity. Effective January 1, 2010, funding costs were allocated 35% to equity sales and trading and 65% to fixed income sales and trading. Prior to January 1, 2010, funding costs were allocated 20% and 80% to equity and fixed income sales and trading, respectively. The Company regularly evaluates the appropriateness of funding cost allocations with respect to business activities and may, in the future, modify further the allocation percentages.

Effective January 1, 2010, in the Institutional Securities business segment, Equity sales and trading revenues include Asset management, distribution and administration fees as these fees relate to administrative services primarily provided to the Company’s prime brokerage clients and, therefore, closely align to equity sales and trading revenues. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.

55


INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES

 

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

  2009 Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 One Month
Ended

December 31,
2008
   2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Revenues:

          

Investment banking

  $4,454   $3,630   $5,538   $177    $4,295  $4,455  $3,630  $177 

Principal transactions:

          

Trading

   6,315    5,199    2,741    (1,714   8,154   6,591   5,897   (1,462

Investments

   (875  (2,478  1,458    (158   809   (864  (2,461  (158

Commissions

   2,153    3,100    3,261    128     2,274   2,152   3,094   127 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   99    142    104    11     104   98   142   10 

Other

   546    2,723    568    88     996   545   2,722   91 
                          

Total non-interest revenues

   12,692    12,316    13,670    (1,468   16,632   12,977   13,024   (1,215
                          

Interest and dividends

   6,588    38,330    59,126    1,222  

Interest income

   5,877   6,373   37,604   1,017 

Interest expense

   6,503    35,908    57,066    1,107     6,143   6,497   35,860   1,124 
                          

Net interest

   85    2,422    2,060    115     (266  (124  1,744   (107
                          

Net revenues

   12,777    14,738    15,730    (1,353   16,366   12,853   14,768   (1,322
                          

Compensation and benefits

   7,216    7,120    10,046    283     7,081   7,212   7,084   280 

Non-compensation expenses

   4,579    6,195    5,034    394     4,947   4,553   6,144   395 
                          

Total non-interest expenses

   11,795    13,315    15,080    677     12,028   11,765   13,228   675 
                          

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   982    1,423    650    (2,030   4,338   1,088   1,540   (1,997

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   (293  113    (233  (733

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   301   (301  149   (726
                          

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   1,275    1,310    883    (1,297   4,037   1,389   1,391   (1,271
                          

Discontinued operations:

          

Gain from discontinued operations

   503    1,578    160    12  

Provision for income taxes

   222    612    63    5  

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (1,175  396   1,460   (20

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   26   229   575   (1
                          

Gain on discontinued operations

   281    966    97    7  

Net gain (loss) on discontinued operations

   (1,201  167   885   (19
                          

Net income (loss)

   1,556    2,276    980    (1,290   2,836   1,556   2,276   (1,290

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

   12    71    40    3  
             

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   290   12   71   3 
                          

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,544   $2,205   $940   $(1,293  $2,546  $1,544  $2,205  $(1,293
                          

Amounts attributable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

  $1,279   $1,277   $845   $(1,297

Gain from discontinued operations, net of tax

   265    928    95    4  

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $3,747  $1,393  $1,358  $(1,271

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (1,201  151   847   (22
                          

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,544   $2,205   $940   $(1,293  $2,546  $1,544  $2,205  $(1,293
                          

 

48In the third quarter of 2010, the Company completed the disposal of CityMortgage Bank (“CMB”), a Moscow-based mortgage bank. Results for CMB are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of disposal within the Institutional Securities business segment.

On March 31, 2010, the Board authorized a plan of disposal by sale for Revel. The results of Revel are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented within the Institutional Securities business segment. Results for 2010 include a loss of approximately $1.2 billion in connection with writedowns and related costs of such planned disposition.

56


OtherSupplemental Financial Information.

 

Investment Banking.

Investment banking revenues were as follows:

   2009  Fiscal
2008
  Fiscal
2007
  One Month
Ended
December 31,

2008
   (dollars in millions)

Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions

  $1,488  $1,740  $2,541  $68

Equity underwriting revenues

   1,694   1,045   1,570   47

Fixed income underwriting revenues

   1,272   845   1,427   62
                

Total investment banking revenues

  $4,454  $3,630  $5,538  $177
                

 

Investment banking revenues are composed of fees from advisory services and revenues from the underwriting of securities offerings and syndication of loans.loans, net of syndication expenses.

Investment banking revenues were as follows:

   2010   2009(1)   Fiscal
2008
   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions

  $1,470   $1,488   $1,740   $68 

Equity underwriting revenues

   1,454    1,695    1,045    47 

Fixed income underwriting revenues

   1,371    1,272    845    62 
                    

Total investment banking revenues

  $4,295   $4,455   $3,630   $177 
                    

(1)All prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.

 

Sales and Trading.

 

Sales and trading revenues were as follows:

   2009  Fiscal
2008
  Fiscal
2007
  One Month
Ended

December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Principal transactions—trading

  $6,315  $5,199  $2,741  $(1,714

Commissions

   2,153   3,100   3,261   128  

Net interest

   85   2,422   2,060   115  
                 

Total sales and trading revenues

  $8,553  $10,721  $8,062  $(1,471
                 

Sales and trading revenues are composed of principal transactions trading revenues, commissionsPrincipal transactions—Trading revenues; Commissions; Asset management, distribution and netadministration fees; and Net interest revenues (expenses). In assessing the profitability of its sales and trading activities, the Company views principal trading, commissionsPrincipal transactions—Trading; Commissions; Asset management, distribution and netadministration fees; and Net interest revenues (expenses) in the aggregate. In addition, decisions relating to principal transactions are based on an overall review of aggregate revenues and costs associated with each transaction or series of transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging the Company’s positions, and other related expenses.

 

Sales and trading revenues were as follows:

   2010  2009(1)  Fiscal
2008(1)
   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Principal transactions—Trading

  $8,154  $6,591  $5,897   $(1,462

Commissions

   2,274   2,152   3,094    127 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   104   98   142    10 

Net interest

   (266  (124  1,744    (107
                  

Total sales and trading revenues

  $10,266  $8,717  $10,877   $(1,432
                  

(1)All prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation. See “Business Segments” and “Other Matters—Dividend Income” herein for further information.

The components of the Company’s sales and trading revenues are as follows:

 

Principal Transactions—Trading. Principal transactions—tradingTrading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments in which the Company acts as principal and gains and losses on the Company’s positions, as well as proprietary trading activities for its own account.

 

Commissions. Commission revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) equity securities and options.

57


Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees. Asset management, distribution and administration fees include fees associated with administrative services primarily provided to the Company’s prime brokerage clients.

 

Net Interest. Interest income and dividend revenues and interestInterest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements, trading strategies, customer activity in the Company’s prime brokerage business, and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates. Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse

49


repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase agreements(“repurchase agreements”) and securitiesSecurities borrowed and securitiesSecurities loaned transactions may be entered into with different customers using the same underlying securities, thereby generating a spread between the interest revenue on the reverse repurchase agreements or securities borrowed transactions and the interest expense on the repurchase agreements or securities loaned transactions.

 

Sales and trading revenues by business were as follows:

 

  2009  Fiscal
2008(1)
 Fiscal
2007(1)
 One Month
Ended

December 31,
2008(1)
   2010 2009(1)   Fiscal
2008(1)
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(1)
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Equity

  $3,353  $9,968   $9,040   $(20  $4,840  $3,690   $9,881  $(11

Fixed income

   5,017   3,862    268    (889   5,867   4,854    4,115   (858

Other(2)

   183   (3,109  (1,246  (562   (441  173    (3,119  (563
                           

Total sales and trading revenues

  $8,553  $10,721   $8,062   $(1,471  $10,266  $8,717   $10,877  $(1,432
                           

 

(1)All prior-period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.
(2)Other sales and trading net revenues primarily includeincluded net gains (losses) from loans and lending commitments and related hedges associated with the Company’s lending and other corporate activities. Other sales and trading net revenues also included net losses associated with costs related to the amount of liquidity (“negative carry”) in the Subsidiary Banks.

 

20092010 Compared with Fiscal 20082009.

 

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues increased 23%decreased 4% in 2010 from 2009, from fiscal 2008, as higherreflecting lower revenues from equity underwriting and fixed income underwriting transactions were partially offset by lower advisory revenues. In 2009, advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions, partially offset by higher revenues from fixed income underwriting. Investment banking revenues in 2010 were $1,488also impacted by the deconsolidation of the majority of the Company’s Japanese investment banking business as a result of the MUFG Transaction (see “Other Matters—Japan Securities Joint Venture” herein). Overall, underwriting revenues of $2,825 million decreased 5% from 2009. Equity underwriting revenues decreased 14% to $1,454 million, primarily due to lower market volume. Fixed income underwriting revenues increased 8% to $1,371 million, primarily due to increased high-yield issuance volumes and higher loan syndication fees. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $1,470 million, a decrease of 14%1% from fiscal 2008, reflecting lower levels of market activity. Underwriting revenues of $2,966 million increased 57% from fiscal 2008, reflecting higher levels of market activity, as equity underwriting revenues increased 62% to $1,694 million and fixed income underwriting revenues increased 51% to $1,272 million. Underwriting fees in 2009 reflected a significant increase in market activity from 2008 levels, which were affected by unprecedented market turmoil and challenging market conditions.2009.

 

Sales and Trading Revenues.    Total sales and trading revenues increased 18% in 2010 from 2009, reflecting higher equity and fixed income sales and trading revenues, partially offset by losses in other sales and trading.

Equity.    Equity sales and trading revenues increased 31% to $4,840 million in 2010 from $3,690 million in 2009. Equity sales and trading revenues reflected negative revenues of approximately $121 million in 2010 due to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected compared with negative revenues of approximately $1,738 million in 2009. Despite solid customer flows, a challenging trading environment resulted in lower revenues in the cash and derivatives businesses in 2010. Results in 2010 reflected higher revenues in prime brokerage due to higher client balances compared with 2009.

58


In 2010, equity sales and trading revenues also reflected unrealized gains of approximately $20 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of counterparties’ credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized gains of approximately $198 million in 2009. The Company also recorded unrealized gains of $31 million in 2010 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized losses of approximately $154 million in 2009 from the tightening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads. The unrealized gains and losses on credit default swap spreads do not reflect any gains or losses on related hedging instruments.

Fixed Income.    Fixed income sales and trading revenues increased 21% to $5,867 million in 2010 from $4,854 million in 2009. Results in 2010 included negative revenues of approximately $703 million due to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected compared with negative revenues of approximately $3,321 million in 2009. Interest rate, credit and currency product revenues decreased 38% in 2010, reflecting lower trading results across most businesses. Results for 2010 primarily reflected solid customer flows in interest rate, credit and currency products, which were partly offset by a challenging trading environment. Interest rate, credit and currency product net revenues in 2010 were also negatively impacted by losses of $865 million from Monolines compared with losses of $232 million in 2009. Results in interest rate, credit and currency products also included a gain of approximately $123 million related to a change in the fair value measurement methodology to use the OIS curve as an input to value substantially all collateralized interest rate derivative contracts (see “Overview of 2010 Financial Results—Significant Items—OIS Fair Value Measurement” herein and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements). Commodity net revenues decreased 27% in 2010, primarily due to low levels of client activity and market volatility. Results in 2009 included a gain of approximately $319 million related to the sale of undivided participating interests in a portion of the Company’s claims against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection (see Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements).

In 2010, fixed income sales and trading revenues reflected net unrealized gains of $603 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of counterparties’ credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized gains of approximately $3,462 million in 2009. The Company also recorded unrealized gains of $287 million in 2010 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized losses of approximately $1,938 million in 2009 from the tightening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads. The unrealized gains and losses on credit default swap spreads do not reflect any gains or losses on related hedging instruments.

Other.    In addition to the equity and fixed income sales and trading revenues discussed above, sales and trading revenues included other trading revenues, consisting primarily of certain activities associated with the Company’s corporate activities. In connection with its corporate lending activities, the Company provides to select clients loans or lending commitments (including bridge financing) that are generally classified as either “event-driven” or “relationship-driven.” “Event-driven” loans and lending commitments refer to activities associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization transactions. “Relationship-driven” loans and lending commitments are generally made to expand business relationships with select clients. For further information about the Company’s corporate lending activities, see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” herein. The fair value measurement of loans and lending commitments takes into account fee income that is considered an attribute of the contract. The valuation of these commitments could change in future periods depending on, among other things, the extent that they are renegotiated or repriced or if the associated acquisition transaction does not occur. Other sales and trading also includes costs related to negative carry.

In 2010, other sales and trading net revenues reflected a net loss of $441 million compared with net gains of $173 million in 2009. Results in 2010 primarily included net losses of approximately $342 million (mark-to-market

59


valuations and realized gains of approximately $327 million offset by losses on related hedges of approximately $669 million) associated with loans and lending commitments and the costs related to negative carry in the Subsidiary Banks. Results in 2009 included net gains of approximately $804 million (mark-to-market valuations and realized gains of approximately $4,042 million, partially offset by losses on related hedges of approximately $3,238 million) associated with loans and lending commitments. Results in 2009 also included losses of $362 million, reflecting the improvement in the Company’s debt-related credit spreads on certain debt related to China Investment Corporation’s (“CIC”) investment in the Company. Results in 2010 also included a gain of approximately $53 million related to the OIS curve fair value methodology referred to above (see “Overview of 2010 Financial Results—Significant Items—OIS Fair Value Measurement” and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements).

Principal Transactions—Investments.    The Company’s investments generally are held for long-term appreciation and generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions.

Principal transaction net investment gains of $809 million were recognized in 2010 compared with net investment losses of $864 million in 2009. The results for 2010 reflected a gain of $313 million on a principal investment held by a consolidated investment partnership, which was sold in 2010. The portion of the gain related to third-party investors amounted to $183 million and was recorded in the net income applicable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statement of income. The results in 2010 also reflected gains on principal investments in real estate funds and investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans compared with losses on such investments in 2009.

Other.    Other revenues increased 83% in 2010, primarily reflecting a pre-tax gain of $668 million from the sale of the Company’s investment in CICC. Results in 2009 included gains of approximately $465 million from the Company’s repurchase of its debt in the open market.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses increased 2% in 2010, primarily due to higher non-compensation expenses, partially offset by lower compensation expense. Compensation and benefits expenses decreased 2% in 2010, primarily due to lower net revenues, excluding the impact of negative revenues related to the Company’s debt-related credit spreads. Compensation and benefits expenses in 2010 included a charge of approximately $269 million related to the U.K. government’s payroll tax on discretionary above-base compensation. Non-compensation expenses increased 9% in 2010. Brokerage and clearing expense increased 18% in 2010, primarily due to higher levels of business activity. Information processing and communications expense increased 12% in 2010, primarily due to ongoing investments in technology. Marketing and business development expense increased 35% in 2010, primarily due to higher levels of business activity. Professional services expense increased 9% in 2010, primarily due to higher technology consulting expenses and higher legal fees. Other expenses decreased 6% in 2010, primarily related to insurance recoveries reflected in 2010 and a loss provision in deferred compensation plans reflected in 2009. The decrease in 2010 was partially offset by higher provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings, including $102.7 million related to the Assurance of Discontinuance that was entered into on June 24, 2010 between the Company and the Office of the Attorney General for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“Massachusetts OAG”) to resolve the Massachusetts OAG’s investigation of the Company’s financing, purchase and securitization of certain subprime residential mortgages.

2009 Compared with Fiscal 2008.

Investment banking revenues increased 23% in 2009 from fiscal 2008, as higher revenues from equity and fixed income underwriting transactions were partially offset by lower advisory revenues. Underwriting revenues of $2,967 million increased 57% from fiscal 2008, reflecting higher levels of market activity, as equity underwriting revenues increased 62% to $1,695 million and fixed income underwriting revenues increased 51% to $1,272 million. Underwriting fees in 2009 reflected a significant increase in market activity from 2008 levels, which

60


were affected by unprecedented market turmoil and challenging market conditions. In 2009, advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $1,488 million, a decrease of 14% from fiscal 2008, reflecting lower levels of market activity.

Total sales and trading revenues decreased 20% in 2009 from fiscal 2008, reflecting lower equity sales and trading revenues, partially offset by higher other sales and trading revenues and by higher fixed income sales and trading revenues.

 

Equity.    Equity sales and trading revenues decreased 66%63% to $3,353$3,690 million in 2009 from fiscal 2008. The decrease in 2009 was primarily due to a significant reduction in net revenues from derivative products and equity cash products, reflecting lower levels of market volume and market volatility, reduced levels of client activity and lower average prime brokerage client balances. Equity sales and trading revenues reflected losses of $1,738 million due to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads during 2009 resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected compared with a benefit of approximately $1,604 million in fiscal 2008 related to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads.

 

In 2009, equity sales and trading revenues also reflected unrealized gains of approximately $198 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the counterparties’ credit default swap spreads compared with losses of $300 million in fiscal 2008 related to the widening of the counterparties’ credit default swap spreads. The Company also recorded unrealized losses of approximately $154 million in 2009 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads compared with gains of $125 million in fiscal 2008 related to the widening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads. The unrealized losses and gains do not reflect any gains or losses on related non-derivative hedging instruments.

 

50


Fixed Income.    Fixed income sales and trading revenues increased $1,155 million18% to $5,017$4,854 million in 2009 from $3,862 million in fiscal 2008. Interest rate, currency and credit products net revenues increased 145%127% in 2009, primarily due to strong investment grade and distressed debt trading results, partly offset by lower levels of client activity. Results in 2009 also included a gain of $319 million related to the sale of undivided participating interests in a portion of the Company’s claims against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. Commodity net revenues decreased 31% in 2009, primarily reflecting reduced levels of client activity and unfavorable market conditions.

 

In 2009, fixed income sales and trading revenues reflected net unrealized gains of approximately $3,462 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the counterparties’ credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized losses of approximately $6,560 million in fiscal 2008 related to the widening of the counterparties’ credit default swap spreads. The Company also recorded unrealized losses of approximately $1,938 million in 2009, related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized gains of approximately $1,968 million in fiscal 2008 related to the widening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads. The unrealized losses and gains on credit default swap spreads do not reflect any gains or losses on related non-derivative hedging instruments.

 

In addition, fixed income sales and trading revenues in 2009 were negatively impacted by losses of approximately $3,321 million from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected. Fiscal 2008 reflected a benefit of approximately $3,524 million due to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on such borrowings.

 

Other.    In addition to the equity and fixed income sales and trading revenues discussed above, sales and trading revenues included other trading revenues, consisting primarily of certain activities associated with the Company’s corporate lending activities. In connection with its corporate lending activities, the Company provides to select clients loans or lending commitments (including bridge financing) that are generally classified as either “event-driven” or “relationship-driven.” “Event-driven” loans and lending commitments refer to activities associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization transactions. “Relationship-driven” loans and lending commitments are generally made to expand business relationships with select clients. For further information about the Company’s corporate lending activities, see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” herein. The fair value measurement of loans and lending commitments takes into account certain fee income that is attributable to the contingent commitment contract.

In 2009, other sales and trading net revenues reflected net gains of $183$173 million compared with net losses of $3,109$3,119 million in fiscal 2008. Results for 2009 included net gains of $804 million (mark-to-market valuations and realized gains of $4,042 million, partially offset by losses on related hedges of $3,238 million) associated

61


with loans and lending commitments. Results for fiscal 2008 included net losses of $3,335 million (negative mark-to-market valuations and losses of $6,311 million, net of gains on related hedges of $2,976 million) associated with loans and lending commitments largely related to certain “event-driven” lending to non-investment grade companies. The valuation of these commitments could change in future periods depending on, among other things, the extent that they are renegotiated or repriced or if the associated acquisition transaction does not occur. Results in 2009 also included losses of $362 million, reflecting the improvement in the Company’s debt-related credit spreads on certain debt related to CIC’s investment in the Company compared with gains of $387 million in fiscal 2008.

 

In fiscal 2008, other sales and trading revenues also included writedowns of securities of approximately $1.2 billion in the Company’s Subsidiary Banks and mark-to-market gains of approximately $1,352 million$1.4 billion on certain swaps previously designated as hedges of a portion of the Company’s long-term debt. These swaps were no longer considered hedges once the related debt was repurchased by the Company (i.e., the swaps were “de-designated” as hedges). During the period in which the swaps were hedging the debt, changes in fair value of these instruments were generally offset by adjustments to the basis of the debt being hedged.

51


Principal Transactions—Investments.    The Company’s investments generally are held for long-term appreciation and generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions.Company.

 

Principal transactions net investment losses of $875$864 million were recognized in 2009 as compared with net investment losses of $2,478$2,461 million in fiscal 2008. The losses were primarily related to net realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s limited partnership investments in real estate funds and investments that benefitassociated with certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

 

Other.Other revenues decreased 80% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008. During 2009, the Company recorded gains of approximately $465 million from the Company’s repurchase of debt in the open market compared with approximately $2.1 billion in fiscal 2008 (see “Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations—“Significant Items—Morgan Stanley Debt” herein for further discussion).

 

Non-interest Expenses.Non-interest expenses decreased 11% in 2009, primarily due to lower non-compensation expense. Compensation and benefits expense increased 1%2% from fiscal 2008. Non-compensation expenses decreased 26% in 2009, partly due to the Company’s initiatives to reduce costs. Occupancy and equipment expense decreased 11%12% in 2009, primarily due to lower leasing costs associated with office facilities. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees decreased 20% in 2009, primarily due to decreased trading activity. Marketing and business development expense decreased 43% in 2009, primarily due to lower levels of business activity. Professional services expense decreased 18% in 2009, primarily due to lower consulting and legal fees. Other expenses decreased 50% in 2009. In fiscal 2008, other expenses included $694 million related to the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets related to certain fixed income businesses. Excluding the fiscal 2008 impairment charges, other expenses decreased in 2009, primarily due to lower levels of business activity and lower litigation expense.

 

Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007

Investment banking revenues decreased 34% in fiscal 2008, reflecting the unprecedented market turmoil that significantly reduced levels of market activity. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $1,740 million, a decrease of 32% from fiscal 2007. Advisory fees in fiscal 2008 reflected lower levels of activity due to the challenging market environment. Equity underwriting revenues decreased 33% to $1,045 million in fiscal 2008, reflecting significantly lower levels of market activity, particularly for initial public offerings. Fixed income underwriting revenues decreased 41% to $845 million in fiscal 2008. Fiscal 2008 revenues were impacted by significantly lower levels of market activity across most products, particularly loan syndications and securitized products.

Total sales and trading revenues increased 33% in fiscal 2008. Equity sales and trading revenues increased 10% to $9,968 million in fiscal 2008 and reflected higher net revenues from derivative products and slightly higher results in prime brokerage. Equity sales and trading revenues also benefited from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on financial instruments that are accounted for at fair value, including, but not limited to, those for which the fair value option was elected. As previously mentioned, equity sales and trading revenues in fiscal 2008 reflected approximately $1,604 million due to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads. Revenues from derivative products reflected higher customer flows and high levels of volatility. Principal trading strategies reflected significantly lower revenues in fiscal 2008 as the Company exited select proprietary trading strategies. Although prime brokerage revenues increased in fiscal 2008, in the fourth quarter, the Company’s prime brokerage business experienced significant outflows as clients withdrew their cash balances and reallocated positions. These outflows have had a negative impact on prime brokerage’s operating results in fiscal 2008.

Fixed income sales and trading revenues increased to $3,862 million in fiscal 2008 from $268 million in fiscal 2007. Fiscal 2007 results included mortgage-related writedowns of $7.8 billion, reflecting the deterioration in the value of U.S. subprime trading positions, principally super senior derivative positions in collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) entered into primarily by the Company’s mortgage proprietary trading group. Fiscal 2008 results reflected lower losses in mortgage loan products, higher revenues from commodities, higher revenues

52


from foreign exchange products, partially offset by lower net revenues from the interest rate and credit businesses. Interest rate, currency and credit products revenues decreased 55% in fiscal 2008. Continued dislocation in the credit markets resulted in lower net revenues from credit products, including losses of $1,686 million related to exposure to Monolines and unfavorable positioning, partially offset by higher revenues from foreign exchange products and strong results in interest rate products. Interest rate, currency and credit products revenues for fiscal 2008 benefited by $171 million due to the reversal of prior-period valuation adjustments related to interest rate derivatives, partially offset by a cumulative negative adjustment of $120 million related to prior-period incorrect valuations of a London-based trader’s positions (see Notes 21 and 26 to the consolidated financial statements for further information). Results in foreign exchange products were primarily due to higher levels of customer flows and market volatility. Mortgage-related losses of approximately $1.7 billion were primarily due to a broadening decline in the residential and commercial mortgage sector. The decline in the Company’s mortgage loan product activities reflected the difficult credit market conditions in fiscal 2008. Commodity revenues increased 62%, primarily due to higher revenues from oil liquids and electricity and natural gas products, reflecting higher market volatility and strong customer flow. As previously mentioned, fixed income sales and trading revenues also benefited in fiscal 2008 by approximately $3,524 million from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads.

In fiscal 2008, other sales and trading losses were approximately $3,109 million compared with $1,246 million in fiscal 2007. Fiscal 2008 reflected net losses of $3,335 million (negative mark-to-market valuations and losses of $6,311 million, net of gains on related hedges of $2,976 million) associated with loans and lending commitments largely related to certain “event-driven” lending to non-investment grade companies, writedowns of securities of approximately $1.2 billion in the Company’s Subsidiary Banks and mark-to-market gains of approximately $1,352 million on certain swaps previously designated as hedges of a portion of the Company’s long-term debt.

In fiscal 2007, other sales and trading losses primarily reflected approximately $700 million of mark-to-market valuations associated with loans and commitments largely related to “event-driven” lending to non-investment grade companies and the impairment charge related to securities in the Company’s Subsidiary Banks.

Principal transactions net investment losses aggregating $2,478 million were recognized in fiscal 2008 as compared with net investment gains aggregating $1,458 million in fiscal 2007. The losses in fiscal 2008 were primarily related to net realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s investments in passive limited partnership interests associated with the Company’s real estate funds and investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans and other principal investments. Fiscal 2007’s results primarily related to realized and unrealized net gains associated with certain of the Company’s investments.

Other revenues increased 379% in fiscal 2008. The increase reflected revenues related to Institutional Securities’ share (approximately $2,135 million) of the Company’s repurchase of debt. Fiscal 2008 also included a gain associated with the sale of a controlling interest in a previously consolidated commodities subsidiary.

Non-interest expenses decreased 12% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to lower compensation expense. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 29%, primarily reflecting lower incentive-based compensation accruals due to a challenging market environment, partially offset by severance-related expenses of $653 million in fiscal 2008. Non-compensation expenses increased 23% in fiscal 2008. Fiscal 2008 results included a charge of approximately $694 million for the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets related to certain fixed income businesses (see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements), and fiscal 2007’s results included a reversal of the $360 million legal accrual related to the Company’s favorable outcome from the Coleman (Parent) Holdings, Inc. (“Coleman”) litigation. Occupancy and equipment expense increased 27%, primarily due to higher depreciation expense on property and equipment and higher costs associated with exiting certain property lease agreements. Information processing and communications expense increased 4% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to higher data processing costs and market data. Marketing and business development expense decreased 7%, primarily due to lower levels of business activity. Other expenses increased 151%, reflecting the previously mentioned charge of approximately $694 million for the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets and the $360 million reversal of the Coleman litigation reserve in fiscal 2007 as previously mentioned, partially offset by lower minority interest.

53


One Month Ended December 31, 2008 Compared with the One Month Ended December 31, 20072007.

 

Institutional Securities recorded losses before income taxes of $2,030$1,997 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with income before income taxes of $904$938 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. Net revenues were $(1,353)$(1,322) million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with $2,303$2,314 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. Net revenues in the one month ended December 31, 2008 reflected sales and trading losses as compared with sales and trading revenues in the prior- yearprior-year period. Non-interest expenses decreased 52%51% to $677$675 million, primarily due to lower compensation and benefits expense, reflecting lower net revenues. Non-compensation expenses decreased 3%increased 4%.

 

Investment banking revenues decreased 45% to $177 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 from the prior-year period due to lower revenues from advisory fees and underwriting transactions, reflecting lower levels of market activity. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $68 million, a decrease of 58% from the prior-year period. Underwriting revenues decreased 33% from the prior-year period to $109 million.

 

Equity sales and trading losses were $20$11 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with revenues of $922$935 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. Results in the one month ended December 31, 2008 reflected lower revenues from equity cash and derivative products and prime brokerage.

62


Equity sales and trading losses also included approximately $75 million of losses from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value. Fixed income sales and trading losses were $889$858 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with revenues of $938$944 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. Results in the one month ended December 31, 2008 reflected losses in interest rate, credit and currency products where continued dislocation in the credit markets contributed to the losses. In addition, fixed income sales and trading included approximately $175 million losses from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings that are accounted for at fair value.

 

Other sales and trading losses were approximately $562$563 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with revenues of $63$60 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. The one month ended December 31, 2008 included writedowns related to mortgage-related securities portfolios in the Company’s Subsidiary Banks, partially offset by mark-to-market gains on loans and lending commitments and related hedges.

 

Principal transactions net investment losses of $158 million were recognized in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with net investment gains of $25 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. The losses in the one month ended December 31, 2008 were primarily related to net realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s limited partnership investments in real estate funds and investments that benefitassociated with certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans, and other principal investments.

 

5463


GLOBAL WEALTH MANAGEMENT GROUP

 

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

  2009  Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
   2010   2009   Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Revenues:

              

Investment banking

  $596  $427   $625  $21    $827   $596   $427  $21 

Principal transactions:

              

Trading

   1,209   613    598   54     1,306    1,208    613   54 

Investments

   3   (54  29   (4   19    3    (54  (4

Commissions

   2,090   1,408    1,433   89     2,676    2,090    1,408   89 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   4,583   2,726    3,067   183     6,349    4,583    2,726   183 

Other

   248   965    163   15     337    249    965   15 
                            

Total non-interest revenues

   8,729   6,085    5,915   358     11,514    8,729    6,085   358 
                            

Interest and dividends

   1,114   1,239    1,221   66  

Interest income

   1,587    1,114    1,239   66 

Interest expense

   453   305    511   15     465    453    305   15 
                            

Net interest

   661   934    710   51     1,122    661    934   51 
                            

Net revenues

   9,390   7,019    6,625   409     12,636    9,390    7,019   409 
                            

Compensation and benefits

   6,114   3,810    3,823   247     7,843    6,114    3,810   247 

Non-compensation expenses

   2,717   2,055    1,647   44     3,637    2,717    2,055   44 
                            

Total non-interest expenses

   8,831   5,865    5,470   291     11,480    8,831    5,865   291 
                            

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   559   1,154    1,155   118     1,156    559    1,154   118 

Provision for income taxes

   178   440    459   45     336    178    440   45 
                            

Income from continuing operations

   381   714    696   73     820    381    714   73 
                            

Discontinued operations:

       

Gain from discontinued operations

   —     —      174   —    

Provision for income taxes

   —     —      61   —    
             

Gain from discontinued operations

   —     —      113   —    
             

Net income

   381   714    809   73     820    381    714   73 

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

   98   —      113   —    

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   301    98    —      —    
                            

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $283  $714   $696  $73    $519   $283   $714  $73 
                            

 

On May 31, 2009, MSSB was formed (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for further information)3). The Company owns 51% of MSSB, which is consolidated. As a result, the operating results for MSSB are included in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment since May 31, 2009. Net income applicable to non-controllingnoncontrolling interests of $301 million and $98 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively, primarily represents Citi’s interest in MSSB.MSSB since May 31, 2009.

 

20092010 Compared with Fiscal 20082009.

 

Investment Banking.    Global Wealth Management Group investment banking includes revenues from the distribution of equity and fixed income securities, including initial public offerings, secondary offerings, closed-end funds and unit trusts. Investment banking revenues increased 40%39% in 20092010, primarily benefiting from fiscal 2008, primarily due to the consolidationa full year of MSSB revenues and higher equity underwriting activity, partially offset by lower underwriting activity across fixed income and unit trust products.closed-end fund activity.

 

55


Principal Transactions—Trading.    Principal transactions—tradingTrading include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments in which the Company acts as principal and gains and losses on the Company’s inventory positions which are held primarily to facilitate customer transactions.

 

Principal transactions trading revenues increased 97%8% in 20092010, primarily benefiting from fiscal 2008, primarily due to the consolidation of the operating revenuesa full year of MSSB and higher revenues, from municipal and corporate fixed income securities, partially offset by lower revenues from government securities. The results in 2009 also reflected net gains related to investments associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans.plans and gains on certain investments.

 

64


Principal Transactions—Investments.    Principal transactionstransaction net investment gains were $19 million in 2010 compared with $3 million in 2009 compared with net investment losses of $54 million in fiscal 2008.2009. The results in 2009increase primarily reflected net gains related to investments associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans compared with losses on such plansinvestments in fiscal 2008.the prior-year period.

 

Commissions.    Commission revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and OTC equity securities and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options. Commission revenues increased 48%28% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008, reflecting the operating results2010, primarily benefiting from a full year of MSSB partially offset by lowerrevenues and higher client activity.

 

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees include revenues from individual investors electing a fee-based pricing arrangement and fees for investment management, account services and administration. The Company also receives shareholder servicing fees and fees for services it provides in distributing certain open-ended mutual funds and other products. Mutual fund distribution fees are based on either the average daily fund net asset balances or average daily aggregate net fund sales and are affected by changes in the overall level and mix of assets under management or supervision.

 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 39% in 2010, primarily benefiting from a full year of MSSB revenues and improved market conditions. From June 2009 until April 1, 2010, revenues in the bank deposit program were primarily included in Asset management, distribution and administration fees. Prior to June 2009, these revenues were reported in Interest income. The change was the result of agreements that were entered into in connection with the MSSB transaction. Beginning on April 1, 2010, revenues in the bank deposit program held at the Company’s U.S. depository institutions were recorded as Interest income due to renegotiations of the revenue sharing agreement as part of the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s retail banking strategy. The Global Wealth Management Group business segment will continue to earn referral fees for deposits placed with Citi depository institutions, and these fees will continue to be recorded in Asset management, distribution and administration fees until the legacy Smith Barney deposits are migrated to the Company’s U.S. depository institutions. The referral fees for deposits were $381.7 million in 2010 and $659.5 million in 2009.

Balances in the bank deposit program increased to $113.3 billion at December 31, 2010 from $112.5 billion at December 31, 2009. The unlimited FDIC program expired on December 31, 2009 for deposits held by Citi depository institutions and June 30, 2010 for deposits held by the Company’s depository institutions. Deposits held by Company-affiliated FDIC-insured depository institutions were $55 billion of the $113.3 billion deposits at December 31, 2010.

Client assets in fee-based accounts increased to $470 billion and represented 28% of total client assets at December 31, 2010 compared with $379 billion and 24% at December 31, 2009, respectively. Total client asset balances increased to $1,669 billion at December 31, 2010 from $1,560 billion at December 31, 2009, primarily due to improved market conditions and an increase in net new assets. Net new assets for 2010 were $22.9 billion. Client asset balances in households with assets greater than $1 million increased to $1,229 billion at December 31, 2010 from $1,090 billion at December 31, 2009. Global fee-based asset flows increased to $32.7 billion at December 31, 2010 from $13.4 billion at December 31, 2009.

Other.    Other revenues primarily include customer account service fees and other miscellaneous revenues. Other revenues were $337 million in 2010, an increase of 35% from $249 million in 2009. Other revenues in 2010 primarily benefited from a full year of MSSB revenues and increases in proxy and other fee services.

Net Interest.    Interest income and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including customer bank deposits and margin loans and securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions. Net interest increased 70% in 2010, primarily resulting from an increase in Interest income due to a full year of MSSB net interest, the securities available for sale portfolio (see “Other Matters—Securities Available for Sale” herein) and the change in classification of the bank deposit program noted above, partially offset by increased funding costs.

65


Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses increased 30% in 2010, primarily due to higher costs related to a full year of MSSB operating expenses and the amortization of MSSB’s intangible assets. Compensation and benefits expense increased 28% in 2010, primarily due to a full year of MSSB operating expenses. Non-compensation expenses increased 34% in 2010. In 2010, brokerage, clearing and exchange fees expense increased 38%, information processing and communications expense increased 41%, and other expenses increased 51%, primarily due to a full year of MSSB operating expenses. In 2010, professional services expense increased 43%, primarily due to a full year of MSSB operating expenses and increased technology consulting costs related to the MSSB integration.

2009 Compared with Fiscal 2008.

Investment banking revenues increased 40% in 2009 from fiscal 2008, primarily due to the consolidation of the operating revenues of MSSB and higher equity underwriting activity, partially offset by lower underwriting activity across fixed income and unit trust products. Principal transactions trading revenues increased 97% in 2009 from fiscal 2008, primarily due to the consolidation of the operating revenues of MSSB and higher revenues from municipal and corporate fixed income securities, partially offset by lower revenues from government securities. The results in 2009 also reflected net gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. Principal transactions net investment gains were $3 million in 2009 compared with net investment losses of $54 million in fiscal 2008. The results in 2009 primarily reflected net gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans compared with losses on such plans in fiscal 2008. Commission revenues increased 48% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008, reflecting the operating results of MSSB, partially offset by lower client activity. Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 68% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008, primarily due to consolidating the operating revenues of MSSB, and fees associated with customer account balances in the bank deposit program. Beginningprogram and the change in June 2009, revenues inclassification of the bank deposit program are primarily included in Asset management, distribution and administration fees prospectively. These revenues were previously reported in Interest and dividends revenues. This change is the result of agreements that were entered into in connection with the MSSB transaction.

noted above. Balances in the bank deposit program rose to $112.5 billion as ofat December 31, 2009 from $38.8 billion as ofat December 31, 2008, primarily due to MSSB, which include balances held at Citi’s depository institutions. Deposits held by certain of the Company’s FDIC-insured depository institutions were $54 billion of the $112.5 billion deposits at December 31, 2009.

Client assets in fee-based accounts increased 175% to $379 billion as ofat December 31, 2009 and represented 24% of total client assets compared with 25% as ofat December 31, 2008. Total client asset balances increased to $1,560 billion as ofat December 31, 2009 from $550 billion as ofat December 31, 2008, primarily due to MSSB. Client asset balances in households greater than $1 million increased to $1,090 billion as ofat December 31, 2009 from $354$351 billion as ofat December 31, 2008.

 

Other.    Other revenues primarily include customer account service fees and other miscellaneous revenues. Other revenues decreased 74% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008. The results in 2009 included the operating revenues of MSSB. Fiscal 2008 results included $743 million related to the sale of MSWM S.V., the Spanish onshore mass affluent wealth management business, and the Global Wealth Management Group’sGroup business segment’s share ($43 million) of the Company’s repurchase of debt (see “Certain Factors Affecting Results“Overview of Operations—2010 Financial Results—Morgan Stanley Debt” herein for further discussion).

 

Net Interest.    Interest and dividend revenues and interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including customer bank deposits and margin loans and securities borrowed and securities

56


loaned transactions. Net interest revenues decreased 29% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008. The decrease was primarily due to the change in the classification of the bank deposit program noted above, a decline in customer margin loan balances and increased funding costs.

 

Non-interest Expenses.Non-interest expenses increased 51% in 2009 and included the operating costs of MSSB, the amortization of MSSB’s intangible assets, and deal closing costs of $221 million and integration costs of $280 million for MSSB. Deal closing costs included a one-time expense of $124 million, primarily for replacement deferred compensation awards. The cost of these replacement awards was fully allocated to Citi within non-controllingnoncontrolling interests. Compensation and benefits expense increased 60% in 2009, primarily reflecting MSSB and the replacement awards noted above. Non-compensation expenses increased 32%. Occupancy and equipment expense increased 91%, primarily due to the consolidation of operating costs of MSSB and real estate abandonment charges. Information processing and communications expense increased 70%, and professional

66


services expense increased 54% in 2009, primarily due to the consolidation of operating results of MSSB. Other expenses decreased 7% in 2009, primarily due to the charge of $532 million for the ARS repurchase program in fiscal 2008, (see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements), partially offset by the consolidation of operating costs of MSSB and a charge related to an FDIC assessment on deposits.

 

Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007

Investment banking revenues decreased 32% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to lower underwriting activity across equity and unit trust products, partially offset by an increase in fixed income underwriting activity. Principal transactions trading revenues increased 3% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to higher revenues from municipal, corporate and government fixed income securities, partially offset by $108 million in writedowns on $3.8 billion of ARS repurchased from clients and previously held on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition and losses associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans. Principal transactions net investment losses were $54 million in fiscal 2008 compared with net investment gains of $29 million in fiscal 2007. The results in fiscal 2008 reflected net losses associated with investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation plans. Commission revenues decreased 2% in fiscal 2008, reflecting lower client activity.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees decreased 11% in fiscal 2008. The decrease was driven by a change in the classification of sub-advisory fees due to modifications of certain customer agreements, the discontinuance of the Company’s fee-based brokerage program in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 and asset depreciation. Client assets in fee-based accounts decreased 32% to $136 billion as of November 30, 2008 and represented 25% of total client assets versus 27% at November 30, 2007. Total client asset balances decreased to $546 billion as of November 30, 2008 from $758 billion as of November 30, 2007, primarily due to asset depreciation. Client asset balances in households greater than $1 million decreased to $349 billion as of November 30, 2008 from $522 billion at November 30, 2007.

Net interest revenues increased 32%, primarily due to increased customer account balances in the bank deposit program. Balances in the bank deposit program rose to $36.4 billion as of November 30, 2008 from $26.2 billion at November 30, 2007. Other revenues were $965 million in fiscal 2008 and $163 million in fiscal 2007. Fiscal 2008 included $743 million related to the sale of MSWM S.V. and Global Wealth Management Group’s share ($43 million) of the Company’s repurchase of debt.

Non-interest expenses increased 7% in fiscal 2008, primarily reflecting the charge of $532 million for the ARS repurchase program. Compensation and benefits expense remained flat in fiscal 2008, as severance-related expenses of $41 million and investment in the business were offset by lower incentive-based compensation accruals. Non-compensation expenses increased 25%. Occupancy and equipment expense increased 8%, primarily due to an increase in space costs and branch renovations. Professional services expense decreased 40%, primarily due to the change in the classification of sub-advisory fees due to modifications of certain customer agreements and lower legal costs. Other expenses increased 206%, primarily resulting from the charge of $532 million related to ARS as previously mentioned and higher litigation costs.

57


One Month Ended December 31, 2008 Compared with the One Month Ended December 31, 20072007.

 

The Global Wealth Management Group business segment recorded income before income taxes of $118 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with $103 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. The one month ended December 31, 2008 included a reversal of a portion of approximately $70 million of the accrual related to the ARS repurchase program. Net revenues were $409 million, a 24% decrease, primarily related to lower asset management, distribution and administration fees, lower commissions and lower investment banking fees. Client assets in fee-based accounts decreased 31% to $138 billion and decreased as a percentage of total client assets to 25% from 27% at December 31, 2007. In addition, total client assets decreased to $550 billion, down 27% from December 31, 2007, primarily due to weakened market conditions.

 

Total non-interest expenses were $291 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008, a 33% decrease from the prior period. Compensation and benefits expense was $247 million, a 21% decrease from the prior-year period, primarily reflecting lower revenues. Non-compensation costs decreased 65%, primarily due to a reversal of approximately $70 million of the accrual related to the ARS repurchase program.

 

5867


ASSET MANAGEMENT

 

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

  2009 Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
   2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Revenues:

          

Investment banking

  $10   $26   $212   $1    $20  $10  $26  $1 

Principal transactions:

          

Trading

   (68  (331  (128  (82   (49  (68  (331  (82

Investments

   (182  (1,393  1,760    (45   996   (173  (1,373  (43

Commissions

   —      —      1    1     —      —      —      1 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   1,604    2,139    2,490    111     1,668   1,605   2,139   112 

Other

   47    160    58    4     164   46   160   3 
                          

Total non-interest revenues

   1,411    601    4,393    (10   2,799   1,420   621   (8
                          

Interest and dividends

   27    153    65    11  

Interest income

   22   17   131   8 

Interest expense

   101    206    94    10     98   100   205   9 
                          

Net interest

   (74  (53  (29  1     (76  (83  (74  (1
                          

Net revenues

   1,337    548    4,364    (9   2,723   1,337   547   (9
                          

Compensation and benefits

   1,104    947    2,228    54     1,123   1,104   947   54 

Non-compensation expenses

   906    1,024    1,081    51     877   886   1,023   51 
                          

Total non-interest expenses

   2,010    1,971    3,309    105     2,000   1,990   1,970   105 
                          

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

   (673  (1,423  1,055    (114

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   (218  (568  382    (44

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   723   (653  (1,423  (114

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   105   (215  (567  (44
                          

(Loss) income from continuing operations

   (455  (855  673    (70

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   618   (438  (856  (70
                          

Discontinued operations:

          

(Loss) gain from discontinued operations

   (357  (384  412    4  

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   (275  (122  159    2  

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   994   (376  (383  4 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   335   (277  (122  2 
                          

(Loss) gain from discontinued operations

   (82  (262  253    2  

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   659   (99  (261  2 
                          

Net income (loss)

   (537  (1,117  926    (68   1,277   (537  (1,117  (68

Net loss applicable to non-controlling interests

   (50  —      —      —    

Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

   408   (50  —      —    
                          

Net (loss) income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $(487 $(1,117 $926   $(68

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $869  $(487 $(1,117 $(68
                          

Amounts attributable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders:

     

(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax

  $(405 $(855 $673   $(70

(Loss) gain from discontinued operations, net of tax

   (82  (262  253    2  

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $210  $(388 $(856 $(70

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   659   (99  (261  2 
                          

Net (loss) income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $(487 $(1,117 $926   $(68

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $869  $(487 $(1,117 $(68
                          

 

59On June 1, 2010, the Company completed the sale of Retail Asset Management, including Van Kampen, to Invesco. The Company recorded a cumulative after-tax gain of $682 million, of which approximately $570 million was recorded in 2010. The remaining gain, representing tax basis benefits, was recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The results of Retail Asset Management are reported as discontinued operations through the date of sale within the Asset Management business segment. Noncontrolling interests relate to the consolidation of certain real estate funds sponsored by the Company. The increase in noncontrolling interests in 2010 is primarily related to principal investment gains of $444 million associated with these consolidated funds.

68


In the third quarter of 2010, the Company completed a disposal of a real estate property within the Asset Management business segment. The results of operations are reported as discontinued operations through the date of disposal.


Statistical Data.

 

The results presented in the statistical tables below exclude the operations of Retail Asset Management, as those results are included in discontinued operations for all periods presentedthrough the date of sale (see Note 2325 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

Asset Management’s year-end and average assets under management or supervision were as follows:

 

      Average For 
  At
December 31,
2009
  At
December 31,
2008(1)
  Average for  At
December 31,
   2010   2009   Fiscal
2008
   One Month
Ended
December 31,

2008
 
  2009  Fiscal
2008(1)
  Fiscal
2007(1)
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(1)
  2010   2009   
  (dollars in billions)  (dollars in billions) 

Assets under management or supervision by asset class:

                        

Core asset management:

                        

Equity

  $81  $63  $68  $102  $117  $62  $92   $81   $81   $68   $102   $62 

Fixed income—long term

   54   56   52   71   69   56

Fixed income—long-term

   59    54    58    52    71    56 

Money market

   59   81   65   107   90   81   53    59    53    65    107    81 

Alternatives(2)

   42   41   37   53   46   41

Alternatives(1)

   43    42    42    37    53    41 
                                          

Total core asset management

   236   241   222   333   322   240   247    236    234    222    333    240 
                                          

Merchant banking:

                        

Private equity

   4   4   4   3   2   4   5    4    5    4    3    4 

Infrastructure

   4   4   4   3   1   4   4    4    4    4    3    4 

Real estate

   15   35   21   37   26   34   16    15    15    21    37    34 
                                          

Total merchant banking

   23   43   29   43   29   42   25    23    24    29    43    42 
                                          

Total assets under management or supervision

   259   284   251   376   351   282   272    259    258    251    376    282 

Share of non-controlling interest assets(3)

   7   6   6   7   6   6

Share of minority stake assets(2)

   7    7    7    6    7    6 
                                          

Total

  $266  $290  $257  $383  $357  $288  $279   $266   $265   $257   $383   $288 
                                          

 

(1)Prior-period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.
(2)The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as hedge funds, funds of hedge funds, and funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.
(3)(2)Amounts represent Asset Management’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a non-controlling interest.minority stake.

 

6069


Activity in Asset Management’s assets under management or supervision during 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 was as follows:

 

  2009 Fiscal
2008(1)
 Fiscal
2007(1)
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(1)
   2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
  (dollars in billions)   (dollars in billions) 

Balance at beginning of period

  $290   $400   $314   $287    $266  $290  $400  $287 

Net flows by asset class:

          

Core asset management:

          

Equity

   (8  (9  (9  —       (1  (8  (9  —    

Fixed income—long term

   (6  (14  5    (3

Fixed income—long-term

   1   (6  (14  (3

Money market

   (22  (19  10    —       (6  (22  (19  —    

Alternatives(2)(1)

   (3  6    11    —       (2  (3  6   —    
                          

Total core asset management

   (39  (36  17    (3   (8  (39  (36  (3
                          

Merchant banking:

          

Private equity

   —      1    1    —       —      —      1   —    

Infrastructure

   —      1    2    —       —      —      1   —    

Real estate

   (2  1    11    —       2   (2  1   —    
                          

Total merchant banking

   (2  3    14    —       2   (2  3   —    
                          

Total net flows

   (41  (33  31    (3   (6  (41  (33  (3

Net market appreciation/(depreciation)

   16    (80  46    6  

Net market appreciation (depreciation)

   19   16   (80  6 
                          

Total net (decrease)/increase

   (25  (113  77    3  

Total net increase (decrease)

   13   (25  (113  3 

Acquisitions

   —      1    6    —       —      —      1   —    

Net increase/(decrease) in share of non-controlling interest assets(3)

   1    (1  3    —    

Net increase (decrease) in share of minority stake assets(2)

   —      1   (1  —    
                          

Balance at end of period

  $266   $287   $400   $290    $279  $266  $287  $290 
                          

 

(1)Prior-period information has been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.
(2)The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as hedge funds, funds of hedge funds, and funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.
(3)(2)Amounts represent Asset Management’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a non-controlling interest.minority stake.

 

20092010 Compared with Fiscal 20082009.

 

Investment Banking.    Asset Management generates investment banking revenues primarily from the placement of investments in real estatemerchant banking funds. Investment banking revenues decreased 62%doubled in 20092010 from fiscal 2008,2009, primarily reflecting lowerhigher revenues from real estate and infrastructure products.

 

Principal Transactions—Trading.    In 2009,2010, the Company recognized lossesa loss of $49 million compared with a loss of $68 million compared with losses of $331 million in fiscal 2008.2009. Trading results in 2010 and 2009 included losses from hedges on certain investments and long-term debt. Trading results in 2010 also included $25 million related to contributions to money market funds. Trading results in 2009 also included mark-to-market losses related to a lending facility to a real estate fund sponsored by the Company, and losses from hedges on certain investments and long-term debt. Losses in 2009 were partially offset by net gains of $164 million related to securities issued by SIVs compared with lossesSIV positions that were previously held on the Company’s consolidated statements of $470 million in fiscal 2008.financial condition.

 

Principal Transactions—Investments.    Real estate and private equity investments generally are held for long-term appreciation and generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions.

 

PrincipalThe Company recorded principal transactions net investment lossesgains of $182$996 million were recognized in 20092010 compared with losses of $1,393$173 million in fiscal 2008.2009. The results in 2010 included a gain of $444 million associated with certain consolidated

70


real estate funds sponsored by the Company and net investment gains in the merchant banking and core businesses, including certain investments associated with the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. The results in 2009 were primarily related to net investment losses associated with

61


the Company’s real estate investments and losses associated withrelated to certain investments for the benefit ofassociated with the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Losses in 2009 wereplans, partially offset by net investment gains associated with the Company’s alternatives business.

The results for 2009 also included operating losses of certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company. The Company consolidated the funds during 2009 after providing them with financial assistance and in light of the continued deterioration of equity in the funds. Earnings of these funds related to the limited partnership interests not owned by the Company are reported in Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests on the consolidated statements of income.

The results in fiscal 2008 were primarily related to net investment losses associated with the Company’s merchant banking business, including real estate and private equity investments, and losses associated with certain investments for the benefit of the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Included in the net investment losses in fiscal 2008 were writedowns of approximately $250 million on Crescent prior to its consolidation.

 

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees include revenues generated from the management and supervision of assets, performance-based fees relating to certain funds, and separately managed accounts and fees relating to the distribution of certain open-ended mutual funds. Asset management fees arise from investment management services the Company provides to investment vehicles pursuant to various contractual arrangements. The Company receives fees primarily based upon mutual fund daily average net assets or based on monthly or quarterly invested equity for other vehicles. Performance-based fees are earned on certain funds as a percentage of appreciation earned by those funds and, in certain cases, are based upon the achievement of performance criteria. These fees are normally earned annually and are recognized on a monthly or quarterly basis.

 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 4% in 2010, primarily reflecting higher fund management and administration fees, partially offset by lower performance fees. The higher fund management and administration fees reflected an increase in average assets under management. The Company’s assets under management increased $13 billion from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 reflecting market appreciation, partially offset by net customer outflows, primarily in the Company’s money market funds. The Company recorded net customer outflows of $5.7 billion in 2010 compared with net outflows of $41.1 billion in 2009.

Other.    Other revenues increased $118 million in 2010 compared with 2009. The results in 2010 included a pre-tax gain of approximately $96 million from the sale of the Company’s investment in Invesco (see Notes 5 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements). See “Introduction—Overview of 2010 Financial Results” herein for further information. The increase in 2010 also reflected gains associated with the reduction of a lending facility to a real estate fund sponsored by the Company and higher revenues associated with the Company’s minority stake investments in Avenue Capital Group, a New York-based investment manager, and Lansdowne Partners (“Lansdowne”), a London-based investment manager. These increases were partially offset by impairment charges of $126 million related to FrontPoint (see Note 28 to the consolidated financial statements).

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses increased 1% in 2010 compared with 2009. The results in 2010 primarily reflected an increase in Compensation and benefits expense, partially offset by a decrease in Non-compensation expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 2% in 2010 due to certain international tax equalization payments and principal investment gains in the current year related to employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Non-compensation expenses for 2010 included intangible asset impairment charges of $67 million related to certain investment management contracts.

2009 Compared with Fiscal 2008.

Investment banking revenues decreased 62% in 2009 from fiscal 2008, primarily reflecting lower revenues from real estate products.

In 2009, the Company recognized Principal transaction—Trading losses of $68 million compared with losses of $331 million in fiscal 2008. Trading results in 2009 included mark-to-market losses related to a lending facility to a real estate fund sponsored by the Company and losses from hedges on certain investments and long-term debt. Losses in 2009 were partially offset by net gains of $164 million related to securities issued by SIVs compared with losses of $470 million in fiscal 2008.

71


Principal transactions net investment losses of $173 million were recognized in 2009 compared with losses of $1,373 million in fiscal 2008. The results in 2009 were primarily related to net investment losses associated with the Company’s real estate investments and losses related to certain investments associated with the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Losses in 2009 were partially offset by net investment gains associated with the Company’s alternatives business. The results in fiscal 2008 were primarily related to net investment losses associated with the Company’s merchant banking business, including real estate and private equity investments, and losses related to certain investments associated with the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Included in the net investment losses in fiscal 2008 were writedowns of approximately $250 million on Crescent prior to its consolidation.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees decreased 25% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008. The decrease in 2009 primarily reflected lower fund management and administration fees, reflecting a decrease in average assets under management.

Net flows in 2009 were associated withconsisted of negative outflows across all asset classes. The Company’s decline in assets under management from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009 included net customer outflows of $41.1 billion, primarily in the Company’s money market, long-term fixed income and equity funds.

 

Other.Other revenues decreased 71% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008. The results in 2009 reflected lower revenues associated with Lansdowne Partners (“Lansdowne”), a London-based investment manager, in which the Company has a non-controlling interest, and lower revenues associated with the Company’s repurchase of debt (see “Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations—Morgan Stanley Debt”, herein).debt.

 

Non-interest Expenses.Non-interest expenses increased 2%1% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008. The results in 2009 primarily reflected an increase in compensation and benefits expense. Compensation and benefits expense increased 17% in 2009, primarily reflecting higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses decreased 12%13% in 2009. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees decreased 44% in 2009, primarily due to lower fee sharing expenses. Marketing and business development expense decreased 40% in 2009, primarily due to lower levels of business activity. Professional services expense decreased 20% in 2009, primarily due to lower consulting and legal fees.

Fiscal 2008 Compared with Fiscal 2007

Investment banking revenues decreased 88% in fiscal 2008, primarily reflecting lower revenues from real estate products.

62


In fiscal 2008, the Company recognized principal transactions trading losses of $331 million, which included $470 million related to SIVs included in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition, compared with losses of $129 million related to SIVs in fiscal 2007. These losses in fiscal 2008 were partially offset by net gains from hedges on certain investments.

Principal transactions net investment losses aggregating $1,393 million were recognized in fiscal 2008 as compared with gains of $1,760 million in fiscal 2007. The results for fiscal 2008 are discussed above in “2009 Compared with Fiscal 2008—Principal Transactions—Investments.” The results in fiscal 2007 were primarily driven by investments associated with the Company’s real estate products and private equity portfolio, including employee deferred compensation plans and co-investment plans.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees decreased 14% in fiscal 2008. The decrease was primarily due to lower performance fees from alternative investment products, lower distribution fees, and lower fund management and administration fees, reflecting a decrease in average assets under management. Fiscal 2008 also reflected lower shareholder servicing fees related to the modification of certain sub-transfer agent agreements, which resulted in an offsetting reduction to professional services expense.

Other revenues increased 176% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to Asset Management’s share ($74 million) of the Company’s repurchase of debt (see “Certain Factors Affecting Results of Operations—Morgan Stanley Debt” herein for further discussion) and higher revenues associated with Lansdowne.

Non-interest expenses decreased 40% in fiscal 2008, primarily reflecting a decrease in compensation and benefits expense. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 58% in fiscal 2008, primarily due to a decrease in compensation costs reflecting lower net revenues and losses associated with principal investments for the benefit of the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. The decrease in fiscal 2008 was partially offset by severance-related expenses. Non-compensation expenses decreased 5% in fiscal 2008. Occupancy and equipment expense increased 12%, primarily due to higher costs related to increased occupancy usage compared with fiscal 2007. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees decreased 5%, primarily due to lower commission expenses. Professional services expense decreased 24%, primarily due to lower sub-advisory fees and sub-transfer agent fees, partially offset by an increase in consulting and legal fees. Other expenses increased 25%, primarily due to an intangible assets impairment charge of $25 million.

 

One Month Ended December 31, 2008 Compared with the One Month Ended December 31, 20072007.

 

Asset Management recorded losses from continuing operations before income taxes of $114 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with losses before income taxes of $103 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. Net revenues decreased 112% from the prior-period.prior period. The decrease in the one month ended December 31, 2008 primarily reflected lower asset management, distribution and administration fees of $111$112 million compared with $210 million in the prior-year period. This decrease was partially offset by lower losses related to securities issued by SIVs of $84 million compared with $119 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. Assets under management or supervision within Asset Management of $290 billion were down $106 billion, or 27%, from $396 billion as ofat December 31, 2007, primarily reflecting decreases in equity and fixed income products resulting from market depreciation and net outflows. Non-interest expenses decreased $75$76 million to $105 million, primarily due to lower compensationCompensation and benefits expense. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 53%, primarily reflecting lower revenues and reduced headcount.

 

6372


Accounting Developments.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities and Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.Goodwill Impairment Test.

 

In June 2009,December 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”(the “FASB”) issued accounting guidance that changesmodifies Step 1 of the way entities accountgoodwill impairment test for securitizations and special-purpose entities (“SPEs”). The accounting guidance amends the accounting for transfers of financial assets and will require additional disclosures about transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions, and where entities have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. It eliminates the concept of a qualifying special purpose entity (“QSPE”) and changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets.

The accounting guidance also amends the accounting for consolidation and changes how a reporting entity determines whenunits with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entity is based on, among other things, the other entity’s purpose and design and the reporting entity’s ability to direct the activitiesperform Step 2 of the othergoodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity shall consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that most significantly impactan impairment may exist. The qualitative factors are consistent with the other entity’s economic performance. In February 2010,existing guidance. This guidance became effective for the FASB finalized a deferral of these accounting changes, effectiveCompany on January 1, 2010, for certain interests in investment companies or in entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies. For2011. The Company does not believe the entities included in the deferral, the Company will continue to analyze consolidation under other existing authoritative guidance; these entities are not included in the impact noted below.

The adoption of this accounting guidance on January 1, 2010 did notwill have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition.statements.

 

Other Matters.

Real Estate.

The Company acts as the general partner for various real estate funds and also invests in certain of these funds as a limited partner. The Company’s real estate investments at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are described below. Such amounts exclude investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the consolidated statements of financial condition include amounts representing real estate investment assets of consolidated subsidiaries of approximately $1.9 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively, net of noncontrolling interests of approximately $1.5 billion and $0.6 billion, respectively. This net presentation is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess the Company’s net exposure. The decrease, net of noncontrolling interests, from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 was primarily due to the $1.2 billion write-off in connection with the planned disposition of Revel. In addition, the Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to real estate investments of $1.0 billion at December 31, 2010 (see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements).

In addition to the Company’s real estate investments, the Company engages in various real estate-related activities, including origination of loans secured by commercial and residential properties. The Company also securitizes and trades in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related whole loans, mortgages and other real estate. In connection with these activities, the Company provides representations and warranties that certain assets sold as whole loans or transferred to securitization transactions conform to certain guidelines. The Company continues to monitor its real estate-related activities in order to manage its exposures and potential liability from these markets and businesses. See “Legal Proceedings—Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters” in Part I, Item 3.

A subsidiary of the Company manages an open-ended real estate fund in Germany that suspended redemptions during the global financial crisis in October 2008. In October 2010, the subsidiary announced that it will liquidate the open-ended real estate fund over a period of three years ending September 30, 2013 and distribute proceeds from the sale of real estate assets to its investors. The subsidiary will waive the transaction fees related to the sale of assets but will continue to charge management fees. The Company does not intend to provide any support to the fund.

See “Overview of 2010 Financial Results—Real Estate Investments” herein for further information.

Securities Available for Sale.

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company established a portfolio of debt securities in order to manage interest rate risk. The securities have been classified as AFS in accordance with accounting guidance for investments in debt and equity securities and are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment.

73


During the second quarter of 2010, the Company classified certain marketable equity securities received in connection with the Company’s sale of Retail Asset Management to Invesco as AFS securities (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for further information), included within the Asset Management business segment. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company sold its investment in Invesco, thereby selling all of these equity securities, resulting in a gain of $102 million, recorded within Other revenues in the consolidated statement of income for 2010.

See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for further information on AFS.

Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock.

In December 2007, the Company sold Equity Units that included contracts to purchase Company common stock to a wholly owned subsidiary of CIC. The Company redeemed the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units in August 2010, and the redemption proceeds were subsequently used by the CIC subsidiary to settle its obligation under the purchase contracts. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock” herein.

Japan Securities Joint Venture.

On May 1, 2010, the Company and MUFG closed the transaction to form a joint venture in Japan of their respective investment banking and securities businesses. MUFG and the Company have integrated their respective Japanese securities companies by forming two joint venture companies. MUFG contributed the investment banking, wholesale and retail securities businesses conducted in Japan by Mitsubishi UFJ Securities Co., Ltd. into one of the joint venture entities named Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). The Company contributed the investment banking operations conducted in Japan by its subsidiary, Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities, Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”), formerly known as Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd., into MUMSS (MSMS, together with MUMSS, the “Joint Venture”). MSMS will continue its sales and trading and capital markets business conducted in Japan. Following the respective contributions to the Joint Venture and a cash payment of 23 billion yen ($247 million) from MUFG to the Company, the Company owns a 40% economic interest in the Joint Venture, and MUFG owns a 60% economic interest in the Joint Venture. The Company holds a 40% voting interest, and MUFG holds a 60% voting interest in MUMSS, while the Company holds a 51% voting interest, and MUFG holds a 49% voting interest in MSMS. The Company continues to consolidate MSMS in its consolidated financial statements and, commencing on May 1, 2010, accounted for its interest in MUMSS as an equity method investment within the Institutional Securities business segment.

See Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements and “Overview of 2010 Financial Results—Gain on Sale of Noncontrolling Interests” herein for further information.

Dividend Income.

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company reclassified dividend income associated with trading and investing activities to Principal transactions—Trading or Principal transactions—Investments depending upon the business activity. Previously, these amounts were included in Interest and dividends on the consolidated statements of income. These reclassifications were made in connection with the Company’s conversion to a financial holding company. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.

Regulatory Outlook.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law. While certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act were effective immediately, other portions will be effective only following extended transition periods. At this time, it is difficult to assess fully the impact that the Dodd-Frank Act will have on the Company and on the financial services industry generally. Implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act will be accomplished through numerous rulemakings by multiple governmental agencies. The Dodd-Frank Act also mandates the preparation of studies on a wide range of issues, which could lead to additional legislation or regulatory changes.

74


In addition, legislative and regulatory initiatives continue outside the U.S. which may also affect the Company’s business and operations. For example, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) has issued new capital, leverage and liquidity standards, known as “Basel III,” which U.S. banking regulators are expected to introduce in the U.S. The Financial Stability Board and the Basel Committee are also developing standards designed to apply to systemically important financial institutions, such as the Company. In addition, initiatives are under way in the European Union and Japan, among other jurisdictions, that would require centralized clearing, reporting and recordkeeping with respect to various kinds of financial transactions and other regulatory requirements that are in some cases similar to those required under the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

It is likely that the year 20102011 and subsequent years will see further material changes in the way that major financial institutions are regulated in both in the U.S. and worldwide. The reforms being discussed include several that contemplate comprehensive restructuring of the regulation of the financial services industry. Enactment of such measures likely would lead to stricter regulation of financial institutions generally, and heightened prudential requirements for systemically important firms in particular. Such measures could include taxation of financial transactions, liabilities and employee compensation as well as reforms of the OTC derivativesother markets such as mandated exchange trading and clearing, position limits, margin, capital and registration requirements. Other changes under discussion in the U.S. legislative arena include: breaking up firms that are considered “too big to fail” or mandating certain barriers between their activities in order to allow for an orderly resolution of failing financial institutions; curtailing the ability of firms that own FDIC-insured institutions to also engage in private equity, hedge fund and proprietary trading activities; requiring firms to maintain plans for their dissolution; requiring the financial industry to pay into a fund designed to help unwind failing firms; providing regulators with new means of limiting activities of financial firms; regulating compensation in the financial services industry; enhancing corporate governance, especially regarding risk management; and creating a new agency, the “Consumer Financial Protection Agency,” to protect U.S. consumers who buy financial products.

Reforms are being discussed concurrently in Washington, London, the European Union (“EU”) and other major market centers in which the Company operates, and attempts are being made to internationally coordinate the principles behind such changes through the G-20’s expanded mandate for the Financial Stability Board and through the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”), the International Association of Securities Commissioners and others. Among the internationally coordinated reforms are recent measures and proposals by the Basel Committee to raise the quality of capital, increase capital requirements for securitizations, trading book exposure and counterparty credit risk exposure, and globally introduce a leverage ratio, capital conservation measures and liquidity coverage requirements, among other measures. In both the EU and the U.S., moreover, changes to the institutional framework for financial regulation are being discussed or are underway.

Many of the market reforms, if enacted, may materially affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period. In particular, if systemic regulation were

64


enacted, the Company would likely be designated as a systemically important firm, and the consequences of systemic regulation, including a potential requirement for additional higher quality capital and liquidity and decreased leverage, could materially impact the Company’s business.

A substantial number of the financial reforms currently discussed in the U.S. and globally may become law, though it is difficult to predict which further reform initiatives will become law, how such reforms will be implemented or the exact impact they will have on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period. As most changes, if adopted, will require regulatory implementation, the full impact of these changes will not be known until a later stage.

65


Other Matters.

Settlement with DFS.

On February 11, 2010, the CompanySee also “Supervision and DFS entered into an agreementRegulation” in which each party released the other party from claims related to the sharing of proceeds from the lawsuit against Visa and MasterCard. In addition, the Company and DFS entered into an agreement to provide that payments made by DFS to the Company in satisfaction of its obligations under the special dividend declared by DFS in June 2007, shall not exceed $775 million. Also on February 11, 2010, DFS paid the Company $775 million in complete satisfaction of its obligations to the Company under the special dividend. The payment will be included in discontinued operations in the Company’s condensed consolidated statement of income for the first quarter of 2010.Part I, Item 1.

Sale of Bankruptcy Claims.

During 2009, the Company entered into multiple participation agreements with certain investors whereby the Company sold undivided participating interests representing 81% (or $1,105 million) of its claims totaling $1,362 million, pursuant to International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) master agreements, against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. The Company received cash proceeds of $429 million and recorded a gain on sale of $319 million in 2009. The gain is reflected in the consolidated statement of income in Principal transactions—trading revenues within the Institutional Securities business segment.

As a result of the bankruptcy of the derivative counterparty, the Company, as contractually entitled, exercised remedies as the non-defaulting party and determined the value of the claims under the ISDA master agreements in a commercially reasonable manner. The Company filed its claims with the bankruptcy court. In connection with the sale of the undivided participating interests in a portion of the claims, the Company provided certain representations and warranties related to the allowance of the amount stated in the claims submitted to the bankruptcy court. The bankruptcy court will be evaluating all of the claims filed against the derivative counterparty. To the extent, in the future, any portion of the stated claims is disallowed or reduced by the bankruptcy court in excess of a certain amount, then the Company must refund a portion of the purchase price plus interest from the date of the participation agreements to the repayment date. The maximum amount that the Company could be required to refund is the total proceeds of $429 million plus interest. The Company recorded a liability for the fair value of this possible disallowance. The fair value was determined by assessing mid-market values of the underlying transactions, where possible, prevailing bid-offer spreads around the time of the bankruptcy filing, and applying valuation adjustments related to estimating unwind costs. The investors, however, bear full price risk associated with the allowed claims as it relates to the liquidation proceeds from the bankruptcy estate. The Company also agreed to service the claims and, as such, recorded a liability for the fair value of the servicing obligation. The Company will continue to measure these obligations at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. These obligations are reflected in the consolidated statement of financial condition as Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivatives and other contracts.

Real Estate.

The Company acts as the general partner for various real estate funds and also invests in certain of these funds as a limited partner.

66


The Company’s real estate investments as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are shown below. Such amounts exclude investments that benefit certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans:

   Statement of
Financial
Condition
December 31,
2009
  Statement of
Financial
Condition
December 31,
2008
   (dollars in billions)

Consolidated interests(1)

  $1.5  $3.8

Real estate funds(2)

   0.5   1.0

Real estate bridge financing

   —     0.2

Infrastructure fund

   0.2   0.1
        

Total(3)

  $2.2  $5.1
        

(1)Consolidated statement of financial condition amounts represent investment assets of consolidated subsidiaries, net of non-controlling interests. The decrease from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009 was primarily due to the disposition of Crescent in the fourth quarter of 2009, whereby the Company transferred its ownership interest in Crescent to Crescent’s primary creditor in exchange for full release of liability on the related loans.
(2)In 2009, the Company consolidated certain real estate funds resulting in a transfer of investment assets of $0.2 billion, which is net of non-controlling interests of $0.6 billion, from real estate funds to consolidated interests. The results for 2009 for these newly consolidated subsidiaries, net of non-controlling interests, were not significant. The Company consolidated the funds during 2009 due to a reassessment of its primary beneficiary position with respect to the funds, reflecting the continued deterioration of equity in the funds combined with the Company’s financial assistance provided to the funds. The limited partnership interests in the earnings of these funds are reported in Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests on the consolidated statement of income.
(3)In 2009, losses on consolidated interests were $0.8 billion, of which $0.6 billion were included in discontinued operations related to Crescent. Losses on real estate funds and real estate bridge financing were $0.9 billion and $0.2 billion, respectively, in 2009. In addition, the Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investments of $1.5 billion as of December 31, 2009 (see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.

 

Expense.    The Company recognizes the compensation cost of an employee’s pension benefits (including prior-service cost) over the employee’s estimated service period. This process involves making certain estimates and assumptions, including the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. For fiscal 2008, as required under the alternative transition method set forth in current accounting guidance, the Company changed the measurement date to coincide with the Company’s fiscal year-end date.

On June 1, 2010, the defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “U.S. Qualified Plan”) was amended to cease future benefit accruals effective after December 31, 2010. Any benefits earned by participants under the U.S. Qualified Plan at December 31, 2010 will be preserved and will be payable based on the U.S. Qualified Plan’s provisions. Net periodic pension expense for U.S. and non-U.S. plans was $96 million, $175 million, $132 million and $9 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

On October 29, 2010, the Morgan Stanley Medical Plan was amended to change eligibility requirements for a firm-provided subsidy toward the cost of retiree medical coverage after December 31, 2010. Net periodic postretirement expense for the Morgan Stanley Medical Plan was $12 million, $26 million, $17 million and $2 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

Contributions.    The Company made contributions of $72 million, $321 million, $325 million, $130 million and $2 million to its U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans in 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively. These contributions were funded with cash from operations.

 

The Company determines the amount of its pension contributions to its funded plans by considering several factors, including the level of plan assets relative to plan liabilities, the types of assets in which the plans are invested, expected plan liquidity needs and expected future contribution requirements. The Company’s policy is to fund at least the amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax laws (for example, in the U.S., the minimum required contribution under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or “ERISA”). As ofAt December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, there were no minimum required ERISA contributions for the Company’s U.S. pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a)Qualified Plan. Due to cessation of the Internal Revenue Code. The contributionsaccruals for benefits effective after December 31, 2010, no contribution was made to the U.S. pension plan ofQualified Plan for 2010. A $278 million and $276 million werecontribution was funded to the U.S. Qualified Plan for 2009 based on the service cost earned by the eligible employees plus a portion of the unfunded accumulated benefit obligation on a funding basis for 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively.basis. Liabilities for benefits payable under certain postretirement and unfunded supplementary plans are accrued by the Company and are funded when paid to the beneficiaries.

 

Expense.    The Company recognizes the compensation cost of an employee’s pension benefits (including prior-service cost) over the employee’s estimated service period. This process involves making certain estimates and assumptions, including the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. For fiscal 2008, as required under the alternative transition method set forth in current accounting guidance, the Company changed the measurement date to coincide with the Company’s fiscal year-end date. Net periodic pension expense was $175 million, $132 million, $143 million and $9 million, while net periodic postretirement expense was $26 million, $17 million, $14 million and $2 million for 2009, fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

See Notes 2 and 1921 to the consolidated financial statements for more information on the Company’s defined benefit pension and postretirement plans, including the adoption of accounting guidance for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans.

 

 6775 


Critical Accounting Policies.

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements). The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements), the following involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

 

Fair Value.

 

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.    A significant number of the Company’s financial instruments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period.value. The Company makes estimates regarding valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the consolidated financial statements. These assets and liabilities include but are not limited to:

 

Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased;

 

Securities available for sale;

Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral;

 

Certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, primarilyincluding structured notes;

 

Certain Deposits;

 

Certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase;

Certain Other secured financings; and

 

Certain Long-term borrowings, primarilyincluding structured notes and certain junior subordinated debentures.notes.

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 uses observable prices in active markets, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs, and, therefore require the greatest use of judgment. In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a continued downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, see Notes 2 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities.The Company’s Level 3 assets before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $34.9 billion and $43.4 billion at December 31, 2010 and $83.6 billion as of December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively, and represented approximately 10% and 14% and 29% as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, respectively, of the assets measured at fair value (6%(4% and 12%6% of total assets as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, respectively). Level 3 liabilities before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $8.5 billion and $15.4 billion at December 31, 2010 and $29.8 billion as of December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively, and represented approximately 9%4% and 17%9%, respectively, of the Company’s liabilities measured at fair value.

 

Transfers In/Out of Level 3 during 2010.During 2009,2010, the Company reclassified approximately $6.8$3.5 billion of certain Corporate and other debt, primarily loans and hybrid contracts, from Level 3 to Level 2. The reclassifications were primarily related to certain corporateCompany reclassified these loans and bonds, state and municipal securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) and other debt. For certain corporate loans, more liquidity re-entered the market, andhybrid contracts as external prices and/or spread inputs for these instruments became observable. For corporate bondsobservable, and CMBS, the reclassifications were primarily due to an increase in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or available broker quotes, such that observable inputs

68


were utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. For certain other debt, as theremaining unobservable inputs becamewere deemed insignificant into the overall valuation, the fair value of these instruments became highly correlated with similar instruments in an observable market. For state and municipal securities, certain student loan auction rate securities (“SLARS”) were reclassified from Level 3 to Level 2 as there was increased activity in the SLARS market and restructuring activity of the underlying trusts.measurement.

 

During 2009, the76


The Company also reclassified approximately $3.3$0.9 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate loans and were generally due to a reduction in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. The key unobservable inputs are assumptions to establish comparability to other instruments with observable spread levels.

 

During 2009,2010, the Company reclassified approximately $10.2$1.2 billion of certain Derivatives and otherNet derivative contracts from Level 3 to Level 2,2. These reclassifications were related to certain tranched bespoke basket credit default swaps and single name credit default swaps for which unobservable inputs became insignificant.

During 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $1 billion of certain Investments from Level 3 to Level 2. The reclassifications were primarily related to single name subprime and CMBS credit default swaps as well as tranche-indexed corporate credit default swaps. Certain single name subprime and CMBS credit default swaps were reclassified primarily because the values associated with the unobservable inputs, such as correlation, were no longer deemed significant to the fair value measurement of these derivative contracts due to market deterioration. Increased availability of transaction data, broker quotes and/or consensus pricing resulted in the reclassifications of certain tranche-indexed corporate credit default swaps. The Company reclassified approximately $0.4 billion of certain Derivatives and other contracts from Level 2 to Level 3 as certain inputsprincipal investments for which external prices became unobservable.observable.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-RecurringNon-recurring Basis.Certain of the Company’s assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.basis, primarily relating to loans, other investments, goodwill and intangible assets. The Company incurs impairment chargeslosses or gains for any writedownsadjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

 

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

 

For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Fair Value Control ProcessesProcesses..    The Company employs control processes to validate the fair value of its financial instruments, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to assure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable. These control processes include reviews of the pricing model’s theoretical soundness and appropriateness by Company personnel with relevant expertise who are independent from the trading desks. Additionally, groups independent from the trading divisions within the Financial Control Group, Market Risk Department and Credit Risk Management Department (“Credit Risk Management”) participate in the review and validation of the fair values generated from pricing models, as appropriate. Where a pricing model is used to determine fair value, recently executed comparable transactions and other observable market data are considered for purposes of validating assumptions underlying the model.

 

Consistent with market practice, the Company has individually negotiated agreements with certain counterparties to exchange collateral (“margining”) based on the level of fair values of the derivative contracts they have executed. Through this margining process, one party or each party to a derivative contract provides the other party with information about the fair value of the derivative contract to calculate the amount of collateral required. This sharing of fair value information provides additional support of the Company’s recorded fair value

69


for the relevant OTC derivative products. For certain OTC derivative products, the Company, along with other market participants, contributes derivative pricing information to aggregation services that synthesize the data and make it accessible to subscribers. This information is then used to evaluate the fair value of these OTC derivative products. For more information regarding the Company’s risk management practices, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

 

Goodwill.    The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all of the activities of a reporting unit, whether

77


acquired or organically grown,developed, are available to support the value of the goodwill. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the book value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below book value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. The estimated fair values of the reporting units are derived based on valuation techniques the Company believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair values are generally determined utilizing methodologies that incorporate price-to-book, price-to-earnings and assets under management multiples of certain comparable companies.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of June 1, 2009 and 2008, which did not result in any goodwill impairment. During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, the Company changed the date of its annual goodwill impairment testing to July 1 as a result of the Company’s change in its fiscal year-end from November 30 to December 31 of each year. The change to the annual goodwill impairment testing date was to move the impairment testing outside of the Company’s normal second quarter-end reporting process to a date in the third quarter, consistent with the testing date prior to the change in the fiscal year-end. The Company believes that the resulting change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date will not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment charge. Goodwill impairment tests performed as of July 1, 2009 concluded that no impairment charges were required as of that date. The Company determined that the change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date is preferable under the circumstances and did not result in adjustments to the Company’s consolidated financial statements when applied retrospectively.

 

Intangible AssetsAssets..    Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. For amortizable intangible assets, an impairment exists when the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss will be recognized only if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.

 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. For indefinite-lived intangible assets, an impairment exists when the carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

 

See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for intangible asset impairments recorded during 2009.2010.

 

For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

 

See Note 79 to the consolidated financial statements for further information on goodwill and intangible assets. In addition, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for information on the goodwill and intangible assets acquired on May 31, 2009 in connection with the consummation of the MSSB transaction and the goodwill and intangible assets acquired on July 31, 2009 in connection with the contribution of the managed futures business.

 

70


Legal, Regulatory and Tax Contingencies.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution.

Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the issuersentities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

 

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, including, among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

 

ReservesAccruals for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis and represent an estimatebasis. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of probable losses after considering, among other factors, the progress of each case, prior experienceconsolidated financial statements and the experienceCompany can reasonably estimate the amount of othersthat loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. In many proceedings, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. For certain legal proceedings, the Company can estimate possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in similar cases, andexcess of amounts accrued. For certain other legal proceedings, the opinions and viewsCompany cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings that are in their early stages of internal and external legal counsel. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, particularly in casesdevelopment or where claimantsplaintiffs seek substantial or indeterminate damagesdamages. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially

78


lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, and by addressing novel or where investigations andunsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty thequestion, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss ifor additional loss can be reasonably estimated for any related to such matters, how such matters will be resolved, when they will ultimately be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, might be.proceeding.

 

The Company is subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. The Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when in the future certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. The Company regularly assessesperiodically evaluates the likelihood of assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictionsjurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and unrecognized tax reservesbenefits are established as appropriate.

The Company establishes reservesa liability for unrecognized tax benefits related to potential losses that may arise out of litigation and regulatory proceedings to the extent that such losses are probable and can be estimated in accordance with the requirements for accounting for contingencies. The Company establishes reserves for potential losses that may arise out offrom tax audits in accordance with the guidance on accounting for income taxes.unrecognized tax benefits. Once established, reservesunrecognized tax benefits are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.

Significant judgment is required in making these estimates, and the actual cost of a legal claim, tax assessment or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded reserves,accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any.

See Notes 1113 and 2022 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on legal proceedings and tax examinations.

 

Special Purpose Entities and Variable Interest Entities.

 

The Company’s involvement with SPEsspecial purpose entities (“SPE”) consists primarily of the following:

 

Transferring financial assets into SPEs;

 

Acting as an underwriter of beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles;

 

Holding one or more classes of securities issued by, or making loans to or investments in, SPEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets;

 

71


Purchasing and selling (in both a market-making and a proprietary-trading capacity) securities issued by SPEs/variable interest entities (“VIE”), whether such vehicles are sponsored by the Company or not;

 

Entering into derivative transactions with SPEs (whether or not sponsored by the Company);

 

Providing warehouse financing to collateralized debt obligations and collateralized loan obligations;

 

Entering into derivative agreements with non-SPEs whose value is derived from securities issued by SPEs;

 

Servicing assets held by SPEs or holding servicing rights related to assets held by SPEs that are serviced by others under subservicing arrangements;

 

Serving as an asset manager to various investment funds that may invest in securities that are backed, in whole or in part, by SPEs; and

 

Structuring and/or investing in other structured transactions designed to provide enhanced, tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

 

The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and loans, municipal bonds and other types of financial instruments. The Company’s involvement with SPEs is discussed further in Note 67 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

79


In most cases, these SPEs are deemed for accounting purposes to be VIEs. UnlessThe Company applies accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a VIE was determinedcontrolling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to be a QSPE (seefinance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. Entities that previously met the criteria as qualifying SPEs that were not subject to consolidation prior to January 1, 2010 became subject to the consolidation requirements for VIEs on that date. Excluding entities subject to the Deferral (as defined in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements) under the accounting guidance, effective prior to January 1, 2010, the Company was required to perform an analysis of each VIE at the date upon which the Company became involved with it to determine whether the Company was the primary beneficiary of the VIE, in which case the Company had to consolidate the VIE. QSPEs were not consolidated under the accounting guidance effective prior to January 1, 2010. QSPEs are eliminated under the accounting guidance effective January 1, 2010.

In addition, the Company serves as an investment advisor to unconsolidated money market and other funds.

Under the accounting guidance effective prior to January 1, 2010, the Company was required to reassess whether it was the primary beneficiary of a VIE onlyis the party that both (1) has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and (2) has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary.

The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the occurrence of certain reconsideration events. Under accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2010, the Company is required to reassessVIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis and not onlyas long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the occurrence of certain events.

If the Company’s initial assessment resulted in a determination that it was not the primary beneficiary of a VIE, then under the accounting guidance effective prior to January 1, 2010, the Company reassessed this determination upon the occurrence of:

Changes to the VIE’s governing documents or contractual arrangements in a manner that reallocated the obligation to absorb the expected losses or the right to receive the expected residual returnsdesign of the VIE, between the primary beneficiary at that time and the other variable interest holders, including the Company.

AcquisitionVIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Company of additionaland by other parties and the variable interests in the VIE.

If the Company’s initial assessment resulted in a determination that it was the primary beneficiary, then under the accounting guidance effective prior to January 1, 2010, the Company reassessed this determination upon the occurrence of:

Changes to the VIE’s governing documents or contractual arrangements in a manner that reallocated the obligation to absorb the expected losses or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the VIE between the primary beneficiary at that time and the other variable interest holders.

72


A sale or dispositionowned by the Company of all or part of its variable interests in the VIE to parties unrelated to the Company.and other parties.

The issuance of new variable interests by the VIE to parties unrelated to the Company.

 

The determination of whether an SPE met the accounting requirements of a QSPE required significant judgment, particularly in evaluating whether the permitted activities of the SPE were significantly limited and in determining whether derivatives held by the SPE were passive and nonexcessive. In addition, the analysis involved in determining whether an entity is a VIE, and in determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE, requires significant judgment (see Notes 1 and 6See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements).

See “Accounting Developments—Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities and Consolidations of Variable Interest Entities” hereinstatements for information on accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2010 for transfers of financial assets.

 

73

80


Liquidity and Capital Resources.

 

The Company’s senior management establishes the liquidity and capital policies of the Company. Through various risk and control committees, the Company’s senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity and interest rate and currency sensitivity of the Company’s asset and liability position. The Company’s Treasury Department, Firm Risk Committee (“FRC”), Asset and Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) and other control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that the Company’s business activities have on its consolidated statements of financial condition, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board’s Risk Committee.

 

The Balance Sheet.

 

The Company actively monitors and evaluates the composition and size of its balance sheet. A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from Institutional Securities sales and trading activities.activities in the Institutional Securities business segment. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in managing the size of its balance sheet. The Company’s total assets increased to $807,698 million at December 31, 2010 from $771,462 million at December 31, 2009 from $676,764 million at December 31, 2008.

Cash used for operating activities2009. The increase in total assets was primarily relateddue to financial instruments owned—U.S. government and agency securities, securities borrowed, Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Cash provided by operating activities primarily related to securities loaned, securities sold under agreements to repurchasehigher interest bearing deposits with banks and financial instruments owned—derivative and other contracts.owned, partially offset by lower securities borrowed.

 

Within the sales and trading relatedThe Company’s assets and liabilities are primarily related to transactions attributable to sales and trading and securities financing activities. As ofAt December 31, 2010, securities financing assets and liabilities were $358 billion and $321 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2009, securities financing assets and liabilities were $376 billion and $316 billion, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, securities financing assets and liabilities were $269 billion and $236 billion, respectively. Securities financing transactions include repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loaned transactions, securities received as collateral and obligation to return securities received, customer receivables/payablesreceived. Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and related segregated customer cash.securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements). Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned were $177 billion at December 31, 2010 and averaged $211 billion during 2010, respectively. The period-end balance was lower than the annual average, primarily due to the seasonal maturity of client financing activity on December 31, 2010. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed were $287 billion at December 31, 2010 and averaged $306 billion during 2010, respectively.

 

Securities financing assets and liabilities also include matched book transactions with minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. Matched book transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions. The customer receivable portion of the securities financing transactions includes customer margin loans, collateralized by customer owned securities, and customer cash, which is segregated according to regulatory requirements. The customer payable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes customer payables to the Company’s prime brokerage clients. The Company’s risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit the Company’s credit exposure to customers. Included within securities financing assets waswere $17 billion and $14 billion and $5 billion as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, respectively, recorded in accordance with accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets that represented equal and offsetting assets and liabilities for fully collateralized non-cash loan transactions.

 

The Company uses the Tier 1 leverage ratio, risk basedrisk-based capital ratios (see “Regulatory Requirements” herein), Tier 1 common ratio and the balance sheet leverage ratio as indicators of capital adequacy when viewed in the context of the Company’s overall liquidity and capital policies. These ratios are commonly used measures to assess capital adequacy and frequently referred to by investors.

 

74

81


The following table sets forth the Company’s total assets and leverage ratios as ofat December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and average balances during 2009:2010:

 

   Balance at  Average
Balance(1)
 
   December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  2009 
   (dollars in millions, except ratio data) 

Total assets

  $771,462   $676,764   $741,546  
             

Common equity

  $37,091   $29,585   $34,068  

Preferred equity

   9,597    19,168    13,991  
             

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   46,688    48,753    48,059  

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

   10,594    10,312    10,576  
             

Subtotal

   57,282    59,065    58,635  

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

   (7,612  (2,978  (5,947
             

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

  $49,670   $56,087   $52,688  
             

Common equity

  $37,091   $29,585   $34,068  

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

   (7,612  (2,978  (5,947
             

Tangible common equity(3)

  $29,479   $26,607   $28,121  
             

Leverage ratio(4)

   15.5  12.1  14.1
             

Tier 1 common ratio(5)

   8.2  N/A    N/A  
             
   Balance at  Average Balance(1) 
   December 31,
2010
  December 31,
2009
  2010 
   (dollars in millions, except ratio data) 

Total assets

  $807,698  $771,462  $831,070 
             

Common equity(2)

  $47,614  $37,091  $42,399 

Preferred equity

   9,597   9,597   9,597 
             

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   57,211   46,688   51,996 

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

   4,817   10,594   8,346 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(3)

   (6,947  (7,612  (7,310
             

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

  $55,081  $49,670  $53,032 
             

Common equity(2)

  $47,614  $37,091  $42,399 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(3)

   (6,947  (7,612  (7,310
             

Tangible common equity(4)

  $40,667  $29,479  $35,089 
             

Leverage ratio(5)

   14.7x    15.5x    15.7x  
             

Tier 1 common ratio(6)

   10.5  8.2  N/M  
             

 

N/A—The Company began calculating its risk weighted assets under Basel I as of March 31, 2009.

N/M—Notmeaningful.
(1)The Company calculates its average balances based upon weekly amounts,balances, except where weekly balances are unavailable, the month-end balances are used.
(2)During 2010, the calculation of average Common equity was adjusted to reflect the common stock issuance corresponding to the redemption of the junior subordinated debentures underlying the CIC Equity Units. See “Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock” herein for further information.
(3)Goodwill and net intangible assets exclude mortgage servicing rights of $123 million (net of disallowable mortgage servicing rights in 2009)rights) of $141 million and $184$123 million as ofat December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and December 31, 2008, respectively. In 2009, amounts includedinclude only the Company’s share of MSSB’s goodwill and intangible assets.
(3)(4)Tangible common equity, a non-GAAP financial measure, equals common equity less goodwill and net intangible assets as defined above. The Company views tangible common equity as a useful measure to investors because it is a commonly utilized metric and reflects the common equity deployed in the Company’s businesses.
(4)(5)Leverage ratio, a non-GAAP financial measure, equals total assets divided by tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity. The Company views the leverage ratio as a useful measure for investors to assess capital adequacy.
(5)(6)The Tier 1 common ratio, a non-GAAP financial measure, equals Tier 1 common equity divided by RWAs.Risk Weighted Assets (“RWA”). The Company defines Tier 1 common equity as Tier 1 capital less qualifying perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and qualifyingother restricted core capital elements, adjusted for the portion of goodwill and non-servicing intangible assets associated with MSSB’s non-controllingnoncontrolling interests (i.e.i.e., Citi’s share of MSSB’s goodwill and intangibles). The Company views its definition of the Tier 1 common equity as a useful measure for investors as it reflects the actual ownership structure and economics of the joint venture.MSSB. This definition of Tier 1 common equity differs from the Tier 1 common capital measure that was used by the federal bank regulatory agenciesmay evolve in the Supervisory Capital Assessment Programfuture as regulatory rules may be implemented based on a final proposal regarding noncontrolling interest (also referred to as minority interest) as initially presented in December 2009 in the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision Consultative DocumentStrengthening the resilience of the banking sector (“SCAP”BCBS 164”) conducted during the period February through April 2009. In SCAP, Tier 1 common capital was defined as Tier 1 capital less non-common elements, including qualifying perpetual preferred stock, qualifying minority interest in subsidiaries, and qualifying trust preferred securities. Accordingly, the SCAP measure would not be adjusted for the $4.5 billion portion of goodwill and non-servicing intangible assets associated with MSSB’s non-controlling interests as though the Company had already acquired the remaining 49% interest in MSSB owned by Citi.. For a discussion of RWAs and Tier 1 capital, see “Regulatory Requirements” herein. The year-over-year increase in the Company’s Tier 1 Common ratio was primarily driven by net income and the issuance of approximately $5,579 million of common stock corresponding to the redemption of the junior subordinated debentures underlying the CIC Equity Units. Please see “Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock” herein for more information.

 

Balance Sheet and Funding Activity in 2009.2010.

 

During 2009,2010, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $44 billion, including non-U.S. dollar currency notes aggregating approximately $8$33 billion. In connection with the note issuances, the Company generally enters into certain transactions to obtain floating interest rates based primarily on short-term London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”)LIBOR trading levels. The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.65.2 years as ofat December 31, 2009.2010. Subsequent to December 31, 20092010 and through January 31, 2010,February 16, 2011, the Company’s long-term borrowings (net of repayments) decreasedincreased by approximately $0.6$5 billion.

 

75

82


As ofAt December 31, 2009,2010, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Company’s senior indebtedness (as defined in the Company’s senior debt indentures) was approximately $179$183 billion (including guaranteed obligations of the indebtedness of subsidiaries) compared with $172$179 billion as ofat December 31, 2008.2009. The increase in the amount of senior indebtedness was primarily due to new issuances of notes, net of repayments, and an increase in other short-term borrowings, partially offset by a decrease in commercial paper and other short-term borrowings.maturities.

 

Redemption of CIC Equity Capital-Related Transactions.Units and Issuance of Common Stock.

 

In June 2009,December 2007, the Company repurchasedsold Equity Units that included contracts to purchase Company common stock to a wholly owned subsidiary of CIC (the “CIC Entity”) for approximately $5,579 million. On July 1, 2010, Moody’s Investor Services announced that it was lowering the 10,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issuedequity credit assigned to the U.S. Treasury under the CPP at the liquidation preference amount plus accrued and unpaid dividends, for an aggregate repurchase price of $10,086 million.

In August 2009, under thesuch Equity Units. The terms of the CPP securities purchase agreement,Equity Units permitted the Company repurchasedto redeem the Warrant fromjunior subordinated debentures underlying the U.S. Treasury for $950 million.Equity Units upon the occurrence and continuation of such a change in equity credit (a “Rating Agency Event”). In response to this Rating Agency Event, the Company redeemed the junior subordinated debentures in August 2010 and the redemption proceeds were subsequently used by the CIC Entity to settle its obligation under the purchase contracts. The Warrant was previously issuedsettlement of the purchase contracts and delivery of 116,062,911 shares of Company common stock to the U.S. Treasury for the purchase of 65,245,759 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $22.99 per share. The repayment of the Series D Preferred StockCIC Entity occurred in the amount of $10.0 billion, completed in June 2009, and the Warrant repurchase in the amount of $950 million reduced the Company’s total equity by $10,950 million in 2009.

During 2009, the Company issued common stock for approximately $6.9 billion in two registered public offerings in May and June 2009. MUFG elected to participate in both offerings, and in one of the offerings, MUFG received $0.7 billion of common stock in exchange for 640,909 shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock.

See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of these transactions.August 2010.

 

Equity Capital Management Policies.

 

The Company’s senior management views equity capital as an important source of financial strength. The Company actively manages its consolidated equity capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract its equity capital base to address the changing needs of its businesses. The Company attempts to maintain total equity,capital, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of its operating subsidiaries’ equity.

 

As ofAt December 31, 2009, the Company’s equity capital (which includes shareholders’ equity and junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts) was $57,282 million, a decrease of $1,783 million from December 31, 2008, primarily due to the repayment of the Series D Preferred Stock and the Warrant repurchase, partially offset by the Company’s common stock offerings.

As of December 31, 2009,2010, the Company had approximately $1.6 billion remaining under its current share repurchase program out of the $6 billion authorized by the Board in December 2006. The share repurchase program is for capital management purposes and considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. During 2009,2010, the Company did not repurchase common stock as part of its capital management share repurchase program (see also “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” in Part II, Item 5).

 

The Board determines the declaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis. In January 2010,2011, the Company announced that its Board declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.05 (see Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements).$0.05. The Company also announced that itsthe Board declared a quarterly dividend of $255.56 per share of Series A Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.25556); a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock and a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series C Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock.

 

76


EconomicRequired Capital.

 

TheBeginning with the quarter ended June 30, 2010, the Company’s economic capital estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, estimatesan internal capital adequacy measure. This framework is a risk-based internal use of capital measure, which is compared with the Company’s regulatory Tier 1 capital to help ensure the Company maintains an amount of risk-based going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from extreme stress events at a point in time. The difference between the Company’s Tier 1 capital and aggregate Required Capital is the Company’s Parent capital. Average Tier 1 capital, Required Capital and Parent capital for 2010 was approximately $51.6 billion, $30.9 billion and $20.7 billion, respectively. The Company generally holds Parent capital for prospective regulatory requirements, including Basel III, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

83


Tier 1 capital and common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital requiredusage calculated by Required Capital. In principle, each business segment is capitalized as if it were an independent operating entity with limited diversification benefit between the business segments. Required Capital is assessed at each business segment and further attributed to supportproduct lines. This process is intended to align capital with the businesses overrisks in each business segment in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a wide range of market environments while simultaneously satisfying regulatory, rating agency and investor requirements.risk-adjusted basis. The Required Capital framework continued towill evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment, including Basel III, and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques.

Economic capital is assigned to each business segment and sub-allocated to product lines. Each business segment is capitalized as if it were an independent operating entity. This process is intended to align equity capital with the risks in each business in order to allow senior management to evaluate returnstechniques (see “Regulatory Requirements” herein for further information on a risk-adjusted basis (such as return on equity and shareholder value added)Basel III).

 

Economic capital is based on regulatory capital plus additional capital for stress losses. The Company assesses stress loss capital across various dimensions of market, credit, business and operational risks. Economic capital requirements are met by regulatory Tier 1 capital. For a further discussion of the Company’s Tier 1 capital, see “Regulatory Requirements” herein. The difference between the Company’s Tier 1 capital and aggregate economic capital requirements denotes the Company’s unallocated capital position.

 

The Company uses economic capital to allocate Tier 1 capital and common equity to its business segments. The following table presents the Company’s allocatedand business segments’ average Tier 1 capital and average common equity for 2009 and fiscal 2008:2010.

 

   2009  Fiscal 2008
   Average
Tier 1
Capital
  Average
Common
Equity
  Average
Tier 1
Capital
  Average
Common
Equity
   (dollars in billions)

Institutional Securities

  $23.6  $18.1  $25.8  $22.9

Global Wealth Management Group

   2.7   4.6   1.7   1.5

Asset Management

   2.5   2.2   3.0   3.0

Unallocated capital

   18.3   8.1   6.6   4.9
                

Total from continuing operations

   47.1   33.0   37.1   32.3

Discontinued operations

   0.7   1.1   0.8   1.3
                

Total

  $47.8  $34.1  $37.9  $33.6
                

Average Tier 1 capital and common equity allocated to the Institutional Securities business segment decreased compared with fiscal 2008 driven by reductions in market and operational risk exposures. In addition, common equity allocated to the Institutional Securities business segment further decreased due to tightening of the Company’s own credit spreads. Average Tier 1 capital and common equity allocated to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment increased from fiscal 2008 driven by higher operational risk associated with the addition of Smith Barney’s business activities in connection with the MSSB transaction. Average common equity increases were also driven by the MSSB-related goodwill and intangibles. Average Tier 1 capital and common equity allocated to Asset Management decreased from fiscal 2008, primarily due to sales of the segment’s investments.

The Company generally uses available unallocated capital for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs while maintaining adequate capital ratios. For a discussion of risk-based capital ratios, see “Regulatory Requirements” herein.

Liquidity and Funding Management Policies.

The primary goal of the Company’s liquidity management and funding activities is to ensure adequate funding over a wide range of market environments. Given the mix of the Company’s business activities, funding requirements are fulfilled through a diversified range of secured and unsecured financing.

   2010 
   Average
Tier 1
Capital(1)
   Average
Common
Equity(1)
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Institutional Securities

  $26.0   $17.7 

Global Wealth Management Group

   2.9    6.8 

Asset Management

   1.9    2.1 

Parent capital

   20.7    15.5 
          

Total from continuing operations

   51.5    42.1 

Discontinued operations

   0.1    0.3 
          

Total

  $51.6   $42.4 
          

 

(1)
77The computation of Average common equity and Tier 1 capital is determined using the Company’s Required Capital Framework. Business segment capital prior to 2010 was computed under a previous framework and has not been restated under the Required Capital Framework. As a result, the business segment Tier 1 Capital and average common equity prior to 2010 is not directly comparable. The Required Capital framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques.


The Company’s liquidity and funding risk management policies are designed to mitigate the potential risk that the Company may be unable to access adequate financing to service its financial obligations without material franchise or business impact. The key objectives of the liquidity and funding risk management framework are to support the successful execution of the Company’s business strategies while ensuring sufficient liquidity through the business cycle and during periods of stressed market conditions.

Liquidity Management Policies.

The principal elements of the Company’s liquidity management framework are the Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”) and liquidity reserves. Comprehensive financing guidelines (secured funding, long-term funding strategy, surplus capacity, diversification and staggered maturities) support the Company’s target liquidity profile.

Contingency Funding Plan.    The CFP is the Company’s primary liquidity risk management tool. The CFP models a potential, prolonged liquidity contraction over a one-year time period and sets forth a course of action to effectively manage a liquidity event. The CFP and liquidity risk exposures are evaluated on an ongoing basis and reported to the FRC, ALCO and other appropriate risk committees.

The Company’s CFP model incorporates scenarios with a wide range of potential cash outflows during a range of liquidity stress events, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within one year and no incremental unsecured debt issuance; (ii) maturity roll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance and replacement with cash collateral; (iii) return of unsecured securities borrowed and any cash raised against these securities; (iv) additional collateral that would be required by counterparties in the event of a multi-notch long-term credit ratings downgrade; (v) higher haircuts on or lower availability of secured funding; (vi) client cash withdrawals; (vii) drawdowns on unfunded commitments provided to third parties; and (viii) discretionary unsecured debt buybacks.

The CFP is produced on a parent and major subsidiary level to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability at various legal entities. The CFP assumes that the parent company does not have access to cash that may be held at certain subsidiaries due to regulatory, legal or tax constraints.

Liquidity Reserves.    The Company seeks to maintain target liquidity reserves that are sized to cover daily funding needs and meet strategic liquidity targets as outlined in the CFP. These liquidity reserves are held in the form of cash deposits and pools of central bank eligible unencumbered securities. The parent company liquidity reserve is managed globally and consists of overnight cash deposits and unencumbered U.S. and European government bonds, agencies and agency pass-throughs. The Company believes that diversifying the form in which its liquidity reserves (cash and securities) are maintained enhances its ability to quickly and efficiently source funding in a stressed environment. The Company’s funding requirements and target liquidity reserves may vary based on changes to the level and composition of its balance sheet, timing of specific transactions, client financing activity, market conditions and seasonal factors.

On December 31, 2009, the parent liquidity reserve was $64 billion, and the total Company liquidity reserve was $163 billion. The average parent liquidity reserve was $61 billion, and the average total Company liquidity reserve was $154 billion for 2009.

 

Capital Covenants.

 

In October 2006 and April 2007, the Company executed replacement capital covenants in connection with offerings by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (the “Capital Securities”)., which become effective after the scheduled redemption date in 2046. Under the terms of the replacement capital covenants, the Company has agreed, for the benefit of certain specified holders of debt, to limitations on its ability to redeem or repurchase any of the Capital Securities for specified periods of time. For a complete description of the Capital Securities and the terms of the replacement capital covenants, see the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006 and April 26, 2007.

 

Liquidity and Funding Management Policies.

The primary goal of the Company’s liquidity management and funding activities is to ensure adequate funding over a wide range of market conditions. Given the mix of the Company’s business activities, funding requirements are fulfilled through a diversified range of secured and unsecured financing.

The Company’s liquidity and funding risk management framework, including policies and governance structure, helps mitigate the potential risk that the Company may not have access to adequate financing. The framework is designed to help ensure that the Company fulfills its financial obligations and to support the execution of the

84


Company’s business strategies. The principal elements of the Company’s liquidity and funding risk management framework are the Contingency Funding Plan and the Global Liquidity Reserve that support the target liquidity profile (see “Contingency Funding Plan” and “Global Liquidity Reserve” herein).

Contingency Funding Plan.

The Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”) is the Company’s primary liquidity and funding risk management tool. The CFP outlines the Company’s response to liquidity stress in the markets and incorporates stress testing to identify potential liquidity risk. Liquidity stress tests model multiple scenarios related to idiosyncratic, systemic or a combination of both types of events across various time horizons. Based on the results of stress testing, the CFP sets forth a course of action to effectively manage through a stressed liquidity event.

The Company’s CFP incorporates a number of assumptions, including, but not limited to, the following:

No government support;

No access to unsecured debt markets;

Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within one year;

Higher haircuts and significantly lower availability of secured funding;

Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties and certain exchanges and clearing organizations related to multi-notch credit rating downgrades;

Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;

Drawdowns on unfunded commitments provided to third parties;

Client cash withdrawals;

Limited access to the foreign exchange swap markets;

Return of securities borrowed on an uncollateralized basis; and

Maturity roll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance.

The CFP is produced at the Parent and major operating subsidiary levels, as well as at major currency levels, to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability across the Company. The CFP assumes the subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent company. The CFP also assumes that the Parent will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to their liquidity reserves due to regulatory, legal or tax constraints.

At December 31, 2010, the Company maintained sufficient liquidity to meet funding and contingent obligations as modeled in its liquidity stress tests.

Global Liquidity Reserve.

The Company maintains sufficient liquidity reserves (“Global Liquidity Reserve”) to cover daily funding needs and meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the CFP. The Global Liquidity Reserve is held within the Parent company and major operating subsidiaries. It is comprised of cash and cash equivalents, securities that have been reversed or borrowed by the Company primarily on an overnight basis (predominantly consisting of U.S. and European government bonds and U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities) and pools of Federal Reserve-eligible (eligible to be pledged to the Federal Reserve’s Discount Window) securities (see table below). The assets that make up the Global Liquidity Reserve are all unencumbered and are not pledged as collateral on either a mandatory or a voluntary basis. They do not include other unencumbered assets that are available to the Company for additional monetization.

85


Global Liquidity Reserve by Type of Investment

The table below summarizes the Company’s Global Liquidity Reserve by type of investment:

   At December 31,
2010
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $42 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell/Securities borrowed

   88 

Federal Reserve-eligible securities

   41 
     

Global Liquidity Reserve

  $171 
     

The vast majority of the assets held in the Global Liquidity Reserve can be monetized on a next-day basis in a stressed environment given the highly liquid and diversified nature of the reserves. The remainder of the assets can be monetized within two to five business days.

The currency composition of the Global Liquidity Reserve is consistent with the CFP on a currency level. The Company’s funding requirements and target liquidity reserves may vary based on changes to the level and composition of its balance sheet, subsidiary funding needs, timing of specific transactions, client financing activity, market conditions and seasonal factors.

Global Liquidity Reserve Held by the Parent and Subsidiaries

The table below summarizes the Global Liquidity Reserve held by the Parent and subsidiaries:

   At
December  31,
2010
   At
December  31,
2009
   Average Balance(1) 
         2010         2009   ��
   (dollars in billions) 

Parent

  $68   $64   $65   $61 

Non-bank subsidiaries

   35    40    31    35 

Bank subsidiaries

   68    59    63    58 
                    

Total

  $171   $163   $159   $154 
                    

(1)
78The Company calculates the average global liquidity reserve based upon weekly amounts.


The Company is exposed to intra-day settlement risk in connection with liquidity provided to its major broker-dealer subsidiaries for intra-day clearing and settlement of its securities and financing activity.

Funding Management Policies.

 

The Company’s funding management policies are designed to provide for financings that are executed in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to the Company’s operations. The Company pursues a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, by investor and by region) and attempts to ensure that the tenor of the Company’s liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Maturities of financings are designed to manage exposure to refinancing risk in any one period.

 

The Company funds its balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include the Company’s equity capital, long-term debt, repurchase agreements, securities lending, deposits, commercial paper, letters of credit and lines of credit. The Company has active financing programs for both standard and structured products in the U.S., European and Asian markets, targeting global investors and currencies such as the U.S. dollar, euro, British pound, Australian dollar and Japanese yen.

 

Secured Financing.  A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term collateralized receivables arising principally from its Institutional Securities sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in financing these assets with collateralized borrowings.

 

86


The Company’s goal is to achieve an optimal mix of secured and unsecured funding through appropriate use of collateralized borrowings.while ensuring continued growth in stable funding sources. The Institutional Securities business segment emphasizes the use of collateralized short-term borrowings to limit the growth of short-term unsecured funding, which is generally more subject to disruption during periods of financial stress. As part ofThe ability to fund less liquid assets on a secured basis may be impaired in a stress environment. To manage this effort,risk, the Institutional Securities business segment continually seeks to expand its globalCompany obtains longer-term secured borrowing capacity.

financing for less liquid assets and has minimal reliance on overnight financing. In addition, the Company through severalholds a portion of its subsidiaries, maintains committed credit facilitiesGlobal Liquidity Reserve against a potential disruption to support various businesses, includingits secured financing capabilities. This potential disruption may be in the collateralized commercial and residential mortgage whole loan, derivative contracts, warehouse lending, emerging market loan, structured product, corporate loan, investment banking and prime brokerage businesses.

form of additional margin or reduced capacity to refinance maturing trades. The Company also hadcontinues to extend the abilitytenor of secured financing for less liquid collateral and seeks to access liquidity frombuild a sufficient buffer to offset the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Fed”) against collateral through a number of lending facilities. The Primary Dealer Credit Facility (“PDCF”) and the Primary Credit Facility were available to provide daily access to funding for primary dealers and depository institutions, respectively. The Term Securities Lending Facility (“TSLF”) and the Term Auction Facility were available to primary dealers and depository institutions, respectively, and allowed for the borrowing of longer term funding on a regular basis that was available at auction on pre-announced dates. The PDCF and TSLF expired on February 1, 2010.risks discussed above.

 

Unsecured Financing.    The Company views long-term debt and deposits as stable sources of funding for core inventories and illiquidless liquid assets. Securities inventories not financed by secured funding sources and the majority of current assets are financed with a combination of short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate and deposits. The Company uses derivative products (primarily interest rate, currency and equity swaps) to assist in asset and liability management and to hedge interest rate risk (see Note 1112 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”).In October 2008, the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury invoked the systemic risk exception of the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991, and the FDIC announced the TLGP.

Based on the Final Rule adopted on November 21, 2008, the TLGP provides a guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, of certain senior unsecured debt issued by participating Eligible Entities (including the Company) between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009. Effective March 23, 2009, the FDIC adopted an Interim Rule that extends the expiration of the FDIC guarantee on debt issued by certain issuers (including the Company) on or after April 1, 2009 toAt December 31, 2012. The maximum amount of FDIC-guaranteed debt a participating

79


Eligible Entity (including the Company) may have outstanding is 125% of the entity’s senior unsecured debt that was outstanding as of September 30, 2008 that was scheduled to mature on or before June 30, 2009. The ability of certain Eligible Entities (including the Company) to issue guaranteed debt under this program, under the Interim Rule described above, expired on October 31, 2009.

At2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had $21.3 billion and $23.8 billion, respectively, of senior unsecured debt outstanding under the TLGP. At December 31, 2008, the Company had commercial paper and long-term debt outstanding of $6.4 billion and $9.8 billion, respectively, under the TLGP. The weighted average rate at which the Company issued commercial paper and long-term debt, including TLGP fees, under the TLGP as of December 31, 2008 was 2.28% and 3.70%, respectively. The weighted average rate at which the Company issued long-term debt under TLGP in the first quarter of 2009, including TLGP fees was 2.80%. The Company did not issue any commercial paper under the program in the first quarter of 2009. The Company is unable to determine the benefit to operating results, if any, of issuing debt under the TLGP as there are no appropriate benchmarks due to the disruption in the debt capital markets at that time. There have been no issuances under the TLGP since March 31, 2009. See Note 911 to the consolidated financial statements for further information on commercial paper and long-term borrowings.

 

Short-Term Borrowings.    The Company’s unsecured short-term borrowings may consist of commercial paper, bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with maturities of 12 months or less at issuance.

 

The table below summarizes the Company’s short-term unsecured borrowings:

 

   At
December 31,

2009
  At
December 31,

2008
   (dollars in millions)

Commercial paper

  $783  $7,388

Other short-term borrowings

   1,595   2,714
        

Total

  $2,378  $10,102
        

Commercial Paper Funding Facility.    During 2009, the Company had the ability to access the Commercial Paper Funding Facility (“CPFF”) which provided a liquidity backstop to U.S. issuers of commercial paper through a special purpose vehicle that purchased three-month unsecured and asset-backed commercial paper directly from eligible issuers. The CPFF program expired on February 1, 2010. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had no commercial paper outstanding under the CPFF program. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $4.3 billion outstanding under the CPFF program.

   At
December  31,
2010
   At
December  31,
2009
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Commercial paper

  $945   $783 

Other short-term borrowings

   2,311    1,595 
          

Total

  $3,256   $2,378 
          

 

Deposits.    The Company’s bank subsidiaries’ funding sources include bank deposit sweeps,deposits, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, certificates of deposit, money market deposit accounts, commercial paper and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.

 

Deposits were as follows:

 

  At
December 31,

2009(1)
  At
December 31,

2008(1)
  At
December  31,
2010(1)
   At
December  31,
2009(1)
 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Savings and demand deposits

  $57,114  $41,226  $59,856   $57,114 

Time deposits(2)

   5,101   10,129   3,956    5,101 
              

Total

  $62,215  $51,355  $63,812   $62,215 
              

87


 

(1)Total deposits insured by the FDIC at December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 20082009 were $46$48 billion and $47$46 billion, respectively.
(2)Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

80


On November 12, 2009,With the FDIC Boardpassage of Directors adopted a final rule amending the assessment regulations to require insured depository institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly regular risk-based assessments forDodd-Frank Act, the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012 (the prepayment period) on December 30, 2009, at the same time that institutions pay their regular quarterlystatutory standard maximum deposit insurance assessments for the third quarter of 2009. The prepaid assessment is recorded as a prepaid expense (asset) as of December 30, 2009. As of December 31, 2009, and each quarter thereafter, the Company will record an expense (charge to earnings) for its regular quarterly assessment for the quarter and an offsetting credit to the prepaid assessment until the asset is exhausted.

On October 3, 2008, under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the FDIC temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000amount was permanently increased to $250,000 per depositor. This increased coverage lasts through December 31, 2013depositor and is in effect for the Company’s tworelevant U.S. depository institutions.subsidiary banks.

 

Additionally, underOn November 9, 2010, the FDIC issued a Final Rule extendingimplementing Section 343 of the Transaction Account Guarantee Program, the FDICDodd-Frank Act that provides for unlimited deposit insurance coverage of non-interest bearing transaction accounts. Beginning December 31, 2010 through June 30, 2010 for certainDecember 31, 2012, all non-interest bearing transaction accounts at FDIC-insured participating institutions. The Company has elected for its FDIC-insured subsidiaries to participate in the extensionare fully insured, regardless of the Transaction Account Guarantee Program.balance of the account, at all FDIC-insured institutions, including the Company’s FDIC-insured subsidiaries. This unlimited insurance coverage is available to all depositors and is separate from, and in addition to, the insurance coverage provided to a depositor’s other deposit accounts held at an FDIC-insured institution. Money Market Deposit Accounts (“MMDA”) and Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts are not eligible for this unlimited insurance coverage, regardless of the interest rate, even if no interest is paid on the account.

 

Long-Term Borrowings.    The Company uses a variety of long-term debt funding sources to generate liquidity, taking CFP requirements into consideration the results of the CFP requirements.consideration. In addition, the issuance of long-term debt allows the Company to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments (e.g.e.g., commercial paper and other unsecured short-term borrowings). Financing transactionsLong-term borrowings are generally structured to ensure staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients. Availability and cost of financing to the Company can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, the Company’s credit ratings and the overall availability of credit.

During 2009,2010, the Company’s long-term financing strategy was driven, in part, by its continued focus on improving its balance sheet strength (evaluated through enhanced capital and liquidity positions). As a result, for 2009,Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $44 billion of unsecured debt was issued, including $30 billion of publicly issued senior unsecured notes not guaranteed by the FDIC.$33 billion.

 

The Company may from time to time engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt repurchases) that it believes are in the best interests of the Company and its investors. Maturities and debt repurchases during 2009 wereDuring 2010, approximately $33$34 billion in aggregate.aggregate long-term borrowings matured.

 

Long-term borrowings as ofat December 31, 20092010 consisted of the following (dollars in millions):following:

 

  U.S. Dollar  Non-U.S.
Dollar
  At
December 31,
2009
  Parent   Subsidiaries   Total 

Due in 2010

  $19,973  $6,115  $26,088
  

(dollars in millions)

 

Due in 2011

   17,386   9,424   26,810  $24,953   $1,958   $26,911 

Due in 2012

   21,815   16,224   38,039   37,175    690    37,865 

Due in 2013

   3,378   21,642   25,020   24,721    757    25,478 

Due in 2014

   10,657   6,209   16,866   16,704    999    17,703 

Due in 2015

   17,197    3,829    21,026 

Thereafter

   39,181   21,370   60,551   62,218    1,256    63,474 
                     

Total

  $112,390  $80,984  $193,374  $182,968   $9,489   $192,457 
                     

 

See Note 911 to the consolidated financial statements for further information on long-term borrowings.

 

Credit Ratings.

 

The Company relies on external sources to finance a significant portion of its day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of financing generally are dependent onis impacted by the Company’s short-term and long-term credit ratings. In

81


addition, the Company’s debtcredit ratings can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is critical, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. Factors that are important to the determination of the Company’s credit ratings include the level and quality of earnings, capital adequacy, liquidity, risk appetite and management, asset quality, business mix and perceived levels of government support.

88


The rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of uplift from perceived government support in the credit ratings of systemically important banks, including the credit ratings of the Company. The U.S. financial reform legislation has rating agencies reviewing their methodologies and may be seen as limiting the possibility of extraordinary government support for the financial system in any future financial crises. This may lead to reduced uplift assumptions for U.S. banks and thereby place downward pressure on credit ratings. At the same time, the U.S. financial reform legislation also has credit ratings positive features such as higher standards for capital and liquidity levels. The net result on credit ratings and the timing of any rating agency actions is currently uncertain (see “Other Matters—Regulatory Outlook” herein).

 

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade. As ofAt December 31, 2009,2010, the amount of additional collateral or termination payments that could be called by counterparties under the terms of such agreements in the event of a one-notch downgrade of the Company’s long-term credit rating was approximately $1,405$1,516 million. A total of approximately $2,523$3,701 million in collateral or termination payments could be called in the event of a two-notch downgrade. A total of approximately $3,417 million in

Also, the Company is required to pledge additional collateral or termination payments could be calledto certain exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a three-notchcredit rating downgrade. At December 31, 2010, the increased collateral requirement at certain exchanges and clearing organizations was $173 million in the event of a one-notch downgrade of the Company’s long-term credit rating. A total of $1,446 million of collateral is required in the event of a two-notch downgrade.

 

AsThe liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is accounted for in the Company’s CFP.

At January 31, 2010,2011, the Company’s and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.’s senior unsecured ratings were as set forth below:

 

  Company Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
  Short-Term
Debt
 Long-Term
Debt
 Rating
Outlook
 Short-Term
Debt
 Long-Term
Debt
 Rating
Outlook

Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited

 R-1 (middle) A (high) Negative —   —   —  

Fitch Ratings

 F1 A Stable F1 A+A Stable

Moody’s Investors Service

 P-1 A2 Negative P-1 A1 Negative

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

 a-1 A+ Negative —   —   —  

Standard & Poor’s

 A-1 A Negative A-1 A+ Negative

 

In September 2010, Fitch Ratings downgraded Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.’s rating to “A,” and this downgrade had no impact on the operations of Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. or the Company as a whole. As the rating outlook of Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. is Stable, the Company does not expect this downgrade to have any future impact on operations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements with Unconsolidated Entities.

 

The Company enters into various arrangements with unconsolidated entities, including variable interest entities, primarily in connection with its Institutional Securities business segment.

 

Institutional Securities ActivitiesActivities..    The Company utilizes SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and loans, municipal bonds and other types of financial assets. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the consolidated statements of financial

89


condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Retained interests in securitized financial assets were approximately $2.0$5.4 billion and $1.2$2.0 billion at December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, respectively, substantially all of which were related to U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, commercial mortgage loan and residential mortgage loan securitization transactions. For further information about the Company’s securitization activities, see Notes 2 and 67 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Company has entered into liquidity facilities with SPEs and other counterparties, whereby the Company is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. The Company often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities (see Note 1113 to the consolidated financial statements).

Asset Management Activities.    As a general partner in certain private equity and real estate partnerships, the Company receives distributions from the partnerships according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Company may, from time to time, be required to return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations.

 

Guarantees.    Accounting guidance for guarantees requires the Company to disclose information about its obligations under certain guarantee arrangements. The FASB defines guarantees as contracts and indemnification agreements that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in

82


an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, a security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. The FASB also defines guarantees as contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

 

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements as ofat December 31, 2009:2010:

 

Type of Guarantee

 Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
Years to Maturity   
 Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
 
 Years to Maturity   

Type of Guarantee

Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total 
 (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions) 
 $261,354 $768,194 $850,116 $567,361 $2,447,025  $306,459  $848,018  $671,941  $467,833  $2,294,251  $25,232  $    —    

Other credit contracts

  —    51  24  1,089  1,164  1,118    —    61   1,416   822   3,856   6,155   (1,198  —    

Credit-linked notes

  160  74  337  668  1,239  (335  —  

Non-credit derivative contracts(1)(2)

  637,688  340,280  142,700  232,210  1,352,878  70,314    —    681,836   461,082   205,306   258,534   1,606,758   72,001   —    

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(3)(4)

  982  3,134  1,126  4,886  10,128  976    5,324  1,085   2,132   354   5,633   9,204   27   5,616 

Market value guarantees

  —    —    —    775  775  45    126  —      —      180   644   824   44   116 

Liquidity facilities

  4,402  —    307  143  4,852  24    6,264  4,884   338   187   71   5,480   —      6,857 

Whole loan sales guarantees

  —    —    —    42,380  42,380  81    —    —      —      —      24,777   24,777   55   —    

Securitization representations and warranties

  —      —      —      94,314    94,314    25   —    

General partner guarantees

  195  55  101  131  482  95    —    189   28   56   249   522   69   —    

 

(1)Carrying amountsamount of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 1012 to the consolidated financial statements.
(2)Amounts include a guarantee to investors in undivided participating interests in claims the Company made against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. To the extent, in the future, any portion of the claims is disallowed or reduced by the bankruptcy court in excess of a certain amount, then the Company must refund a portion of the purchase price plus interest. For further information, see Note 1618 to the consolidated financial statements.
(3)Approximately $2.0$2.2 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments” table in primary and secondary lending commitments. Standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

90


(4)Amounts include guarantees issued by consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company of approximately $2.0 billion.$465 million. These guarantees relate to obligations of the fund’s investee entities, including guarantees related to capital expenditures and principal and interest debt payments. Accrued losses under these guarantees of approximately $1.1 billion$161 million are reflected as a reduction of the carrying value of the related fund investments, which are reflected in Financial instruments owned—investmentsInvestments on the consolidated statement of financial condition.

83


The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements as of December 31, 2008:

Type of Guarantee

 Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
 Years to Maturity    
 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total  
  (dollars in millions)

Credit derivative contracts(1)

 $225,742 $778,266 $1,593,218 $989,207 $3,586,433 $427,338   $    —  

Other credit contracts

  53  43  188  3,014  3,298  3,379    —  

Credit-linked notes

  207  486  326  640  1,659  (242  —  

Non-credit derivative contracts(1)

  684,432  385,734  195,419  274,652  1,540,237  145,609    —  

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued

  779  1,964  1,817  4,418  8,978  78    4,787

Market value guarantees

  —    —    —    645  645  36    134

Liquidity facilities

  3,152  698  188  376  4,414  25    3,741

Whole loan sales guarantees

  —    —    —    42,045  42,045  —      —  

General partner guarantees

  54  198  33  150  435  29    —  

Auction rate security guarantees

  1,747  —    —    —    1,747  40    —  

(1)Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

See Note 1113 to the consolidated financial statements for information on trust preferred securities, indemnities, exchange/clearinghouse member guarantees, general partner guarantees, securitized assetother guarantees and other guarantees.indemnities.

 

84


Commitments and Contractual Obligations.

 

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and margin lending as ofat December 31, 20092010 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

  Years to Maturity   Total at
December 31,
2010
 
 Years to Maturity Total at
December 31,
2009
  
 Less
than 1
 1-3 3-5 Over 5   Less
than 1
   1-3   3-5   Over 5   
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

 $1,043 $1 $1 $52 $1,097  $1,701   $8   $11   $1   $1,721 

Investment activities

  1,013  883  199  83  2,178   1,146    587    103    78    1,914 

Primary lending commitments—investment grade(1)(2)

  10,146  26,378  4,033  154  40,711   8,104    28,291    7,885    219    44,499 

Primary lending commitments—non-investment grade(1)

  344  4,193  2,515  124  7,176   990    5,448    5,361    2,134    13,933 

Secondary lending commitments(1)

  18  107  121  97  343   39    116    173    39    367 

Commitments for secured lending transactions

  683  1,415  114  —    2,212   346    621    2    —       969 

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3)

  30,104  101  —    —    30,205   53,037    —       —       —       53,037 

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1)

  1,485  —    —    —    1,485

Other commitments(4)

  289  1  150  —    440

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments

   1,131    10    68    634    1,843 

Underwriting commitments

   128    —       —       —       128 

Other commitments

   198    62    3    —       263 
                              

Total

 $45,125 $33,079 $7,133 $510 $85,847  $66,820   $35,143   $13,606   $3,105   $118,674 
                              

 

(1)These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements).
(2)This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $276$275 million as ofat December 31, 2009,2010, of which $268$138 million have maturities of less than one year and $8$137 million of which have maturities of one to three years.
(3)The Company enters into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date as ofat or prior to December 31, 20092010 and settle subsequent to period-end). that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days and as ofat December 31, 2009, $26.62010, $45.2 billion of the $30.2$53.0 billion settled within three business days.
(4)Amount includes a $200 million lending facility to a real estate fund sponsored by the Company.

 

91


For further description of these commitments, see Note 1113 to the consolidated financial statements and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A.7A herein.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various contractual obligations that may require future cash payments. Contractual obligations include long-term borrowings, other secured financings, contractual interest payments, contractual payments on time deposits, operating leases, purchase obligations and purchase obligations.expected contributions for pension and postretirement plans. The Company’s future cash payments associated with certain of its obligations as ofat December 31, 20092010 are summarized below:

 

At December 31, 2009

  Payments Due in:
   2010  2011-2012  2013-2014  Thereafter  Total
   (dollars in millions)

Long-term borrowings(1)

  $26,088  $64,849  $41,886  $60,551  $193,374

Contractual interest payments(2)

   6,344   10,071   7,279   18,015   41,709

Operating leases—office facilities(3)

   683   1,242   906   2,701   5,532

Operating leases—equipment(3)

   514   279   109   136   1,038

Purchase obligations(4)

   408   271   119   98   896

Pension and postretirement plans—expected contribution(5)

   275   —     —     —     275
                    

Total(6)

  $34,312  $76,712  $50,299  $81,501  $242,824
                    
   Payments Due in: 

At December 31, 2010

  2011   2012-2013   2014-2015   Thereafter   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Long-term borrowings(1)

  $26,911   $63,343   $38,729   $63,474   $192,457 

Other secured financings(1)

   3,207     634     591     2,966     7,398  

Contractual interest payments(2)

   6,305    10,388    7,852    23,346    47,891 

Contractual payments on time deposits(3)

   1,909    1,960    185    —       4,054 

Operating leases—office facilities(4)

   680    1,274    925    2,431    5,310 

Operating leases—equipment(4)

   313    313    152    203    981 

Purchase obligations(5)

   862    569    325    131    1,887 

Pension and postretirement plans—expected contribution(6)

   50    —       —       —       50 
                         

Total(7)

  $40,237   $78,481   $48,759   $92,551   $260,028 
                         

 

(1)See Note 911 to the consolidated financial statements. Amounts presented for Other secured financings are financings with original maturities greater than one year.

85


(2)Amounts represent estimated future contractual interest payments related to unsecured long-term borrowings and secured long-term financings based on applicable interest rates as ofat December 31, 2009. Includes2010. Amounts include stated coupon rates, if any, on structured or index-linked notes.
(3)Amounts represent contractual principal and interest payments related to time deposits primarily held at the Company’s Subsidiary Banks.
(4)See Note 1113 to the consolidated financial statements.
(4)(5)Purchase obligations for goods and services include payments for, among other things, consulting, outsourcing, advertising, sponsorship, computer and telecommunications maintenance agreements, and certain license agreements related to MSSB.MSSB, and certain transmission, transportation and storage contracts related to the commodities business. Purchase obligations as ofat December 31, 20092010 reflect the minimum contractual obligation under legally enforceable contracts with contract terms that are both fixed and determinable. These amounts exclude obligations for goods and services that already have been incurred and are reflected on the Company’s consolidated statementstatements of financial condition.
(5)(6)See Note 1921 to the consolidated financial statements.
(6)(7)Amounts exclude unrecognized tax benefits, as the timing and amount of future cash payments are not determinable at this time (see Note 2022 to the consolidated financial statements for further information).

 

Regulatory Requirements.

 

In September 2008, theThe Company becameis a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Fed.Federal Reserve. The FedFederal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency establishes similar capital requirements (seeand standards for the Company’s national bank subsidiaries. See “Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company” in Part I, Item 1). The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency1 and the Office of Thrift Supervision establish similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s national banks and federal savings bank, respectively.“Other Matters—Regulatory Outlook” herein.

 

The Company calculates its capital ratios and RWAs in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Fed.Federal Reserve. These standards are based upon a framework described in the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators published a final U.S. implementing regulation incorporating the Basel II Accord, thatwhich requires internationally active banking organizations, as well as certain of itstheir U.S. bank subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the next several years. The timeline set out in December 2007 for the implementation of Basel II in the U.S. may be

92


impacted by the developments concerning Basel III described below. Starting July 2010, the Company has been reporting on a parallel basis under the current regulatory capital regime (Basel I) and Basel II. During the parallel run period, the Company continues to be subject to Basel I but simultaneously calculates its risks under Basel II. The Company reports the capital ratios under both of these standards to the regulators. There will be at least four quarters of parallel reporting before the Company enters the three-year transitional period to implement Basel II standards. Under provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act, the generally applicable capital standards, which are currently based on Basel I standards, but may themselves change over time, would serve as a permanent floor to minimum capital requirements calculated under the Basel II standards the Company is currently required to implement, these as well as future capital standards.

Basel IIIII contains new capital standards that raise the quality of capital, strengthen counterparty credit risk capital requirements and introduces a leverage ratio as a resultsupplemental measure to the risk-based ratio. Basel III also includes a new capital conservation buffer, which imposes a common equity requirement above the new minimum that can be depleted under stress, subject to restrictions on capital distributions, and a new countercyclical buffer, which regulators can activate during periods of becoming a financial holding company.excessive credit growth in their jurisdiction. The Basel III proposals complement an earlier proposal for revisions to Market Risk Framework that increases capital requirements for securitizations within the trading book. The U.S. regulators will require implementation of Basel III subject to an extended phase-in period.

 

AsUnder the Basel Committee’s proposed framework, based on a preliminary analysis of the guidelines published to date, the Company estimates its RWAs at December 31, 2009,2010 could increase by approximately $240 billion, partially offset by a decrease of approximately $100 billion related to runoff and mitigation opportunities by the end of 2012. The net increase in RWAs is estimated to be $140 billion, or approximately 43%, primarily driven by higher market risk for securitization, structured credit and correlation products and credit risk for counterparty exposures. These are preliminary estimates and they will likely change based on guidelines for implementation to be issued by the Federal Reserve.

The proposed framework includes new standards to raise the quality of capital which may impact the components of Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 common equity. The Company currently defines Tier 1 common equity as Tier 1 capital less qualifying perpetual preferred stock, qualifying restricted core capital elements (including junior subordinated debt issued to trusts (“trust preferred securities”) and noncontrolling interest), adjusted for the portion of goodwill and non-servicing intangible assets associated with MSSB’s noncontrolling interests (i.e., Citi’s share of MSSB’s goodwill and intangibles). This definition of Tier 1 common equity may evolve in the future as regulatory rules may be implemented based on a final proposal regarding noncontrolling interest as initially presented by the Basel Committee. For the discussion of Tier 1 common equity, please see “The Balance Sheet” herein.

Pursuant to provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, over time, the trust preferred securities will no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital but will qualify only as Tier 2 capital. This change in regulatory capital treatment will be phased in incrementally during a transition period that will start on January 1, 2013 and end on January 1, 2016. This provision of the Dodd-Frank Act accelerates the phasing in of the disqualification of the trust preferred securities as provided for by Basel III. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $4.7 billion of trust preferred securities included in the qualifying restricted core capital elements. Effective March 31, 2011, the Federal Reserve will institute a limit on restricted core capital elements that are included in Tier 1 capital. Amounts in excess of the stated limit will be included in Tier 2 capital.

At December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with Basel I capital requirements with ratios of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 15.3%16.1% and total capital to RWAs of 16.4%16.5% (6% and 10% being well-capitalized for regulatory purposes, respectively). In addition, financial holding companies are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio as defined by the Fed.Federal Reserve. The Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets, and deferred tax assets)assets and financial and non-financial equity investments). The adjusted average total assets are derived using weekly balances for the calendar quarter. This ratio as of December 31, 2009 was 5.8%.year.

 

86

93


The following table reconciles the Company’s total shareholders’ equity to Tier 1 and Total Capitalcapital as defined by the regulations issued by the FedFederal Reserve and presents the Company’s consolidated capital ratios at December 31, 2009 (dollars in millions):2010 and December 31, 2009:

 

  At December 31, 2009   At
December  31,
2010
 At
December  31,
2009
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Allowable capital

     

Tier 1 capital:

     

Common shareholders’ equity

  $37,091    $47,614  $37,091 

Qualifying preferred stock

   9,597     9,597   9,597 

Qualifying mandatorily convertible trust preferred securities

   5,730     —      5,730 

Qualifying restricted core capital elements

   10,867     12,924   10,867 

Less: Goodwill

   (7,162   (6,739  (7,162

Less: Non-servicing intangible assets

   (4,931   (4,526  (4,931

Less: Net deferred tax assets

   (3,242   (3,984  (3,242

Less: Debt valuation adjustment

   (554

Less: After-tax debt valuation adjustment

   (20  (554

Other deductions

   (726   (1,986  (726
           

Total Tier 1 capital

   46,670     52,880   46,670 
           

Tier 2 capital:

     

Other components of allowable capital:

     

Qualifying subordinated debt

   3,127     2,412   3,127 

Other qualifying amounts

   158     82   158 

Other deductions

   (897  —    
           

Total Tier 2 capital

   3,285     1,597   3,285 
           

Total allowable capital

  $49,955    $54,477  $49,955 
           

Total risk-weighted assets

  $305,000    $329,560  $305,000 
           

Capital ratios

     

Total capital ratio

   16.4   16.5  16.4
           

Tier 1 capital ratio

   15.3   16.1  15.3
           

Tier 1 leverage ratio

   6.6  5.8
       

 

Total allowable capital is composed of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital consists predominately of common shareholders’ equity as well as qualifying preferred stock, trust preferred securities mandatorily convertible to common equity (see “Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock” herein for further information) and qualifying restricted core capital elements (including other junior subordinated debt issued to trusts(trust preferred securities and non-controllingnoncontrolling interests) less goodwill, non-servicing intangible assets (excluding allowable mortgage servicing rights), net deferred tax assets (recoverable in excess of one year), an after-tax debt valuation adjustment and DVA. DVAcertain other deductions, including equity investments. The debt valuation adjustment in the above table represents the cumulative change in fair value of certain of the Company’slong-term and short-term borrowings (for which the fair value option was elected) that was attributable to changes in the Company’s own instrument-specificinstrument specific credit spreads and is included in retained earnings. For a further discussion of fair value, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements. Tier 2 capital consists principally of qualifying subordinated debt.

 

AsIn August 2010, the Company redeemed the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units and issued 116 million shares of common stock to the CIC Entity (see “Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock” herein for further information). At December 31, 2009,2010, the Company had no trust preferred securities mandatorily convertible to common equity outstanding.

94


At December 31, 2010, the Company calculated its RWAs in accordance with the regulatory capital requirements of the Fed,Federal Reserve, which is consistent with guidelines described under Basel I. RWAs reflect both on and off-balance sheet risk of the Company. The risk capital calculations will evolve over time as the Company enhances its risk management methodology and incorporates improvements in modeling techniques while maintaining compliance with the regulatory requirements and interpretations.

 

Market RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. For a further discussion of the Company’s market risks and Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) model, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A herein. Market RWAs incorporate threetwo components: systematic risk and specific risk, and incremental default risk

87


(“IDR”).risk. Systematic and specific risk charges are computed using either a Standardized Approach (applying a fixed percentage to the fair value of the assets) or the Company’s VaR model. Capital charges related to IDR are calculated using an IDR model that estimates the loss due to sudden default events affecting traded financial instruments at a 99.9% confidence level. The Company received permission from the Fed for the use of its market risk models through calendar year 2009 while undergoing the Fed’s review. Based on the final outcome of that review, the capital ratios may be lower or higherStandardized Approach in 2010.accordance with regulatory requirements.

 

Credit RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein. Credit RWAs are determined using Basel I regulatory capital guidelines for U.S. banking organizations issued by the Fed.

 

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates.

 

The Company’s assets to a large extent are liquid in nature and, therefore, are not significantly affected by inflation, although inflation may result in increases in the Company’s expenses, which may not be readily recoverable in the price of services offered. To the extent inflation results in rising interest rates and has other adverse effects upon the securities markets and upon the value of financial instruments, it may adversely affect the Company’s financial position and profitability.

 

A significant portion of the Company’s business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar can therefore affect the value of non-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. Potential exposures as a result of these fluctuations in currencies are closely monitored, and, where cost-justified, strategies are adopted that are designed to reduce the impact of these fluctuations on the Company’s financial performance. These strategies may include the financing of non-U.S. dollar assets with direct or swap-based borrowings in the same currency and the use of currency forward contracts or the spot market in various hedging transactions related to net assets, revenues, expenses or cash flows.

 

88

95


Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

 

Risk Management.

 

Risk Management Policy and Control Structure.Overview.

 

RiskManagement believes effective risk management is an inherent partvital to the success of the Company’s business activities. Accordingly, the Company employs an enterprise risk management (“ERM”) framework to integrate the diverse roles of the risk departments into a holistic enterprise structure and activities.to facilitate the incorporation of risk evaluation into decision-making processes across the Company. The Company has policies and procedures in place for measuring, monitoringto identify, assess, monitor and managing each ofmanage the various types of significant risks involved in the activities of its Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management business segments and support functions as well as at the holding company level. The Company’s ability to properly and effectively identify, assess, monitor and manage each of the various types of risk involved in its activities is critical to its soundness and profitability. The Company’s portfolio of business activities helps reduce the impact that volatility in any particular area or related areas may have on its net revenues as a whole. The Company seeks to identify, assess, monitor and manage, in accordance with defined policies and procedures, the following principalPrincipal risks involved in the Company’s business activities:activities include market, credit, capital and liquidity, operational, and compliance and legal risk. Capital and liquidity risk is discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7. The Company’s currency exposure relating to its net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries is discussed in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The cornerstone of the Company’s risk management philosophy is the execution of risk-adjusted returns through prudent risk-taking that protects the Company’s capital base and franchise. The Company’s risk management philosophy is based on the following principles:Five key principles underlie this philosophy: comprehensiveness, independence, accountability, defined risk tolerance and transparency. GivenThe fast-paced, complex, and constantly-evolving nature of global financial services requires that the importance of effectiveCompany maintain a risk management culture that is incisive, knowledgeable about specialized products and markets, and subject to ongoing review and enhancement. To help ensure the efficacy of risk management, which is an essential component of the Company’s reputation, senior management requires thorough and frequent communication and the appropriate escalation of risk matters.

Risk Governance Structure.

 

Risk management at the Company requires independent Company-levelcompany-level oversight, accountability of the Company’s business segments, constantand effective communication judgment, and knowledge of specialized products and markets. The Company’srisk matters to senior management takes an active role inand across the identification, assessment and management of various risks at both the Company and business segments level. In recognition of the increasingly varied and complex nature of the global financial services business, the Company’s risk management philosophy, with its attendant policies, procedures and methodologies, is evolutionary in nature and subject to ongoing review and modification.

Company. The nature of the Company’s risks, coupled with thisits risk management philosophy, informs the Company’s risk governance structure. The Company’s risk governance structure includescomprises the Board; the Audit Committee andBoard of Directors; the Risk Committee of the Board;Board (“BRC”) and the FRC;Audit Committee of the Board (“BAC”); the Firm Risk Committee (“FRC”); senior management oversight including(including the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Legal Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer;Officer); the Internal Audit Department; independent risk management functions (including the Market Risk Department, Credit Risk Management, the Corporate Treasury Department and the Operational Risk Department) and Company control groups (including the Human Resources Department, the Legal and Compliance Division, the Tax Department and the Financial Control Group), and various other risk control managers, committees, and groups located within and across the Company’s business segments. A risk governance structure composed of independent but complementary entities facilitates efficient and comprehensive supervision of the Company’s risk exposures and processes.

 

Morgan Stanley Board of Directors.The Board has oversight for the Company’s enterprise risk managementERM framework and is responsible for helping to ensure that the Company’s risks are managed in a sound manner. Historically,The Board has authorized the committees within the ERM framework to help facilitate its risk oversight responsibilities.

Risk Committee of the Board.    The BRC, appointed by the Board, had authorized the Audit Committee, which is comprised solely of independent directors, to oversee risk management. Effective January 1, 2010, the Board established another standing committee, the Risk Committee, which is comprised solelycomposed of non-management directors, to assistdirectors. The BRC is responsible for assisting the Board in the oversight of (i) the Company’s risk governance structure, (ii)structure; the Company’s risk management and risk assessment guidelines and policies regarding market, credit and liquidity, and funding risk, (iii)risk; the Company’s risk tolerancetolerance; and (iv) the

89


performance of the Chief Risk Officer. The BRC reports to the full Board on a regular basis.

Audit Committee continuesof the Board.    The BAC, appointed by the Board, is composed of independent directors (pursuant to the Company’s Corporate Governance Policies and applicable New York Stock Exchange and Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules) and is responsible for oversight of certain aspects of risk management, including review of the major operational, franchise, reputational, legal and compliance risk exposures of the Company and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposure.exposure, as well as guidelines and policies that govern the process for risk assessment and risk management. The Risk Committee, Audit Committee and Chief Risk Officer reportBAC reports to the full Board on a regular basis.

 

96


Firm Risk Committee.The Board has also authorized the FRC, a management committee appointed and chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, that includes the most senior officers of the Company, including the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to oversee the Company’s global risk management structure.Officer. The FRC’s responsibilities include oversight of the Company’s risk management principles, procedures and limits and the monitoring of capital levels and material market, credit, liquidity and funding, legal, compliance, operational, franchise and regulatory risk matters, and other risks, as appropriate, and the steps management has taken to monitor and manage such risks. The FRC reports to the full Board, the Audit CommitteeBAC and the Risk CommitteeBRC through the Company’s Chief Risk Officer.

 

Chief Risk Officer.The Chief Risk Officer, a member of the FRC who reports to the Chief Executive Officer and the BRC oversees compliance with Company risk limits; approves certain excessions of Companyexceptions to the Company’s risk limits; reviews material market, credit and operational risks; and reviews results of risk management processes with the Board, the Audit CommitteeBAC and the Risk Committee,BRC, as appropriate. The Chief Risk Officer also coordinates with the Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee of the Board to evaluate whether the Company’s compensation arrangements encourage unnecessary or excessive risk-taking and whether risks arising from the Company’s compensation arrangements are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

Internal Audit Department.The Internal Audit Department provides independent risk and control assessment and reports to the Audit CommitteeBAC and administratively to the Chief Legal Officer. The Internal Audit Department examines the Company’s operational and control environment and conducts audits designed to cover all major risk categories.

 

Independent Risk Management Functions.The independent risk management functions (Market Risk, Credit Risk, Operational Risk and the Company control groupsCorporate Treasury departments) are independent of the Company’s business units,units. These groups assist senior management and the FRC in monitoring and controlling the Company’s risk through a number of control processes. The Company is committed to employing qualified personnelEach function maintains its own risk governance structure with appropriate expertise in eachspecified individuals and committees responsible for aspects of its various administrative and business areas to implement effectivelymanaging risk. Further discussion about the Company’sresponsibilities of the risk management functions may be found below under “Market Risk,” “Credit Risk,” and monitoring systems“Operational Risk” and processes.“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

 

Control Groups.    The Company control groups include the Human Resources Department, the Legal and Compliance Division, the Operations Division, Global Technology and Data, the Tax Department and Finance. The Company control groups coordinate with the business segment control groups to review the risk monitoring and risk management policies and procedures relating to, among other things, controls over financial reporting and disclosure; the business segment’s market, credit and operational risk profile; sales practices; reputation; legal enforceability; and operational and technological risks. Participation by the senior officers of the Company and business segment control groups helps ensure that risk policies and procedures, exceptions to risk limits, new products and business ventures, and transactions with risk elements undergo thorough review.

Divisional Risk Committees.Each business segment has a risk committee that is responsible for helping to ensure that the business segment, as applicable, adheres to established limits for market, credit, operational and other risks; implements risk measurement, monitoring, and management policies and procedures that are consistent with the risk framework established by the FRC; and reviews, on a periodic basis, its aggregate risk exposures, risk exception experience, and the efficacy of its risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls.

 

Each ofStress Value-at-Risk.

During 2010, the Company continued to enhance its market and credit risk management framework to address the severe stresses observed in global markets during the economic downturn. The Company expanded and improved its risk measurement processes, including stress tests and scenario analysis, and further refined its market and credit risk limit framework. Stress Value-at-Risk (“S-VaR”), a proprietary methodology that

97


comprehensively measures the Company’s business segments also has designated operations officers, committeesmarket and groupscredit risks, was further refined and is now an important metric used in establishing the Company’s risk appetite and its capital allocation framework. S-VaR simulates many stress scenarios based on more than 25 years of historical data and attempts to managecapture the different liquidities of various types of general and monitor specific risks. Additionally, S-VaR captures event and default risks and report to the business segment risk committee. The Company control groups work with business segment control groups (including the Operations Division and Information Technology Division) to review the risk monitoring and risk management policies and procedures relating to, among other things, the business segment’s market,that are particularly relevant for credit and operational risk profile, sales practices, reputation, legal enforceability, and operational and technological risks. Participation by the senior officers of the Company and business segment control groups helps ensure that risk policies and procedures, exceptions to risk limits, new products and business ventures, and transactions with risk elements undergo a thorough review.portfolios.

Risk Management Process.

 

The following is a discussion of the Company’s risk management policies and procedures for its principal risks (other than capital(capital and liquidity risk)risk is discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7 herein). The discussion focuses on the Company’s securities activities (primarily its institutional trading activities) and corporate lending and related activities. The Company believes that these activities generate a substantial portion of its principal risks. This discussion and the estimated amounts of the Company’s market risk exposure generated by the Company’s statistical analyses are forward-looking statements. However, the analyses used to assess such risks are not predictions of future events, and actual results may vary significantly from such analyses due to events in the markets in which the Company operates and certain other factors described below.

 

90


Market Risk.

 

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, the Company incurs market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of the Company’s VaR for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, the Company incurs trading-relatedtrading related market risk within the Global Wealth Management Group. Asset Management incurs non-tradingprincipally Non-trading market risk primarily from capital investments in real estate funds and investments in private equity vehicles.

 

Sound market risk management is an integral part of the Company’s culture. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. The control groups help ensure that these risks are measured and closely monitored and are made transparent to senior management. The Market Risk Department is responsible for ensuring transparency of material market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. To execute these responsibilities, the Market Risk Department monitors the Company’s risk against limits on aggregate risk exposures, performs a variety of risk analyses, routinely reports risk summaries, and maintains the Company’s VaR system. Limitsand scenario analysis systems. These limits are designed to control price and market liquidity risk. Market risk is also monitored through various measures: statistically (using VaR and related analytical measures); by measures of position sensitivity; and through routine stress testing, which measures the impact on the value of existing portfolios of specified changes in market factors, and scenario analyses conducted by the Market Risk Department in collaboration with the business units. The material risks identified by these processes are summarized in reports produced by the Market Risk Department that are circulated to and discussed with senior management, the Risk CommitteeFRC, the BRC, and the Board.

Risk and Capital Management Initiatives.

During 2009, the Company continued to enhance its market risk management framework to address the severe stresses observed in global markets during the recent economic downturn (see “Executive Summary—Global Market and Economic Conditions in Fiscal 2009” Part II, Item 7, herein). The Company expanded and improved its risk measurement processes, including stress tests and scenario analysis, and refined its market risk limit framework. In conjunction with these risk measurement enhancements, a proprietary methodology called Stress VaR (“S-VaR”) was developed to comprehensively measure the Company’s market and credit risks. S-VaR simulates many stress scenarios based on more than 25 yearsBoard of historical data and attempts to capture the different liquidities of various types of general and specific risks, as well as event and default risks particularly relevant for credit portfolios. S-VaR, while still evolving, is becoming an important metric for the Company’s risk appetite assessment and its capital allocation framework.Directors.

 

Sales and Trading and Related Activities.

 

Primary Market Risk Exposures and Market Risk Management.    During 2009,2010, the Company had exposures to a wide range of interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices—and the associated implied volatilities and spreads—related to the global markets in which it conducts its trading activities.

 

The Company is exposed to interest rate and credit spread risk as a result of its market-making activities and other trading in interest rate sensitive financial instruments (e.g.e.g., risk arising from changes in the level or implied volatility of interest rates, the timing of mortgage prepayments, the shape of the yield curve and credit spreads).

98


The activities from which those exposures arise and the markets in which the Company is active include, but are not limited to, the following: emerging market corporate and government debt non-investment gradeacross both developed and distressed corporate debt, investment grade corporate debtemerging markets and asset-backed debt (including mortgage-related securities).

 

The Company is exposed to equity price and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in equity securities and derivatives and maintaining other positions (including positions in non-public entities). Positions in

91


non-public entities may include, but are not limited to, exposures to private equity, venture capital, private partnerships, real estate funds and other funds. Such positions are less liquid, have longer investment horizons and are more difficult to hedge than listed equities.

 

The Company is exposed to foreign exchange rate and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in foreign currencies and foreign currency derivatives, from maintaining foreign exchange positions and from holding non-U.S. dollar-denominated financial instruments.

The Company is exposed to commodity price and implied volatility risk as a result of market-making activities and maintaining positions in physical commodities (such as crude and refined oil products, natural gas, electricity, and precious and base metals) and related derivatives. Commodity exposures are subject to periods of high price volatility as a result of changes in supply and demand. These changes can be caused by weather conditions; physical production, transportation and storage issues; or geopolitical and other events that affect the available supply and level of demand for these commodities.

 

The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g.e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). Hedging activities may not always provide effective mitigation against trading losses due to differences in the terms, specific characteristics or other basis risks that may exist between the hedge instrument and the risk exposure that is being hedged. The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis. The Company manages and monitors its market risk exposures in such a way as to maintain a portfolio that the Company believes is well-diversified in the aggregate with respect to market risk factors and that reflects the Company’s aggregate risk tolerance as established by the Company’s senior management.

 

Aggregate market risk limits have been approved for the Company and for its major tradingacross all divisions worldwide (equity and fixed income, which includes interest rate products, credit products, foreign exchange and commodities).worldwide. Additional market risk limits are assigned to trading desks and, as appropriate, products and regions. Trading division risk managers, desk risk managers, traders and the Market Risk Department monitor market risk measures against limits in accordance with policies set by senior management.

 

The Market Risk Department independently reviews the Company’s trading portfolios on a regular basis from a market risk perspective utilizing VaR and other quantitative and qualitative risk measures and analyses. The Company’s trading businesses and the Market Risk Department also use, as appropriate, measures such as sensitivity to changes in interest rates, prices, implied volatilities and time decay to monitor and report market risk exposures.

Net exposure, defined as the potential loss to the Company over a period of time in the event of default of a referenced asset, assuming zero recovery, is one key risk measure the Company employs to standardize the aggregation of market risk exposures across cash and derivative products. Stress testing, which measures the impact on the value of existing portfolios of specified changes in market factors for certain products, is performed periodically and is reviewed by trading division risk managers, desk risk managers and the Market Risk Department.

VaRVaR..    The Company uses the statistical technique known as VaR as one of the tools used to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of its trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department calculates and distributes daily VaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

 

VaR Methodology, Assumptions and LimitationsLimitations..    The Company estimates VaR using a model based on historical simulation for major market risk factors and Monte Carlo simulation for name-specific risk in certain equitycorporate shares, bonds, loans and fixed income exposures.related derivatives. Historical simulation involves constructing a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of trading portfolios based on two sets of inputs: historical observation of daily

92


changes in key market indices or other market factors (“market risk factors”);factors; and information on the sensitivity of the portfolio values to these market risk factor changes. The Company’s VaR model uses four years of historical data to characterize potential changes in market risk factors. The Company’s 95%/one-day VaR corresponds to the unrealized loss in portfolio value that, based on historically observed market risk factor movements, would have been exceeded with a frequency of 5%, or five times in every 100 trading days, if the portfolio were held constant for one day.

 

99


The Company’s VaR model generally takes into account linear and non-linear exposures to equity and commodity price risk, interest rate risk, and credit spread risk and foreign exchange rates as well as linear exposures to implied volatility risks. Market risks that are incorporated in the VaR model include equity and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates and associated implied volatilities. The VaR model also captures certain implied correlation risks associated with portfolio credit derivatives as well as certain basis risks between(e.g., corporate debt and related credit derivatives. As a supplement to the use of historical simulation for major market risk factors, the Company’s VaR model uses Monte Carlo simulation to capture name-specific risk in equities and credit products (i.e., corporate bonds, loans and credit derivatives).

The Company’s VaR models evolve over time in response to changes in the composition of trading portfolios and to improvements in modeling techniques and systems capabilities. The Company is committed to continuous review and enhancement of VaR methodologies and assumptions in order to capture evolving risks associated with changes in market structure and dynamics. As part of regular process improvement, additional systematic and name-specific risk factors may be added to improve the VaR model’s ability to more accurately estimate risks to specific asset classes or industry sectors.

 

Among their benefits, VaR models permit estimation of a portfolio’s aggregate market risk exposure, incorporating a range of varied market risks; reflectrisks and portfolio assets. One key element of the VaR model is that it reflects risk reduction due to portfolio diversification or hedging activities; and can cover a wide range of portfolio assets.activities. However, VaR risk measures should be interpreted carefully in light of the methodology’s limitations, which include the following: past changes in market risk factors may not always yield accurate predictions of the distributions and correlations of future market movements; changes in portfolio value in response to market movements (especially for complex derivative portfolios) may differ from the responses calculated by a VaR model; VaR using a one-day time horizon does not fully capture the market risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged within one day; the historical market risk factor data used for VaR estimation may provide only limited insight into losses that could be incurred under market conditions that are unusual relative to the historical period used in estimating the VaR; and published VaR results reflect past trading positions while future risk depends on future positions. VaR is most appropriate as a risk measure for trading positions in liquid financial markets and will understate the risk associated with severe events, such as periods of extreme illiquidity. The Company is aware of these and other limitations and, therefore, uses VaR as only one component in its risk management oversight process. As explained above, this process also incorporates stress testing and scenario analyses and extensive risk monitoring, analysis, and control at the trading desk, division and Company levels.

 

The Company’s VaR model evolves over time in response to changes in the composition of trading portfolios and to improvements in modeling techniques and systems capabilities. The Company is committed to continuous review and enhancement of VaR methodologies and assumptions in order to capture evolving risks associated with changes in market structure and dynamics. As part of regular process improvement, additional systematic and name-specific risk factors may be added to improve the VaR model’s ability to more accurately estimate risks to specific asset classes or industry sectors. Additionally, the Company continues to evaluate enhancements to the VaR model to make it more responsive to more recent market conditions while maintaining a longer-term perspective.

VaR for 20092010..    The table below presents the Company’s Trading, Non-trading and Aggregate VaR for each of the Company’s primary market risk exposures as ofat December 31, 2009,2010 and December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008,2009, incorporating substantially all financial instruments generating market risk that are managed by the Company’s trading businesses. This measure of VaR incorporates most of the Company’s trading-related market risks. However, arisk. A small proportion of trading positions generating market risk is not included in VaR, and the modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies upon approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different VaR results from those produced using more precise measures.

 

AggregateThe counterparty portfolio, which reflects adjustments, net of hedges, relating to counterparty credit risk and other market risks, was reclassified from Non-trading VaR also incorporates certain non-trading risks, including (a) the interest rate risk generated by funding liabilities related to institutional trading positions, (b) public company equity positions recorded as investments by the Company and (c) corporate loan exposures that are awaiting distribution to the market.

93


Investments made by the Company that are not publicly traded are not reflected in theinto Trading VaR results presented below. Aggregate VaR also excludes the credit spread risk generated byat January 1, 2010. This reclassification reflects regulatory considerations surrounding the Company’s funding liabilitiesconversion to a financial holding company and the interest rate risk associated with approximately $7.7 billion of certain funding liabilities primarily related to fixed and other non-trading assets as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. The credit spread risk sensitivitytrading book nature of the Company’s mark-to-market funding liabilities corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $11 millioncounterparty risk-hedging activities. Aggregate VaR was not affected by this change; however, this reclassification increased Trading VaR and decreased Non-trading VaR for each +1 basis point (or 1/100th of a percentage point) widening in the Company’s credit spread level as of bothyear ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.2009.

 

Since the reported VaR statistics reported below are estimates based on historical position and market data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of the Company’s future revenues or financial performance or of its ability to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that the Company’s actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated below or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses which,that, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.

 

100


The table below presents the Company’s 95%/one-day VaR:

 

Table 1: 95% Total VaR 95%/One-Day VaR for 2009 95%/One-Day VaR for Fiscal 2008 95%/One-Day VaR for the
One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
   95% One-Day VaR for 2010 95% One-Day VaR for 2009 

Primary Market Risk Category

 Dec. 31,
2009
 Average High Low Nov. 30,
2008
 Average High Low Dec. 31,
2008
 Average High Low   Period
End
 Average High Low Period
End
 Average High   Low 
 (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and credit spread

 $109   $105   $122   $89   $98   $69   $101   $42   $109   $107   $121   $95    $102  $129  $147  $100  $142  $128  $149   $106 

Equity price

  23    21    36    14    23    35    53    17    15    18    27    14     30   28   52   19   23   21   36    14 

Foreign exchange rate

  25    20    47    7    14    25    40    12    11    13    16    11     21   24   50   9   26   20   47    7 

Commodity price

  24    24    38    18    23    35    44    22    36    31    37    24     30   28   36   21   24   24   38    18 

Less Diversification benefit(1)

  (46  (51  (94  (31  (54  (66  (124  (15  (54  (56  (80  (42

Less: Diversification benefit(1)

   (65  (70  (120  (32  (57  (55  (108   (34
                                                              

Total Trading VaR

 $135   $119   $149   $97   $104   $98   $114   $78   $117   $113   $121   $102    $118  $139  $165  $117  $158  $138  $162   $111 
                                                              

Total Non-trading VaR

 $100   $102   $129   $58   $67   $53   $96   $29   $68   $73   $81   $67    $77  $82  $137  $57  $67  $63  $89   $33 
                                                              

Total Trading and Non-trading VaR

 $187   $165   $206   $119   $135   $115   $143   $82   $144   $143   $152   $131  

Aggregate VaR

  $146  $173  $217  $143  $187  $163  $205   $119 
                                                              

 

(1)Diversification benefit equals the difference between Total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the four primary market risk categories occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each category.

 

The Company’s average Trading VaR for 2010 is relatively unchanged at December 31, 2009 was $135$139 million compared with $117$138 million for 2009. Increased equity, foreign exchange and $104 million at December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively.commodity risks were offset by increased diversification in the trading portfolios.

The Company’s average Non-trading VaR at December 31, 2009for 2010 increased to $100 million from $68 million and $67 million at December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively. Aggregate VaR at December 31, 2009 was $187$82 million compared with $144$63 million and $135 million at December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively.

Average Tradingfor 2009. The Company’s average Aggregate VaR for 2009 increased to $1192010 was $173 million from $113compared with $163 million for 2009. The increase in both Non-trading and Aggregate VaR was due primarily to the one month ended December 31, 2008 and $98 million for fiscal 2008. Average Non-trading VaR for 2009Company’s investment in Invesco, which was sold in November 2010, as well as increased to $102 million from $73 million for the one month ended December 31, 2008 and $53 million for fiscal 2008. Average Total VaR for 2009 increased to $165 million from $143 million for the one month ended December 31, 2008 and $115 million for fiscal 2008.

The VaR increases for 2009 were primarily driven by increased exposure to interest rate and credit sensitive products acrosssensitivity of deposits in the trading and non-trading portfolios. The trading portfolio also experienced increases due to increased equity and foreign currency exposure. Additionally, the Company’s VaR for 2009 was affected by higher market volatilities over the period, as explained below.declining rate environment.

94


 

VaR Statistics under Varying Assumptions.

 

VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the breadth of products included in each firm’s VaR model, in the statistical assumptions made when simulating changes in market factors and in the methods used to approximate portfolio revaluations under the simulated market conditions. The extreme market volatilitiesThese differences can result in the latter part of 2008 had a significant impact onmaterially different VaR in 2009.estimates for similar portfolios. The impact varies depending on the factor history assumptions, the frequency with which the factor history is updated and the confidence level. As a result, VaR statistics are more reliable and relevant when used as indicators of trends in risk taking rather than as a basis for inferring differences in risk taking across firms.

 

Table 2 presents the VaR statistics that would result if the Company were to adopt alternative parameters for its calculations, such as the reported confidence level (95% versus 99%) for the VaR statistic or a shorter historical time series (four-year versus one-year) for market data upon which it bases its simulations. Both the averageThe four-year VaR and the average one-year VaR for 2009 aremeasure continues to be sensitive to the high market volatilities experienced in the fourth quarter of 2008. However, we expect2008, while the one-year VaR to decline relative tois no longer affected by this phenomenon. Consequently, the four-year VaR inis a more conservative approximation of the coming months, as the highly volatile period in the fourth quarter of 2008 will remain in the four-year VaR, but will no longer be a factor in the one-year VaR.Company’s portfolio risk.

 

Table 2: Average 95% and 99% Trading VaR

with Four-Year/One-Year Historical Time Series

  Average 95%/One-Day VaR for
2009
  Average 99%/One-Day VaR for
2009
 

Primary Market Risk Category

  Four-Year
Factor History
  One-Year
Factor History
  Four-Year
Factor History
  One-Year
Factor History
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and credit spread

  $105   $134   $218   $248  

Equity price

   21    26    31    38  

Foreign exchange rate

   20    35    41    62  

Commodity price

   24    30    43    62  

Less: Diversification benefit(1)

   (51  (63  (97  (138
                 

Trading VaR

  $119   $162   $236   $272  
                 

101


Table 2: 95% and 99% Average Trading VaR with Four-Year / One-Year Historical Time Series

Table 2: 95% and 99% Average Trading VaR with

Four-Year / One-Year Historical Time Series

  95% Average One-Day VaR for
2010
  99% Average One-Day VaR for
2010
 
   

Primary Market Risk Category

  Four-Year
Factor History
  One-Year
Factor History
  Four-Year
Factor History
  One-Year
Factor History
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and credit spread

  $129  $95  $264  $164 

Equity price

   28   25   41   37 

Foreign exchange rate

   24   24   42   38 

Commodity price

   28   22   47   32 

Less: Diversification benefit(1)

   (70  (56  (120  (93
                 

Total Trading VaR

  $139  $110  $274  $178 
                 

 

(1)Diversification benefit equals the difference between Total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the four primary market risk categories occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each category.

 

95


Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for 2009.2010.

 

As shown in Table 1, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Trading VaR for 20092010 was $119$139 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Trading VaR for 2009.2010. The most frequently occurring value was between $112$137 million and $115$141 million, while for approximately 93%81% of trading days during the year VaR ranged between $103$129 million and $139$149 million.

 

96


As shown in Table 1, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Trading VaR for the one month ended December 31, 2008 was $113 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Trading VaR for the one month ended December 31, 2008. The most frequently occurring value was between $115 million and $118 million, while for approximately 70% of trading days during the month VaR ranged between $109 million and $118 million.

 

102


One method of evaluating the reasonableness of the Company’s VaR model as a measure of the Company’s potential volatility of net revenuerevenues is to compare the VaR with actual trading revenue.revenues. Assuming no intra-day trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the accuracy of the VaR model could be questioned. Accordingly, the Company evaluates the reasonableness of its VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with actual trading results. For days where losses exceed the 95% or 99% VaR statistic, the Company examines the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results.

 

The Company incurred daily trading losses in excess of the 95%/one-day Trading VaR on one day during 2009 and three days during the month ended December 31, 2008. The Company bases its VaR calculations on the long term (or unconditional) distribution with four years of observations and therefore evaluates its risk from an historical perspective. The Company is evaluating enhancements to the VaR model to make it more responsive to more recent market conditions, while maintaining a longer-term perspective.

97


The histogramshistogram below showshows the distribution of daily net trading revenuerevenues during 2009 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively,2010 for the Company’s trading businesses (including(these figures include revenues from the counterparty portfolio and also include net interest and non-agency commissions but excludingexclude certain non-tradingNon-trading revenues such as primary, fee-based and prime brokerage revenuerevenues credited to the trading businesses). During 2009 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2010, the Company experienced net trading losses on 38 days, with zero excesses of the 95%/one-day Trading VaR.

Non-trading Risks.

Aggregate VaR currently incorporates certain Non-trading risks, such as the interest rate risk generated by funding liabilities related to institutional trading positions and 14 days,public company equity positions recorded as investments by the Company. Investments made by the Company that are not publicly traded are not reflected in the Aggregate VaR results.

VaR is one method of assessing the risk of the Company’s Non-trading portfolio; however, due to a variety of factors (e.g., trading restrictions, illiquidity), sensitivity analysis may be a better approach to evaluating this risk. Reflected below is a sensitivity analysis covering substantially all of the Company’s Non-trading risk.

103


Counterparty Exposure Related to the Company’s Own Spreads.

The credit spread risk relating to the Company’s own mark-to-market derivative counterparty exposure is managed separately from VaR. The credit spread risk sensitivity of this exposure corresponds to an increase in value of approximately $8 million for each +1 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level for both December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

Funding Liabilities.

The credit spread risk and interest rate risk associated with non-mark-to-market funding liabilities related to fixed and other Non-trading assets are also excluded from VaR. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, non-mark-to-market funding liabilities related to fixed and other Non-trading assets were approximately $3.5 billion and $7.7 billion, respectively. The loss days observed during December 2008 were driven predominately$4.2 billion reduction reflects a decision by increased levelsthe Company to swap this amount of volatility realizedfixed-rate debt to a floating rate and is now included in the market.Non-trading VaR.

 

The Company’s VaR does not capture the credit spread risk sensitivity of the Company’s mark-to-market funding liabilities, which corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $14 million and $11 million for each +1 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The increased credit spread sensitivity is driven by greater issuances of structured notes.

 

Interest Rate Risk Sensitivity on Income from Continuing Operations.

The Company measures the interest rate risk of certain assets and liabilities not included in Trading VaR by calculating the hypothetical sensitivity of Income from continuing operations (before income taxes) to potential changes in the level of interest rates over the next 12 months. This sensitivity analysis includes positions that are mark-to-market as well as positions that are accounted for on an accrual basis.

Given the currently low interest rate environment, the Company uses the following two interest rate scenarios to quantify the Company’s sensitivity: instantaneous parallel shocks of +100 basis points and +200 basis points to all yield curves simultaneously. With respect to MSSB, the Company’s assessment of interest rate risk focuses on its economic investment in MSSB (the Company’s 51% share of MSSB’s income from continuing operations before income taxes). These results can be seen in the table below.

   December 31, 2010
   +100 Basis Points  +200 Basis Points
   (dollars in millions)

Impact on income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $560    $1,084 

Impact on income from continuing operations before income taxes, excluding Citi’s interest in MSSB(1)

    343     664 

 

(1)
98Amounts reflect the exclusion of the portion of income from continuing operations before income and taxes associated with MSSB’s noncontrolling interest in the joint venture.

For non-interest-bearing positions and for interest-sensitive positions that are not mark-to-market, the Company measures the incremental impact of the funding expense or coupon accrual over the next 12 months. For interest rate-sensitive positions that are mark-to-market, the sensitivities include the income impact of the instantaneous yield curve shock. The income impact of the yield curve shock measures the present value over the life of the position. For interest rate derivatives that are perfect economic hedges to non-mark-to-market assets or liabilities, the disclosed sensitivities include only the impact of the coupon accrual mismatch. This treatment avoids the distorting effects of accounting differences between the hedge and the corresponding hedged instrument.

The hypothetical model does not assume any growth, change in business focus, asset pricing philosophy or asset/liability funding mix and does not capture how the Company would respond to significant changes in market

104


conditions. Furthermore, the model does not reflect the Company’s expectations regarding the movement of interest rates in the near term nor the actual effect on Income from continuing operations before income taxes if such changes were to occur.

Investments.

The Company makes investments in both public and private companies, primarily in its Institutional Securities and Asset Management business segments. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, the majority of which are for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net revenues associated with a 10% decline in asset values as shown in the table below.

Investments

  10% Sensitivity
December 31, 2010
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Investments related to merchant banking activities:

  

Real estate funds

  $108 

Private equity and infrastructure funds

   115 

Other investments:

  

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. 

  $179 

Asset Management hedge fund investments

   169 

Other firm investments

   344 

 

Credit Risk.

 

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations. The Company is exposed to two distinct types ofincurs credit risk in its businesses. The Company incurs “single name” credit risk exposure to institutions and sophisticated investors through the Institutional Securities business segment. This risk may arise from a variety of business activities, including, but not limited to, entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; extending credit to clients through various lending commitments; providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment amount; and posting margin and/or collateral to a lesser extent through its lending activitiesclearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties. We incur credit risk in its Global Wealth Management Group. This typetraded securities and loan pools, whereby the value of risk requires credit analysis of specific counterparties, both initially andthese assets may fluctuate based on an ongoing basis.realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans. The Company also incurs “individual consumer” credit risk in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment lending to individual investors, including margin and non-purpose loans collateralized by securities and through single-family residential prime mortgage loans in jumboconforming, nonconforming or home equity lines of credit (“HELOC”) form.

 

The Company has structured its credit risk management framework to reflect that each of its businesses generates unique credit risks, and the Credit Risk Management Department establishes company-wide practices to evaluate, monitor and control credit risk exposure both within and across business segments. The Company employs a comprehensive and global Credit Limits Framework isas one of the primary tools used to evaluate and manage credit risk levels across the Company andCompany. The Credit Limits Framework is calibrated within the Company’s risk tolerance. The Credit Limits Frameworktolerance and includes single name limits and portfolio concentration limits by country, industry and product type. The Credit Risk Management Department is responsible for ensuring transparency of material credit risks, ensuring compliance with established limits, approving material extensions of credit, and escalating risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. Credit risk exposure is managed by credit professionals and committees within the Credit Risk Management Department and through various risk committees, whose membership includes Credit Risk Management. Accordingly,the Credit Risk Management Department. The Credit Risk Management Department also works closely with the Market Risk Department and applicable business units to monitor risk exposures, including margin loans, mortgage loans, and credit sensitive, higher risk transactions.

 

99

105


See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on the credit quality of the Company’s financing receivables.

Institutional Securities Activities.

 

Corporate LendingLending..    In connection with certain of its Institutional Securities business segment activities, the Company provides loans or lending commitments (including bridge financing) to selected corporate clients. Such loans and lending commitments can generally be classified as either “relationship-driven” or “event-driven.”

 

“Relationship-driven” loans and lending commitments are generally made to expand business relationships with select clients. The commitmentsCommitments associated with “relationship-driven” activities may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements, as the commitment may expire unused or the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment. The borrowers of “relationship-driven” lending transactions may be investment grade or non-investment grade. The Company may hedge its exposures in connection with “relationship-driven” transactions.transactions, and commitments may be subject to conditions, including financial covenants.

 

“Event-driven” loans and lending commitments refer to activities associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization transactions. The commitmentsactivities. Commitments associated with these “event-driven” activities may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements since funding is contingent upon a proposed transaction being completed. In addition, the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment or the Company’s portion of the commitment may be reduced through the syndication process. The borrower’s ability to draw on the commitment is also subject to certain terms and conditions, among other factors. The borrowers of “event-driven” lending transactions may be investment grade or non-investment grade. The Company risk manages its exposures in connection with “event-driven” transactions through various means, including syndication, distribution and/or hedging.

 

Securitized Products.Securitizations.    While new activity has been reduced from historical levels, theThe Company may extend shortshort- or long-term funding to clients through loans and lending commitments that are secured by assets of the borrower and generally provide for over-collateralization, including commercial real estate, loans secured by loan pools, corporatecommercial and operatingindustrial company loans, and secured lines of revolving credit. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement or a decline in actual orthe underlying collateral value.

 

Derivative Contracts.    In the normal course of business, the Company enters into a variety of derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities. The Company uses these instruments for trading and hedging purposes, as well as for asset and liability management. These instruments generally represent future commitments to swap interest payment streams, exchange currencies, or purchase or sell commodities and other financial instruments on specific terms at specified future dates. Many of these products have maturities that do not extend beyond one year, although swaps, options and equity warrants typically have longer maturities.

 

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the fair value of the derivative contracts reported as assets.assets, net of cash collateral received. The fair value of derivatives represents the amount at which the derivative could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants and is further described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. Future changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, or the fair values of the financial instruments, commodities or indices underlying these contracts ultimately may result in cash settlements exceeding fair value amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. In addition to measuring and managing credit exposures referenced to the current fair value of derivative instruments, the Company also measures and manages credit exposures referenced to potential exposure. Potential exposure is an estimate of exposure, within a specified confidence level, that could be outstanding over time based on market movements.

 

106


Other.    In addition to the activities noted above, there are other credit risks managed by the Credit Risk Management Department and various business areas within the Institutional Securities.Securities business segment. The Company incurs credit risk through margin and collateral transactions with clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties. Certain risk management activities as they pertain to establishing appropriate collateral amounts for the Company’s prime brokerage and securitized product businesses are primarily monitored within those respective areas in that they determine the appropriate collateral level for each strategy or position. In addition, a collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. In addition, certain businesses with heightened settlement risk monitor compliance with established settlement risk limits.

 

100


Analyzing Credit Risk.    Credit risk management takes place at the transaction, counterpartyobligor and portfolio levels. In order to protect the Company from losses resulting from these activities, the Credit Risk Management analyzes all materialDepartment ensures lending transactions and derivative transactions and ensuresexposures are analyzed, that the creditworthiness of the Company’s counterparties and borrowers is reviewed regularly and that credit exposure is actively monitored and managed. The Credit Risk Management Department assigns obligor credit ratings to the Company’s counterparties and borrowers. These credit ratings are intended to assess a counterparty’sborrowers, which reflect an assessment of an obligor’s probability of default and are derived using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies. Credit ratings of “BB+” or below are considered non-investment grade.default. Additionally, the Credit Risk Management Department evaluates the relative position of the Company’s particular obligation in the borrower’s capital structure and relative recovery prospects, as well as collateral (if applicable) and other structural elements of the particular transaction.

 

Risk Mitigation.    The Company may seek to mitigate credit risk from its lending and derivatives transactions in multiple ways. At the transaction level, the Company seeks to mitigate risk through management of key risk elements such as size, tenor, financial covenants, seniority and collateral. The Company actively hedges its lending and derivatives exposure through various financial instruments that may include single name, portfolio and structured credit derivatives. Additionally, the Company may sell, assign or sub-participate funded loans and lending commitments to other financial institutions in the primary and secondary loan market. In connection with its derivatives trading activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to offset a counterparty’s rights and obligations, request additional collateral when necessary or liquidate the collateral in the event of counterparty default.

 

Credit Exposure—Corporate Lending.    The following tables present information about the Company’s corporate funded loans and lending commitments as ofcarried at fair value at December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008.2009. The “total corporate lending exposure” column includes both lending commitments and funded loans. Fair value of corporate lending exposure represents the fair value of loans that have been drawn by the borrower and lending commitments that were outstanding as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008.2009. Lending commitments represent legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 20082009 for both “relationship-driven” and “event-driven” lending transactions. As discussed above, these loans and lending commitments have varying terms, may be senior or subordinated, may be secured or unsecured, are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower, and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by the Company.

 

As ofAt December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, the aggregate amount of investment grade loans was $6.5$3.9 billion and $7.4$6.5 billion, respectively, and the aggregate amount of non-investment grade loans was $9.5$6.8 billion and $9.4 billion, respectively. As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the aggregate amount of lending commitments outstanding was $47.9 billion and $43.9$9.5 billion, respectively. In connection with these corporate lending activities (which include corporate funded loans and lending commitments), the Company had hedges (which include “single name,” “sector” and “index” hedges) with a notional amount of $25.8$21.0 billion and $35.7$25.8 billion related to the total corporate lending exposure of $69.2 billion and $64.0 billion at December 31, 2010 and $60.7 billion as of December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

101

107


The tables below show the Company’s credit exposure from its corporate lending positions and lending commitments as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008.2009. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans at December 31, 20092010

 

 Years to Maturity Total Corporate
Lending
Exposure(2)
 Corporate
Lending
Exposure at
Fair Value(3)
 Corporate
Lending
Commitments(4)
 Years to Maturity Total
Corporate
Lending

Exposure(2)
  Corporate
Lending
Exposure at

Fair Value(3)
  Corporate
Lending

Commitments(4)
 

Credit Rating(1)

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5  Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 
 (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions) 

AAA

 $542 $233 $—   $—   $775 $—   $775 $351  $342  $50  $—     $743  $—     $743 

AA

  3,141  4,354  275  —    7,770  80  7,690  3,220   5,435   671   70   9,396   131   9,265 

A

  3,116  9,796  1,129  548  14,589  1,918  12,671  2,739   8,780   2,667   34   14,220   542   13,678 

BBB

  4,272  16,191  3,496  164  24,123  4,548  19,575  2,793   16,170   4,816   237   24,016   3,203   20,813 
                                   

Investment grade

  11,071  30,574  4,900  712  47,257  6,546  40,711  9,103   30,727   8,204   341   48,375   3,876   44,499 
              

Non-investment grade

  749  6,525  6,097  3,322  16,693  9,517  7,176  1,740   6,857   7,642   4,539   20,778   6,845   13,933 
                                   

Total

 $11,820 $37,099 $10,997 $4,034 $63,950 $16,063 $47,887 $10,843  $37,584  $15,846  $4,880  $69,153  $10,721  $58,432 
                                   

 

(1)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.Department.
(2)Total corporate lending exposure represents the Company’s potential loss assuming the fair value of funded loans and lending commitments werewas zero.
(3)The Company’s corporate lending exposure carried at fair value includes $11.2 billion of funded loans and $0.5 billion of lending commitments recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, respectively, in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2010. See Notes 8 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements for information on corporate loans and corporate lending commitments, respectively.
(4)Amounts represent the notional amount of unfunded lending commitments less the amount of commitments reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. For syndications led by the Company, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of the amounts agreed to by counterparties that will participate in the syndication. For syndications that the Company participates in and does not lead, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that the Company expects it will be allocated from the lead syndicate bank.

Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans at December 31, 2009

   Years to Maturity  Total
Corporate
Lending

Exposure(2)
  Corporate
Lending
Exposure at

Fair Value(3)
  Corporate
Lending

Commitments(4)
 

Credit Rating(1)

 Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5    
  (dollars in millions) 

AAA

 $542  $233  $—     $—     $775  $—     $775 

AA

  3,141   4,354   275   —      7,770   80   7,690 

A

  3,116   9,796   1,129   548   14,589   1,918   12,671 

BBB

  4,272   16,191   3,496   164   24,123   4,548   19,575 
                            

Investment grade

  11,071   30,574   4,900   712   47,257   6,546   40,711 

Non-investment grade

  749   6,525   6,097   3,322   16,693   9,517   7,176 
                            

Total

 $11,820  $37,099  $10,997  $4,034  $63,950  $16,063  $47,887 
                            

(1)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department.
(2)Total corporate lending exposure represents the Company’s potential loss assuming the fair value of funded loans and lending commitments was zero.
(3)The Company’s corporate lending exposure carried at fair value includes $15.6 billion of funded loans and $0.4 billion of lending commitments recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, respectively, in the consolidated statements of financial condition as ofat December 31, 2009. The Company’s corporate lending exposure carried at amortized cost includes $850 million of funded loans recorded in Receivables—other loansLoans in the consolidated statements of financial condition.
(4)Amounts represent the notional amount of unfunded lending commitments less the amount of commitments reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans at December 31, 2008108

  Years to Maturity Total Corporate
Lending
Exposure(2)
 Corporate
Lending
Exposure at
Fair Value(3)
 
Corporate
Lending
Commitments(4)

Credit Rating(1)

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5   
  (dollars in millions)

AAA

 $842 $114 $1,374 $—   $2,330 $67 $2,263

AA

  2,685  718  3,321  73  6,797  33  6,764

A

  4,899  5,321  5,892  69  16,181  2,291  13,890

BBB

  2,745  7,722  8,299  255  19,021  5,037  13,984
                     

Investment grade

  11,171  13,875  18,886  397  44,329  7,428  36,901
                     

Non-investment grade

  1,144  3,433  5,301  6,516  16,394  9,389  7,005
                     

Total

 $12,315 $17,308 $24,187 $6,913 $60,723 $16,817 $43,906
                     

(1)Obligor credit ratings are determined by Credit Risk Management using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.
(2)Total corporate lending exposure represents the Company’s potential loss assuming the fair value of funded loans and lending commitments were zero.
(3)The Company’s corporate lending exposure at fair value includes $19.9 billion of funded loans and $3.1 billion of lending commitments recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, respectively, in the consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2008.
(4)Amounts represent the notional amount of unfunded lending commitments less the amount of commitments reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition.

102


Event-driven”Event-Driven” Loans and Lending Commitments as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008.2009.

 

Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above asat December 31, 2010 is “event-driven” exposure of $5.4 billion composed of funded loans of $1.3 billion and lending commitments of $4.1 billion. Included in the $5.4 billion of “event-driven” exposure at December 31, 2010 were $4.9 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers that were closed.

Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above at December 31, 2009 is “event-driven” exposure of $5.6 billion composed of funded loans of $2.8 billion and lending commitments of $2.8 billion. Included in the $5.6 billion of “event-driven” exposure as ofat December 31, 2009 were $3.7 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers that were closed.

Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above as of December 31, 2008 is “event-driven” exposure of $9.3 billion composed of funded loans of $3.4 billion and lending commitments of $5.9 billion. Included in the $9.3 billion of “event-driven” exposure as of December 31, 2008 were $5.0 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers that were closed.

 

Activity associated with the corporate “event-driven” lending exposure during 20092010 was as follows (dollars in millions):

 

“Event-driven” lending exposures at December 31, 2008

  $9,327  

“Event-driven” lending exposures at December 31, 2009

  $ 5,621 

Closed commitments

   3,259     3,636 

Withdrawn commitments

   (267

Net reductions, primarily through distributions

   (6,708   (3,720

Mark-to-market adjustments

   10     (128
        

“Event-driven” lending exposures at December 31, 2009

  $5,621  

“Event-driven” lending exposures at December 31, 2010

  $5,409 
        

 

Credit Exposure—Derivatives.    The tables below present a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008.2009. Fair value is presented in the final column net, of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):

 

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at December 31, 2009(1)2010(1)

 

  Years to Maturity   Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net
Exposure
Post-
Cash
Collateral
   Net
Exposure
Post-
Collateral
 
  Years to Maturity  Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
  Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral
     

Credit Rating(2)

  Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5       Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

AAA

  $852  $2,026  $3,876  $9,331  $(6,616 $9,469  $9,082  $802   $2,005   $1,242   $8,823   $(5,906 $6,966   $6,683 

AA

   6,469   7,855   6,600   15,071   (25,576  10,419   8,614   6,601    6,760    5,589    17,844    (27,801  8,993    7,877 

A

   8,018   10,712   7,990   22,739   (38,971  10,488   9,252   8,655    8,710    6,507    26,492    (36,397  13,967    12,383 

BBB

   3,032   4,193   2,947   7,524   (8,971  8,725   5,902   2,982    4,109    2,124    7,347    (9,034  7,528    6,001 

Non-investment grade

   2,773   3,331   2,113   4,431   (4,534  8,114   6,525   2,628    3,231    1,779    4,456    (4,355  7,739    5,348 
                                                

Total

  $21,144  $28,117  $23,526  $59,096  $(84,668 $47,215  $39,375  $21,668   $ 24,815   $17,241   $64,962   $(83,493 $45,193   $38,292 
                                                

 

(1)Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Company’s lending activities.
(2)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.Department.
(3)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

103

109


OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at December 31, 2008(1)2009(1)

 

  Years to Maturity  Cross-Maturity
and

Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
  Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral
  Years to Maturity   Cross-
Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net
Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
   Net
Exposure
Post-
Collateral
 

Credit Rating(2)

  Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5       Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

AAA

  $1,928  $3,588  $6,235  $16,623  $(11,060 $17,314  $15,849  $852   $2,026   $3,876   $9,331   $(6,616 $9,469   $9,082 

AA

   10,447   13,133   16,589   40,423   (63,498  17,094   15,018   6,469    7,855    6,600    15,071    (25,576  10,419    8,614 

A

   7,150   7,514   7,805   21,752   (31,025  13,196   12,034   8,018    10,712    7,990    22,739    (38,971  10,488    9,252 

BBB

   4,666   7,414   4,980   8,614   (6,571  19,103   14,101   3,032    4,193    2,947    7,524    (8,971  8,725    5,902 

Non-investment grade

   8,219   8,163   5,416   7,341   (12,597  16,542   12,131   2,773    3,331    2,113    4,431    (4,534  8,114    6,525 
                                                

Total

  $32,410  $39,812  $41,025  $94,753  $(124,751 $83,249  $69,133  $21,144   $28,117   $23,526   $59,096   $(84,668 $47,215   $39,375 
                                                

 

(1)Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Company’s lending activities.
(2)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.Department.
(3)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

The following tables summarize the fair values of the Company’s OTC derivative products recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, by product category and maturity as ofat December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, including on a net basis, where applicable, reflecting the fair value of related non-cash collateral for financial instruments owned:

 

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at December 31, 20092010

 

 Years to Maturity Cross-Maturity
and

Cash Collateral
Netting(1)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
 Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral
  Years to Maturity   Cross-
Maturity
and Cash
Collateral

Netting(1)
  Net
Exposure
Post-
Cash

Collateral
   Net
Exposure
Post-

Collateral
 

Product Type

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5   Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

 $11,958 $19,556 $20,564 $57,240 $(76,255 $33,063 $29,444  $10,308   $17,447   $15,571   $62,224   $(73,708 $31,842   $28,158 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

  3,859  916  201  40  (1,994  3,022  2,699   5,703    754    185    64    (2,984  3,722    3,051 

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

  1,987  1,023  441  697  (2,065  2,083  1,109   2,416    1,201    247    1,604    (2,587  2,881    1,613 

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

  3,340  6,622  2,320  1,119  (4,354  9,047  6,123   3,241    5,413    1,238    1,070    (4,214  6,748    5,470 
                                          

Total

 $21,144 $28,117 $23,526 $59,096 $(84,668 $47,215 $39,375  $21,668   $24,815   $17,241   $64,962   $(83,493 $45,193   $38,292 
                                          

 

(1)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

110

104


OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased, at December 31, 2009(1)2010(1)

 

 Years to Maturity Cross-Maturity
and

Cash Collateral
Netting(2)
  Total Years to Maturity Cross-Maturity
and

Cash
Collateral

Netting(2)
  Total 

Product Type

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5  Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 
 (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

 $6,054 $11,442 $11,795 $32,133 $(40,743 $20,681 $8,195  $11,451  $13,965  $35,460  $(44,955 $24,116 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

  3,665  647  201  72  (1,705  2,880  6,688   680   332   79   (3,154  4,625 

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

  4,528  2,547  1,253  1,150  (5,860  3,618  4,768   2,886   1,362   1,161   (5,675  4,502 

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

  3,727  4,668  1,347  975  (5,336  5,381  4,495   4,556   1,559   838   (5,442  6,006 
                               

Total

 $17,974 $19,304 $14,596 $34,330 $(53,644 $32,560 $24,146  $19,573  $17,218  $37,538  $(59,226 $39,249 
                               

 

(1)Since these amounts are liabilities of the Company, they do not result in credit exposures.
(2)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

The following tables summarize the fair values of the Company’s OTC derivative products recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased by product category and maturity as of December 31, 2008, including on a net basis, where applicable, reflecting the fair value of related non-cash collateral for financial instruments owned:

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at December 31, 20082009

 

 Years to Maturity Cross-Maturity
and

Cash Collateral
Netting(1)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
 Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral
 Years to Maturity Cross-  Maturity
and

Cash Collateral
Netting(1)
  Net  Exposure
Post-Cash

Collateral
  Net  Exposure
Post-

Collateral
 

Product Type

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5  Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 
 (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

 $8,914 $22,965 $36,497 $91,468 $(107,667 $52,177 $45,841 $11,958  $19,556  $20,564  $57,240  $(76,255 $33,063  $29,444 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

  8,465  2,363  320  68  (3,882  7,334  6,409  3,859   916   201   40   (1,994  3,022   2,699 

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

  4,333  2,059  606  1,088  (4,991  3,095  1,365  1,987   1,023   441   697   (2,065  2,083   1,109 

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

  10,698  12,425  3,602  2,129  (8,211  20,643  15,518  3,340   6,622   2,320   1,119   (4,354  9,047   6,123 
                                    

Total

 $32,410 $39,812 $41,025 $94,753 $(124,751 $83,249 $69,133 $21,144  $28,117  $23,526  $59,096  $(84,668 $47,215  $39,375 
                                    

 

(1)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

105

111


OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased, at December 31, 2008(1)2009(1)

 

 Years to Maturity Cross-Maturity
and

Cash Collateral
Netting(2)
  Total Years to Maturity Cross-Maturity
and

Cash
Collateral

Netting(2)
  Total 

Product Type

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5  Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 
 (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

 $8,547 $17,356 $24,777 $55,237 $(69,985 $35,932 $6,054  $11,442  $11,795  $32,133  $(40,743 $20,681 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

  7,355  1,660  377  159  (3,110  6,441  3,665   647   201   72   (1,705  2,880 

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

  2,661  3,446  1,685  1,858  (6,149  3,501  4,528   2,547   1,253   1,150   (5,860  3,618 

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

  7,764  10,283  2,321  1,082  (8,302  13,148  3,727   4,668   1,347   975   (5,336  5,381 
                               

Total

 $26,327 $32,745 $29,160 $58,336 $(87,546 $59,022 $17,974  $19,304  $14,596  $34,330  $(53,644 $32,560 
                               

 

(1)Since these amounts are liabilities of the Company, they do not result in credit exposures.
(2)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

The Company’s derivatives (both listed and OTC), on a net of counterparty and cash collateral basis, as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 20082009 are summarized in the table below, showing the fair value of the related assets and liabilities by product category:

 

  At December 31, 2009  At December 31, 2008  At December 31, 2010   At December 31, 2009 

Product Type

  Assets  Liabilities  Assets  Liabilities  Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

  $33,307  $20,911  $52,391  $36,146  $32,163   $24,743   $33,307   $20,911 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

   3,022   2,824   7,334   6,425   3,722    4,625    3,022    2,824 

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

   3,619   7,371   8,738   8,920   7,865    10,939    3,619    7,371 

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

   9,133   7,103   20,955   17,063   7,542    7,495    9,133    7,103 
                            

Total

  $49,081  $38,209  $89,418  $68,554  $51,292   $47,802   $49,081   $38,209 
                            

 

Each category of derivative products in the above tables includes a variety of instruments, which can differ substantially in their characteristics. Instruments in each category can be denominated in U.S. dollars or in one or more non-U.S. currencies.

 

The Company determines the fair values recorded in the above tables using various pricing models. For a discussion of fair value as it affects the consolidated financial statements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies” in Part II, Item 7 herein and Notes 12 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Credit Derivatives.A credit derivative is a contract between a seller (guarantor) and buyer (beneficiary) of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The beneficiary pays a periodic premium (typically quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the guarantor is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation and payment moratorium. Debt restructurings are also considered a credit event in some cases. In certain transactions referenced to a portfolio of referenced entities or asset-backed securities, deductibles and caps may limit the guarantor’s obligations.

 

112

106


The Company trades in a variety of derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. The Company is an active market-maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market-maker, the Company works to earn a bid-offer spread on client flow business and manage any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. The Company also trades and takes credit risk in credit default swap form on a proprietary basis. Further, the Company uses credit derivatives to manage its exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures during the periods presented.

 

The Company actively monitors its counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions, and Monolines. Contracts with these counterparties do not include ratings-based termination events but do include counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in additional collateral being required by the Company. For further information on the Company’s exposure to Monolines, see “Certain Factors Affecting“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Items—Monoline Insurers” in Part II, Item 7 herein. The master agreements with these Monoline counterparties are generally unsecured, and the few ratings-based triggers (if any) generally provide the Company the ability to terminate only upon significant downgrade. As with all derivative contracts, the Company considers counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its positions and recognizes credit valuation adjustments as appropriate.appropriate within Principal transactions—Trading.

 

The following table summarizestables summarize the key characteristics of the Company’s credit derivative portfolio by counterparty as ofat December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. The fair values shown are before the application of any counterparty or cash collateral netting:

 

   At December 31, 2010 
   Fair Values(1)   Notionals 
   Receivable   Payable   Beneficiary   Guarantor 
   (dollars in millions) 

Banks and securities firms

  $96,551   $86,574   $2,037,326   $2,032,824 

Insurance and other financial institutions

   10,954    8,679    277,714    257,180 

Monolines(2)

   2,370    —      25,676    —    

Non-financial entities

   259    373    2,920    4,247 
                    

Total

  $110,134   $95,626   $2,343,636   $2,294,251 
                    

(1)The Company’s credit default swaps are classified in both Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 13% of receivable fair values and 8% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts.
(2)Amounts do not include the effect of hedges of Monoline derivative counterparty exposure.

   At December 31, 2009 
   Fair Values(1)   Notionals(2) 
   Receivable   Payable   Beneficiary   Guarantor 
   (dollars in millions) 

Banks and securities firms

  $125,352   $115,855   $2,294,658   $2,213,761 

Insurance and other financial institutions

   15,422    9,310    194,353    229,630 

Monolines

   4,903    —       22,886    —    

Non-financial entities

   387    69    3,990    3,634 
                    

Total

  $146,064   $125,234   $2,515,887   $2,447,025 
                    

 

(1)Amounts shown are presented before the application of any counterparty or cash collateral netting. The Company’s credit default swaps are classified in both Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 16% of receivable fair values and 11% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts.
(2)As part of an industry-wide effort to reduce the total notional amount of outstanding offsetting credit derivative trades, the Company participated in novating certain credit default swap contracts with external counterparties to a central clearinghouse during 2009.

 

Country Exposure.    As ofAt both December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, primarily based on the domicile of the counterparty, approximately 5% and 8%, respectively, of the Company’s credit exposure (for credit exposure arising from corporate

113


loans and lending commitments as discussed above and current exposure arising from the Company’s OTC derivative contracts) was to emerging markets, and no one emerging market country accounted for more than approximately 1% and 2%, respectively, of the Company’s credit exposure.

 

The Company defines emerging markets to include generally all countries where the economic, legal and political systems are transitional and in the process of developing into more transparent and accountable systems that are consistent with advanced countries.

 

107


The following tables show the Company’s percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by country as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008:2009:

 

  Corporate Lending Exposure(1) 
  Corporate Lending Exposure   At December  31,
2010
  At December  31,
2009
 

Country

  At December 31,
2009
 At December 31,
2008
    

United States

  65 68   65  65

United Kingdom

  7   7     7   7 

Germany

  6   5     6   6 

Netherlands

   2   2 

Canada

   2   2 

France

   2   2 

Switzerland

   2   2 

Cayman Islands

   2   2 

Luxembourg

   2   2 

Other

  22   20     10   10 
              

Total

  100 100   100  100
              

 

  OTC Derivative Products(1)(2) 
  OTC Derivative Products   At December  31,
2010
  At December  31,
2009
 

Country

  At December 31,
2009
 At December 31,
2008
    

United States

  31 35   35  31

Cayman Islands

  14   10     11   14 

United Kingdom

  8   9     9   8 

Italy

  7   6     7   7 

France

   4   3 

Germany

  4   3     3   4 

France

  3   3  

Japan

   3   2 

Luxembourg

   2   2 

Australia

   2   2 

Chile

   2   2 

Jersey

  3   3     2   3 

Ireland

  3   2  

Japan

  2   3  

Austria

   2   2 

Netherlands

   2   1 

Canada

   2   2 

Switzerland

   2   1 

Other

  25   26     12   16 
              

Total

  100 100   100  100
              

 

(1)Credit exposure amounts are based on the domicile of the counterparty.
(2)Credit exposure amounts do not reflect the offsetting benefit of financial instruments that the Company utilizes to hedge credit exposure arising from OTC derivative products.

114


Industry Exposure.    The Company also monitors its credit exposure to individual industries for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed above and current exposure arising from the Company’s OTC derivative contracts.

 

The following tables show the Company’s percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by industry as ofat December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008:2010:

   Corporate Lending Exposure 

Industry

  At December 31,
2009
  At December 31,
2008
 

Utilities-related

  15 13

Consumer-related entities

  10   10  

Financial institutions

  9   10  

Telecommunications

  8   11  

Media-related entities

  8   7  

General industrials

  7   7  

Technology-related industries

  6   8  

Healthcare-related entities

  6   5  

Energy-related entities

  6   5  

Other

  25   24  
       

Total

  100 100
       

 

  108Corporate Lending Exposure
  At December 31,
2010

Industry

Energy

13

Utilities

11

Financial institutions(1)

10

Chemicals, metals, mining and other materials

8

Technology

7

Media-related entities

6

Telecommunications services

6

Food, beverage and tobacco

5

Pharmaceutical and healthcare

5

Insurance

4

Capital goods

4

Real estate

3

Other

18

Total

100

OTC Derivative Products
At December 31,
2010

Industry

Financial institutions(1)

31

Banks

13

Sovereign governments

11

Insurance

9

Utilities

8

Regional governments

6

Energy

5

Chemicals, metals, mining and other materials

3

Pharmaceutical and healthcare

3

Other

11

Total

100


   OTC Derivative Products 

Industry

  At December 31,
2009
  At December 31,
2008
 

Financial institutions

  41 38

Sovereign entities

  19   15  

Insurance

  9   13  

Utilities-related entities

  7   6  

Energy-related entities

  3   3  

Transportation-related entities

  3   11  

Other

  18   14  
       

Total

  100 100
       

(1)Percentage reflects credit exposures from special purpose entity vehicles, other diversified financial service entities and mutual and pension funds, exchanges and clearing houses, and private equity and real estate funds.

 

Global Wealth Management Group Activities.

 

The principal Global Wealth Management Group activities that result in credit risk to the Company include margin lending, non-purpose securities-based lending, commercial lending, and residential mortgage lending.

Margin Lending.Customer margin accounts, the primary source of retail credit exposure, are collateralized in accordance with internal and regulatory guidelines. The Company monitors required margin levels and established credit limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary. Margin loans are extended on a demand basis and are not committed facilities. Factors

115


considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account, and overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies to reduce risk. Additionally, transactions relating to concentrated or restricted positions require a review of any legal impediments to liquidation of the underlying collateral. Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations. At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, there were approximately $5.3 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, of customer margin loans outstanding.

 

The Company, through agreements with Citi relating to the formation of MSSB, retains certain credit risk for margin and non-purpose loans that are held at Citigroup Global Markets Inc. in its capacity as clearing broker for certain MSSB clients. The related loans are generally subject to the same oversight as similar margin and non-purpose loans held by the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

Non-purpose Securities-Based Lending.Non-purpose securities-based lending allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing, trading, or carrying marketable securities or refinancing margin debt. Similar to margin lending, non-purpose securities-based loans are structured as demand facilities. This lending activity has primarily been conducted through the Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) product platform. The Company establishes approved lines and advance rates against qualifying securities and monitors limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. Factors considered in the review of non-purpose securities-based lending are amount of the loan, the degree of concentrated or restricted positions, and the overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification, or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies. Underlying collateral for non-purpose securities-based loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations.

 

Commercial Lending.A new non-purpose lending platform, Tailored Lending (“TL”), was launched in February 2010 and predominantly provides securities-based lending to high net worth clients of MSSB. The TL platform looks beyond the collateral security in its underwriting process to also incorporate a comprehensive analysis of the obligor’s financial profile and overall creditworthiness. Consequently, TL advance rates are generally higher than those offered in the PLA product and TL facilities may be offered on a committed basis.

The Global Wealth Management Group business segment also provides structured credit facilities to high net worth individuals and their small and medium-sizemedium-sized domestic businesses, with a suite of products that includes working capital lines of credit, revolving lines of credit, standby letters of credit, term loans and commercial real estate mortgages. ClientsDecisions to extend credit are required to submit a credit application and financial statements to a centralized credit processing platform, and underwriting professionals recommend a lending structure followingbased on an analysis of the borrower, the guarantor, the collateral, cash flow, liquidity, leverage and credit history. For standard transactions, credit requests are approved via signature of independent credit professionals, and where transactions are of size and higher complexity, approval is secured through a formal loan committee chaired by independent credit professionals. The facility is risk rated and upon credit approval and loan closing is closely monitored through active account management and covenant compliance certificates.

109


Consumer Lending Activities.

 

With respect to first mortgages and second mortgages, including HELOC (“mortgage lending”),loans, a loan evaluation process is adopted within a framework of credit underwriting policies and collateral valuation. The Company’s underwriting policy is designed to ensure that all borrowers pass an assessment of capacity and willingness to pay, which includes an analysis of applicable industry standard credit scoring models (e.g., FICO scores), debt ratios and reserves of the borrower. Loan-to-collateral value ratios are determined based on independent third-party property appraisal/valuations, and security lien position is established through title/ownership reports. Historically, all mortgages were originated to be sold or securitized. Eligible conforming loans are currently sold to the government-sponsored enterprises, while most jumbonon-conforming and HELOC loans will be held for investment in the Company’s portfolio.

 

See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information about the Company’s financing receivables.

116


Operational Risk.

 

Operational risk refers to the risk of financial or other loss, or potential damage to a firm’s reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems, or from external events (e.g., external or internal fraud, legal and compliance risks or damage to physical assets). The Company may incur operational risk across the full scope of its business activities, including revenue generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and support functionscontrol groups (e.g., information technology and facilities management)trade processing). Legal and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal Risk.”

 

The goal of the Company’sCompany has established an operational risk management framework isprocess to establish company-wideidentify, measure, monitor and control risk across the Company. Effective operational risk standards relatedmanagement is essential to risk measurement, monitoring and management. Operational risk policies establish a framework to reducereducing the likelihood and/or impact of operational risk incidents as well as to mitigateand mitigating legal, regulatory and reputational risks. The framework is continually respondsevolving to account for changes in the Company and in response to the changing regulatory and business environment landscape. As a foundation forThe Company has implemented operational risk data and assessment systems to monitor and analyze internal and external operational risk events, business environment and internal control factors and perform scenario analysis. The collected data elements are incorporated in the Basel II Advanced Measurement Approach, an enhanced risk-basedoperational risk capital model has been developed for the calculation of capital related to operational risk. Thismodel. The model encompasses both quantitative and qualitative elements, including internalelements. Internal loss data and scenario analysis results are direct inputs to the capital models while external operational incidents, business environment internal control factors and metrics risk and control self-assessments, and scenario analysis.

The Operational Risk Oversight Committee, a company-wide committee, is chaired byare indirect inputs to the Company’s Chief Risk Officer and assists the FRC in executing its responsibilities for oversight of operational risk, including evaluating assessments of risk exposure, reviewing the Company’s significant operational risk exposures, recommending and overseeing company-wide remediation efforts, review and evaluation of current event risk issues, and establishing company-wide operational risk program standards related to risk measurement, monitoring and management.

The Company’s Operational Risk Manager oversees, monitors, measures, analyzes and reports on operational risk across the Company. The Operational Risk Manager is independent of the business segments and is supported by the company-wide Operational Risk Department. The Operational Risk Manager is also responsible for facilitating, designing, implementing and monitoring the company-wide operational risk program. The Operational Risk Department works with the business segments and control groups to help ensure a transparent, consistent and comprehensive framework for managing operational risk within each area and across the Company globally.model.

 

Primary responsibility for the management of operational risk is with the business segments, the control groups and the business managers therein. The business managers generally maintain processes and controls designed to identify, assess, manage, mitigate and report operational risk. As new products and business activities are developed and processes are designed and modified, operational risks are considered. Each business segment has a designated operational risk coordinator. The operational risk coordinator regularly reviews operational risk issues and reports withto senior management within each business. Each control group also has a designated operational risk coordinator or equivalent, and a forum for discussing operational risk matters and/or reports with senior management. Oversight of operational risk is provided by business segment and regional risk committees and senior management. In the event of a merger, joint venture, divestiture, reorganization, or creation of a new legal entity, a new product or a business activity, operational risks are considered, and any necessary changes in processes or controls are implemented.

The independent Operational Risk Oversight Committee.Department (“ORD”) works with the business segments and control groups to help ensure a transparent, consistent and comprehensive program for managing operational risk within each area and across the Company globally. ORD is responsible for facilitating, designing, implementing and monitoring the company-wide operational risk program.

 

110


Business Continuity Management is an ongoing program of analysisresponsible for identifying key risks and threats to the Company’s resiliency and planning that helpsto ensure a recovery strategy and required resources are in place for the resumption of critical business functions following a disaster or other business interruption. Disaster recovery plans are in place for critical facilities and resources on a company-wide basis, and redundancies are built into the systems as deemed appropriate. The key components of the Company’s disaster recovery plans include: crisis management; business recovery plans; applications/data recovery; work area recovery; and other elements addressing management, analysis, training and testing.

 

The Company maintains an information security program that coordinates the management of information security risks and satisfies regulatory requirements. Information security procedurespolicies are designed to protect the Company’s information assets against unauthorized disclosure, modification or misuse. These procedurespolicies cover a broad range of areas, including: application entitlements, data protection, incident response, Internet and electronic communications, remote access and portable devices. The Company has also established policies, procedures and technologies to protect its computers and other assets from unauthorized access.

 

The Company utilizes the services of external vendors in connection with the Company’s ongoing operations. These may include, for example, outsourced processing and support functions and consulting and other professional services. The Company manages its exposures to the quality of these services through a variety of

117


means, including service level and other contractual agreements, service and quality reviews, and ongoing monitoring of the vendors’ performance. It is anticipated that the use of these services will continue and possibly increase in the future. The Supplier Risk Management program is responsible for the policies, procedures, organizations, governance and supporting technology to ensure adequate risk management controls between the Company and its third-party suppliers as it relates to information security disaster recoverability, and other key areas. The program ensures Company compliance with regulatory requirements.

 

Legal and Regulatory Risk.

 

Legal risk includes the risk of exposure to fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements in connection with regulatory or legal actions as a result of non-compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements and standards. Legal risk also includes contractual and commercial risk such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. The Company is generally subject to extensive regulation in the different jurisdictions in which it conducts its business (see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1)1 and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A). The Company has established procedures based on legal and regulatory requirements on a worldwide basis that are designed to foster compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. The Company, principally through the Legal and Compliance Division, also has established procedures that are designed to require that the Company’s policies relating to conduct, ethics and business practices are followed globally. In connection with its businesses, the Company has and continuously develops various procedures addressing issues such as regulatory capital requirements, sales and trading practices, new products, potential conflicts of interest, structured transactions, use and safekeeping of customer funds and securities, credit granting, money laundering, privacy and recordkeeping. In addition, the Company has established procedures to mitigate the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable, including consideration of counterparty legal authority and capacity, adequacy of legal documentation, the permissibility of a transaction under applicable law and whether applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws limit or alter contractual remedies. The legal and regulatory focus on the financial services industry presents a continuing business challenge for the Company.

 

111

118


Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20092010 and 2008,2009 and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in total equity for the calendar yearyears ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the one month ended December 31, 2008, and the fiscal yearsyear ended November 30, 2008 and 2007.2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Morgan Stanley and subsidiariesthe Company as of December 31, 20092010 and 2008,2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the calendar yearyears ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the one month ended December 31, 2008, and the fiscal yearsyear ended November 30, 2008, and 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its fiscal year end from November 30 to December 31.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) accounting guidance that addresses noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted FASB accounting guidance that addresses the computation of Earnings Per Share under the two-class method for share-based payment transactions that are participating securities.

As discussed in Note 2 and Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted FASB accounting guidance that addresses accounting for uncertainties in income taxes.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009,2010, based on the criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 26, 2010,28, 2011 expresses an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York
February 26, 2010

11228, 2011


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(dollars in millions, except share data)

 

  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009
 

Assets

        

Cash and due from banks

  $6,988  $13,354

Cash and due from banks ($297 at December 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities generally not available to the Company)

  $7,341   $6,988 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   25,003   65,316   40,274    25,003 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   23,712   24,039  

 

19,180

 

  

 

23,712

 

Financial instruments owned, at fair value (approximately td01 billion in 2009 and $73 billion in 2008 were pledged to various parties):

    

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

 

19,180

 

  

 

23,712

 

  

U.S. government and agency securities

   62,215   28,012   48,446    62,215 

Other sovereign government obligations

   25,445   21,084   33,908    25,445 

Corporate and other debt

   90,454   87,294

Corporate equities

   57,968   42,321

Corporate and other debt ($3,816 at December 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

  

 

88,154

 

  

 

90,454

 

Corporate equities ($625 at December 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   68,416   

 

57,968

 

Derivative and other contracts

   49,081   89,418   51,292    49,081 

Investments

   9,286   10,385

Investments ($1,873 at December 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   9,752    9,286 

Physical commodities

   5,329   2,126   6,778    5,329 
              

Total financial instruments owned, at fair value

   299,778   280,640   306,746    299,778 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

   29,649    —    

Securities received as collateral, at fair value

   13,656   5,231   16,537    13,656 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   143,208   122,709   148,253    143,208 

Securities borrowed

   167,501   88,052   138,730    167,501 

Receivables:

        

Customers

   27,594   29,265   35,258    27,594 

Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

   5,719   6,250   9,102    5,719 

Other loans

   7,259   6,547

Fees, interest and other

   11,164   7,258   9,790    11,164 

Loans (net of allowances of $82 at December 31, 2010 and $158 at December 31, 2009)

   10,576    7,259 

Other investments

   3,752   3,709   5,412    3,752 

Premises, equipment and software costs (net of accumulated depreciation of $3,734 in 2009 and $3,073 in 2008)

   7,067   5,095

Premises, equipment and software costs (net of accumulated depreciation of $4,476 and $3,734 at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively) ($321 at December 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable entities, generally not available to the Company)

   6,154    7,067 

Goodwill

   7,162   2,256   6,739    7,162 

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $275 in 2009 and $208 in 2008) (includes $137 and $184 at fair value in 2009 and 2008, respectively)

   5,054   906

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $605 and $275 at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively) (includes $157 and $137 at fair value at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively)

   4,667    5,054 

Other assets

   16,845   16,137   13,290    16,845 
              

Total assets

  $771,462  $676,764  $807,698   $771,462 
              

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 113120 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except share data)

   December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
 

Liabilities and Equity

   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $791 and $1,246 at fair value in 2009 and 2008, respectively)

  $2,378   $10,102  

Deposits (includes $4,967 and $9,993 at fair value in 2009 and 2008, respectively)

   62,215    51,355  

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:

   

U.S. government and agency securities

   20,503    11,902  

Other sovereign government obligations

   18,244    9,511  

Corporate and other debt

   7,826    9,927  

Corporate equities

   22,601    16,840  

Derivative and other contracts

   38,209    68,554  

Physical commodities

   —      33  
         

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

   107,383    116,767  

Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value

   13,656    5,231  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   159,401    92,213  

Securities loaned

   26,246    14,580  

Other secured financings, at fair value

   8,102    12,539  

Payables:

   

Customers

   117,058    123,617  

Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

   5,423    1,585  

Interest and dividends

   2,597    3,305  

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   20,849    16,179  

Long-term borrowings (includes $37,610 and $30,766 at fair value in 2009 and 2008, respectively)

   193,374    179,835  
         
   718,682    627,308  
         

Commitments and contingencies

   

Equity

   

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock

   9,597    19,168  

Common stock, $0.01 par value;

   

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 in 2009 and 2008;

   

Shares issued: 1,487,850,163 in 2009 and 1,211,701,552 in 2008;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,360,595,214 in 2009 and 1,074,497,565 in 2008

   15    12  

Paid-in capital

   8,619    459  

Retained earnings

   35,056    36,154  

Employee stock trust

   4,064    4,312  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (560  (420

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 127,254,949 shares in 2009 and 137,203,987 shares in 2008

   (6,039  (6,620

Common stock issued to employee trust

   (4,064  (4,312
         

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   46,688    48,753  

Non-controlling interests

   6,092    703  
         

Total equity

   52,780    49,456  
         

Total liabilities and equity

  $771,462   $676,764  
         

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

114


MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Income

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

   2009  Fiscal Year
2008
  Fiscal Year
2007
  One Month
Ended

December 31,
2008
 

Revenues:

      

Investment banking

  $5,019   $4,057   $6,316  $196  

Principal transactions:

      

Trading

   7,447    5,472    3,208   (1,743

Investments

   (1,054  (3,925  3,247   (207

Commissions

   4,234    4,449    4,659   214  

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   5,884    4,839    5,486   292  

Other

   838    3,852    776   107  
                 

Total non-interest revenues

   22,368    18,744    23,692   (1,141
                 

Interest and dividends

   7,702    39,679    60,069   1,297  

Interest expense

   6,712    36,312    57,283   1,124  
                 

Net interest

   990    3,367    2,786   173  
                 

Net revenues

   23,358    22,111    26,478   (968
                 

Non-interest expenses:

      

Compensation and benefits

   14,438    11,887    16,122   585  

Occupancy and equipment

   1,551    1,332    1,112   123  

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

   1,190    1,483    1,493   91  

Information processing and communications

   1,372    1,194    1,155   95  

Marketing and business development

   503    719    752   34  

Professional services

   1,603    1,715    2,039   109  

Other

   1,844    2,644    1,029   22  
                 

Total non-interest expenses

   22,501    20,974    23,702   1,059  
                 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   857    1,137    2,776   (2,027

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   (336  (21  576   (732
                 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   1,193    1,158    2,200   (1,295
                 

Discontinued operations:

      

Gain from discontinued operations

   160    1,121    1,682   18  

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   (53  501    633   8  
                 

Net gain from discontinued operations

   213    620    1,049   10  
                 

Net income (loss)

  $1,406   $1,778   $3,249  $(1,285

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

   60    71    40   3  
                 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,346   $1,707   $3,209  $(1,288
                 

(Loss) earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $(907 $1,495   $2,976  $(1,624
                 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $1,149   $1,125   $2,162  $(1,295

Net gain from discontinued operations

   197    582    1,047   7  
                 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,346   $1,707   $3,209  $(1,288
                 

(Loss) earnings per basic common share:

      

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $(0.93 $0.92   $1.98  $(1.63

Net gain from discontinued operations

   0.16    0.53    0.99   0.01  
                 

(Loss) earnings per basic common share

  $(0.77 $1.45   $2.97  $(1.62
                 

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share:

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $(0.93 $0.88   $1.94  $(1.63

Net gain from discontinued operations

   0.16    0.51    0.96   0.01  
                 

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share

  $(0.77 $1.39   $2.90  $(1.62
                 

Average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

   1,185,414,871    1,028,180,275    1,001,878,651   1,002,058,928  
                 

Diluted

   1,185,414,871    1,073,496,349    1,024,836,645   1,002,058,928  
                 
   December 31,
2010
  December 31,
2009
 

Liabilities and Equity

   

Deposits (includes $3,027 and $4,967 at fair value at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively)

  $63,812  $62,215 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $1,799 and $791 at fair value at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively)

   3,256   2,378 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:

   

U.S. government and agency securities

   27,948   20,503 

Other sovereign government obligations

   22,250   18,244 

Corporate and other debt

   10,918   7,826 

Corporate equities

   19,838   22,601 

Derivative and other contracts

   47,802   38,209 
         

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

   128,756   107,383 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value

   21,163   13,656 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $849 at fair value at December 31, 2010)

   147,598   159,401 

Securities loaned

   29,094   26,246 

Other secured financings (includes $8,490 and $8,102 at fair value at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively) ($2,656 at December 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities and are non-recourse to the Company)

   10,453   8,102 

Payables:

   

Customers

   123,249   117,058 

Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

   3,363   5,423 

Interest and dividends

   2,572   2,597 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   16,518   20,849 

Long-term borrowings (includes $42,709 and $37,610 at fair value at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively)

   192,457   193,374 
         
   742,291   718,682 
         

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 13)

   

Equity

   

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock

   9,597   9,597 

Common stock, $0.01 par value;

   

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009; Shares issued: 1,603,913,074 at December 31, 2010 and 1,487,850,163 at December 31, 2009; Shares outstanding: 1,512,022,095 at December 31, 2010 and 1,360,595,214 at December 31, 2009

   16   15 

Paid-in capital

   13,521   8,619 

Retained earnings

   38,603   35,056 

Employee stock trust

   3,465   4,064 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (467  (560

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 91,890,979 shares at December 31, 2010 and 127,254,949 shares at December 31, 2009

   (4,059  (6,039

Common stock issued to employee trust

   (3,465  (4,064
         

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   57,211   46,688 

Noncontrolling interests

   8,196   6,092 
         

Total equity

   65,407   52,780 
         

Total liabilities and equity

  $807,698  $771,462 
         

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 115121 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

   2010   2009  Fiscal 2008  One Month
Ended

December 31,
2008
 

Revenues:

      

Investment banking

  $5,122   $5,020  $4,057  $196 

Principal transactions:

      

Trading

   9,406    7,722   6,170   (1,491

Investments

   1,825    (1,034  (3,888  (205

Commissions

   4,947    4,233   4,443   213 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   7,957    5,884   4,839   292 

Other

   1,501    837   3,851   109 
                  

Total non-interest revenues

   30,758    22,662   19,472   (886
                  

Interest income

   7,278    7,477   38,931   1,089 

Interest expense

   6,414    6,705   36,263   1,140 
                  

Net interest

   864    772   2,668   (51
                  

Net revenues

   31,622    23,434   22,140   (937
                  

Non-interest expenses:

      

Compensation and benefits

   16,048    14,434   11,851   582 

Occupancy and equipment

   1,570    1,542   1,324   123 

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

   1,431    1,190   1,483   91 

Information processing and communications

   1,665    1,372   1,194   95 

Marketing and business development

   582    501   714   34 

Professional services

   1,911    1,597   1,708   109 

Other

   2,213    1,815   2,612   23 
                  

Total non-interest expenses

   25,420    22,451   20,886   1,057 
                  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   6,202    983   1,254   (1,994

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   739    (341  16   (725
                  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   5,463    1,324   1,238   (1,269

Discontinued operations:

      

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   606    33   1,004   (14

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   367    (49  464   2 
                  

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   239    82   540   (16
                  

Net income (loss)

   5,702    1,406   1,778   (1,285

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   999    60   71   3 
                  

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,703   $1,346  $1,707  $(1,288
                  

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $3,594   $(907 $1,495  $(1,624
                  

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $4,464   $1,280  $1,205  $(1,269

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   239    66   502   (19
                  

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,703   $1,346  $1,707  $(1,288
                  

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $2.48   $(0.82 $1.00  $(1.60

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   0.16    0.05   0.45   (0.02
                  

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

  $2.64   $(0.77 $1.45  $(1.62
                  

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $2.44   $(0.82 $0.95  $(1.60

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   0.19    0.05   0.44   (0.02
                  

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

  $2.63   $(0.77 $1.39  $(1.62
                  

Average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

   1,361,670,938    1,185,414,871   1,028,180,275   1,002,058,928 
                  

Diluted

   1,411,268,971    1,185,414,871   1,073,496,349   1,002,058,928 
                  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

122


MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

 

   2009  Fiscal Year
2008
  Fiscal Year
2007
  One Month
Ended

December 31,
2008
 

Net income (loss)

  $1,406   $1,778   $3,249   $(1,285

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments(1)

   112    (270  187    (96

Net change in cash flow hedges(2)

   13    16    19    2  

Minimum pension liability adjustment(3)

   —      —      (40  —    

Net (loss) gain related to pension and postretirement adjustments(4)

   (305  203    —      (200

Prior service credit related to pension and postretirement adjustments(5)

   10    —      —      —    

Amortization of net loss related to pension and postretirement benefits(6)

   28    19    —      —    

Amortization of prior service credit related to pension and postretirement benefits(7)

   (6  (6  —      (1
                 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $1,258   $1,740   $3,415   $(1,580

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

   60    71    40    3  

Other comprehensive (loss) income applicable to non-controlling interests

   (8  (110  122    —    
                 

Comprehensive income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,206   $1,779   $3,253   $(1,583
                 
   2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Net income (loss)

  $5,702  $1,406  $1,778  $(1,285

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

     

Foreign currency translation adjustments(1)

   221   112   (270  (96

Amortization of cash flow hedges(2)

   9    13   16   2 

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale(3)

   36   —      —      —    

Pension, postretirement and other related adjustments(4)

   (20  (273  216   (201
                 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $5,948  $1,258  $1,740  $(1,580

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   999   60   71   3 

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

   153   (8  (110  —    
                 

Comprehensive income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,796  $1,206  $1,779  $(1,583
                 

 

(1)Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) provision for income taxes of $(222) million, $(335) million, $388 million, $(132) million and $(52) million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.
(2)Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $6 million, $8 million, $11 million, $10 million and $1 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.
(3)Amounts are net of income tax benefits of $(16) million for fiscal 2007.
(4)Amount is net of (benefit from) provision for income taxes of $(179)$25 million $138for 2010.
(4)Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $(10) million, $(161) million, $147 million and $(132) million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.
(5)Amount is net of provision for income taxes of $6 million.
(6)Amount is net of provision for income taxes of $16 million and $13 million for 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively.
(7)Amount is net of income tax benefits of $(4) million for 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 116123 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

   2009  Fiscal Year
2008
  Fiscal Year
2007
  One Month
Ended

December 31,
2008
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     

Net income (loss)

  $1,406   $1,778   $3,249   $(1,285

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used for) provided by operating activities:

     

Deferred income taxes

   (932  (1,224  (1,669  (781

Compensation payable in common stock and options

   1,265    1,838    1,927    77  

Depreciation and amortization

   1,224    794    475    104  

Provision for consumer loan losses

   —      —      478    —    

Gains on business dispositions

   (606  (2,232  (168  —    

Gain on repurchase of long-term debt

   (491  (2,252  —      (73

Insurance settlement

   —      —      (38  —    

Impairment charges and other-than-temporary impairment charges

   823    1,238    437    —    

Changes in assets and liabilities:

     

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   211    5,001    (9,334  1,407  

Financial instruments owned, net of financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

   (26,130  78,486    (25,361  2,412  

Securities borrowed

   (79,449  154,209    59,637    (2,267

Securities loaned

   11,666    (95,602  (39,834  (241

Receivables and other assets

   (2,445  54,531    (3,973  1,479  

Payables and other liabilities

   818    (114,531  71,092    11,481  

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   (20,499  51,822    26,194    (16,290

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   67,188    (60,439  (105,361  (10,188
                 

Net cash (used for) provided by operating activities

   (45,951  73,417    (22,249  (14,165
                 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     

Net (payments for) proceeds from:

     

Premises, equipment and software costs

   (2,877  (1,400  (1,469  (107

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

   (2,160  (174  (1,169  —    

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

   565    743    476    —    

Net principal disbursed on consumer loans

   —      —      (4,776  —    

Sales of consumer loans

   —      —      5,301    —    

Purchases of securities available for sale

   —      —      (14,073  —    

Sales of securities available for sale

   —      —      4,272    —    
                 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

   (4,472  (831  (11,438  (107
                 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     

Net (payments for) proceeds from:

     

Short-term borrowings

   (7,724  (24,012  8,274    (381

Derivatives financing activities

   (85  962    (859  (3,354

Other secured financings

   (4,437  (15,246  (24,231  12  

Deposits

   10,860    11,576    23,099    8,600  

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

   102    47    281    —    

Net proceeds from:

     

Non-controlling interests

   —      1,560    265    —    

Morgan Stanley public offerings of common stock

   6,212    —      —      —    

Issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrant

   —      18,997    —      —    

Issuance of common stock

   43    397    927    4  

Issuance of long-term borrowings

   43,960    42,331    74,540    13,590  

Issuance of junior subordinated debentures related to China Investment Corporation

   —      5,579    —      —    

Payments for:

     

Long-term borrowings

   (33,175  (56,120  (33,120  (5,694

Series D Preferred stock and warrant

   (10,950  —      —      —    

Redemption of capital units

   —      —      (66  —    

Repurchases of common stock through capital management share repurchase program

   —      (711  (3,753  —    

Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding

   (50  (1,117  (438  (3

Cash distribution in connection with the Discover Spin-off

   —      —      (5,615  —    

Cash dividends

   (1,732  (1,227  (1,219  —    
                 

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities

   3,024    (16,984  38,085    12,774  
                 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   720    (2,546  594    1,514  
                 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   (46,679  53,056    4,992    16  

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

   78,670    25,598    20,606    78,654  
                 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $31,991   $78,654   $25,598   $78,670  
                 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

     

Cash and due from banks

  $6,988   $11,276   $7,248   $13,354  

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   25,003    67,378    18,350    65,316  
                 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $31,991   $78,654   $25,598   $78,670  
                 

  2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income (loss)

 $5,702  $1,406  $1,778  $(1,285

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

    

Deferred income taxes

  (129  (932  (1,224  (781

Compensation payable in common stock and options

  1,260   1,265   1,838   77 

Depreciation and amortization

  1,419   1,224   794   104 

Gain on business dispositions

  (570  (606  (2,232  —    

Gain on sale of stake in China International Capital Corporation Limited

  (668  —      —      —    

Gains on curtailments of postretirement plans

  (54  —      —      —    

Gains on sale of securities available for sale

  (102  —      —      —    

Gain on repurchase of long-term debt

  —      (491  (2,252  (73

Insurance reimbursement

  (76  —      —      —    

Loss on assets held for sale

  1,190   —      —      —    

Impairment charges and other-than-temporary impairment charges

  201   823   1,238   —    

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  4,532   211   5,001   1,407 

Financial instruments owned, net of financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

  19,169   (26,130  78,486   2,412 

Securities borrowed

  28,771   (79,449  154,209   (2,267

Securities loaned

  2,848   11,666   (95,602  (241

Receivables, loans and other assets

  (9,568  (2,445  54,531   1,479 

Payables and other liabilities

  761    818   (114,531  11,481 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  (5,045  (20,499  51,822   (16,290

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  (9,334  67,188   (60,439  (10,188
                

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  40,307    (45,951  73,417   (14,165
                

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Net proceeds from (payments for):

    

Premises, equipment and software costs

  (1,201  (2,877  (1,400  (107

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

  (1,042  (2,160  (174  —    

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

  840   565   743   —    

MUFG Transaction

  247   —      —      —    

Sale of stake in China International Capital Corporation Limited

  989   —      —      —    

Purchases of securities available for sale

  (29,989  —      —      —    

Sales and redemptions of securities available for sale

  999   —      —      —    
                

Net cash used for investing activities

  (29,157  (4,472  (831  (107
                

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Net proceeds from (payments for):

    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  878   (7,724  (24,012  (381

Dividends related to noncontrolling interests

  (332  —      —      —    

Derivatives financing activities

  (85  (85  962   (3,354

Other secured financings

  (751  (4,437  (15,246  12 

Deposits

  1,597   10,860   11,576   8,600 

Net proceeds from:

    

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

  5   102   47   —    

Noncontrolling interests

  —      —      1,560   —    

Issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrant

  —      —      18,997   —    

Public offerings and other issuances of common stock

  5,581   6,255    397   4 

Issuance of long-term borrowings

  32,523   43,960   42,331   13,590 

Issuance of junior subordinated debentures related to China Investment Corporation

  —      —      5,579   —    

Payments for:

    

Long-term borrowings

  (28,201  (33,175  (56,120  (5,694

Series D Preferred Stock and Warrant

  —      (10,950  —      —    

Redemption of junior subordinated debentures related to China Investment Corporation

  (5,579  —      —      —    

Repurchases of common stock through capital management share repurchase program

  —      —      (711  —    

Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding

  (317  (50  (1,117  (3

Cash dividends

  (1,156  (1,732  (1,227  —    
                

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

  4,163    3,024   (16,984  12,774 
                

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  14   720   (2,546  1,514 
                

Effect of cash and cash equivalents related to variable interest entities

  297   —      —      —    
                

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  15,624   (46,679  53,056   16 

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

  31,991   78,670   25,598   78,654 
                

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 $47,615  $31,991  $78,654  $78,670 
                

Cash and cash equivalents include:

    

Cash and due from banks

 $7,341  $6,988  $11,276  $13,354 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  40,274   25,003   67,378   65,316 
                

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 $47,615  $31,991  $78,654  $78,670 
                

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash payments for interest were $5,891 million, $7,605 million, $35,587 million, $59,955 million and $1,111 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

Cash payments for income taxes were $1,091 million, $1,028 million, $1,406 million, $3,404 million and $113 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

124


MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

(dollars in millions)

  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Employee
Stock
Trust
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
  Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Trust
  Non-
controlling
Interests
  Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30,2007

 $1,100   $12   $1,902   $38,045   $5,569   $(199 $(9,591 $(5,569 $1,628   $32,897  

Net income

  —      —      —      1,707   —      —      —      —      71   1,778 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (1,227  —      —      —      —      (71  (1,298

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      (1,142  —      (1,668  —      3,493   1,668   —      2,351 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (1,828  —      —      (1,828

Issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrant

  18,055   —      957   (15  —      —      —      —      —      18,997 

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —      —      —      —      —      16   —      —      —      16 

Pension adjustment

  —      —      —      (15  —      2   —      —      —      (13

Pension and postretirement adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      216   —      —      —      216 

Tax adjustment

  —      —      —      (92  —      —      —      —      —      (92

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      (160  —      —      (110  (270

Equity Units

  —      —      (405  —      —      —      —      —      —      (405

Reclassification of negative additional paid-in capital to retained earnings

  —      —      307   (307  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Other decreases in noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (813  (813
                                        

BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 2008

  19,155   12   1,619   38,096   3,901   (125  (7,926  (3,901  705   51,536 

Net income (loss)

  —      —      —      (1,288  —      —      —      —      3   (1,285

Dividends

  —      —      —      (641  —      —      —      —      (5  (646

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      (1,160  —      411   —      1,309   (411  —      149 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (3  —      —      (3

Preferred stock accretion

  13   —      —      (13  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —      —      —      —      —      2   —      —      —      2 

Pension and postretirement adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      (201  —      —      —      (201

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      (96  —      —      —      (96
                                        

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2008

  19,168   12   459   36,154   4,312   (420  (6,620  (4,312  703   49,456 

Net income

  —      —      —      1,346   —      —      —      —      60   1,406 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (1,310  —      —      —      —      (23  (1,333

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      485   —      (248  —      631   248   —      1,116 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (50  —      —      (50

Morgan Stanley public offerings of common stock

  —      3   6,209   —      —      —      —      —      —      6,212 

Series C Preferred Stock extinguished and exchanged for common stock

  (503  —      705   (202  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Series D Preferred Stock and Warrant

  (9,068  —      (950  (932  —      —      —      —      —      (10,950

Gain on Morgan Stanley Smith Barney transaction

  —      —      1,711   —      —      —      —      —      —      1,711 

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —      —      —      —      —      13   —      —      —      13 

Pension and postretirement adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      (269  —      —      (4  (273

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      116   —      —      (4  112 

Increase in noncontrolling interests related to Morgan Stanley Smith Barney transaction

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      4,825   4,825 

Other increases in noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      535   535 
                                        

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009

 $9,597   $15   $8,619   $35,056   $4,064   $(560 $(6,039 $(4,064 $6,092   $52,780  
                                        

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 117125 


MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

(dollars in millions)

  Preferred
Stock
 Common
Stock
 Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Employee
Stock
Trust
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
  Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Trust
  Non-
controlling
Interests
  Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 2006

 $1,100 $12 $2,213   $41,422   $4,315   $(35 $(9,348 $(4,315 $2,620   $37,984  

Fair value adjustment

  —    —    —      186    —      —      —      —      —      186  

Net income

  —    —    —      3,209    —      —      —      —      40    3,249  

Dividends

  —    —    —      (1,219  —      —      —      —      (57  (1,276

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —    —    420    5   1,254    —      2,857    (1,254)  —      3,282  

Repurchases of common stock

  —    —    —      —      —      —      (4,070  —      —      (4,070

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —    —    —      —      —      19    —      —      —      19  

Minimum pension liability adjustment

  —    —    —      —      —      (40  —      —      —      (40

Pension adjustment

  —    —    —      —      —      (208  —      —      —      (208

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —    —    —      —      —      65    —      —      122    187  

MSCI Inc. initial public offering

  —    —    239    —      —      —      —      —      —      239  

Discover Spin-off

  —    —    (970  (5,558  —      —      970    —      —      (5,558

Other changes in non-controlling interests:

          

Issuances of shares by subsidiaries

  —    —    —      —      —      —      —      —      219    219  

Acquisitions of subsidiaries

  —    —    —      —      —      —      —      —      741    741  

Repurchases of subsidiaries’ shares by Morgan Stanley

  —    —    —      —      —      —      —      —      (2,044  (2,044

Decrease in non-controlling interests related to disposition of a subsidiary

  —    —    —      —      —      —      —      —      (10  (10

Other

  —    —    —      —      —      —      —      —      (3  (3
                                      

BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 2007

  1,100  12  1,902    38,045    5,569    (199  (9,591  (5,569  1,628    32,897  

Net income

  —    —    —      1,707    —      —      —      —      71    1,778  

Dividends

  —    —    —      (1,227  —      —      —      —      (71  (1,298

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —    —    (1,142  —      (1,668  —      3,493    1,668    —      2,351  

Repurchases of common stock

  —    —    —      —      —      —      (1,828  —      —      (1,828

Issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrant

  18,055  —    957    (15  —      —      —      —      —      18,997  

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —    —    —      —      —      16    —      —      —      16  

Pension adjustment

  —    —    —      (15  —      2    —      —      —      (13

Pension and postretirement adjustments

  —    —    —      —      —      216    —      —      —      216  

Tax adjustment

  —    —    —      (92  —      —      —      —      —      (92

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —    —    —      —      —      (160  —      —      (110  (270

Equity Units

  —    —    (405  —      —      —      —      —      —      (405

Reclassification of negative additional paid-in capital to retained earnings

  —    —    307    (307  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Other changes in non-controlling interests:

          

Sales of subsidiaries’ shares by Morgan Stanley

  —    —    —      —      —      —      —      —      132    132  

Acquisitions of subsidiaries

  —    —    —      —      —      —      —      —      9    9  

Repurchases of subsidiaries’ shares by Morgan Stanley

  —    —    —      —      —      —      —      —      (445  (445

Decrease in non-controlling interests related to disposition of a subsidiary

  —    —    —      —      —      —      —      —      (514  (514

Other

  —    —    —      —      —      —      —      —      5    5  
                                      

BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 2008

  19,155  12  1,619    38,096    3,901    (125  (7,926  (3,901  705    51,536  

Net (loss) income

  —    —    —      (1,288  —      —      —      —      3    (1,285

Dividends

  —    —    —      (641  —      —      —      —      (5  (646

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —    —    (1,160  —      411    —      1,309    (411  —      149  

Repurchases of common stock

  —    —    —      —      —      —      (3  —      —      (3

Preferred stock accretion

  13  —    —      (13  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —    —    —      —      —      2    —      —      —      2  

Pension and postretirement adjustments

  —    —    —      —      —      (201  —      —      —      (201

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —    —    —      —      —      (96  —      —      —      (96
                                      

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2008

 $19,168 $12 $459   $36,154   $4,312   $(420 $(6,620 $(4,312 $703   $49,456  
                                      

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

118


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—(Continued)

(dollars in millions)

 

  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
 Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Employee
Stock
Trust
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
  Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Trust
  Non-
controlling
Interests
  Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2008

 $19,168   $12 $459   $36,154   $4,312   $(420 $(6,620 $(4,312 $703   $49,456  

Net income

  —      —    —      1,346    —      —      —      —      60    1,406  

Dividends

  —      —    —      (1,310  —      —      —      —      (23  (1,333

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —    485    —      (248  —      631    248    —      1,116  

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —    —      —      —      —      (50  —      —      (50

Morgan Stanley public offerings of common stock

  —      3  6,209    —      —      —      —      —      —      6,212  

Series C Preferred Stock extinguished and exchanged for common stock

  (503  —    705    (202  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Series D Preferred Stock and Warrant

  (9,068  —    (950  (932  —      —      —      —      —      (10,950

Gain on Morgan Stanley Smith Barney transaction

  —      —    1,711    —      —      —      —      —      —      1,711  

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —      —    —      —      —      13    —      —      —      13  

Pension and postretirement adjustments

  —      —    —      —      —      (269  —      —      (4  (273

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —      —    —      —      —      116    —      —      (4  112  

Increase in non-controlling interests related to Morgan Stanley Smith Barney transaction

  —      —    —      —      —      —      —      —      4,825    4,825  

Increase in non-controlling interests related to the consolidation of certain real estate funds sponsored by the Company

  —      —    —      —      —      —      —      —      724    724  

Decrease in non-controlling interests related to disposition of a subsidiary

  —      —    —      —      —      —      —      —      (229  (229

Other increases in non-controlling interests

  —      —    —      —      —      —      —      —      40    40  
                                       

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009

 $9,597   $15 $8,619   $35,056   $4,064   $(560 $(6,039 $(4,064 $6,092   $52,780  
                                       

  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Employee
Stock
Trust
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
  Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Trust
  Non-
controlling
Interests
  Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009

 $9,597   $15   $8,619   $35,056   $4,064   $(560 $(6,039 $(4,064 $6,092   $52,780  

Net income

  —      —      —      4,703   —      —      —      —      999   5,702 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (1,156  —      —      —      —      —      (1,156

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      (1,407  —      (599  —      2,297   599   —      890 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (317  —      —      (317

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —      —      —      —      —      9    —      —      —      9  

Pension, postretirement and other related adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      (18  —      —      (2  (20

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      66   —      —      155   221 

Gain on MUFG Transaction

  —      —      731   —      —      —      —      —      —      731 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale

  —      —      —      —      —      36   —      —      —      36 

Redemption of China Investment Corporation equity units and issuance of common stock

  —      1   5,578   —      —      —      —      —      —      5,579 

Increase in noncontrolling interests related to MUFG Transaction

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1,130   1,130 

Decrease in noncontrolling interests related to dividends of noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (332  (332

Other increases in noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      154   154 
                                        

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2010

 $9,597   $16   $13,521   $38,603   $3,465   $(467 $(4,059 $(3,465 $8,196   $65,407  
                                        

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 119126 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.    Introduction and Basis of PresentationPresentation.

 

The Company.    Morgan Stanley, (or the “Company”), a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” and the “Company” mean Morgan Stanley and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

 

Institutional Securities includesprovides capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

 

Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Company’s 51% interest in Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (“MSSB”) (see Note 3), provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services.services and engages in fixed income principal trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.

 

Asset Management provides globala broad array of investment strategies that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset management productsclasses and services in equity, fixed income, alternative investments, which includes hedge fundspublic and fundsprivate markets to a diverse group of funds, and merchant banking, which includes real estate, private equity and infrastructure, toclients across the institutional and retailintermediary channels as well as high net worth clients through proprietary and third-party distribution channels.(see “Discontinued Operations—Retail Asset Management also engages in investment activities.Business” herein).

 

Change in Fiscal Year-End.

 

On December 16, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year- endyear-end from November 30 to December 31 of each year. This change to the calendar year reporting cycle began January 1, 2009. As a result of the change, the Company had a one-month transition period in December 2008.

 

Included in this report isare the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008;2009; the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010 (“2010”), December 31, 2009 (“2009”), and November 30, 2008 (“fiscal 2008”) and November 30, 2007 (“fiscal 2007”) and the one month ended December 31, 2008.

 

Discontinued Operations.

 

Retail Asset Management Business.On October 19, 2009, as part of a restructuring of its Asset Management business segment,June 1, 2010, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sellcompleted the sale of substantially all of its retail asset management business (“Retail Asset Management”), including Van Kampen Investments, Inc., (“Van Kampen”), to Invesco Ltd. (“Invesco”). This transaction allowsThe Company received $800 million in cash and approximately 30.9 million shares of Invesco stock upon the Company’s Asset Management business segment to focus on its institutional client base, including corporations, pension plans, large intermediaries, foundations and endowments, sovereign wealth funds and central banks, among others.

Under the terms of the definitive agreement, Invesco will purchase substantially all of Retail Asset Management, operating under both the Morgan Stanley and Van Kampen brands,sale, resulting in a stock and cash transaction.cumulative after-tax gain of $682 million, of which approximately $570 million was recorded in 2010. The Company will receive a 9.4% minority interestremaining gain, representing tax basis benefits, was recorded in Invesco. The transaction, which has been approved by the Boards of Directors of both companies, is expected to close in mid-2010, subject to customary regulatory, client and fund shareholder approvals.quarter ended December 31, 2009. The results of Retail Asset Management are reported as discontinued operations within the Asset Management business segment for all periods presented.presented through the date of sale.

The Company recorded the 30.9 million shares as securities available for sale. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company sold its investment in Invesco, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $102 million recorded in Other revenues.

 

 120127 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Revel Entertainment Group, LLC.    On March 31, 2010, the Board of Directors authorized a plan of disposal by sale for Revel Entertainment Group, LLC (“Revel”), a development stage enterprise and subsidiary of the Company that is primarily associated with a development property in Atlantic City, New Jersey. Total assets of Revel included in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 approximated $28 million and $1.2 billion, respectively. The results of Revel are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented within the Institutional Securities business segment. Amounts for 2010 included losses of approximately $1.2 billion in connection with writedowns and related costs of such planned disposition.

CityMortgage Bank.    In the third quarter of 2010, the Company completed the disposal of CityMortgage Bank (“CMB”), a Moscow-based mortgage bank. The results of CMB are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of disposal within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Other.    In the third quarter of 2010, the Company completed a disposal of a real estate property within the Asset Management business segment. The results of operations are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of disposal.

 

MSCI IncInc..    In May 2009, the Company divested all of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”). The results of MSCI are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. The results of MSCI were formerly includedthrough the divestiture within the Institutional Securities business segment.

 

Crescent.    Discontinued operations in 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 include operating results and gains (losses) related to the disposition of Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (“Crescent”), a former real estate subsidiary of the Company. The Company completed the disposition of Crescent in the fourth quarter of 2009, whereby the Company transferred its ownership interest in Crescent to Crescent’s primary creditor in exchange for full release of liability on the related loans. The results of Crescent were formerly included inare reported as discontinued operations within the Asset Management business segment.

 

Discover.    On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the spin-off (the “Discover Spin-off”) of its business segment Discover Financial Services (“DFS”) to its shareholders. On February 11, 2010, DFS paid the Company $775 million in complete satisfaction of its obligations to the Company regarding the sharing of proceeds from a lawsuit against Visa and MasterCard. The results of DFS are reportedpayment was recorded as a gain in discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of the Discover Spin-off.2010. Fiscal 2008 included costs related to a legal settlement between DFS, VISAVisa and MasterCard. See Note 27 for further information regarding settlement with DFS.

 

Quilter Holdings Ltd.    The results of Quilter Holdings Ltd. (“Quilter”), Global Wealth Management Group’s former mass affluent business in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), are also reported asPrior period amounts have been recast for discontinued operations for all periods presented through its sale to Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) on February 28, 2007. Citi subsequently contributed Quilter to the MSSB joint venture. The results of MSSB are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s income from continuing operations effective May 31, 2009.

operations. See Note 2325 for additional information on discontinued operations.

 

Basis of Financial Information.    The consolidated financial statements for 2009, fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.”), which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of litigation and tax matters, and other matters that affect the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

 

All materialAt December 31, 2010, the Company netted securities received as collateral in connection with securities lending arrangements aggregating $4.6 billion with identical securities, primarily Corporate equities, in Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased. At December 31, 2009, the Company did not net securities received as collateral with Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, as amounts did not materially affect the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition.

128


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

ConsolidationConsolidation..    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest, including certain variable interest entities (“VIEs”VIE”) (see Note 7). The Company adopted accounting guidance for non-controllingnoncontrolling interests on January 1, 2009. Accordingly, for consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as non-controllingnoncontrolling interests. The portion of net income attributable to non-controllingnoncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income (loss) applicable to non-controllingnoncontrolling interests on the consolidated statements of income, and the portion of the shareholders’ equity of such subsidiaries is presented as Non-controllingNoncontrolling interests in the consolidated statements of financial condition and consolidated statements of changes in total equity.

 

For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities independentlywithout additional support and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks and returns of the entity and have the rightpower to make decisions aboutdirect the entity’s activities of the entity that most significantly affect its economic performance, the Company consolidates those entities it controls either through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For entities that do not meet these criteria, commonly known as VIEs, the Company consolidates those entities where the Company is deemedhas the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the primary beneficiaryVIE, except for certain VIEs that are money market funds, investment companies or are entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies. Generally, the Company consolidates those entities when it absorbs a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, of suchthe entities.

121


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Notwithstanding the above, under accounting guidance prior to January 1, 2010, certain securitization vehicles, commonly known as qualifying special purpose entities (“QSPEs”QSPE”), were not consolidated by the Company if they met certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they could hold the types of sales they could engage in and the range of discretion they could exercise in connection with the assets they held (see Note 6).held. These entities are now subject to the consolidation requirements for VIEs.

 

For investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, the Company generally applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues. Where the Company has elected to measure certain eligible investments at fair value in accordance with the fair value option, net gains and losses are recorded within Principal transactions—investmentsInvestments (see Note 4).

 

Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.

 

The Company’s significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), Morgan Stanley JapanMUFG Securities, Co., Ltd. (“MSJS”MSMS”), Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc.

 

Income Statement PresentationPresentation..    The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. In connection with the delivery of the various products and services to clients, the Company manages its revenues and related expenses in the aggregate. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, primarily in its Institutional Securities business segment, the

129


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions and interest and dividend income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for eachactivity.

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company reclassified dividend income associated with trading and investing activities to Principal transactions—Trading or Principal transactions—Investments depending upon the business activity. Previously, these amounts were included in Interest and dividends on the consolidated statements of income. These reclassifications were made in connection with the Company’s separate businesses.conversion to a financial holding company. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.

 

The Company made an immaterial adjustment to eliminate $1,021 million of interest revenue and interest expense (approximate 2.6% average decrease in each line item) on certain intercompany transactions for fiscal 2008, which had not been eliminated in error. There was no impact on net interest, net revenuerevenues or net income on the consolidated statement of income.

 

2.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

 

Revenue Recognition.

 

Investment Banking.    Underwriting revenues and advisory fees from mergers, acquisitions and restructuring transactions are recorded when services for the transactions are determined to be substantially completed, generally as set forth under the terms of the engagement. Transaction-related expenses, primarily consisting of legal, travel and other costs directly associated with the transaction, are deferred and recognized in the same period as the related investment banking transaction revenue.revenues. Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses. Non-reimbursed expenses associated with advisory transactions are recorded within Non-interest expenses.

 

Commissions.    The Company generates commissions from executing and clearing customer transactions on stock, options, bonds and futures markets. Commission revenues are recognized in the accounts on trade date.

 

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees are recognized over the relevant contract period. Sales commissions paid by the Company in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of its open-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred commission assets. The Company periodically tests the deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods. In certain management fee arrangements, the Company is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance

122


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

fee revenue is accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account/fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. Performance-based fees are recorded within Principal transactions—investment revenuesInvestments or Asset management, distribution and administration fees depending on the nature of the arrangement. The amount of performance-based fee revenue at risk of reversing if fund performance falls below stated investment management agreement benchmarks was approximately $208 million at December 31, 2010 and approximately $122 million at December 31, 2009.

 

Principal Transactions.    See “Financial Instruments and Fair Value” below for principal transactions revenue recognition discussions.

 

Financial Instruments and Fair Value.

 

A significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments is carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. A description of the Company’s policies regarding fair value measurement and its application to these financial instruments follows.

 

130


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.    All of the instruments within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, are measured at fair value, either through the fair value option election (discussed below) or as required by other accounting pronouncements.guidance. These financial instruments primarily represent the Company’s trading and investment activities and include both cash and derivative products. In addition, debt securities classified as Securities available for sale are measured at fair value in accordance with accounting guidance for certain investments in debt securities. Furthermore, Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral are measured at fair value as required by other accounting pronouncements.guidance. Additionally, certain Deposits, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (primarily structured(structured notes), certain Deposits, Other secured financings, certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and certain Long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes and certain junior subordinated debentures)notes) are measured at fair value through the fair value option election.

 

Gains and losses on all of these instruments carried at fair value are reflected in Principal transactions—tradingTrading revenues, Principal transactions—investmentInvestments revenues or Investment banking revenues in the consolidated statements of income, except for Securities available for sale (see “Securities Available for Sale” section herein and Note 5) and derivatives accounted for as hedges (see “Hedge Accounting” section herein and Note 10)12). Interest income and expense and dividend income are recorded within the consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest and dividends areis included as a component of the instruments’ fair value, interest and dividends areis included within Principal transactions—tradingTrading revenues or Principal transactions—investmentInvestments revenues. Otherwise, they areit is included within Interest and dividend income or Interest expense. Dividend income is recorded in Principal transactions—Trading revenues or Principal transactions—Investments revenues depending on the business activity. The fair value of over-the-counter (“OTC”) financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities, is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. Additionally, the Company nets the fair value of cash collateral paid or received against the fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement.

 

Fair Value Option.    The fair value option permits the irrevocable fair value option election on an instrument-by-instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a new basis of accounting for that instrument. The Company applies the fair value option for eligible instruments, including certain loans and lending commitments, certain equity method investments, certain securities sold under agreements to repurchase, certain structured notes, certain junior subordinated debentures, certain time deposits and certain other secured financings.

 

Fair Value Measurement—Definition and Hierarchy.    Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches and establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are

123


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions other market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:

 

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

131


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

 

Level 2—Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

 

The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3.3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

The Company usesconsiders prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy (see Note 4). In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to further declines in the valuation of many instruments.

 

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls in its entirety is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

 

Valuation TechniquesTechniques..    Many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that a party is willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that a party is willing to accept for an asset. For financial instruments whose inputs are based on bid-ask prices, the Company does not require that the fair value estimate always be a predetermined point in the bid-ask range. The Company’s policy is to allow for mid-market pricing and adjusting to the point within the bid-ask range that meets the Company’s best estimate of fair value. For offsetting positions in the same financial instrument, the same price within the bid-ask spread is used to measure both the long and short positions.

 

Fair value for many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts is derived using pricing models. Pricing models take into account the contract terms (including maturity) as well as multiple inputs, including, where applicable, commodity prices, equity prices, interest rate yield curves, credit curves, correlation, creditworthiness of the counterparty, creditworthiness of the Company, option volatility and currency rates. Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality and model uncertainty. CreditAdjustments for liquidity risk adjust model derived mid-market levels of Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments for the bid-mid or mid-ask spread required to properly reflect the exit price of a risk position. Bid-mid and mid-ask spreads are marked to levels observed in trade activity, broker quotes or other external third-party data. Where these spreads are unobservable for the particular position in question, spreads are derived from observable levels of similar positions. The Company applies credit-related valuation adjustments are applied to both cash instrumentsits short-term and long-term borrowings (including structured notes) for which the fair value option was elected and to OTC derivatives. For cash instruments,The Company considers the impact of changes in the Company’sits own credit spreads is consideredbased upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads when measuring the fair value of liabilities and the impact of

 

 124132 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

changes in the counterparty’s credit spreads is considered when measuring the fair value of assets.for short-term and long-term borrowings. For OTC derivatives, the impact of changes in both the Company’s and the counterparty’s credit standing is considered when measuring fair value. In determining the expected exposure, the Company simulates the distribution of the future exposure to a counterparty, then applies market-based default probabilities to the future exposure, leveraging external third-party credit default swap (“CDS”) spread data. Where CDS spread data are unavailable for a specific counterparty, bond market spreads, CDS spread data based on the counterparty’s credit rating or CDS spread data that reference a comparable counterparty may be utilized. The Company also considers collateral held and legally enforceable master netting agreements that mitigate the Company’s exposure to each counterparty. All valuationAdjustments for model uncertainty are taken for positions whose underlying models are reliant on significant inputs that are neither directly nor indirectly observable, hence requiring reliance on established theoretical concepts in their derivation. These adjustments are subject to judgment, are applied on a consistent basisderived by making assessments of the possible degree of variability using statistical approaches and are based upon observable inputsmarket-based information where available.possible. The Company generally subjects all valuations and models to a review process initially and on a periodic basis thereafter.

 

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that the Company believes market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

 

See Note 4 for a description of valuation techniques applied to the major categories of financial instruments measured at fair value.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis.    Certain of the Company’s assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company incurs impairment chargeslosses or gains for any writedownsadjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

 

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

 

For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, see Note 4.

 

Hedge Accounting.

 

The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt used to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of assetasset/liability and liabilitycurrency management. These derivative financial instruments are included within Financial instruments owned—derivativeDerivative and other contracts and Corporate and other debt or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivativeDerivative and other contracts and Corporate and other debt in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges),; and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).

 

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.12.

133


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

 

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks, which are highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and readily convertible to known amounts of cash.cash, and are held for investment purposes. The Company’s significant non-cash activities includein 2010 included assets acquired of approximately $0.5 billion and assumed liabilities of approximately $0.2 billion in connection with business acquisitions and approximately $0.6 billion of equity securities received in connection with the sale of Retail Asset Management, which were subsequently sold (see Note 1). The Company’s significant non-cash activities in 2009 included assets acquired of $11.0 billion and assumed liabilities, in connection with business

125


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

acquisitions, of $3.2 billion in 2009.billion. Fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 included assumed liabilities of $77 million and $7,704 million, respectively.million. During 2009, the Company consolidated certain real estate funds sponsored by the Company increasing assets by $600 million, liabilities of $18 million and Non-controllingNoncontrolling interests of $582 million. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company disposed of Crescent, deconsolidating $2,766 million of assets and $2,947 million of liabilities (see Note 23)1). During fiscal 2008, the Company consolidated Crescent assets and liabilities of approximately $4,681 million and $3,881 million, respectively. In connection

Repurchase and Securities Lending Transactions.

Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings. Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are carried on the consolidated statements of financial condition at the amounts at which the securities will be subsequently sold or repurchased, plus accrued interest, except for certain repurchase agreements for which the Company has elected the fair value option (see Note 4). Where appropriate, transactions with the Discover Spin-off,same counterparty are reported on a net assetsbasis. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of approximately $5,558 million were distributed to shareholders in fiscal 2007 (see Note 23). At November 30, 2007, $8,086 million of securities were transferred from Securities available for sale to Financial instruments owned.cash collateral advanced or received.

 

Securitization Activities.

 

The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, corporate bonds and loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations and other types of financial assets (see Note 6)7). Generally, suchSuch transfers of financial assets are generally accounted for as sales when the Company has relinquished control over the transferred assets.assets and does not consolidate the transferee. The gain or loss on sale of such financial assets depends, in part, on the previous carrying amount of the assets involved in the transfer allocated between the assets sold(generally at fair value) and the sum of the proceeds and the fair value of the retained interests based upon their respective fair values at the date of sale. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are treated as secured financings (“failed sales”).

 

Premises, Equipment and Software Costs.

 

Premises and equipment consist of buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, computer and communications equipment, power plants, tugs, barges, terminals, pipelines and software (externally purchased and developed for internal use). Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated useful lives are generally as follows: buildings—39 years; furniture and fixtures—7 years; computer and communications equipment—3 to 8 years; power plants—15 years; tugs and barges—15 years; and terminals and pipelines—3 to 25 years. Estimated useful lives for software costs are generally 3 to 5 years.

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or, where applicable, the remaining term of the lease, but generally not exceeding: 25 years for building structural improvements and 15 years for other improvements.

 

134


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Premises, equipment and software costs are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable in accordance with current accounting guidance.

 

Income Taxes.

 

Income tax expense (benefit) is provided for using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance (recorded in Other assets) and liabilities are determined based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates.

 

Earnings per Common Share.

 

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders represents net income applicable to Morgan Stanley reduced by preferred stock dividends amortization and the acceleration of discounts on preferred stock issued and allocations of earnings to participating securities. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock unit awardsunits (“RSUs”) where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.

 

126


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Effective October 13, 2008, as a result ofIn December 2007, the adjustment toCompany sold Equity Units soldthat included contracts to purchase Company common stock to a wholly owned subsidiary of China Investment Corporation Ltd. (“CIC”) (see Note 13), (the “CIC Entity”), for approximately $5,579 million. Effective October 13, 2008, the Company calculatesbegan calculating EPS in accordance with the accounting guidance for determining EPS for participating securities.securities as a result of an adjustment to these Equity Units. The accounting guidance for participating securities and the two-class method of calculating EPS addresses the computation of EPS by companies that have issued securities other than common stock that contractually entitle the holder to participate in dividends and earnings of the company along with common shareholders according to a predetermined formula. The two-class method requires the Company to present EPS as if all of the earnings for the period are distributed to Morgan Stanley common shareholders and any participating securities, regardless of whether any actual dividends or distributions are made. The amount allocated to the participating securities is based upon the contractual terms of their respective contract and is reflected as a reduction to “NetNet income applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders”shareholders for both the Company’s basic and diluted EPS calculations (see Note 14)16). The two-class method does not impact the Company’s actual net income applicable to Morgan Stanley or other financial results. Unless contractually required by the terms of the participating securities, no losses are allocated to participating securities for purposes of the EPS calculation under the two-class method.

 

On July 1, 2010, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) announced that it was lowering the equity credit assigned to these Equity Units. The terms of the Equity Units permitted the Company to redeem the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units upon the occurrence and continuation of such a change in equity credit (a “Rating Agency Event”). In June 2008,response to this Rating Agency Event, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued accounting guidance on whether share-based payment transactions are participating securities. This accounting guidance addresses whether instruments grantedCompany redeemed the junior subordinated debentures in share-based payment transactions are participating securities priorAugust 2010, and the redemption proceeds were subsequently used by the CIC Entity to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing EPSsettle its obligation under the two-class method as describedpurchase contracts. The settlement of the purchase contracts and delivery of 116,062,911 shares of Company common stock to the CIC Entity occurred in the accounting guidance for calculating EPS. August 2010.

Under thiscurrent accounting guidance, unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. The accounting guidance on whether share-basedmethod described above. Share-based payment transactionsawards that pay

135


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

dividend equivalents subject to vesting are not deemed participating securities became effective forand are included in diluted shares outstanding (if dilutive) under the treasury stock method.

The Company has granted performance-based stock units (“PSU”) that vest and convert to shares of common stock only if the Company satisfies predetermined performance and market goals. Since the issuance of the shares is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, the PSUs are included in diluted EPS based on January 1, 2009. All prior-period EPS data presentedthe number of shares (if any) that would be issuable if the end of the reporting period were adjusted retrospectively.the end of the contingency period.

 

Stock-Based Compensation.

 

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the accounting guidance for equity-based awards. This accounting guidance requires measurement of compensation cost for equity-based awards at fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The Company determines the fair value of restricted stock unitsRSUs (including RSUs with non-market performance conditions) based on the number of units granted and the grant date fair value of the Company’s common stock, measured as the volume-weighted average price on the date of grant. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model and the single grant life method. Under the single grant life method, option awards with graded vesting are valued using a single weighted-averageweighted average expected option life. RSUs with market-based conditions are valued using a Monte Carlo valuation model.

Compensation expense for stock-based payment awards is recognized using the graded vesting attribution method. Compensation expense for awards with performance conditions is recognized based on the probable outcome of the performance condition at each reporting date. At the end of the contingency period, the total compensation cost recognized will be the grant-date fair value of all units that actually vest based on the outcome of the performance conditions. Compensation expense for awards with market-based conditions is recognized irrespective of the probability of the market condition being achieved and is not reversed if the market condition is not met.

Until its discontinuation on June 1, 2009, the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) allowed employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a 15% discount from market value. The Company expensed the 15% discount associated with the ESPP until its discontinuation.

For stock-based awards issued prior to the adoption of current accounting guidance, the Company’s accounting policy for awards granted to retirement-eligible employees is to recognize compensation cost over the service period specified in the award terms. The Company accelerates any unrecognized compensation cost for such awards if and when a retirement-eligible employee leaves the Company.

 

The Company recognizes the expense for equity-based awards over the requisite service period. For anticipated year-end equity awards that are granted to employees expected to be retirement-eligible under the award terms, the Company accrues the estimated cost of these awards over the course of the current fiscal year. As such, the Company accrued the estimated cost of 20092010 year-end awards granted to employees who were retirement-retirement eligible under the award terms over 20092010 rather than expensing the awards on the date of grant (which occurred

127


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

in January 2010)2011). The Company believes that this method of recognition for retirement-eligible employees is preferable because it better reflects the period over which the compensation is earned.

 

Translation of Foreign Currencies.

 

Assets and liabilities of operations having non-U.S. dollar functional currencies are translated at year-end rates of exchange, and income statement accounts are translated at weighted average rates of exchange for the year. Gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects, are reflected in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ equity on the consolidated statementstatements of financial condition. Gains or losses resulting from remeasurement of foreign currency transactions are included in net income.

136


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

 

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized and are reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment.

 

Securities Available for Sale.

Beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2007, the Company purchased certain debt securities that were classified as “securities available for sale” in accordance with accounting guidance for certain investments in debt and equity securities. During fiscal 2007, the Company recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $437 million in Principal transactions–trading revenues in the consolidated statement of income.

Deferred Compensation Arrangements.

 

Rabbi Trust.    The Company maintains trusts, commonly referred to as rabbi trusts (the “Rabbi Trusts”), in connection with certain deferred compensation plans. Assets of rabbi trustsRabbi Trusts are consolidated, and the value of the Company’s stock held in rabbi trustsRabbi Trusts is classified in Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ equity and generally accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock. The Company has included its obligations under certain deferred compensation plans in Employee stock trust. Shares that the Company has issued to its rabbi trustsRabbi Trusts are recorded in Common stock issued to employee trust. Both Employee stock trust and Common stock issued to the employee trust are components of Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ equity. The Company recognizes the original amount of deferred compensation (fair value of the deferred stock award at the date of grant—see Note 18)20) as the basis for recognition in Employee stock trust and Common stock issued to employee trust. Changes in the fair value of amounts owed to employees are not recognized as the Company’s deferred compensation plans do not permit diversification and must be settled by the delivery of a fixed number of shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

Deferred Compensation Plans.Plans.    The Company also maintains various deferred compensation plans for the benefit of certain employees that provide a return to the participating employees based upon the performance of various referenced investments. The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in such referenced investments related to its obligations to perform under the deferred compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded primarily in Principal transactions—investments.Investments. Expenses associated with the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and benefits.

 

Employee Loans.Securities Available for Sale.

 

At DecemberDuring the quarter ended March 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008,2010, the Company had $3.5 billionestablished a portfolio of debt securities that are classified as securities available for sale (“AFS”). During the quarter ended June 30, 2010, the Company classified certain marketable equity securities received in connection with the Company’s sale of Retail Asset Management as AFS securities (see Note 1) which were subsequently sold in the fourth quarter of 2010. AFS securities are reported at fair value in the consolidated statements of financial condition with unrealized gains and $1.9 billion, respectively,losses reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of loans outstanding to certain employees. These loanstax. Interest and dividend income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, is included in Interest income in the consolidated statements of income. Realized gains and losses on AFS securities are full-recourse, require periodic payment terms and have repayment terms ranging from 4 to 12 years.

Accounting Developments.reported in earnings (see Note 5). The Company utilizes the “first-in, first-out” method as the basis for determining the cost of AFS securities.

 

Accounting for UncertaintyOther-than-temporary impairment.    AFS securities in Income Taxes.    In July 2006,unrealized loss positions resulting from the FASB issued accounting guidance which clarifiescurrent fair value of a security being less than amortized cost are analyzed as part of the accounting for uncertaintyCompany’s ongoing assessment of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”).

For AFS debt securities, the Company incurs a loss in income taxes recognized in a company’s financialthe consolidated statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributeof income for the financial statement recognition and measurementOTTI if the Company has the intent to sell the security or it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis as of the reporting date. For those debt securities the Company does not expect to sell or expect to be required to sell, the Company must evaluate whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the debt security. In the event of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. It also provides guidance oncredit loss, only the amount of

 

 128137 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

derecognition, classification,impairment associated with the credit loss is recognized in income. Unrealized losses relating to factors other than credit are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.

Allowance for Loan Losses.

The allowance for loan losses estimates probable losses related to loans individually identified for impairment in addition to the probable losses inherent in the held for investment loan portfolio.

When a loan is deemed impaired or required to be specifically evaluated under regulatory requirements in certain regions, the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Asrate or as a resultpractical expedient, the observable market price of the adoptionloan or the fair value of this accounting guidance on December 1, 2007,the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the present value of the expected future cash flows (or alternatively, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral) is less than the recorded investment in the loan, then the Company recordedrecognizes an allowance and a cumulative effect adjustment of approximately $92 million as a decreasecharge to the openingprovision for loan losses within Other revenues.

Generally, inherent losses in the portfolio for unimpaired loans are estimated using statistical analysis and judgment around the exposure at default, the probability of default and the loss given default. Specific qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered in the calculations.

The Company places a loan on nonaccrual status if principal or interest is past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest is in doubt unless the obligation is well-secured and in the process of collection. A loan is considered past due when a payment due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement has not been remitted by the borrower. Loans assigned a credit quality indicator of Substandard, Doubtful or Loss are identified as impaired and placed upon nonaccrual status. For descriptions of these modifiers, see Note 8.

Payments received on nonaccrual loans held for investment are applied to principal if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectability; if collection of the principal is not doubtful, interest income is recognized on a cash basis. Loans that are nonaccrual status may not be restored to accrual status until all delinquent principal and/or interest has been brought current, after a reasonable period of performance, typically a minimum of six months.

The Company charges off a loan in the period that it is deemed uncollectible and records a reduction in the allowance for loan losses and the balance of Retained earnings asthe loan.

The Company calculates the liability and related expense for the credit exposure related to commitments to fund loans that will be held for investment in a manner similar to outstanding loans disclosed above. The analysis also incorporates a credit conversion factor, which is the expected utilization of December 1, 2007 (seethe undrawn commitment. The liability is recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses on the consolidated statements of financial condition, and the expense is recorded in Non-interest expenses in the consolidated statements of income. For more information regarding loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, see Note 20).13.

Accounting Developments.

 

Employee Benefit Plans.    In September 2006, the FASBFinancial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued accounting guidance for pension and other post retirement plans. In fiscal 2007, the Company adopted the requirement to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of its defined benefit and postretirement plans as an asset or liability. In the first quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company recorded an after-tax charge of approximately $13 million ($21 million pre-tax) to Shareholders’ equity upon early adoption of the requirement to use the fiscal year-end date as the measurement date (see Note 19)21).

138


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards.    In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached consensus on accounting for tax benefits of dividends on share-based payment awards to employees. The accounting guidance requiresrequired that the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents paid on restricted stock unitsRSUs that are expected to vest be recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The Company adopted this guidance prospectively effective December 1, 2008. The Company previously accounted for this tax benefit as a reduction to its income tax provision. The adoption of the accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Business CombinationsCombinations..    In December 2007, the FASB issued accounting guidance that requiresrequired the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize the full fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction (whether a full or partial acquisition); establishesestablished the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; requiresrequired expensing of most transaction and restructuring costs; and requiresrequired the acquirer to disclose to investors and other users all of the information needed to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. The accounting guidance appliesapplied to all transactions or other events in which the Company obtains control of one or more businesses, including those sometimes referred to as “true mergers” or “mergers of equals” and combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration, for example, by contract alone or through the lapse of minority veto rights. The Company adopted the accounting guidance prospectively on January 1, 2009.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions.    In February 2008, the FASB issued implementation guidance for accounting for transfers of financial assets and repurchase financing transactions. Under this guidance, there is a presumption that an initial transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing are considered part of the same arrangement (i.ei.e.., a linked transaction) for purposes of evaluation. If certain criteria are met, however, the initial transfer and repurchase financing shall not be evaluated as a linked transaction and shall be evaluated separately. The adoption of the guidance on December 1, 2008 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.    In April 2008, the FASB issued guidance on the determination of the useful life of intangible assets. The guidance removesremoved the requirement for an entity to consider, when determining the useful life of an acquired intangible asset, whether the intangible asset can be renewed without substantial cost or material modifications to the existing terms and conditions associated with the intangible asset. The guidance replacesreplaced the previous useful-life assessment criteria with a requirement that an entity shall consider its own experience in renewing similar arrangements. If the entity has no relevant experience, it would consider market participant assumptions regarding renewal. The adoption of the guidance on January 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

129


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Instruments Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock.In June 2008, the FASB ratified the consensus reached for determining whether an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock. The accounting guidance appliesapplied to any freestanding financial instrument or embedded feature that has all of the characteristics of a derivative or freestanding instrument that is potentially settled in an entity’s own stock with certain exceptions. To meet the definition of “indexed to own stock,” an instrument’s contingent exercise provisions must not be based on (a) an observable market, other than the market for the issuer’s stock (if applicable), or (b) an observable index, other than an index calculated or measured solely by reference to the issuer’s own operations, and the variables that could affect the settlement amount must be inputs to the fair value of a “fixed-for-fixed” forward or option on equity shares. The adoption of the guidance on January 1, 2009 did not change the classification or measurement of the Company’s financial instruments.

 

Subsequent Events.In May 2009, the FASB issued accounting guidance to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are

139


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

issued or are available to be issued. The Company’s adoption of this guidance in the quarter ended June 30, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Fair Value Measurements.    In October 2008, the FASB issued accounting guidance that clarifies the determination of fair value in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial instrument when the market for that financial asset is not active. The adoption of the guidance in fiscal 2008 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance on determining fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifying transactions that are not orderly. The guidance providesprovided additional application guidance in determining fair values when there is no active market or where the price inputs being used represent distressed sales. It reaffirmsreaffirmed the objective of fair value measurement—to reflect how much an asset would be sold for in an orderly transaction (as opposed to a distressed or forced transaction) at the date of the financial statements under current market conditions. Specifically, it reaffirmsreaffirmed the need to use judgment to ascertain if a formerly active market has become inactive and in determiningto determine fair values when markets have become inactive. The adoption of the guidance in the second quarter of 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2009, the FASB issued guidance about measuring liabilities at fair value. The adoption of the guidance on October 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In September 2009, the FASB issued additional guidance about measuring the fair value of certain alternative investments, such as hedge funds, private equity funds, real estate funds and venture capital funds. The guidance allowsallowed companies to determine the fair value of such investments using net asset value (“NAV”) as a practical expedient and also requiresrequired disclosures of the nature and risks of the investments by major category of alternative investments. The Company’s adoption on December 31, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities and Consolidation of Variable Interest EntitiesEntities..    In June 2009, the FASB issued accounting guidance which changesthat changed the way entities account for securitizations and special-purpose entities.special purpose entities (“SPE”). The accounting guidance amendsamended the accounting for transfers of financial assets and will requirerequired additional disclosures about transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions, and where entities have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. It eliminatesThis guidance eliminated the concept of a QSPE and changeschanged the requirements for derecognizing financial assets.

 

130


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The accounting guidance also amendsamended the accounting for consolidation and changeschanged how a reporting entity determines when an entitya VIE that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entitya VIE is based on, among other things, the other entity’s purpose and design and the reporting entity’s ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact the other entity’s economic performance. In February 2010, the FASB finalized a deferral of these accounting changes, effective January 1, 2010, for certain interests in money market funds, in investment companies or in entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies. For the entities included in the deferral, thecompanies (the “Deferral”). The Company will continue to analyze consolidation under other existing authoritative guidance; theseguidance for entities are not included insubject to the impact noted below.

Deferral. The adoption of this accounting guidance on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statementstatements of financial condition.

Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives.    In March 2010, the FASB issued accounting guidance that changed the accounting for credit derivatives embedded in beneficial interests in securitized financial assets. The guidance eliminated the scope exception for embedded credit derivatives unless they are created solely by subordination of one financial instrument to another. Bifurcation and separate recognition may be required for certain beneficial interests that are currently not accounted for at fair value through earnings. The adoption of this accounting guidance on July 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

140


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

3.    Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC.

 

Smith Barney.On May 31, 2009, (the “Closing Date”), the Company and CitiCitigroup Inc. (“Citi”) consummated the combination of the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group and the businesses of Citi’s Smith Barney in the U.S., Quilter Holdings Ltd in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), and Smith Barney Australia (“Smith(collectively, “Smith Barney”). In addition to the Company’s contribution of respective businesses to MSSB, the Company paid Citi $2,755 million in cash. The combined businesses operate as MSSB. PursuantMorgan Stanley Smith Barney. At December 31, 2010, pursuant to the terms of the amended contribution agreement, dated as ofat May 29, 2009, (“amended contribution agreement”), certain businesses of Smith Barney and Morgan Stanley have been and will continue to be contributed to MSSB subsequent to May 31, 2009 (the “delayed contribution businesses”). Morgan Stanley and Citi will each ownowned their delayed contribution businesses until they arewere transferred to MSSB and gains and losses from such businesses will bewere allocated to the Company’s and Citi’s respective share of MSSB’s gains and losses.

 

The Company owns 51% and Citi owns 49% of MSSB, with the Company having appointed four directors to the MSSB board and Citi having appointed two directors. As part of the acquisition, the Company has the option (i) following the third anniversary of the Closing Date to purchase a portion of Citi’s interest in MSSB representing 14% of the total outstanding MSSB interests, (ii) following the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date to purchase a portion of Citi’s interest in MSSB representing an additional 15% of the total outstanding MSSB interests and (iii) following the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date to purchase the remainder of Citi’s interest in MSSB. The Company may call all of Citi’s interest in MSSB upon a change in control of Citi. Citi may put all of its interest in MSSB to the Company upon a change in control of the Company or following the later of the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date and the one-year anniversary of the Company’s exercise of the call described in clause (ii) above. The purchase price for the call and put rights described above is the fair market value of the purchased interests determined pursuant to an appraisal process.

 

As ofAt May 31, 2009, the Company included MSSB in its consolidated financial statements. The results of MSSB are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment. See Note 13 for further information on MSSB.

 

The Company accounted for the transaction using the acquisition method of accounting. The fair value of the total consideration transferred to Citi amounted to approximately $6,087 million, and the preliminary fair value of Citi’s equity in MSSB was approximately $3,973 million. The acquisition method of accounting prescribes the full goodwill method even in business combinations in which the acquirer holds less than 100% of the equity interests in the acquiree at acquisition date. Accordingly, the full fair value of Smith Barney was allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed to derive the preliminary goodwill amount of approximately $5,210$5,208 million, which represents synergies of combining the two businesses.The Company is still finalizing the valuation of the intangible assets and the fair value of the Company’s contributed businesses into MSSB. When finalized, the amount of total consideration transferred, non-controlling interest, intangible assets and acquisition-related goodwill could change.

131


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)businesses.

 

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the final purchase price to the net assets of Smith Barney as ofat May 31, 2009 (dollars in millions).:

 

Total fair value of consideration transferred

  $6,087  $6,087 

Total fair value of non-controlling interest

   3,973

Total fair value of noncontrolling interest

   3,973 
       

Total fair value of Smith Barney(1)

   10,060   10,060 

Total fair value of net assets acquired

   4,850   4,852 
       

Preliminary acquisition-related goodwill(2)

  $5,210

Acquisition-related goodwill(2)

  $5,208 
       

 

(1)Total fair value of Smith Barney is inclusive of control premium.
(2)Goodwill is recorded within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment. The Company is currently evaluating the amountApproximately $964 million of goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

141


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Condensed statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.The following table summarizes the preliminaryfinal fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary and subject to further adjustment as the valuation of certain intangible assets is still in process.

 

  At May 31, 2009  At May 31, 2009 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

  $895  $920 

Financial instruments owned

   22   33 

Receivables

   1,891   1,667 

Intangible assets

   4,480   4,480 

Other assets

   719   881 
       

Total assets acquired

  $8,007  $7,981 
       

Liabilities

    

Financial instrument sold, not yet purchased

  $76  $11 

Long-term borrowings

   2,320   2,320 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   761   798 
       

Total liabilities assumed

  $3,157  $3,129 
       

Net assets acquired

  $4,850  $4,852 
       

 

In addition, the Company recorded a receivable of approximately $1.1 billion relating to the fair value of the Smith Barney delayed contribution businesses as ofat May 31, 2009 from Citi. Such amount is presented in the consolidated statements of financial condition as a reduction from Non-controllingnoncontrolling interests.

 

Amortizable intangible assets included the following as ofat May 31, 2009:

 

  At May 31, 2009  Estimated useful life  At May 31, 2009   Estimated Useful Life 
  (dollars in millions)  (in years)  (dollars in millions)   (in years) 

Customer relationships

  $4,000  16  $4,000    16 

Research

   176  5   176    5 

Intangible lease asset

   24  1-10   24    1-10  
           

Total

  $4,200    $4,200   
           

 

The Company also recorded an indefinite-lived intangible asset of approximately $280 million related to the Smith Barney trade name.

132


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Citi Managed Futures.    Citi contributed its managed futures business and certain related proprietary trading positions to MSSB on July 31, 2009 (“Citi Managed Futures”). The Company paid Citi approximately $300 million in cash in connection with this transfer. As of July 31, 2009, Citi Managed Futures was wholly-ownedwholly owned and consolidated by MSSB, of which the Company owns 51% and Citi owns 49%.

 

The Company accounted for this transaction using the acquisition method of accounting. The fair value of the total consideration transferred to Citi was approximately $300 million, and the preliminary increase in fair value of Citi’s equity in MSSB was approximately $289 million. The acquisition method of accounting prescribes the full goodwill method even in business combinations in which the acquirer holds less than 100% of the equity interests in the acquiree at acquisition date. Accordingly, the full fair value of Citi Managed Futures was allocated to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed to derive the preliminary goodwill amount of approximately $136 million, which represents business synergies of combining the Citi Managed Futures business with MSSB. The Company is still finalizing the valuation of the intangible assets. When finalized, the amount of intangible assets and acquisition-related goodwill could change.

142


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the preliminaryfinal allocation of the purchase price to the net assets of Citi Managed Futures as of July 31, 2009 (dollars in millions).

 

Total fair value of consideration transferred

  $300  $300 

Total fair value of non-controlling interest

   289

Total fair value of noncontrolling interest

   289 
       

Total fair value of Citi Managed Futures

   589   589 

Total fair value of net assets acquired

   453   453 
       

Preliminary acquisition-related goodwill(1)

  $136

Acquisition-related goodwill(1)

  $136 
       

 

(1)Goodwill is recorded within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment. The Company is currently evaluating the amountApproximately $4 million of goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

 

Condensed statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.The following table summarizes the preliminaryfinal fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary and subject to further adjustment as the valuation of certain intangible assets is still in process.

 

  At July 31, 2009  At July 31, 2009 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

    

Financial instruments owned

  $83  $83 

Receivables

   86   86 

Intangible assets(1)

   275   275 

Other assets

   11   11 
       

Total assets acquired

  $455  $455 
       

Liabilities

    

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

  $2  $2 
       

Total liabilities assumed

  $2  $2 
       

Net assets acquired

  $453  $453 
       

 

As of July 31, 2009, amortizable intangible assets in the amount of $275 million primarily related to management contracts with an estimated useful life of five to nine years.

(1)At July 31, 2009, amortizable intangible assets in the amount of $275 million primarily related to management contracts with an estimated useful life of five to nine years.

 

 133143 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Pro forma condensed combined financial information (unaudited).

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presents the results of operations of the Company as they may have appeared if the closing of MSSB and Citi Managed Futures had been completed on January 1, 2009, December 1, 2007 and December 1, 2008 (dollars in millions, except share data).

 

   2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (unaudited) 

Net revenues

  $26,164   $30,410  $(306

Total non-interest expenses

   24,951    28,493   1,594  
             

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   1,213    1,917   (1,900

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   (267  182   (699
             

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   1,480    1,735   (1,201

Discontinued operations:

     

Gain from discontinued operations

   160    1,121   18  

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   (53  501   8  
             

Net gain from discontinued operations

   213    620   10  
             

Net income (loss)

   1,693    2,355   (1,191

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

   234    452   65  
             

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,459   $1,903  $(1,256
             

(Loss) earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $(794 $1,677  $(1,592
             

(Loss) earnings per basic common share:

     

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $(0.83 $1.10  $(1.60

Gain on discontinued operations

   0.16    0.53   0.01  
             

(Loss) earnings per basic common share

  $(0.67 $1.63  $(1.59
             

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share:

     

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $(0.83 $1.05  $(1.60

Gain on discontinued operations

   0.16    0.51   0.01  
             

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share

  $(0.67 $1.56  $(1.59
             
   2009  Fiscal
2008
   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (unaudited) 

Net revenues

  $26,240  $30,439   $(275

Total non-interest expenses

   24,901   28,407    1,592 
              

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   1,339   2,032    (1,867

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (272  167    (700
              

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   1,611   1,865    (1,167

Discontinued operations:

     

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   33   1,004    (14

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (49  464    2 
              

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   82   540    (16
              

Net income (loss)

   1,693   2,405    (1,183

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   234   452    65 
              

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,459  $1,953   $(1,248
              

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $(794 $1,727   $(1,584
              

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $(0.73 $1.23   $(1.56

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   0.06   0.45    (0.02
              

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

  $(0.67 $1.68   $(1.58
              

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $(0.73 $1.17   $(1.56

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   0.06   0.44    (0.02
              

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

  $(0.67 $1.61   $(1.58
              

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not indicate the actual financial results of the Company had the closing of Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures been completed on January 1, 2009, December 1, 2007 and December 1, 2008, nor is it indicative of the results of operations in future periods. Included in the unaudited pro forma combined financial information for 2009, fiscal 2008, and the one month ended December 31, 2008 were pro forma adjustments to reflect the results of operations of both Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures as well as the impact of amortizing certain acquisitionpurchase accounting adjustments such as amortizable intangible assets. The pro forma condensed financial information does not indicate the impact of possible business model changes nor does it consider any potential impacts of current market conditions, expense efficiencies or other factors.

 

 134144 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

4.    Fair Value Disclosures.

 

Fair Value Measurements.

 

A description of the valuation techniques applied to the Company’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis follows.

 

Financial Instruments Owned and Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet PurchasedPurchased.

 

U.S. Government and Agency SecuritiesSecurities.

 

  

U.S. Treasury Securities.    U.S. treasury securities are valued using quoted market prices. Valuation adjustments are not applied. Accordingly, U.S. treasury securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  

U.S. Agency Securities.    U.S. agency securities are comprisedcomposed of twothree main categories consisting of agency-issued debt, agency issued debtmortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage pass-throughs.obligations. Non-callable agency issuedagency-issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices. Callable agency issuedagency-issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking model-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities. Mortgage pass-throughs include mortgage pass-throughs and forward settling mortgage pools. FairThe fair value of agency mortgage pass-throughs are model driven with respect topass-through pool securities is model-driven based on spreads of the comparable To-be-announced (“TBA”) security. Collateralized mortgage obligations are valued using indices, quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities. Actively traded non-callable agency issuedagency-issued debt securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable agency issuedagency-issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage pass-throughsobligations are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Other Sovereign Government ObligationsObligations.

 

Foreign sovereign government obligations are valued using quoted prices in active markets when available. To the extent quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined based on a valuation model that has as inputs interest rate yield curves, cross-currency basis index spreads, and country credit spreads for structures similar to the bond in terms of issuer, maturity and seniority. These bonds are generally categorized in LevelsLevel 1 or Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Corporate and Other DebtDebt.

 

  

State and Municipal Securities.    The fair value of state and municipal securities is estimateddetermined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations and pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or credit default swap spreads and volatility. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (“RMBS”), Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”), and other Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”).    RMBS, CMBS and other ABS may be valued based on external price or spread data.data obtained from observed transactions or independent external parties such as vendors or brokers. When position-specific external price data are not observable, the valuation is based on pricesfair value determination may require benchmarking to similar instruments and/or analyzing expected credit losses, default and recovery rates. In evaluating the fair value of comparable bonds.each security, the Company considers security collateral-specific attributes, including payment priority, credit enhancement levels, type of collateral, delinquency rates and loss severity. In addition, for RMBS borrowers, Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) scores and the level of documentation for the loan are also considered. Market standard models, such as Intex, Trepp or

145


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

others, may be deployed to model the specific collateral composition and cash flow structure of each transaction. Key inputs to these models are market spreads, forecasted credit losses, default and prepayment rates for each asset category. Valuation levels of RMBS and CMBS indices are also used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions.

Fair value for retained interests in securitized financial assets (in the form of one or more tranches of the securitization) is determined using observable prices or, in cases where observable prices are not available for certain retained interests, the Company estimates fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved.

 

RMBS, CMBS and other ABS including retained interests in these securitized financial assets, are generally categorized in Level 3 if2 of the fair value hierarchy. If external prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance and other inputs; otherwise, theyinputs, then RMBS, CMBS and other ABS are categorized in Level 23 of the fair value hierarchy.

135


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

  

Corporate Bonds.    The fair value of corporate bonds is estimateddetermined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), bond spreads or credit default swap spreads obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data doesdo not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer are used. When observable price quotations are not available, fair value is determined based on cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single name credit default swap spreads and recovery rates as significant inputs. Corporate bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where prices, spreads or any of the other aforementioned key inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  

Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOs”CDO”).    The Company holds cash CDOs where the collateral primarily isthat typically reference a tranche of an underlying synthetic and references either a basketportfolio of single name credit default swap or CDO-squared (a CDO-squared is a special purpose vehicle that issues interests, or tranches, that are backed by tranches issued by other CDOs).swaps. The correlation input between reference credits within the collateral is usually ABS or other corporate bonds. Credit correlation, a primary input used to determine the fair value of a cash CDO, is usually unobservable and is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which correlation data are available.derived using a benchmarking technique. The other model inputs such as credit spreads, including collateral spreads, and interest rates and recovery rates are typically observable. CDOs are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy when the credit correlation input is insignificant. In instances where the credit correlation input is deemed to be significant, these instruments are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  

Corporate Loans and Lending Commitments.    The fair value of corporate loans is estimateddetermined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, and market observable credit default swap spread levels obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable. The fair value of contingent corporate lending commitments is estimateddetermined by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of theseloans and lending commitments also takes into account certain fee income.income that is considered an attribute of the contract. Corporate loans and lending commitments are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  

Mortgage Loans.    Mortgage loans are valued using observable prices based on tradetransactional data for identical or comparable instruments.instruments, when available. Where observable prices are not available, the Company estimates fair value based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Dueinvolved or a methodology that utilizes the capital structure and credit spreads of recent comparable securitization transactions. Mortgage loans valued based on observable transactional data for identical or comparable instruments are categorized in Level 2

146


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of the fair value hierarchy. Where observable prices are not available, due to the subjectivity involved in the comparability assessment related to mortgage loan vintage, geographical concentration, prepayment speed and projected loss assumptions, the majority ofmortgage loans are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  

Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”).    The Company primarily holds investments in Student Loan Auction Rate Securities (“SLARS”) and Municipal Auction Rate Securities (“MARS”) with interest rates that are reset through periodic auctions. SLARS are ABS backed by pools of student loans. MARS are municipal bonds often wrapped by municipal bond insurance. ARS were historically traded and valued as floating rate notes, priced at par due to the auction mechanism. Beginning in fiscal 2008, uncertainties in the credit markets have resulted in auctions failing for certain types of ARS. Once the auctions failed, ARS could no longer be valued using observations of auction market prices. Accordingly, the fair value of ARS is determined using independent external market data where available and an internally developed methodology to discount for the lack of liquidity and non-performance risk in the current market environment.risk.

 

Inputs that impact the valuation of SLARS are independent external market data, the underlying collateral types, level of seniority in the capital structure, amount of leverage in each structure, credit rating and liquidity considerations. Inputs

136


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

that impact the valuation of MARS are independent external market data when available, the maximum rate, quality of underlying issuers/insurers and evidence of issuer calls. MARSARS are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as the valuation technique relies on observable external data. The majority of SLARS are generally categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Corporate Equities.

 

  

Exchange-Traded Equity Securities.    Exchange-traded equity securities are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange. To the extent these securities are actively traded, valuation adjustments are not applied, and they are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2.2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Derivative and Other Contracts.

 

  

Listed Derivative Contracts.    Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Listed derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same approaches as those applied to OTC derivatives; they are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  

OTC Derivative Contracts.    OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices.

 

Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be either observed or modeled using a series of techniques and model inputs from comparable benchmarks, including closed-form analytic formulas, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, and the pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swaps, certain option contracts and certain credit default swaps. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Company are widely accepted by the financial services industry. A substantial majority of OTC derivative products valued by the Company using pricing models fall into this category and are categorized withinin Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Other derivative products, including complex products that have become illiquid, require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique applied due to the complexity of the valuation

147


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

assumptions and the reduced observability of inputs. This includes derivative interests in certain mortgage-related CDO securities, basket credit default swaps, CDO-squared positions and certain types of ABS credit default swaps, basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions (a CDO-squared position is a special purpose vehicle that issues interests, or tranches, that are backed by tranches issued by other CDOs) where direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. These instruments involve significant unobservable inputs and are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Derivative interests in complex mortgage-related CDOs and ABS credit default swaps, for which observability of external price data is extremely limited, are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity. Each position is evaluated independently taking into consideration the underlying collateral performance and pricing, behavior of the tranche under various cumulative loss and prepayment scenarios, deal structures (e.g.e.g., non-amortizing reference obligations, call features)features, etc.) and liquidity. While these factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions nevertheless requires significant judgment.

 

For basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions, the correlation input between reference credits is unobservable for each specific swap or position and is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which correlation data are available. The other model inputs such as credit spread, interest rates and recovery rates are observable. In instances where the correlation input is deemed to be significant, these instruments are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, these instruments are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

137


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company trades various derivative structures with commodity underlyings. Depending on the type of structure, the model inputs generally include interest rate yield curves, commodity underlier price curves, implied volatility of the underlying commodities and, in some cases, the implied correlation between these inputs. The fair value of these products is estimateddetermined using executed trades and broker and consensus data to provide values for the aforementioned inputs. Where these inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable commodities and data points, based on historic and/or implied observations, are employed as a technique to estimate the model input values. Commodity derivatives are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Collateralized Interest Rate Derivative Contracts.    In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company began using the overnight indexed swap (“OIS”) curve as an input to value substantially all of its collateralized interest rate derivative contracts. The Company believes using the OIS curve, which reflects the interest rate typically paid on cash collateral, more accurately reflects the fair value of collateralized interest rate derivative contracts. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $176 million in net revenues upon application of the OIS curve within the Institutional Securities business segment. Previously, the Company discounted these collateralized interest rate derivative contracts based on London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”).

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.12.

 

Investments.

 

The Company’s investments include direct private equity investments and investments in private equity funds, real estate funds, hedge funds and hedge funds.direct equity investments. Direct equity investments are presented in the fair value hierarchy table as Principal investments and Other. Initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Company as the exit price and is the Company’s best estimate of fair value.

 

After initial recognition, in determining the fair value of internally and externally managed funds, the Company considers the net asset value of the fund provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate

148


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of fair value. For direct private equitynon-exchange-traded investments and privatelyeither held investmentsdirectly or held within internally managed funds, fair value after initial recognition is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. Exchange-traded direct equity investments are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

 

InvestmentsExchange-traded direct equity investments that are actively traded are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Non-exchange-traded direct equity investments and investments in private equity and real estate funds are generally categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Investments in hedge funds that are redeemable at the measurement date or in the near future are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 3.3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Physical Commodities.

 

The Company trades various physical commodities, including crude oil and refined products, natural gas, base and precious metals and agricultural products. Fair value for physical commodities is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices. Physical commodities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Securities Available for Sale.

Securities available for sale are composed of U.S. government and agency securities, including U.S. Treasury securities, agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. Actively traded U.S. Treasury securities and non-callable agency-issued debt securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable agency-issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For further information on securities available for sale, see Note 5.

Commercial Paper and Other Short-term Borrowings/Long-TermLong-term Borrowings.

 

  

Structured Notes.    The Company issues structured notes that have couponscoupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. Fair value of structured notes is estimateddetermined using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the notes. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices that the notes are linked to, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency, commodity or equity rates. Independent, external and traded prices for the notes are also considered. The impact of the Company’s own credit spreads is also included based on the Company’s observed secondary bond market spreads. Most structured notes are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Deposits.

 

  

Time Deposits.    The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimateddetermined using third-party quotations. These deposits are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

149


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase.

In 2010, the fair value option was elected for certain securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The fair value of a repurchase agreement is computed using a standard cash flow discounting methodology. The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks, interest rate yield curves and option volatilities. In instances where the unobservable inputs are deemed significant, repurchase agreements are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

The following fair value hierarchy tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008.2009. See Note 2 for a discussion of the Company’s policies regarding thisthe fair value hierarchy.

 

 138150 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as ofat December 31, 20092010

 

  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
December 31,

2009
  (dollars in millions)

Assets

     

Financial instruments owned:

     

U.S. government and agency securities:

     

U.S. Treasury securities

 $15,394 $—   $—   $—     $15,394

U.S. agency securities

  19,670  27,115  36  —      46,821
                

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  35,064  27,115  36  —      62,215

Other sovereign government obligations

  21,080  4,362  3  —      25,445

Corporate and other debt:

     

State and municipal securities

  —    3,234  713  —      3,947

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  —    4,285  818  —      5,103

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  —    2,930  1,573  —      4,503

Asset-backed securities

  —    4,797  591  —      5,388

Corporate bonds

  —    37,363  1,038  —      38,401

Collateralized debt obligations

  —    1,539  1,553  —      3,092

Loans and lending commitments

  —    13,759  12,506  —      26,265

Other debt

  —    2,093  1,662  —      3,755
                

Total corporate and other debt(1)

  —    70,000  20,454  —      90,454

Corporate equities(2)

  49,732  7,700  536  —      57,968

Derivative and other contracts(3)

  2,310  102,466  14,549  (70,244  49,081

Investments

  743  930  7,613  —      9,286

Physical commodities

  —    5,329  —    —      5,329
                

Total financial instruments owned

  108,929  217,902  43,191  (70,244  299,778

Securities received as collateral

  12,778  855  23  —      13,656

Intangible assets(4)

  —    —    137  —      137

Liabilities

     

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

 $—   $791 $—   $—     $791

Deposits

  —    4,943  24  —      4,967

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

     

U.S. government and agency securities:

     

U.S. Treasury securities

  17,907  1  —    —      17,908

U.S. agency securities

  2,573  22  —    —      2,595
                

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  20,480  23  —    —      20,503

Other sovereign government obligations

  16,747  1,497  —    —      18,244

Corporate and other debt:

     

State and municipal securities

  —    9  —    —      9

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  —    8  —    —      8

Asset-backed securities

  —    63  4  —      67

Corporate bonds

  —    5,812  29  —      5,841

Collateralized debt obligations

  —    —    3  —      3

Unfunded lending commitments

  —    732  252  —      984

Other debt

  —    483  431  —      914
                

Total corporate and other debt

  —    7,107  719  —      7,826

Corporate equities(2)

  18,125  4,472  4  —      22,601

Derivative and other contracts(3)

  3,383  67,847  6,203  (39,224  38,209
                

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

  58,735  80,946  6,926  (39,224  107,383

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  12,778  855  23  —      13,656

Other secured financings(1)

  —    6,570  1,532  —      8,102

Long-term borrowings

  —    30,745  6,865  —      37,610

(1)

Approximately $3.0 billion of assets is included in Corporate and other debt and approximately $2.6 billion of related liabilities is included in Other secured financings related to consolidated VIEs or non-consolidated VIEs (in the cases where the assets were transferred by the Company to the VIE and the transfers were accounted for as secured financings). The Company cannot unilaterally

   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
December 31,
2010
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

      

Financial instruments owned:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

  $19,226  $—     $—     $—     $19,226 

U.S. agency securities

   3,827   25,380   13   —      29,220 
                     

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   23,053   25,380   13   —      48,446 

Other sovereign government obligations

   25,334   8,501   73   —      33,908 

Corporate and other debt:

      

State and municipal securities

   —      3,229   110   —      3,339 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

   —      3,690   319   —      4,009 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

   —      2,692   188   —      2,880 

Asset-backed securities

   —      2,322   13   —      2,335 

Corporate bonds

   —      39,569   1,368   —      40,937 

Collateralized debt obligations

   —      2,305   1,659   —      3,964 

Loans and lending commitments

   —      15,308   11,666   —      26,974 

Other debt

   —      3,523   193   —      3,716 
                     

Total corporate and other debt

   —      72,638   15,516   —      88,154 

Corporate equities(1)

   65,009   2,923   484   —      68,416 

Derivative and other contracts:

      

Interest rate contracts

   3,985   616,016   966   —      620,967 

Credit contracts

   —      95,818   14,316   —      110,134 

Foreign exchange contracts

   1   61,556   431   —      61,988 

Equity contracts

   2,176   36,612   1,058   —      39,846 

Commodity contracts

   5,464   57,528   1,160   —      64,152 

Other

   —      108   135   —      243 

Netting(2)

   (8,551  (761,939  (7,168  (68,380  (846,038
                     

Total derivative and other contracts

   3,075   105,699   10,898   (68,380  51,292 

Investments:

      

Private equity funds

   —      —      1,986   —      1,986 

Real estate funds

   —      8   1,176   —      1,184 

Hedge funds

   —      736   901   —      1,637 

Principal investments

   286   486   3,131   —      3,903 

Other(3)

   403   79   560   —      1,042 
                     

Total investments

   689   1,309   7,754   —      9,752 

Physical commodities

   —      6,778   —      —      6,778 
                     

Total financial instruments owned

   117,160   223,228   34,738   (68,380  306,746 

Securities available for sale:

      

U.S. government and agency securities

   20,792   8,857   —      —      29,649 

Securities received as collateral

   15,646   890   1   —      16,537 

Intangible assets(4)

   —      —      157   —      157 

Liabilities

      

Deposits

  $—     $3,011  $16  $—     $3,027 

 

 139151 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
December 31,
2010
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   —      1,797   2   —      1,799 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities

   25,225   —      —      —      25,225 

U.S. agency securities

   2,656   67   —      —      2,723 
                     

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   27,881   67   —      —      27,948 

Other sovereign government obligations

   19,708   2,542   —      —      22,250 

Corporate and other debt:

      

State and municipal securities

   —      11   —      —      11 

Asset-backed securities

   —      12   —      —      12 

Corporate bonds

   —      9,100   44   —      9,144 

Collateralized debt obligations

   —      2   —      —      2 

Unfunded lending commitments

   —      464   263   —      727 

Other debt

   —      828   194   —      1,022 
                     

Total corporate and other debt

   —      10,417   501   —      10,918 

Corporate equities(1)

   19,696   127   15   —      19,838 

Derivative and other contracts:

      

Interest rate contracts

   3,883   591,378   542   —      595,803 

Credit contracts

   —      87,904   7,722   —      95,626 

Foreign exchange contracts

   2   64,301   385   —      64,688 

Equity contracts

   2,098   42,242   1,820   —      46,160 

Commodity contracts

   5,871   58,885   972   —      65,728 

Other

   —      520   1,048   —      1,568 

Netting(2)

   (8,551  (761,939  (7,168  (44,113  (821,771
                     

Total derivative and other contracts

   3,303   83,291   5,321   (44,113  47,802 
                     

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

   70,588   96,444   5,837   (44,113  128,756 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

   20,272   890   1   —      21,163 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   —      498    351   —      849 

Other secured financings

   —      7,474   1,016   —      8,490 

Long-term borrowings

   —      41,393   1,316   —      42,709 

 

remove the assets from the VIEs as these assets are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by these VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. Approximately $1.9 billion of these assets and approximately $1.3 billion of these liabilities are included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. See Note 6 for additional information on consolidated and non-consolidated VIEs, including retained interests in these entities that the Company holds.

(2)(1)The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.
(3)For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.
(4)Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) accounted for at fair value. See Note 6 for further information on MSRs.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as of December 31, 2008

  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
December 31,
2008
  (dollars in millions)

Assets

     

Financial instruments owned:

     

U.S. government and agency securities

 $10,150 $17,735 $127 $—     $28,012

Other sovereign government obligations

  16,118  4,965  1  —      21,084

Corporate and other debt(1)

  99  52,277  34,918  —      87,294

Corporate equities

  37,807  3,538  976  —      42,321

Derivative and other contracts(2)

  1,069  156,224  37,711  (105,586  89,418

Investments

  417  270  9,698  —      10,385

Physical commodities

  —    2,126  —    —      2,126
                

Total financial instruments owned

  65,660  237,135  83,431  (105,586  280,640

Securities received as collateral

  4,623  578  30  —      5,231

Intangible assets(3)

  —    —    184  —      184

Liabilities

     

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

 $—   $1,246 $—   $—     $1,246

Deposits

  —    9,993  —    —      9,993

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

     

U.S. government and agency securities

  11,133  769  —    —      11,902

Other sovereign government obligations

  7,303  2,208  —    —      9,511

Corporate and other debt

  17  6,102  3,808  —      9,927

Corporate equities

  15,064  1,749  27  —      16,840

Derivative and other contracts(2)

  3,886  118,432  14,329  (68,093  68,554

Physical commodities

  —    33  —    —      33
                

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

  37,403  129,293  18,164  (68,093  116,767

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  4,623  578  30  —      5,231

Other secured financings(1)

  —    6,391  6,148  —      12,539

Long-term borrowings

  —    25,293  5,473  —      30,766

(1)Approximately $8.9 billion of assets is included in Corporate and other debt and approximately $7.9 billion of related liabilities is included in Other secured financings related to consolidated VIEs or non-consolidated VIEs (in the cases where the assets were transferred by the Company to the VIE and the transfers were accounted for as secured financings). The Company cannot unilaterally remove the assets from the VIEs; these assets are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by these VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. Approximately $8.1 billion of these assets and approximately $5.9 billion of these liabilities are included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. See Note 6 for additional information on consolidated and non-consolidated VIEs, including retained interests in these entities that the Company holds.

140


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(2)For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.12.
(3)In June 2010, the Company voluntarily contributed $25 million to certain other investments in funds that it manages in connection with upcoming rule changes regarding net asset value disclosures for money market funds. Based on current liquidity and fund performance, the Company does not expect to provide additional voluntary support to non-consolidated funds that it manages.
(4)Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) accounted for at fair value. See Note 7 for further information on MSRs.

152


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2010.

Financial instruments owned—Derivative and other contracts and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivative and other contracts.    During 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $2.9 billion of derivative assets and approximately $2.7 billion of derivative liabilities from Level 2 to Level 1 as these listed derivatives became actively traded and were valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

Financial instruments owned—Corporate equities.    During 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $1.2 billion of certain Corporate equities from Level 2 to Level 1 as transactions in these securities occurred with sufficient frequency and volume to constitute an active market.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2009

  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
December 31,
2009
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

     

Financial instruments owned:

     

U.S. government and agency securities:

     

U.S. Treasury securities

 $15,394  $—     $—     $—     $15,394 

U.S. agency securities

  19,670   27,115   36   —      46,821 
                    

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  35,064   27,115   36   —      62,215 

Other sovereign government obligations

  21,080   4,362   3   —      25,445 

Corporate and other debt:

     

State and municipal securities

  —      3,234   713   —      3,947 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  —      4,285   818   —      5,103 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  —      2,930   1,573   —      4,503 

Asset-backed securities

  —      4,797   591   —      5,388 

Corporate bonds

  —      37,363   1,038   —      38,401 

Collateralized debt obligations

  —      1,539   1,553   —      3,092 

Loans and lending commitments

  —      13,759   12,506   —      26,265 

Other debt

  —      2,093   1,662   —      3,755 
                    

Total corporate and other debt

  —      70,000   20,454   —      90,454 

Corporate equities(1)

  49,732   7,700   536   —      57,968 

Derivative and other contracts:

     

Interest rate contracts

  3,403   622,544   1,182   —      627,129 

Credit contracts

  —      124,143   21,921   —      146,064 

Foreign exchange contracts

  7   52,066   455   —      52,528 

Equity contracts

  2,126   38,608   631   —      41,365 

Commodity contracts

  6,291   56,984   1,341   —      64,616 

Other

  —      114   275   —      389 

Netting(2)

  (9,517  (791,993  (11,256  (70,244  (883,010
                    

Total derivative and other contracts

  2,310   102,466   14,549   (70,244  49,081 

Investments:

     

Private equity funds

  —      —      1,296   —      1,296 

Real estate funds

  —      12   833   —      845 

Hedge funds

  —      713   1,708   —      2,421 

Principal investments

  438   5   3,195   —      3,638 

Other

  305   200   581   —      1,086 
                    

Total investments

  743   930   7,613   —      9,286 

Physical commodities

  —      5,329   —      —      5,329 
                    

Total financial instruments owned

  108,929   217,902   43,191   (70,244  299,778 

153


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
  Balance at
December 31,
2009
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Securities received as collateral

  12,778   855   23   —      13,656 

Intangible assets(3)

  —      —      137   —      137 

Liabilities

     

Deposits

 $—     $4,943  $24  $—     $4,967 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  —      791   —      —      791 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

     

U.S. government and agency securities:

     

U.S. Treasury securities

  17,907   1   —      —      17,908 

U.S. agency securities

  2,573   22   —      —      2,595 
                    

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  20,480   23   —      —      20,503 

Other sovereign government obligations

  16,747   1,497   —      —      18,244 

Corporate and other debt:

     

State and municipal securities

  —      9   —      —      9 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  —      8   —      —      8 

Asset-backed securities

  —      63   4   —      67 

Corporate bonds

  —      5,812   29   —      5,841 

Collateralized debt obligations

  —      —      3   —      3 

Unfunded lending commitments

  —      732   252   —      984 

Other debt

  —      483   431   —      914 
                    

Total corporate and other debt

  —      7,107   719   —      7,826 

Corporate equities(1)

  18,125   4,472   4   —      22,601 

Derivative and other contracts:

     

Interest rate contracts

  3,255   595,416   795   —      599,466 

Credit contracts

  —      112,136   13,098   —      125,234 

Foreign exchange contracts

  7   51,266   201   —      51,474 

Equity contracts

  2,295   45,583   1,320   —      49,198 

Commodity contracts

  7,343   55,038   1,334   —      63,715 

Other

  —      411   711   —      1,122 

Netting(2)

  (9,517  (791,993  (11,256  (39,234  (852,000
                    

Total derivative and other contracts

  3,383   67,857   6,203   (39,234  38,209 
                    

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

  58,735   80,956   6,926   (39,234  107,383 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  12,778   855   23   —      13,656 

Other secured financings

  —      6,570   1,532   —      8,102 

Long-term borrowings

  —      30,745   6,865   —      37,610 

(1)The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes, equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.
(2)For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.
(3)Amount represents MSRs accounted for at fair value. See Note 67 for further information on MSRs.

 

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008. Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains

154


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Company within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

Additionally, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable (e.g.e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g.e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.

 

The following tables reflect gains (losses) for all assets and liabilities categorized as Level 3 for 2009, fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively. For assets and liabilities that were transferred into Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred into Level 3 as ofat the beginning of the period; similarly, for assets and liabilities that were transferred out of Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred out as ofat the beginning of the period.

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for 2010

  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2009
  Total Realized
and Unrealized
Gains (Losses)(1)
  Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements
and
Issuances, net
  Net Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
  Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2010
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2010(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

      

Financial instruments owned:

      

U.S. agency securities

 $36  $(1 $13  $(35 $13  $(1

Other sovereign government obligations

  3   5   66   (1  73   5 

Corporate and other debt:

      

State and municipal securities

  713   (11  (533  (59  110   (12

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  818   12   (607  96   319   (2

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  1,573   35   (1,054  (366  188   (61

Asset-backed securities

  591   10   (436  (152  13   7 

Corporate bonds

  1,038   (84  403   11   1,368   41 

Collateralized debt obligations

  1,553   368   (259  (3  1,659   189 

Loans and lending commitments

  12,506   203   (376  (667  11,666   214 

Other debt

  1,662   44   (92  (1,421  193   49 
                        

Total corporate and other debt

  20,454   577   (2,954  (2,561  15,516   425 

Corporate equities

  536   118   (189  19   484   59 

Net derivative and other contracts:

      

Interest rate contracts

  387   238   (178  (23  424   260 

Credit contracts

  8,824   (1,179  128   (1,179  6,594   58 

Foreign exchange contracts

  254   (77  33   (164  46   (109

 

 141155 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2009
  Total Realized
and Unrealized
Gains (Losses)(1)
  Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements
and
Issuances, net
  Net Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
  Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2010
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2010(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Equity contracts

  (689  (131  (146  204   (762  (143

Commodity contracts

  7   121   60   —      188   268 

Other

  (437  (266  (220  10   (913  (284
                        

Total net derivative and other contracts(3)

  8,346   (1,294  (323  (1,152  5,577   50 

Investments:

      

Private equity funds

  1,296   496   202   (8  1,986   462 

Real estate funds

  833   251   89   3   1,176   399 

Hedge funds

  1,708   (161  (327  (319  901   (160

Principal investments

  3,195   470   229   (763  3,131   412 

Other

  581   109   (129  (1  560   49 
                        

Total investments

  7,613   1,165   64   (1,088  7,754   1,162 

Securities received as collateral

  23   —      (22  —      1   —    

Intangible assets

  137   43   (23  —      157   23 

Liabilities

      

Deposits

 $24  $—     $—     $(8 $16  $—    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  —      —      2   —      2   —    

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

      

Corporate and other debt:

      

Asset-backed securities

  4   —      (4  —      —      —    

Corporate bonds

  29   (15  13   (13  44   (9

Collateralized debt obligations

  3   —      (3  —      —      —    

Unfunded lending commitments

  252   (4  7   —      263   (2

Other debt

  431   65   (161  (11  194   62 
                        

Total corporate and other debt

  719   46   (148  (24  501   51 

Corporate equities

  4   17   54   (26  15   9 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  23   —      (22  —      1   —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  —      (1)  350   —      351   (1)

Other secured financings

  1,532   (44  (612  52   1,016   (44

Long-term borrowings

  6,865   66   (5,175  (308  1,316   (84

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactions—Trading in the consolidated statements of income except for $1,165 million related to Financial instruments owned—Investments, which is included in Principal transactions—Investments.
(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for 2010 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at December 31, 2010.
(3)Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—Derivative and other contracts, net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.

156


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt.    During 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $3.5 billion of certain Corporate and other debt, primarily loans and hybrid contracts, from Level 3 to Level 2. The Company reclassified these loans and hybrid contracts as external prices and/or spread inputs became observable and the remaining unobservable inputs were deemed insignificant to the overall measurement.

The Company also reclassified approximately $0.9 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate loans and were generally due to a reduction in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments.

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contracts.    The net losses in Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by tightening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of single name and basket credit default swaps.

During 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $1.2 billion of certain Net derivative contracts from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications were related to certain tranched bespoke basket credit default swaps and single name credit default swaps for which unobservable inputs became insignificant.

Financial instruments owned—Investments.    During 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $1 billion from Level 3 to Level 2. The reclassifications were primarily related to principal investments for which external prices became observable.

157


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for 2009

 

 Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2008
 Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
 Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements
and Issuances,
net
 Net
Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
 Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2009
 Unrealized
Gains
(Losses) for
Level 3 Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2009(2)
  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2008
 Total Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
 Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements
and Issuances,
net
 Net Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
 Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2009
 Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2009(2)
 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

            

Financial instruments owned:

            

U.S. agency securities

 $127 $(2 $(56 $(33 $36 $—     $127  $(2 $(56 $(33 $36  $—    

Other sovereign government obligations

  1  (3  1    4    3  —      1   (3  1   4   3   —    

Corporate and other debt:

            

State and municipal securities

  2,065  2    (413  (941  713  (26  2,065   2   (413  (941  713   (26

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  1,197  (79  (125  (175  818  (52  1,197   (79  (125  (175  818   (52

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  3,017  (654  (314  (476  1,573  (662  3,017   (654  (314  (476  1,573   (662

Asset-backed securities

  1,013  91    (468  (45  591  (12  1,013   91   (468  (45  591   (12

Corporate bonds

  2,753  (184  (917  (614  1,038  33    2,753   (184  (917  (614  1,038   33 

Collateralized debt obligations

  946  630    30    (53  1,553  418    946   630   30   (53  1,553   418 

Loans and lending commitments

  20,180  (1,225  (5,898  (551  12,506  (763  20,180   (1,225  (5,898  (551  12,506   (763

Other debt

  3,747  985    (2,386  (684  1,662  775    3,747   985   (2,386  (684  1,662   775 
                                  

Total corporate and other debt

  34,918  (434  (10,491  (3,539  20,454  (289  34,918   (434  (10,491  (3,539  20,454   (289

Corporate equities

  976  121    (691  130    536  (227  976   121   (691  130   536   (227

Net derivative and other contracts(3)

  23,382  (4,316  (956  (9,764  8,346  (3,037  23,382   (4,316  (956  (9,764  8,346   (3,037

Investments

  9,698  (1,418  82    (749  7,613  (1,317  9,698   (1,418  82   (749  7,613   (1,317

Securities received as collateral

  30  —      (7  —      23  —      30   —      (7  —      23   —    

Intangible assets

  184  (44  (3  —      137  (44  184   (44  (3  —      137   (44

Liabilities

            

Deposits

 $—   $(2 $—     $22   $24 $(2 $—     $(2 $—     $22  $24  $(2

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

      

Other sovereign government obligations

  —    —      (10  10    —    —      —      —      (10  10   —      —    

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

      

Corporate and other debt:

            

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  13  —      (13  —      —    —      13   —      (13  —      —      —    

Asset-backed securities

  4  —      —      —      4  —      4   —      —      —      4   —    

Corporate bonds

  395  (22  (291  (97  29  (30  395   (22  (291  (97  29   (30

Collateralized debt obligations

  —    —      3    —      3  —      —      —      3   —      3   —    

Unfunded lending commitments

  24  (12  216    —      252  (12  24   (12  216   —      252   (12

Other debt

  3,372  (13  (2,291  (663  431  (196  3,372   (13  (2,291  (663  431   (196
                                  

Total corporate and other debt

  3,808  (47  (2,376  (760  719  (238  3,808   (47  (2,376  (760  719   (238

Corporate equities

  27  (6  (90  61    4  (1  27   (6  (90  61   4   (1

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  30  —      (7  —      23  —      30   —      (7  —      23   —    

Other secured financings

  6,148  396    (3,757  (463  1,532  (50  6,148   396   (3,757  (463  1,532   (50

Long-term borrowings

  5,473  (450  267    675    6,865  (450  5,473   (450  267   675   6,865   (450

158


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactions—tradingTrading in the consolidated statements of income except for $(1,418) million related to Financial instruments owned—investments,Investments, which is included in Principal transactions—investments.Investments.

142


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for 2009 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at December 31, 2009.
(3)Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—derivativeDerivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivativeDerivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.12.

 

Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debtdebt..    The net losses in Level 3 Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain corporate loans and certain commercial mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by gains in certain other debt and collateralized debt obligations.

 

During 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $6.8 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. The reclassifications were primarily related to certain corporate loans and bonds, state and municipal securities, CMBS and other debt. For certain corporate loans, more liquidity re-entered the market and external prices and/or spread inputs for these instruments became observable. For corporate bonds and CMBS, the reclassifications were primarily due to an increase in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or available broker quotes, such that observable inputs were utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. For certain other debt, as the unobservable inputs became insignificant in the overall valuation, the fair value of these instruments became highly correlated with similar instruments in an observable market. For state and municipal securities, certain SLARS were reclassified as there was increased activity in the SLARS market and restructuring activity of the underlying trusts.

 

During 2009, the Company also reclassified approximately $3.3 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to certain corporate loans and were generally due to a reduction in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. The key unobservable inputs are assumptions to establish comparability to other instruments with observable spread levels.

 

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contractscontracts..    The net losses in Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by tightening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of single name and basket credit default swaps.

 

During 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $10.2 billion of certain DerivativesDerivative and other contracts from Level 3 to Level 2, primarily related to single name subprime and CMBS credit default swaps as well as tranched-indexed corporate credit default swaps. Certain single name subprime and CMBS credit default swaps were reclassified primarily because the values associated with the unobservable inputs, such as correlation, were no longer deemed significant to the fair value measurement of these derivative contracts due to market deterioration. Increased availability of transaction data, broker quotes and/or consensus pricing resulted in the reclassifications of certain tranche-indexed corporate credit default swaps. The Company reclassified approximately $0.4 billion of certain DerivativesDerivative and other contracts from Level 2 to Level 3 as certain inputs became unobservable.

 

Financial instruments owned—InvestmentsInvestments..    The net losses from investments were primarily related to investments associated with the Company’s real estate products.

 

The Company reclassified investments in certain hedge funds from Level 3 to Level 2 because they were redeemable at the measurement date or in the near future.

 

 143159 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2008

 

  Beginning
Balance
  Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
 Purchases,
Sales,
Other
Settlements
and
Issuances,
net
 Net
Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
 Ending
Balance
  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
November 30,
2008(2)
  Beginning
Balance at
November 30,
2007
 Total Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
 Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements
and Issuances,
net
 Net
Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
 Ending
Balance at
November 30,
2008
 Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/Liabilities
Outstanding at
November 30,
2008(2)
 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

               

Financial instruments owned:

               

U.S. government and agency securities

  $660  $9   $(367 $(96 $206  $(8

U.S. agency securities

 $660  $9  $(367 $(96 $206  $(8

Other sovereign government obligations

   29   (6  (20  —      3   (2  29   (6  (20  —      3   (2

Corporate and other debt

   37,058   (12,835  411    9,826    34,460   (12,683  37,058   (12,835  411   9,826   34,460   (12,683

Corporate equities

   1,236   (537  (52  260    907   (351  1,236   (537  (52  260   907   (351

Net derivative and other contracts(3)

   5,938   20,974    (512  1,224    27,624   20,499    5,938   20,974   (512  1,224   27,624   20,499 

Investments

   13,068   (3,324  2,151    (2,163  9,732   (3,350  13,068   (3,324  2,151   (2,163  9,732   (3,350

Securities received as collateral

   7   —      8    —      15   —      7   —      8   —      15   —    

Intangible assets

   —     (220  19    421    220   (220  —      (220  19   421   220   (220

Liabilities

               

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

               

Corporate and other debt

  $1,122  $221   $2,865   $177   $3,943  $94   $1,122  $221  $2,865  $177  $3,943  $94 

Corporate equities

   16   (165  (271  111    21   27    16   (165  (271  111   21   27 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

   7   —      8    —      15   —      7   —      8   —      15   —    

Other secured financings

   2,321   1,349    1,440    3,335    5,747   1,349    2,321   1,349   1,440   3,335   5,747   1,349 

Long-term borrowings

   398   226    5,428    (183  5,417   226    398   226   5,428   (183  5,417   226 

 

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactions—tradingTrading in the consolidated statements of income except for $(3,324) million related to Financial instruments owned—investments,Investments, which is included in Principal transactions—investments.Investments.
(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for fiscal 2008 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at November 30, 2008.
(3)Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—derivativeDerivative and other contracts, net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivativeDerivative and other contracts.

 

Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debtdebt..    The net losses in Level 3 Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain asset-backed securities, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, certain collateralized debt obligations (including collateralized bond obligations and collateralized loan obligations), and certain commercial whole loans and by certain corporate loans and lending commitments.

 

During fiscal 2008, the Company reclassified approximately $17.3 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, commercial whole loans and corporate loans. The reclassifications were due to a reduction in the volume of recently executed transactions and market price quotations for these instruments, or a lack of

144


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the valuation of these instruments. These unobservable inputs include, depending upon the position, assumptions to establish comparability to bonds, loans or swaps with observable price/spread levels, default recovery rates, forecasted credit losses and prepayment rates.

160


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

During fiscal 2008, the Company reclassified approximately $7.5 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications primarily related to ABS and corporate loans as some liquidity re-entered the market for these specific positions, and external prices and spread inputs for these instruments became observable.

 

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contractscontracts..    The net gains in Level 3 Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by widening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of certain basket default swaps, single name default swaps and tranche-indexed credit default swaps where the Company was long protection.

 

The Company reclassified certain Net derivative contracts from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to tranche-indexed credit default swaps. The reclassifications were due to a reduction in the volume of recently executed transactions and market price quotations for these instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement. These unobservable inputs include assumptions of comparability to similar instruments with observable market levels and correlation.

 

Financial instruments owned—InvestmentsInvestments..    The net losses from investments were primarily related to investments associated with the Company’s real estate products and private equity portfolio.

 

The Company reclassified investments from Level 3 to Level 2 because it was determined that certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement were observable.

 

Intangible assetsassets..    The Company reclassified MSRs from Level 2 to Level 3 as significant inputs to the valuation model became unobservable during the period.

 

Other secured financings.    The Company reclassified Other secured financings from Level 2 to Level 3 because it was determined that certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement were unobservable.

 

Long-term borrowings.borrowings.    Amounts included in the Purchases, sales, other settlements and issuances, net column primarily relates to the issuance of junior subordinated debentures related to the CIC investment (see Note 13)15).

 

 145161 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2007

   Beginning
Balance
  Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
  Purchases,
Sales,
Other
Settlements
and
Issuances,
net
  Net
Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
  Ending
Balance
  Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
November 30,
2007(2)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

          

Financial instruments owned:

          

U.S. government and agency securities

  $2  $134   $524   $—    $660  $49  

Other sovereign government obligations

   162   10    (143  —     29   2  

Corporate and other debt

   33,941   (5,999  3,664    5,452   37,058   (4,528

Corporate equities

   1,040   62    (260  394   1,236   515  

Net derivative and other contracts(3)

   30   4,152    913    843   5,938   (3,294

Investments

   3,879   2,538    6,651    —     13,068   1,492  

Securities received as collateral

   40   —      (33  —     7   —    

Other assets(4)

   2,154   32    (2,186  —     —     —    

Liabilities

          

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

          

Corporate and other debt

  $185  $(1,242 $(439 $134  $1,122  $(455

Corporate equities

   9   (58  (55  4   16   (27

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

   40   —      (33  —     7   —    

Other secured financings

   4,724   —      (2,403  —     2,321   —    

Long-term borrowings

   464   (114  (185  5   398   (116

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are included in Principal transactions—trading in the consolidated statements of income except for $2,538 million related to Financial instruments owned—investments, which is included in Principal transactions—investments and $32 million related to Other assets associated with DFS and included in discontinued operations.
(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for fiscal 2007 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at November 30, 2007.
(3)Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—derivative and other contracts net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivative and other contracts.
(4)Other assets were disposed of in connection with the Discover Spin-off.

Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Corporate and other debt.    The net losses in Level 3 Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain asset-backed securities, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, and by corporate loans and lending commitments.

The Company reclassified certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3 because certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement became unobservable. These reclassifications included transfers in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 primarily related to the continued market and liquidity deterioration in the mortgage markets. The most material transfers into Level 3 were in commercial whole loans, residuals from residential securitizations and interest-only commercial mortgage and agency bonds.

146


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contracts.    The net gains in Level 3 Net derivative contracts were primarily driven by certain credit default swaps and other instruments associated with the Company’s credit products and securitized products activities. The Company recorded offsetting net losses in Level 2 Net derivative contracts, which were primarily associated with the Company’s credit products and securitized products activities.

The Company reclassified certain Net derivative contracts from Level 2 to Level 3 because certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement became unobservable. The most material transfers into Level 3 were commercial and residential credit default swaps.

Financial instruments owned—Investments.    The net gains from Financial instruments owned—investments were primarily related to investments associated with the Company’s real estate products and private equity portfolio.

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the One Month Ended December 31, 2008

 

 Beginning
Balance
at
November 30,
2008
 Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
 Purchases,
Sales,
Other
Settlements
and
Issuances,
net
 Net
Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
 Ending
Balance
at
December 31,
2008
 Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2008(2)
  Beginning
Balance at
November 30,
2008
 Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
 Purchases,
Sales,

Other
Settlements
and

Issuances,
net
 Net Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of

Level 3
 Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2008
 Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2008(2)
 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

            

Financial instruments owned:

            

U.S. government and agency securities

 $206 $(3 $(76 $—     $127 $(5

U.S. agency securities

 $206  $(3 $(76 $—     $127  $(5

Other sovereign government obligations

  3  —      (1  (1  1  —      3   —      (1  (1  1   —    

Corporate and other debt

  34,460  (393  1,036    (185  34,918  (378  34,460   (393  1,036   (185  34,918   (378

Corporate equities

  907  (11  (3  83    976  (10  907   (11  (3  83   976   (10

Net derivative and other contracts(3)

  27,624  (2,040  (43  (2,159  23,382  (1,879  27,624   (2,040  (43  (2,159  23,382   (1,879

Investments

  9,732  (169  149    (14  9,698  (158  9,732   (169  149   (14  9,698   (158

Securities received as collateral

  15  —      15    —      30  —      15   —      15   —      30   —    

Intangible assets

  220  (36  —      —      184  (36  220   (36  —      —      184   (36

Liabilities

            

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

            

Corporate and other debt

 $3,943 $(43 $(140 $(38 $3,808 $(63 $3,943  $(43 $(140 $(38 $3,808  $(63

Corporate equities

  21  (20  (20  6    27  1    21   (20  (20  6   27   1 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  15  —      15    —      30  —      15   —      15   —      30   —    

Other secured financings

  5,747  (219  34    148    6,148  (219  5,747   (219  34   148   6,148   (219

Long-term borrowings

  5,417  (52  4    —      5,473  (51  5,417   (52  4   —      5,473   (51

 

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactions—tradingTrading in the consolidated statements of income except for $(169) million related to Financial instruments owned—investments,Investments, which is included in Principal transactions—investments.Investments.

147


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for the one month ended December 31, 2008 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at December 31, 2008.
(3)Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—derivativeDerivative and other contracts, net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivativeDerivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 10.12.

 

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contracts.    The net losses in Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by tightening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of certain basket credit default swaps, single name credit default swaps and corporate tranche-indexed credit default swaps.

 

The Company reclassified certain Net derivative contracts from Level 3 to Level 2. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate tranche-indexed credit default swaps. The reclassifications were due to an increase in transaction data, available broker quotes and/or available consensus pricing, such that significant inputs for the fair value measurement were observable.

 

162


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Fair Value of Investments that Calculate Net Asset Value.

 

The Company’s Investments measured at fair value were $9,752 million and $9,286 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The following table presents information solely about the Company’s investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds measured at fair value based on NAV as ofnet asset value at December 31, 2009.2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

 

  At December 31, 2010   At December 31, 2009 
  Fair Value  Unfunded
Commitment
  Fair Value   Unfunded
Commitment
   Fair Value   Unfunded
Commitment
 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Private equity funds

  $1,728  $1,251  $1,947   $1,047   $1,292   $1,251 

Real estate funds

   823   674   1,154    500    823    674 

Hedge funds(1):

            

Long-short equity hedge funds

   1,597   —     1,046    4    1,597    —    

Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds

   407   —     305    —       407    —    

Event-driven hedge funds

   146   —     143    —       146    —    

Multi-strategy hedge funds

   235   —     140    —       235    —    
                      

Total

  $4,936  $1,925  $4,735   $1,551   $4,500   $1,925 
                      

 

(1)Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds, event-driven hedge funds and multi-strategy hedge funds are redeemable at least on a quarterlysix-month period basis with a notice period of ninety90 days or less. ApproximatelyAt December 31, 2010, approximately 49% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 24% is redeemable every six months and 27% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. At December 31, 2009, approximately 36% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 15% is redeemable every six months and 49% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. The notice period for long-short equity hedge funds is primarily ninety days or less.greater than 90 days.

 

Private Equity Funds.Amount includes several private equity funds that pursue multiple strategies, including leveraged buyouts, venture andcapital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific domestic or foreign geographic regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Instead, the nature of the investments in this category is that distributions are received through the liquidation of the underlying assets of the fund. ItAt December 31, 2010, it is estimated that 32%6% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated withinin the next five years, another 29%35% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to ten10 years and the remaining 39%59% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than ten10 years.

 

Real Estate Funds.Amount includes several real estate funds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multi-family residential properties, developments or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic domestic or foreign regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Distributions from each fund will be received as the underlying investments of the funds are liquidated. ItAt December 31, 2010, it is estimated that a majority20% of real estatethe fair value of the funds will be liquidated within the next five years, another 34% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to 10 years and the remaining 46% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than 10 years.

 

 148163 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Hedge FundsFunds..    Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up restrictions or gates. A hedge fund lock-up provision is a provision whichthat provides that, during a certain initial period, an investor may not make a withdrawal from the fund. The purpose of a gate is to restrict the level of redemptions that an investor in a particular hedge fund can demand on any redemption date.

 

  

Long-short Equity Hedge Funds.Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest, long/long or short, in equities. Equity value and growth hedge funds purchase stocks perceived to be undervalued and sell stocks perceived to be overvalued. Investments representing approximately 38%19% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for 45%100% of investments subject to lock-up restrictions ranged from one to three years at December 31, 2009. The remaining restriction period for the other 55% of investments subject to lock-up restrictions was estimated to be greater than three years at December 31, 2009.2010. Investments representing approximately 50%29% of the fair value of the investments in long-short equity hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for 86%100% of investments subject to an exit restriction is expected to be less than a year at December 31, 2009.2010.

 

  

Fixed Income/Credit-Related Hedge Funds.Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest inemploy long-short, distressed andor relative value securitiesstrategies in order to benefit from investments in undervalued or over-valuedovervalued securities that are primarily debt or credit related. InvestmentsAt December 31, 2010, investments representing approximately 95%24% of the fair value of the investments in fixed income/credit-related hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments was three years or less than one year at December 31, 2009.2010.

 

  

Event-Driven Hedge Funds.Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest in event-driven situations such as mergers, hostile takeovers, reorganizations or leveraged buyouts. This may involve the simultaneous purchase of stock in companies being acquired and the sale of stock in its acquirer, hoping to profit from the spread between the current market price and the ultimate purchase price of the target company. InvestmentsAt December 31, 2010, investments representing approximately 100%64% of the value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments was three years or less than one year at December 31, 2009.2010.

 

  

Multi-strategy Hedge Funds.Amount includes investments in hedge funds that pursue multiple strategies to realize short and long-term gains. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to overweight or underweight different strategies to best capitalize on current investment opportunities. InvestmentsAt December 31, 2010, investments representing approximately 44%37% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for 63%71% of investments subject to lock-ups was threetwo years or less at December 31, 2009. In addition, investments representing approximately 27%2010. The remaining restriction period for the other 29% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The redemption restriction for all investments subject to an exit restriction has been in place for lesslock-up restrictions was estimated to be greater than twothree years at December 31, 2009 and the time at which the redemption restriction may lapse cannot be estimated.2010.

 

 149164 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value Option.

 

The Company elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis. The following tables present net gains (losses) due to changes in fair value for items measured at fair value pursuant to the fair value option election for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008.

 

  Principal
Transactions-
Trading
 Interest
Expense
 (Losses) Gains
Included in
Net Revenues
   Principal
Transactions-
Trading
  Interest
Expense
  (Losses)  Gains
Included in
Net Revenues
 
  (dollars in millions)   
 
  (dollars in millions) 

2010

    

Deposits

  $2  $(173 $(171

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   (8  —      (8

Long-term borrowings

   (872  (849  (1,721

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   9    (1  8  

2009

      

Deposits

  $(81 $(321 $(402

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $(176 $—     $(176   (176  —      (176

Deposits

   (81  (321  (402

Long-term borrowings

   (7,351  (983  (8,334   (7,660  (983  (8,643

Fiscal 2008

        

Deposits

  $14  $—     $14 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $1,238   $(2 $1,236     1,238   (2  1,236 

Deposits

   14    —      14  

Long-term borrowings

   10,924    (1,059  9,865     12,428   (1,059  11,369 

Fiscal 2007

    

One Month Ended December 31, 2008

    

Deposits

  $(120 $(26 $(146

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $(326 $(5 $(331   (81  —      (81

Deposits

   (5  —      (5

Long-term borrowings

   (481  (366  (847   (2,168  (80  (2,248

One month ended December 31, 2008

    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $(81 $—     $(81

Deposits

   (120  (26  (146

Long-term borrowings

   (1,597  (80  (1,677

 

In addition to the amounts in the above table, as discussed in Note 2, all of the instruments within Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased are measured at fair value, either through the election of the fair value option, or as required by other accounting pronouncements.guidance.

 

The following table presentstables present information on the Company’s short-term and long-term borrowings (including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures)notes), loans and unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected:elected.

 

Fair Value Option—Gains (Losses) Gains Duedue to Changes in Instrument Specific Credit Spreads

 

  2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
 
 
 
  2009 Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
   
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

  $(5,510 $5,594   $840   $(241  $(873 $(5,510 $5,594  $(241

Loans(2)

   4,139    (5,864  (2,258  (498   448   4,139   (5,864  (498

Unfunded lending commitments(3)

   (8  280    (291  6     (148  (8  280   6 

 

(1)Gains (losses) were attributableThe change in the fair value of structured notes includes an adjustment to widening or (tightening), respectively,reflect the credit quality of the Company’s credit spreads and were determinedCompany based upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads. The remainder of changes in overall fair value of the short-term and long-term borrowings is attributable to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and movements in the reference price or index for structured notes.
(2)Instrument-specificInstrument specific credit gains or (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses, such as those due to changes in interest rates.
(3)Gains (losses)Losses were generally determined based on the differential between estimated expected client yields and contractual yields at each respective period end.

 

 150165 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The tables above exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

 

Amount by Which Contractual Principal Amount Exceeds Fair Value

 

   At
December 31,
2009
  At
December 31,
2008
   (dollars in billions)

Short-term and long-term debt borrowings(1)

  $1.9  $5.7

Loans(2)

   24.4   31.0

Loans 90 or more days past due(2)(3)

   21.0   19.8
   At
December  31,
2010
   At
December  31,
2009
 
    
    
   (dollars in billions) 

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

  $0.6   $1.9 

Loans(2)

   24.3    24.4 

Loans 90 or more days past due in non-accrual status or both(2)(3)

   21.2    21.0 

 

(1)These amounts do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in the reference price or index.
(2)The majority of this difference between principal and fair value amounts emanates from the Company’s distressed debt trading business, which purchases distressed debt at amounts well below par.
(3)The aggregate fair value of loans that were in non-accrual status, which includes all loans 90 or more days past due, as ofwas $2.2 billion and $3.9 billion at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The aggregate fair value of loans that were 90 or more days past due was $2.0 billion and $0.7 billion at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2008 was $1.9 billion and $2.0 billion,2009, respectively.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis.

2009.Non-recurring Basis

 

Certain assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the tables above. These assets may include loans, equity method investments, premises and equipment, intangible assets and real estate investments.

 

The following tables present, by caption on the consolidated statementstatements of financial position,condition, the fair value hierarchy for those assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company recognized an impairment chargea non-recurring fair value adjustment for 2010, 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively.2008.

 

   Carrying Value at
December 31,
2009
  Fair Value Measurements Using:  Total
Losses for
2009(1)
 
    Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant 
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  
   (dollars in millions) 

Receivables—Other loans(2)

  $739  $—    $—    $739  $(269

Other investments(3)

   66   —     —     66   (39

Premises, equipment and software costs(4)

   8   —     —     8   (5

Intangible assets(4)

   3   —     —     3   (4

Other assets(5)

   9   —     —     9   (16
                     

Total

  $825  $—    $—    $825  $(333
                     

2010.

        Fair Value Measurements Using:     
   Carrying Value
at  December 31,
2010
   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
   Total
Losses for
2010(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Loans(2)

  $680   $—      $151   $529   $(12

Other investments(3)

   88    —       —       88    (19

Goodwill(4)

   —       —       —       —       (27

Intangible assets(5)

   3    —       —       3    (174
                         

Total

  $771   $—      $151   $620   $(232
                         

 

(1)ImpairmentLosses related to Loans, impairments related to Other investments and losses related to Goodwill and certain Intangibles associated with the planned disposition of FrontPoint Partners LLC (“FrontPoint”) are included in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income (see Notes 19 and 28 for further information on FrontPoint). Remaining losses were included in Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income.
(2)Non-recurring change in fair value for loans held for investment was calculated based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of the collateral was determined using internal expected recovery models. The non-recurring change in fair value for mortgage loans held for sale is based upon a valuation model incorporating market observable inputs.
(3)Losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.
(4)Loss relates to FrontPoint, determined primarily using discounted cash flow models (see Note 28 for further information on FrontPoint).
(5)Losses primarily related to investment management contracts, including contracts associated with FrontPoint, and were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.

166


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

In addition to the losses included in the table above, the Company incurred a loss of approximately $1.2 billion in connection with the planned disposition of Revel for 2010, which was included in discontinued operations. The loss primarily related to premises and equipment and was included in discontinued operations (see Note 1). The fair value of Revel, net of estimated costs to sell, included in Premises, equipment and software costs was approximately $28 million at December 31, 2010 and was classified in Level 3. Fair value was determined using discounted cash flow models. See Note 28 for further information on Revel.

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during 2010.

2009.

     Fair Value Measurements Using:    
  Carrying Value
at  December 31,
2009
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Total
Losses  for
2009(1)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Loans(2)

 $739  $—     $—     $739  $(269

Other investments(3)

  66   —      —      66   (39

Premises, equipment and software costs(3)

  8   —      —      8   (5

Intangible assets(3)

  3   —      —      3   (4
                    

Total

 $816  $—     $—     $816  $(317
                    

(1)Losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statementstatements of income except for impairmentfair value adjustments related to Loans and losses related to Receivables—other loans and Other investments, which are included in Other revenues.
(2)Impairment lossesLosses for loans held for investment and held for sale were calculated based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of the collateral was determined using internal expected recovery models.
(3)Impairment lossesLosses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.
(4)Impairment losses related to the Institutional Securities business segment’s fixed income business.
(5)These impairment losses relate to buildings and properties held in the Asset Management business segment and are a result of the continued adverse impact of economic conditions on domestic real estate markets. Fair values were generally determined using discounted cash flow models or third-party appraisals and valuations.

 

In addition to the impairment losses included in the table above, impairment losses of approximately $466$482 million (of which $45 million related to Other investments, $12 million related to Intangible assets, and $409$425 million related to Other assets) were included in discontinued operations primarily related to Crescent (see Note 23)1).

151


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Impairment losses of approximately $24 million were also included in discontinued operations related to premises and equipment of an entity sold by the Company in 2009.

 

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during 2009.

 

There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company recognized an impairment charge during the one month ended December 31, 2008.

Fiscal 2008.

 

 Carrying Value at
November 30, 2008
 Fair Value Measurements Using: Total
Losses for
Fiscal 2008(1)
    Fair Value Measurements Using:   
 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant 
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Carrying Value
at November 30,
2008
 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 Total
Losses for
Fiscal 2008(1)
 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Receivables—Other loans(2)

 $634 $—   $70 $564 $(121

Loans(2)

 $634  $—     $70  $564  $(121

Other investments(3)

  164  —    —    164  (62  123   —      —      123   (62

Premises, equipment and software costs(4)

  91  —    —    91  (15  91   —      —      91   (15

Goodwill(5)

  —    —    —    —    (673  —      —      —      —      (673

Intangible assets(6)

  219  —    —    219  (46  198   —      —      198   (46

Other assets(7)

  777  —    —    777  (44  54   —      —      54   (30
                          

Total

 $1,885 $—   $70 $1,815 $(961 $1,100  $—     $70  $1,030  $(947
                          

167


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(1)Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statementstatements of income except for impairment losses related to Receivables—Other loansLoans and Other investments, which are included in Other revenues.
(2)Impairment losses for loans held for investment were calculated based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of the collateral was determined using external indicative bids, if available, or internal expected recovery models.
(3)Impairment losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.
(4)The impairment charge relates to the fixed income business, which is a reporting unit within the Institutional Securities business segment.
(5)The impairment charge relates to the fixed income business, which is a reporting unit within the Institutional Securities business segment. The fair value of the fixed income business was estimated by comparison towith similar companies using their publicly traded price-to-book multiples as the basis for valuation. The impairment charge resulted from declines in the credit and mortgage markets in general, which caused significant declines in the stock market capitalization in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, and hence,therefore, a decline in the fair value of the fixed income business (see Note 7).business.
(6)Impairment losses of $21 million recorded within the Institutional Securities business segment primarily related to intellectual property rights. Impairment losses of $25 million recorded within the Asset Management business segment primarily related to management contract intangibles (see Note 7).intangibles.
(7)Buildings and property were written down to their fair value resulting in an impairment charge of $30 million. Fair values were generally determined using discounted cash flow models or third-party appraisals and valuations. A deferred commission asset associated with certain mutual fund sales commissions was written down to its fair value, resulting in an impairment of $14 million. The fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow model. These charges relaterelated to the Asset Management business segment.

 

In addition to the impairment losses included in the table above, impairment losses of approximately $277 million (of which, $34 million related to Other investments, $6 million related to Intangible assets and $237 million related to Other assets) were included in discontinued operations related to Crescent (see Note 23)1). Impairment losses of approximately $14 million related to a deferred commission asset in Retail Asset Management were also included in discontinued operations.

 

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during fiscal 2008.

One Month Ended December 31, 2008.

There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company recognized an impairment charge during the one month ended December 31, 2008.

 

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value.

 

Some of the Company’s financial instruments are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis but nevertheless are recorded at amounts that approximate fair value due to their liquid or short-term nature. Such financial assets and financial liabilities include: Cash and due from banks, Interest bearing deposits with banks, Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements, Federal funds sold

152


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

and Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities borrowed, certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Securities loaned, Receivables—customers,Customers, Receivables—brokers,Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, Payables—customers,Customers, Payables—brokers,Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, certain Deposits and certain Deposits.Other secured financings.

 

The Company’s long-term borrowings are recorded at amortized amounts unless elected under the fair value option or designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge. For long-term borrowings not measured at fair value, the fair value of the Company’s long-term borrowings was estimated using either quoted market prices or discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. AsAt December 31, 2010, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term borrowings not measured at fair value was approximately $1.8 billion higher than fair value. At December 31, 2009, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term borrowings not measured at fair value was approximately $1.4 billion higher than fair value. As of December 31, 2008, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term borrowings was approximately $25.6 billion higher than fair value.

168


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

5.    Collateralized Transactions.Securities Available for Sale.

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), principally government and agencyThe following table presents information about the Company’s AFS securities:

   At December 31, 2010 
   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Other-than-
Temporary
Impairment
   Fair
Value
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Debt securities available for sale:

          

U.S. government and agency securities

  $29,586   $215   $152   $    $29,649 

The table below presents the fair value of investments in debt securities available for sale that have been in an unrealized loss position:

   Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer   Total 

At December 31, 2010

  Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Debt securities available for sale:

            

U.S. government and agency securities

  $9,696   $152   $—      $—      $9,696   $152 

Gross unrealized losses are carried at the amounts at which the securities subsequently will be resold or reacquired as specifiedrecorded in the respective agreements; such amounts include accrued interest. Reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements are presented on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. The Company’s policy is generally to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. Securities borrowed and Securities loaned are carried at the amounts of cash collateral advanced and received in connection with the transactions. Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and certain equity-referenced securities and loans where in all instances these liabilities are payable solely from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Financial instruments owned (see Note 6).Accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

The Company pledges its financial instruments owneddoes not intend to collateralize repurchase agreementssell these securities or expect to be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. In addition, the Company does not expect these securities to experience a credit loss given the explicit and other securities financings. Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledgedimplicit guarantee provided by the secured party are identified as Financial instruments owned (pledgedU.S. government. The Company believes that the debt securities with an unrealized loss in Accumulated other comprehensive income were not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available for sale by contractual maturity dates at December 31, 2010.

   Amortized Cost   Fair Value   Annualized
Average Yield
 
   (dollars in millions) 

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

Due within 1 year

  $6,913   $6,929    0.60

After 1 year but through 5 years

   13,700    13,862    1.40

After 5 years

   8,973    8,858    1.64
            

Total

  $29,586   $29,649    1.28
            

The following table presents information pertaining to various parties)sales of equity securities available for sale during 2010 (dollars in the consolidated statements of financial condition. millions):

Gross realized gains(1)(2)

  $ 102 
     

Gross realized losses(2)

  $—    
     

Proceeds of sales of equity securities available for sale(1)

  $670 
     

(1)Amounts relate to the Company’s sale of Invesco equity securities in the fourth quarter of 2010. See Note 1 for additional information.
(2)Amounts are recognized in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

169


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The carrying value and classification of financial instruments owned by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties dodid not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral were as follows:any AFS securities at December 31, 2009.

 

   At
December 31,
2009
  At
December 31,
2008
   (dollars in millions)

Financial instruments owned:

    

U.S. government and agency securities

  $18,376  $9,134

Other sovereign government obligations

   4,584   2,570

Corporate and other debt

   13,111   21,850

Corporate equities

   10,284   4,388
        

Total

  $46,355  $37,942
        

6.    Collateralized Transactions.

 

The Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance the Company’s inventory positions. The Company also engages in securities financing transactions for customers through margin lending. Under these

153


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

agreements and transactions, the Company either receives or provides collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. The Company receives collateral in the formCompany’s policy is generally to take possession of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, and customer margin loans. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions. As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the fair value of financial instruments received as collateral where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $429 billion and $290 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $311 billion and $214 billion, respectively.

The Company additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities for securities transactions in which the Company is the lender. In instances where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the Company reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral in the consolidated statements of financial condition. As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, $14 billion and $5 billion, respectively, were reported as Securities received as collateral, Securities purchased under agreements to resell and an Obligation to return securities received as collateral in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Collateral received in connection with these transactions that was subsequently repledged was approximately $13 billion and $4 billion as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

Securities borrowed. The Company manages credit exposure arising from reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties that provide the Company, in the event of a customer default, the right to liquidate collateral and the right to offset a counterparty’s rights and obligations. The Company also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized. Where deemed appropriate, the Company’s agreements with third parties specify its rights to request additional collateral.

The Company also engages in securities financing transactions for customers through margin lending. Under these agreements and transactions, the Company either receives or provides collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activity are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Company. The Company monitors required margin levels and established credit limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary. Margin loans are extended on a demand basis and are not committed facilities. Factors considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account, and overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies to reduce risk. Additionally, transactions relating to concentrated or restricted positions require a review of any legal impediments to liquidation of the underlying collateral. Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations. For these transactions, adherence to the Company’s collateral policies significantly limits the Company’s credit exposure in the event of customer default. The Company may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, there were approximately $18.0 billion and $12.4 billion, respectively, of customer margin loans outstanding.

170


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company pledges its financial instruments owned to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Financial instruments owned (pledged to various parties) in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The carrying value and classification of financial instruments owned by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral were as follows:

   At
December 31,
2010
   At
December 31,
2009
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Financial instruments owned:

    

U.S. government and agency securities

  $11,513   $18,376 

Other sovereign government obligations

   8,741    4,584 

Corporate and other debt

   12,333    13,111 

Corporate equities

   21,919    10,284 
          

Total

  $54,506   $46,355 
          

The Company receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, and customer margin loans. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions. The Company additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities-for-securities transactions in which the Company is the lender. In instances where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the Company reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral in the consolidated statements of financial condition. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the fair value of financial instruments received as collateral where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $537 billion and $429 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $390 billion and $311 billion, respectively.

 

The Company is subject to concentration risk by holding large positions in certain types of securities, loans or commitments to purchase securities of a single issuer, including sovereign governments and other entities, issuers located in a particular country or geographic area, public and private issuers involving developing countries, or issuers engaged in a particular industry. Financial instruments owned by the Company include U.S. government and agency securities and securities issued by other sovereign governments (principally the U.K., Japan, South Korea and Brazil), which, in the aggregate, represented approximately 11%10% of the Company’s total assets as ofat December 31, 2009.2010. In addition, substantially all of the collateral held by the Company for resale agreements or bonds borrowed, which together represented approximately 30%26% of the Company’s total assets as ofat December 31, 2009,2010, consist of securities issued by the U.S. government, federal agencies or other sovereign government obligations. Positions taken and commitments made by the Company, including positions taken and underwriting and financing commitments made in connection with its private equity, principal investment and lending activities, often involve substantial amounts and significant exposure to individual issuers and businesses, including non-investment grade issuers. In addition, the Company may originate or purchase certain residential and commercial mortgage loans that could contain certain terms and features that may result in additional credit risk as compared with more traditional types of mortgages. Such terms and features may include loans made to borrowers subject to payment increases or loans with high loan-to-value ratios.

 

 154171 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As ofAt December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements were as follows:

 

  At
December  31,
2010
   At
December  31,
2009
 
  
  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  $23,712  $24,039  $19,180   $23,712 

Securities(1)

   11,296   38,670   18,935    11,296 
              

Total

  $35,008  $62,709  $38,115   $35,008 
              

 

(1)Securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements are sourced from Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Financial instruments owned in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

6.    Securitization ActivitiesOther secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and Variable Interest Entities.certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Financial instruments owned (see Note 7).

 

Securitization Activities7.    Variable Interest Entities and Qualifying Special Purpose Entities.

Securitization Activities.    In a securitization transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally commercial or residential mortgage loans or U.S. agency securities) to a special purpose entity (an “SPE”), sells to investors most of the beneficial interests, such as notes or certificates, issued by the SPE and in many cases retains other beneficial interests. In many securitization transactions involving commercial mortgage loans, the Company transfers a portion of the assets to the SPE with unrelated parties transferring the remaining assets.

The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is financed through the sale of these interests. In some of these transactions, primarily involving residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe, the Company acts as servicer for some or all of the transferred loans. In many securitizations, particularly involving residential mortgage loans, the Company also enters into derivative transactions, primarily interest rate swaps or interest rate caps, with the SPE.

In most of these transactions, the SPE met the criteria to be a QSPE under the accounting guidance effective prior to January 1, 2010 for the transfer and servicing of financial assets. The Company did not consolidate QSPEs if they met certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they may hold, the activities in which they may engage and the range of discretion they may exercise in connection with the assets they hold. The determination of whether an SPE met the criteria to be a QSPE required considerable judgment, particularly in evaluating whether the permitted activities of the SPE were significantly limited and in determining whether derivatives held by the SPE were passive and not excessive.

The primary risk retained by the Company in connection with these transactions generally was limited to the beneficial interests issued by the SPE that were owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. Where the QSPE criteria were met, these beneficial interests generally were included in Financial instruments owned—corporate and other debt and were measured at fair value. The Company did not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees, or similar derivatives.

Although not obligated, the Company generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions. As a market maker, the Company offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests, although these beneficial interests generally are included in Financial instruments owned—corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.

155


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate capsis involved with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives withvarious SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Company’s overall exposure.

See Note 10 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.

QSPEs.    The following tables present information as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 regarding QSPEs to which the Company, acting as principal, had transferred assets and received sales treatment, and QSPEs sponsored by the Company to which the Company had not transferred assets (dollars in millions):

   At December 31, 2009
   Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
  Other

QSPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $54,504  $115,223  $64,824  $2,753

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $55  $364  $1,090  $—  

Non-investment grade

   62   467   —     —  
                

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $117  $831  $1,090  $—  
                

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $139  $430  $18  $3

Non-investment grade

   178   52   —     43
                

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $317  $482  $18  $46
                

Derivatives (fair value)

  $192  $303  $—    $765

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $18,902  $10,901  $—    $—  

(1)Amounts include $56.6 billion of assets transferred to the QSPEs by unrelated transferors.

   At December 31, 2008
   Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
  Other

QSPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $65,344  $112,557  $73,136  $2,684

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $500  $482  $102  $—  

Non-investment grade

   33   100   —     —  
                

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $533  $582  $102  $—  
                

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $42  $156  $8  $23

Non-investment grade

   49   14   —     12
                

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $91  $170  $8  $35
                

Derivatives (fair value)

  $488  $515  $—    $1,156

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $23,211  $8,196  $—    $—  

(1)Amounts include $57.8 billion of assets transferred to the QSPEs by unrelated transferors.

156


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the consolidated statementsnormal course of income. The Company may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles. Underwriting net revenuesbusiness. In most cases, these entities are recognized in connection with these transactions. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Net gains at the time of securitization were $104 million in 2009. Net gains at the time of securitization were not material in fiscal 2008 and in the one month ended December 31, 2008.

During 2009 and fiscal 2008, the Company received proceeds from new securitization transactions of $8.6 billion and $7.1 billion, respectively. The Company did not receive any proceeds from new securitization transactions during the one month ended December 31, 2008. During 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, the Company received proceeds from cash flows from retained interests in securitization transactions of $2.1 billion, $3.1 billion and $153 million, respectively.deemed to be VIEs.

 

The Company provides representations and warranties that certain assets transferred in securitization transactions conform to specific guidelines (see Note 11).

Mortgage Servicing Rights.    The Company may retain servicing rights to certain mortgage loans that are sold through its securitization activities. These transactions create an asset referred to as MSRs, which totaled approximately $137 million and $184 million as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, and are included within Intangible assets and carried at fair value in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

SPE Mortgage Servicing Activities.    The Company services residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe owned by SPEs, including SPEs sponsored by the Company and SPEs not sponsored by the Company. Most of these SPEs met the requirements for QSPEs. The Company generally holds retained interests in Company-sponsored QSPEs. In some cases, as part of its market making activities, the Company may own some beneficial interests issued by both Company-sponsored and non-Company sponsored SPEs.

The Company provides no credit support as part of its servicing activities. The Company is required to make servicing advances to the extent that it believes that such advances will be reimbursed. Reimbursement of servicing advances is a senior obligation of the SPE, senior to the most senior beneficial interests outstanding. Outstanding advances are included in Other assets and are recorded at cost. Advances as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 totaled approximately $2.2 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively, net of reserves of $23 million as of December 31, 2009 and $10 million as of December 31, 2008.

The following tables present information about the Company’s mortgage servicing activities for SPEs to which the Company transferred loans as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (dollars in millions):

   At December 31, 2009
   Residential
Mortgage
QSPEs
  Residential
Mortgage
Failed
Sales
  Commercial
Mortgage
QSPEs

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $18,902   $1,110   $10,901

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $7,297   $408   $5

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

   38.6  36.8  —  

Credit losses

  $2,859   $74   $2

(1)Includes loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

157


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   At December 31, 2008
   Residential
Mortgage
QSPEs
  Residential
Mortgage
Failed
Sales
  Commercial
Mortgage
QSPEs
  Commercial
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $23,211   $890   $8,196  $2,349

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $7,586   $308   $—    $—  

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

   32.7  34.6  —     —  

Credit losses

  $181   $11   $—    $—  

(1)Includes loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

The Company also serviced residential and commercial mortgage loans for SPEs sponsored by unrelated parties with unpaid principal balances totaling $20 billion and $25 billion as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

Variable Interest Entities.    Accountingapplies accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs applied to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. Entities that previously met the criteria to be classified as QSPEs, that were not subject to consolidation prior to January 1, 2010, but arebecame subject to the consolidation requirements for VIEs beginning on that date. UnderExcluding entities subject to the guidanceDeferral (as defined in Note 2), effective prior to January 1, 2010, the primary beneficiary of a VIE was the party that absorbed a majority of the entity’s expected losses, received a majority of its expected residual returns or both, as a result of holding variable interests. The Company consolidated entities of which it was the primary beneficiary. Under the guidance adopted on January 1, 2010, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that both (1) has the power to make decisionsdirect the activities of a VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance of the VIE and (2) has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits or obligation to absorb losses that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary.

 

The Company is involved with various entities in the normal course of business that may be deemed to be VIEs. The Company’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and derivative instruments.certain fees. The Company’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

 

Interests purchased in connection with market makingmarket-making and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities.

 

Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

 

Loans and investments made to VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

 

Derivatives entered into with VIEs.

 

Structuring of credit-linked notes (“CLNs”CLN”) or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

 

Other structured transactions designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

 

172


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company determineddetermines whether it wasis the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination wasis based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Company and by other parties, and the variable interests owned by the Company.

158


MORGAN STANLEYCompany and other parties.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)The power to make the most important economic decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of VIEs. The Company considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most important economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or collateral debt obligations.

 

Under the accounting guidance effective prior to January 1, 2010, the Company was required to reassess whether it was the primary beneficiary of a VIE only upon the occurrence of certain reconsideration events. Under the guidance adopted on January 1, 2010, the Company is required to reassess whether it is the primary beneficiaryFor many transactions, such as CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis and not just uponbasis. In these cases, the occurrence of certain events.

If the Company’s initial assessment resulted in a determination that it was not the primary beneficiary of a VIE, then under the guidance effectiveCompany focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to January 1, 2010, the Company reassessed this determination upon the occurrence of:

Changes to the VIE’s governing documents or contractual arrangements in a manner that reallocated the obligation to absorb the expected losses or the right to receive the expected residual returnsinitial closing of the VIE betweentransaction and at the primary beneficiary at that timetermination of the transaction. Based upon factors, which include an analysis of the nature of the assets, the number of investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the other variable interest holders, includinglevel of the Company.

Acquisitioncontinuing involvement by the Company, the Company concluded in most of additional variable interests in the VIE.

If the Company’s initial assessment resulted in a determinationthese transactions that it was the primary beneficiary, then under the guidance effectivedecisions made prior to January 1, 2010,the initial closing were shared between the Company reassessed this determination upon the occurrence of:

Changes to the VIE’s governing documents or contractual arrangements in a manner that reallocated the obligation to absorb the expected losses or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the VIE between the primary beneficiary at that time and the other variable interest holders.

A sale or dispositioninitial investors. The Company focused its control decision on any right held by the Company of all or part of its variable interests in the VIE to parties unrelatedinvestors related to the Company.

The issuancetermination of new variable interests by the VIE to parties unrelated to the Company.VIE.

 

Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings in the tables below, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Financial instruments owned and the liabilities of the entities as Other secured financings in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company includes assets held by consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings in the tables below primarily in Receivables, Premises, equipment and software costs, and Other assets and the liabilities primarily as Other liabilities and accrued expenses and Payables in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings.

 

The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Company has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

 

 159173 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following tables present information as ofat December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 about VIEs that the Company consolidates. Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented after intercompany eliminations and include assets financed on a non-recourse basis. As a result of the accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2010, the Company consolidated a number of VIEs that had not previously been consolidated and de-consolidated a number of VIEs that previously had been consolidated at December 31, 2009.

   At December 31, 2010 
  Mortgage  and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
   Managed
Real Estate
Partnerships
   Other Structured
Financings
   Other 
   (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets

  $ 3,362   $129   $2,032   $643   $2,584 

VIE liabilities

  $ 2,544   $68   $108   $2,571   $1,219 

   At December 31, 2009 
  Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Credit and Real
Estate
   Commodities
Financing
   Other Structured
Financings
 
   (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets

  $ 2,715   $2,629   $1,509   $762 

VIE liabilities

  $992   $687   $1,370   $73 

In general, the Company’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE’s assets recognized in its financial statements, net of losses absorbed by third-party holders of the VIE’s liabilities. At December 31, 2010, managed real estate partnerships reflected noncontrolling interests of $1,508 million. The Company also had additional maximum exposure to losses of approximately $884 million and $533 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2008 about VIEs2009, respectively. This additional exposure related primarily to certain derivatives (e.g., credit derivatives in which the Company consolidates (dollarshas sold unfunded protection in millions):synthetic collateralized debt obligations, typically for the most senior tranche, in which the total protection sold by the VIE exceeds the amount of collateral held) and commitments, guarantees and other forms of involvement.

   At December 31, 2009
   Mortgage and
Asset-backed
Securitizations
  Credit
and Real
Estate
  Commodities
Financing
  Other
Structured
Financings
  Total

VIE assets that the Company consolidates

  $2,715  $2,629  $1,509  $762  $7,615

VIE liabilities

   992   687   1,370   73   3,122

Maximum exposure to loss:

          

Debt and equity interests

  $1,719  $1,221  $—    $697  $3,637

Derivatives and other contracts

   501   714   2,195   —     3,410

Commitments and guarantees

   —     —     —     164   164
                    

Total maximum exposure to loss

  $2,220  $1,935  $2,195  $861  $7,211
                    

   At December 31, 2008
   Mortgage and
Asset-backed
Securitizations
  Credit
and Real
Estate
  Commodities
Financing
  Other
Structured
Financings
  Total

VIE assets that the Company consolidates

  $4,307  $4,121  $809  $1,664  $10,901

VIE liabilities

   2,473   1,505   766   801   5,545

Maximum exposure to loss:

          

Debt and equity interests

  $1,834  $2,605  $—    $882  $5,321

Derivatives and other contracts

   517   2,348   1,307   —     4,172

Commitments and guarantees

   —     —     —     330   330
                    

Total maximum exposure to loss

  $2,351  $4,953  $1,307  $1,212  $9,823
                    

 

 160174 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following tables presenttable presents information about certain non-consolidated VIEs in which the Company had significant variable interests at December 31, 2010. Many of the VIEs included in this table met the QSPE requirements under previous accounting guidance. QSPEs were not included as non-consolidated VIEs in prior periods. The table includes all VIEs in which the Company has determined that its maximum exposure to loss is greater than specific thresholds or served asmeets certain other criteria. The non-consolidated VIEs included in the sponsorDecember 31, 2010 and had any variable interest as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (dollars in millions):tables are based on different criteria.

 

   At December 31, 2009
   Mortgage and
Asset-backed
Securitizations
  Credit
and Real
Estate
  Municipal
Tender Option
Bond Trusts
  Other
Structured
Financings
  Total

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate

  $720  $11,848  $339  $5,775  $18,682

Maximum exposure to loss:

          

Debt and equity interests

  $16  $2,330  $40  $861  $3,247

Derivatives and other contracts

   1   4,949   —     —     4,950

Commitments and guarantees

   —     200   31   623   854
                    

Total maximum exposure to loss

  $17  $7,479  $71  $1,484  $9,051
                    

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

          

Debt and equity interests

  $16  $2,330  $40  $682  $3,068

Derivatives and other contracts

   1   2,382   —     —     2,383
                    

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

  $17  $4,712  $40  $682  $5,451
                    

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

          

Derivatives and other contracts

  $—    $484  $—    $—    $484

Commitments and guarantees

   —     —     —     45   45
                    

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

  $—    $484  $—    $45  $529
                    

   At December 31, 2008
   Mortgage and
Asset-backed
Securitizations
  Credit
and Real
Estate
  Municipal
Tender Option
Bond Trusts
  Other
Structured
Financings
  Total

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate

  $1,629  $18,456  $2,173  $8,068  $30,326

Maximum exposure to loss:

          

Debt and equity interests

  $38  $4,420  $1,145  $880  $6,483

Derivatives and other contracts

   —     5,156   —     —     5,156

Commitments and guarantees

   —     —     320   564   884
                    

Total maximum exposure to loss

  $38  $9,576  $1,465  $1,444  $12,523
                    

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

          

Debt and equity interests

  $38  $4,420  $1,145  $703  $6,306

Derivatives and other contracts

   —     2,044   —     —     2,044
                    

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

  $38  $6,464  $1,145  $703  $8,350
                    

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

          

Derivatives and other contracts

  $—    $590  $—    $—    $590

Commitments and guarantees

   —     —     —     36   36
                    

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

  $—    $590  $—    $36  $626
                    
  At December 31, 2010 
 Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
  Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
  Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
  Other
Structured
Financings
  Other 
  (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(1)

 $172,711  $38,332  $7,431  $2,037  

$

11,262

 

Maximum exposure to loss:

     

Debt and equity interests(2)

 $8,129  $1,330  $78  $1,062  $2,678 

Derivative and other contracts

  113   942   4,709   —      2,079 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  —      —      —      791   446 
                    

Total maximum exposure to loss

 $8,242  $2,272  $4,787  $1,853  $5,203 
                    

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

     

Debt and equity interests(2)

 $8,129  $1,330  $78  $779  $2,678 

Derivative and other contracts

  113   753   —      —      551 
                    

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

 $8,242  $2,083  $78  $779  $3,229 
                    

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

     

Derivative and other contracts

 $15  $123  $—     $—     $23 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  —      —      —      44   261 
                    

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

 $15  $123  $—     $44  $284 
                    

 

(1)
161Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $34.9 billion of residential mortgages; $94.0 billion of commercial mortgages; $28.8 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $15.0 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(2)Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.9 billion of residential mortgages; $2.1 billion of commercial mortgages; $3.0 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $1.1 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

 

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the VIE’s assets. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Company’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Company has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Company. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value writedowns already recorded by the Company.

 

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge these risks associated with the Company’s variable interests. In addition, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss is not reduced by the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

175


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Securitization transactions generally involve VIEs. The Company owned additional securities issued by securitization SPEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds. These additional securities totaled $5.7 billion at December 31, 2010. These securities were either retained in connection with transfers of assets by the Company or acquired in connection with secondary market-making activities. Securities issued by securitization SPEs consist of $2.1 billion of securities backed primarily by residential mortgage loans, $0.6 billion of securities backed by U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, $1.2 billion of securities backed by commercial mortgage loans, $1.1 billion of securities backed by collateralized debt obligations or collateralized loan obligations and $0.7 billion backed by other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables, automobile loans and student loans. The Company’s primary risk exposure is limited to the securities issued by the SPE owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These securities generally are included in Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value. The Company does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss is equal to the fair value of the securities owned.

The following table presents information about the Company’s non-consolidated VIEs at December 31, 2009 in which the Company had significant variable interests or served as the sponsor and had any variable interest as of that date. The non-consolidated VIEs included in the December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 tables are based on different criteria.

   At December 31, 2009 
  Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Credit and Real
Estate
   Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
   Other
Structured
Financings
 
   (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate

  $720   $11,848   $339   $5,775 

Maximum exposure to loss:

        

Debt and equity interests

  $16   $2,330   $40   $861 

Derivative and other contracts

   1    4,949    —       —    

Commitments, guarantees and other

   —       200    31    623 
                    

Total maximum exposure to loss

  $17   $7,479   $71   $1,484 
                    

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

        

Debt and equity interests

  $16   $2,330   $40   $682 

Derivative and other contracts

   1    2,382    —       —    
                    

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

  $17   $4,712   $40   $682 
                    

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

        

Derivative and other contracts

  $—      $484   $—      $—    

Commitments, guarantees and other

   —       —       —       45 
                    

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

  $—      $484   $—      $45 
                    

The Company’s transactions with VIEs primarily includes securitizations, municipal tender option bond trusts, credit protection purchased through CLNs, collateralized loan and debt obligations, equity-linked notes, managed real estate partnerships and asset management investment funds. Such activities are described below.

176


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Securitization Activities.    In a securitization transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally commercial or residential mortgage loans or U.S. agency securities) to an SPE, sells to investors most of the beneficial interests, such as notes or certificates, issued by the SPE, and in many cases, retains other beneficial interests. In many securitization transactions involving commercial mortgage loans, the Company transfers a portion of the assets to the SPE with unrelated parties transferring the remaining assets.

The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is financed through the sale of these interests. In some of these transactions, primarily involving residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe, the Company serves as servicer for some or all of the transferred loans. In many securitizations, particularly involving residential mortgage loans, the Company also enters into derivative transactions, primarily interest rate swaps or interest rate caps, with the SPE.

In most of these transactions, the SPE met the criteria to be classified as a QSPE under the accounting guidance effective prior to January 1, 2010 for the transfer and servicing of financial assets. The Company did not consolidate QSPEs if they met certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they held, the activities in which they engaged and the range of discretion they may have exercised in connection with the assets they held. SPEs that formerly met the criteria to be a QSPE are now subject to the same consolidation requirements as other VIEs.

The primary risk retained by the Company in connection with these transactions generally is limited to the beneficial interests issued by the SPE that are owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These beneficial interests generally are included in Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value. The Company does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives.

Although not obligated, the Company generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions. As a market maker, the Company offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests, although these beneficial interests generally are included in Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.

The Company enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Company’s overall exposure.

See Note 12 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.

 

Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts.    In a municipal tender option bond transaction, the Company, on behalf of a client, transfers a municipal bond to a trust. The trust issues short-term securities whichthat the Company, as the remarketing agent, sells to investors. The client retains a residual interest. The short-term securities are supported by a liquidity facility pursuant to which the investors may put their short-term interests. In some programs, the Company provides this liquidity facility; in most programs, a third-party provider will provide such liquidity facility. The Company may purchase short-term securities in its role either as remarketing agent or liquidity provider. The client can generally terminate the transaction at any time. The liquidity provider can generally terminate the transaction upon the occurrence of certain events. When the transaction is terminated, the municipal bond is generally sold or returned to the client. Any losses suffered by the liquidity provider upon the sale of the bond are the responsibility of the client. This obligation generally is collateralized. In prior periods, the Company establishedLiquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts in connection with its proprietary trading activities and consolidated those trusts. As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, no proprietary trusts were outstanding.are classified as derivatives.

177


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Credit Protection Purchased Through CLNs.    In a CLN transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally high quality securities or money market investments) to an SPE, enters into a derivative transaction in which the SPE writes protection on an unrelated reference asset or group of assets, through a credit default swap, a total return swap or similar instrument, and sells to investors the securities issued by the SPE. In some transactions, the Company may also enter into interest rate or currency swaps with the SPE. Upon the occurrence of a credit event related to the reference asset, the SPE will sell thedeliver collateral securities in order to makeas the payment to the Company. The Company is generally exposed to price changes on the collateral securities in the event of a credit event and subsequent sale. These transactions are designed to transfer theprovide investors with exposure to certain credit risk on the reference asset to investors.asset. In some transactions, the assets and liabilities of the SPE are recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In other transactions, the transfer of the collateral securities is accounted for as a sale of assets, and the SPE is not consolidated. The structure of the transaction determines the accounting treatment. CLNs are included in Other in the above VIE tables.

 

The derivatives in CLN transactions consist of total return swaps, credit default swaps or similar contracts in which the Company has purchased protection on a reference asset or group of assets. Payments by the SPE are collateralized. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Company’s overall exposure.

 

Other Structured FinancingsFinancings..    The Company primarily invests in equity interests issued by entities that develop and own low incomelow-income communities (including low incomelow-income housing projects) and entities that construct and own facilities that will generate energy from renewable resources. The equity interests entitle the Company to its share of tax credits and tax losses generated by these projects. In addition, the Company has issued guarantees to investors in certain low-income housing funds. The guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by the fund. The Company is also involved with entities designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

 

162


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Collateralized Loan and Debt Obligations.A collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) or a CDO is an SPE that purchases a pool of assets, consisting of corporate loans, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities or synthetic exposures on similar assets through derivatives, and issues multiple tranches of debt and equity securities to investors. In the Asset Management business segment, the Company manages CLOs with assets of $2.2 billion and $2.1 billion as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, and receives a management fee for these services. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on these managed CLOs was immaterial as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss on other CLOs and CDOs is $1.5 billion and $3.0 billion as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

Equity-Linked Notes.In an equity-linked note transaction included in the tables above, the Company typically transfers to an SPE either (1) a note issued by the Company, the payments on which are linked to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index or (2) debt securities issued by other companies and a derivative contract, the terms of which will relate to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index. These transactions are designed to transferprovide investors with exposure to investors thecertain risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index. Equity-linked notes are included in Other in the above VIE tables.

Managed Real Estate Partnerships.    The Company sponsors funds that invest in real estate assets. Certain of these funds are classified as VIEs primarily because the Company has provided financial support through lending facilities and other means. The Company also serves as the general partner for these funds and owns limited partnership interests in them. These funds are consolidated at December 31, 2010.

 

Asset Management Investment Funds.The tables above do not include certain investments made by the Company held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies.

 

178

See Note 11


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement.

The following tables present information at December 31, 2010 regarding transactions with SPEs in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment. The transferees in most of these transactions formerly met the criteria for information on a lending facility providedQSPEs.

   At December 31, 2010 
   Residential
Mortgage
Loans
   Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
   U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
   Credit-
Linked
Notes
and Other
 
   (dollars in millions) 

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $48,947   $85,974   $29,748   $11,462 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $46   $64   $2,636   $8 

Non-investment grade

   206    81    —       2,327 
                    

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $252   $145   $2,636   $2,335 
                    

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $118   $643   $155   $21 

Non-investment grade

   205    55    —       11 
                    

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $323   $698   $155   $32 
                    

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $75   $955   $—      $78 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $29   $80   $—      $314 

(1)Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

   At December 31, 2010 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—      $2,732   $22   $2,754 

Non-investment grade

   —       241    2,373    2,614 
                    

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $—      $2,973   $2,395   $5,368 
                    

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—      $929   $8   $937 

Non-investment grade

   —       255    16    271 
                    

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $—      $1,184   $24   $1,208 
                    

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $—      $887   $221   $1,108 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $—      $360   $63   $423 

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to a real estate fund sponsored bysecuritization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the Company.consolidated statements of income. The Company provided this facilitymay act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles. Investment banking underwriting net revenues are recognized in response to the fund’s increased liquidity needs resulting from the downturnconnection with these transactions. The Company may retain interests in the global real estate markets.securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

179


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Net gains at the time of securitization were not material in 2010, fiscal 2008 and in the one month ended December 31, 2008. Net gains at the time of securitization were $104 million in 2009.

During 2010, 2009 and fiscal 2008, the Company received proceeds from new securitization transactions of $25.6 billion, $8.6 billion and $7.1 billion, respectively. The Company did not receive any proceeds from new securitization transactions during the one month ended December 31, 2008. During 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, the Company received proceeds from cash flows from retained interests in securitization transactions of $7.1 billion, $2.1 billion, $3.1 billion and $153 million, respectively.

The Company provides representations and warranties that certain assets transferred in securitization transactions conform to specific guidelines (see Note 13).

 

Failed Sales.

 

In order to be treated as a sale of assets for accounting purposes, a transaction must meet all of the criteria stipulated in the accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets. If the transfer fails to meet these criteria, that transfer is treated as a failed sale. In such case, the Company continues to recognize the assets in Financial instruments owned, and the Company recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

The assets transferred to many unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many unconsolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Company has the unilateral right to remove assets or providesprovide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

 

The following tables present information about transfers of assets treated by the Company as secured financings as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008:financings:

 

   At December 31, 2009
   Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  Credit-
Linked
Notes
  Other
   (dollars in millions)

Assets

        

Unpaid principal amount

  $376  $324  $1,059  $1,332

Fair value

   151   291   1,012   1,294

Other secured financings

        

Unpaid principal amount

   267   271   1,025   1,332

Fair value

   138   269   978   1,294
  At December 31, 2010 
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  Credit-
Linked
Notes
  Equity-
Linked
Transactions
  Other 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

    

Carrying value

 $128  $784  $1,618  $62 

Other secured financings

    

Carrying value

 $124  $781  $1,583  $61 
  At December 31, 2009 
  Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  Credit-
Linked
Notes
  Other 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

    

Carrying value

 $151  $291  $1,012  $1,294 

Other secured financings

    

Carrying value

 $138  $269  $978  $1,294 

Mortgage Servicing Activities.

Mortgage Servicing Rights.    The Company may retain servicing rights to certain mortgage loans that are sold through its securitization activities. These transactions create an asset referred to as MSRs, which totaled

 

 163180 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   At December 31, 2008
   Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  Credit-
Linked
Notes
  Other
   (dollars in millions)

Assets

        

Unpaid principal amount

  $439  $2,573  $1,333  $2,028

Fair value

   227   2,245   1,144   1,814

Other secured financings

        

Unpaid principal amount

   258   2,512   1,293   2,008

Fair value

   175   2,208   1,134   1,810

approximately $157 million and $137 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and are included within Intangible assets and carried at fair value in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

7.SPE Mortgage Servicing Activities.    The Company services residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe owned by SPEs, including SPEs sponsored by the Company and SPEs not sponsored by the Company. The Company generally holds retained interests in Company-sponsored SPEs. In some cases, as part of its market-making activities, the Company may own some beneficial interests issued by both Company-sponsored and non-Company sponsored SPEs.

The Company provides no credit support as part of its servicing activities. The Company is required to make servicing advances to the extent that it believes that such advances will be reimbursed. Reimbursement of servicing advances is a senior obligation of the SPE, senior to the most senior beneficial interests outstanding. Outstanding advances are included in Other assets and are recorded at cost. Advances at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 totaled approximately $1.5 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, net of allowance of $10 million and $23 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

The following tables present information about the Company’s mortgage servicing activities for SPEs to which the Company transferred loans at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:

   At December 31, 2010 
   Residential
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
  Residential
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
  Commercial
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
   Commercial
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $10,616  $2,357  $7,108   $2,097 

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $3,861  $446  $—      $—    

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

   36.4  18.9  —       —    

Credit losses

  $1,098  $35  $—      $—    

(1)Amount includes loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

   At December 31, 2009 
   Residential
Mortgage
QSPEs
  Residential
Mortgage
Failed Sales
  Commercial
Mortgage
QSPEs
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $18,902  $1,110  $10,901 

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $7,297  $408  $5 

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

   38.6  36.8  —    

(1)Amount includes loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

The Company also serviced residential and commercial mortgage loans for SPEs sponsored by unrelated parties with unpaid principal balances totaling $13 billion and $20 billion at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

181


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

8.    Financing Receivables.

Loans held for investment.

The Company’s loans held for investment are recorded at amortized cost and classified as Loans in the consolidated statements of financial condition. A description of the Company’s loan portfolio is described below.

Commercial and Industrial. Commercial and industrial loans include commercial lending, corporate lending and commercial asset-backed lending products. Risk factors considered in determining the allowance for commercial and industrial loans include the borrower’s financial strength, seniority of the loan, collateral type, volatility of collateral value, debt cushion, covenants and (for unsecured loans) counterparty type.

Consumer. Consumer loans include unsecured loans and non-purpose securities-based lending that allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing, trading, or carrying marketable securities or refinancing margin debt. The allowance methodology for unsecured loans considers the specific attributes of the loan as well as borrower’s source of repayment. The allowance methodology for non-purpose securities-based lending considers the collateral type underlying the loan (e.g., diversified securities, concentrated securities, or restricted stock).

Real Estate—Residential. Residential real estate loans include home equity lines of credit and non-conforming loans. The allowance methodology for nonconforming residential mortgage loans considers several factors, including but not limited to loan-to-value ratio, a FICO score, home price index, and delinquency status. The methodology for home equity loans considers credit limits and utilization rates in addition to the factors considered for nonconforming residential mortgages.

Real Estate—Wholesale. Wholesale real estate loans include owner-occupied loans and income-producing loans. The principal risk factor for determining the allowance for wholesale real estate loans is the underlying collateral type, which is affected by the time period to liquidate the collateral and the volatility in collateral values.

The Company’s loans held for investment at December 31, 2010 included the following (dollars in millions):

Commercial and industrial

  $4,054 

Consumer loans

   3,974 

Residential real estate loans

   1,915 

Wholesale real estate loans

   468 
     

Total loans held for investment, net of allowance of $82 million

  $10,411 
     

The above table does not include loans held for sale of $165 million at December 31, 2010.

The Company’s Credit Risk Management Department evaluates new obligors before credit transactions are initially approved, and at least annually thereafter for consumer and industrial loans. For corporate and commercial loans, credit evaluations typically involve the evaluation of financial statements, assessment of leverage, liquidity, capital strength, asset composition and quality, market capitalization and access to capital markets, cash flow projections and debt service requirements, and the adequacy of collateral, if applicable. The Company’s Credit Risk Management Department will also evaluate strategy, market position, industry dynamics, obligor’s management and other factors that could affect the obligor’s risk profile. For residential real estate and consumer loans, the initial credit evaluation includes, but is not limited to review of the obligor’s income, net worth, liquidity, collateral, loan-to-value ratio, and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for residential real estate loans is performed at the portfolio level and for consumer loans collateral, values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

182


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company utilizes the following credit quality indictors in its credit monitoring process.

Pass. A credit exposure rated pass has a continued expectation of timely repayment, all obligations of the borrower are current, and the obligor complies with material terms and conditions of the lending agreement.

Special Mention. Extensions of credit that have potential weakness that deserve management’s close attention and if left uncorrected may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit. These potential weaknesses may be due to circumstances such as the borrower experiencing negative operating trends, having an ill-proportioned balance sheet, experiencing problems with management or labor relations, experiencing pending litigation, or there are concerns about the condition or control over collateral.

Substandard. Obligor has a well-defined weakness that jeopardizes the repayment of the debt and has a high probability of payment default with the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if noted deficiencies are not corrected. Indicators of a substandard loan include that the obligor is experiencing current or anticipated unprofitable operations, inadequate fixed charge coverage, and inadequate liquidity to support operations or meet obligations when they come due or marginal capitalization.

Consumer loans are considered substandard when they are past due 90 cumulative days from the contractual due date. Residential real estate and home equity loans are considered substandard when they are past due more than 90 days and have a loan-to-value ratio greater than 60%, except for home equity loans where the Company does not hold a senior mortgage, which are considered substandard when past due 90 days or more regardless of loan-to-value ratio.

Doubtful. Inherent weakness in the exposure makes the collection or repayment in full, based on existing facts, conditions and circumstances, highly improbable, but the amount of loss is uncertain. The obligor may demonstrate inadequate liquidity, sufficient capital or necessary resources to continue as a going concern or may be in default.

Loss. Extensions of credit classified as loss are considered uncollectible and are charged off.

At December 31, 2010, the Company collectively evaluated for impairment gross commercial and industrial loans, consumer loans, residential real estate loans and wholesale real estate loans of $3,791 million, $3,890 million, $1,915 million and $90 million, respectively. The Company individually evaluated for impairment gross commercial and industrial loans, consumer and wholesale real estate loans of $307 million, $85 million and $415 million, respectively. Commercial and industrial loans of approximately $170 million and wholesale real estate loans of approximately $108 million were impaired at December 31, 2010. Approximately 99% of the Company’s loan portfolio was current at December 31, 2010.

The Company assigned an internal grade of “doubtful” to certain commercial asset-backed and wholesale real estate loans totaling $500 million. Doubtful loans can be classified as current if the borrower is making payments in accordance with the loan agreement. The Company assigned an internal grade of “pass” to the majority of the remaining loans.

Employee Loans.

Employee loans are granted primarily in conjunction with a program established in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans are recorded in Receivables—Fees, interest and other in the consolidated statements of financial condition. These loans are full recourse, require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from four to 12 years. The Company

183


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

establishes a reserve for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable from terminated employees, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $5,831 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $111 million.

Collateralized Transactions.

In certain instances, the Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions to acquire securities to cover short positions, to settle other securities obligations and to accommodate customers’ needs. The Company also engages in securities financing transactions for customers through margin lending (see Note 6).

Servicing Advances.

As part of its servicing activities, the Company is required to make servicing advances to the extent that it believes that such advances will be reimbursed (see Note 7).

9.    Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets.

Goodwill and net intangible assets increased during 2009 primarily due to the acquisition of Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures (see Note 3).

 

The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the book value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below book value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment.

 

The estimated fair values of the reporting units are generally determined utilizing methodologies that incorporate price-to-book, price-to-earnings and assets under management multiples of certain comparable companies.

 

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of JuneJuly 1, 20092010 and JuneJuly 1, 2008,2009. The Company’s testing did not indicate any goodwill impairment. Due to the volatility in the equity markets, the economic outlook and the Company’s common shares trading below book value during the quarters ended September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010, the Company performed additional impairment testing at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010, which did not result in any goodwill impairment. DuringAdverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

In connection with the quarter ended September 30, 2009,proposed sale of a majority equity stake in FrontPoint (see Note 28), the Company changed the date of its annual goodwill impairment testing to July 1 as a result of the Company’s change in its fiscal year-end from November 30 to December 31 of each year. The change to the annual goodwill impairment testing date was to move the impairment testing outside of the Company’s normal second quarter-end reporting process to a date in the third quarter, consistent with the testing date prior to the change in the fiscal year-end. The Company believes that the resulting change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date will not delay, accelerate, or avoidrecognized an impairment charge. Goodwill impairment tests performed ascharge of July 1, 2009 concluded that no impairment charges were required as of that date. The Company determined that the change in accounting principle related to the annual testing date is preferable under the circumstances and did not result in adjustments to the Company’s consolidated financial statements when applied retrospectively.$27 million.

 

Due to the financial market and economic events that occurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company performed an interim impairment test for goodwill subsequent to its annual testing date of June 1, 2008. The interim impairment test resulted in a noncashnon-cash goodwill impairment charge of approximately $673 million. The charge related to the fixed income business, which is a reporting unit within the Institutional Securities business segment. The fair value of the fixed income business was calculated by comparison with similar companies using their publicly traded price-to-book multiples as the basis for valuation. The impairment charge resulted from declines in the credit and mortgage markets in general, which caused significant declines in the stock market capitalization in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and, hence, a decline in the fair value of the fixed income business.

 

 164184 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Due to the continued deterioration in the financial markets, the Company performed an interim impairment test of goodwill in the one month ended December 31, 2008, which did not result in impairment.

 

Goodwill.

 

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill, net of accumulated impairment losses for 2009, fiscal 20082010 and the one month ended December 31, 20082009, were as follows:

 

  Institutional
Securities(1)
 Global
Wealth
Management
Group
 Asset
Management
 Total   Institutional
Securities(1)
 Global
Wealth
Management
Group
 Asset
Management
 Total 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Goodwill at November 30, 2007

  $1,555   $297   $1,172   $3,024  

Goodwill at December 31, 2008

  $813  $272  $1,171  $2,256 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   (108  14    (3  (97   13   —      —      13 

Goodwill acquired during the year(2)

   31    —      2    33     —      5,346   —      5,346 

Goodwill disposed of during the year(2)(3)

   (5  (39  —      (44   (453  —      —      (453

Impairment losses(3)

   (673  —      —      (673
                          

Goodwill at November 30, 2008

   800    272    1,171    2,243  

Goodwill at December 31, 2009(4)(5)

  $373  $5,618  $1,171  $7,162 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   13    —      —      13     10   (2  —      8 

Goodwill disposed of during the year(6)

   —      —      (404  (404

Impairment losses(7)

   —      —      (27  (27
                          

Goodwill at December 31, 2008

   813    272    1,171    2,256  

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   13    —      —      13  

Goodwill acquired during the year(4)

   —      5,346    —      5,346  

Goodwill disposed of during the year(5)

   (453  —      —      (453

Goodwill at December 31, 2010(5)

  $383  $5,616  $740  $6,739 
                          

Goodwill at December 31, 2009(6)(7)

  $373   $5,618   $1,171   $7,162  
             

 

(1)The amount of goodwill related to MSCI was $437 million as ofat December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007.2008.
(2)Global Wealth Management Group activity primarily represents goodwill disposed of in connection with the Company’s sale of Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. (see Note 17).
(3)Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income.
(4)Global Wealth Management Group business segment activity primarily represents goodwill acquired in connection with Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures (see Note 3).
(5)(3)Institutional Securities business segment activity primarily represents goodwill disposed of in connection with MSCI (see Note 23)25).
(6)(4)The Asset Management business segment amount at December 31, 2009 included approximately $404 million related to Retail Asset Management.
(7)(5)The amount of the Company’s goodwill before accumulated impairments of $700 million and $673 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, was $7,439 million and $7,835 million.million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
(6)The Asset Management activity represents goodwill disposed of in connection with the sale of Retail Asset Management (see Note 1).
(7)The Asset Management activity represents impairment losses related to FrontPoint (see Note 28 for further information on FrontPoint).

 

 165185 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Net Intangible Assets.

 

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s intangible assets for 2009, fiscal 20082010 and the one month ended December 31, 20082009 were as follows:

 

  Institutional
Securities(1)
  Global
Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management(2)
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Amortizable net intangible assets at November 30, 2007

 $386   $—     $233   $619  

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

  (21  —      —      (21

Intangible assets acquired during the year(3)

  88    —      239    327  

Net intangible assets disposed of during the year(4)

  (54  —      (11  (65

Amortization expense(5)

  (44  —      (37  (81

Impairment losses(6)(7)

  (21  —      (31  (52
                

Amortizable net intangible assets at November 30, 2008

  334    —      393    727  

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 6)

  220    —      —      220  
                

Net intangible assets at November 30, 2008

 $554   $—     $393   $947  
                

Amortizable net intangible assets at November 30, 2008

 $334   $—     $393   $727  

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

  3    —      —      3  

Amortization expense(5)

  (4  —      (4  (8
                

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2008

 $333   $—     $389   $722  

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 6)

  184    —      —      184  
                

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2008

 $517   $—     $389   $906  
                

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2008

 $333   $—     $389   $722  

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

  —      —      (4  (4

Intangible assets acquired during the year(8)

  2    4,475    1    4,478  

Net intangible assets disposed of during the year(9)

  (153  —      (145  (298

Amortization expense(5)

  (17  (183  (45  (245

Impairment losses(10)

  (4  —      (12  (16
                

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2009

  161    4,292    184    4,637  

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 6)

  135    2    —      137  

Indefinite-lived intangible asset(8)

  —      280    —      280  
                

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2009

 $296   $4,574   $184   $5,054  
                
  Institutional
Securities(1)
  Global
Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management(2)
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2008

 $333  $—     $389  $722 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

  184   —      —      184 
                

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2008

 $517  $—     $389  $906 
                

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2008

 $333  $—     $389  $722 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

  —      —      (4  (4

Amortization expense(3)

  (17  (183  (45  (245

Impairment losses(4)

  (4  —      (12  (16

Intangible assets acquired during the year(5)

  2   4,475   1   4,478 

Intangible assets disposed of during the year(6)

  (153  —      (145  (298
                

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2009

  161   4,292   184   4,637 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

  135   2   —      137 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets (see Note 3)

  —      280   —      280 
                

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2009

 $296  $4,574  $184  $5,054 
                

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2009

 $161  $4,292  $184  $4,637 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

  6   1   —      7 

Amortization expense

  (23  (324  (9  (356

Impairment losses(7)

  (4  (4  (166  (174

Intangible assets acquired during the year(8)

  122   —      —      122 

Intangible assets disposed of during the year

  —      (2  (4  (6
                

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2010

  262   3,963   5   4,230 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

  151   6   —      157 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets (see Note 3)

  —      280   —      280 
                

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2010

 $413  $4,249  $5  $4,667 
                

 

(1)The amount of net intangible assets related to MSCI was $144 million $146 million and $174 million at December 31, 2008, November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007, respectively.2008.
(2)The amount of intangible assets related to Crescent was $194 million and $197 million at December 31, 2008 and November 30, 2008, respectively.2008.
(3)Asset Management business segment activity primarily represents intangible assets related to the Company’s consolidation of Crescent.
(4)Institutional Securities business segment activity primarily represents intangible assets disposed of in connection with the Company’s sale of a controlling interest in a previously consolidated commodities subsidiary.
(5)Amortization expense for MSCI, in 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 is included in discontinued operations. Amortization expense for Retail Asset Management in 2009 and fiscal 2008 is included in discontinued operations. The amortization expense for Crescent in 2009 and fiscal 2008 is included in discontinued operations.
(6)(4)Impairment losses recorded within the Institutional Securities business segment primarily related to intellectual property rights. Impairment losses recorded within the Asset Management business segment primarily related to management contract intangibles.the disposition of Crescent and are included in discontinued operations.
(7)Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

166


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(8)(5)Global Wealth Management Group business segment activity primarily represents intangible assets acquired in connection with Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures (see Note 3).
(9)(6)Institutional Securities business segment activity primarily represents intangible assets disposed of in connection with MSCI, andMSCI. Asset Management business segment activity represents intangible assets disposed of in connection with Crescent (see Note 23)25).
(10)(7)Impairment losses recorded within theThe Asset Management business segment activity represents losses primarily related to investment management contracts that were determined using discounted cash flow models. Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses and Other revenues in the dispositionconsolidated statements of Crescent and are included in discontinued operations.income (see Note 19).
(8)The Institutional Securities business segment activity primarily represents certain reinsurance licenses and a management contract.

186


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Amortizable intangible assets were as follows:

 

   At December 31, 2009  At December 31, 2008
   Gross Carrying
Amount(1)
  Accumulated
Amortization(1)
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
   (dollars in millions)

Amortizable intangible assets:

        

Trademarks

  $75  $10  $126  $28

Technology related

   10   3   144   94

Customer relationships

   4,061   159   276   40

Management contracts

   463   38   206   19

Research

   176   21   —     —  

Intangible lease asset

   24   4   —     —  

Other

   103   40   178   27
                

Total amortizable intangible assets

  $4,912  $275  $930  $208
                

(1)The balances for 2009 include the Company’s share of MSSB’s amortizable intangible assets.
   At December 31, 2010   At December 31, 2009 
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Amortizable intangible assets:

        

Trademarks

  $63   $13   $75   $10 

Technology related

   3    2    10    3 

Customer relationships

   4,059    415    4,061    159 

Management contracts

   347    75    463    38 

Research

   176    56    176    21 

Intangible lease asset

   38    16    24    4 

Other

   149    28    103    40 
                    

Total amortizable intangible assets

  $4,835   $605   $4,912   $275 
                    

 

Amortization expense associated with intangible assets is estimated to be approximately $343$329 million per year over the next five years.

 

8.10.    Deposits.

 

Deposits were as follows:

 

  At
December 31,
2009(1)
  At
December 31,
2008(1)
  At
December 31,
2010(1)
   At
December 31,
2009(1)
 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Savings and demand deposits

  $57,114  $41,226  $59,856   $57,114 

Time deposits(2)

   5,101   10,129   3,956    5,101 
              

Total

  $62,215  $51,355  $63,812   $62,215 
              

 

(1)Total deposits insured by the FDICFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) at December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 20082009 were $46$48 billion and $47$46 billion, respectively.
(2)Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 4).

 

The weighted average interest rates of interest bearing deposits outstanding during 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 were 0.5%, 1.3%, 2.1%, 4.0% and 1.3%, respectively.

 

167


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

As ofAt December 31, 2009,2010, interest bearing deposits maturing over the next five years were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

Year

Year

Year

 

2010(1)

  $59,097

2011

   898

2011(1)

  $61,633 

2012

   586   591 

2013

   1,331   1,360 

2014

   192   198 

2015

   —    

 

(1)Amount includes approximately $57$60 billion of savings deposits, which have no stated maturity, and approximately $2 billion of time deposits.

 

As ofAt December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, the Company had $110$805 million and $64$110 million, respectively, of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more.

 

187


9.    Borrowings.MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

11.    Borrowings and Other Secured Financings.

 

Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Borrowings.

 

The table below summarizes certain information regarding commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

 

   December 31,
2009(1)
  December 31,
2008(2)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Commercial Paper(3):

   

Balance at period-end

  $783   $7,388  
         

Average balance

  $924   $7,066  
         

Weighted average interest rate on period-end balance

   0.8  2.3
         

Other Short-Term Borrowings(4)(5):

   

Balance at period-end

  $1,595   $2,714  
         

Average balance

  $2,453   $3,529  
         
   December  31,
2010
  December  31,
2009
 
    
   (dollars in millions) 

Commercial Paper:

   

Balance at period-end

  $945  $783 
         

Average balance(1)

  $866  $924 
         

Weighted average interest rate on period-end balance

   2.5  0.8
         

Other Short-Term Borrowings(2)(3):

   

Balance at period-end

  $2,311  $1,595 
         

Average balance(1)

  $2,697  $2,453 
         

 

(1)Average balances are calculated based upon weekly balances for 2009.balances.
(2)Average balances are calculated based upon month-end balances for the one month ended December 31, 2008.
(3)Amounts at December 31, 2008 include commercial paper issued under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”).
(4)These borrowings included bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with original maturities of 12 months or less.
(5)(3)Certain structured short-term borrowings are carried at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 4 for additional information.

 

Long-Term Borrowings.

 

Maturities and Terms.    Long-term borrowings consisted of the following (dollars in millions):

 

  U.S. Dollar Non-U.S. Dollar(1)      
  Fixed
Rate
  Floating
Rate(2)
  Index
Linked(3)
 Fixed
Rate
  Floating
Rate(2)
  Index
Linked(3)
 At
December 31,
2009(4)(5)(6)
  At
December 31,
2008(4)
 

Due in 2009

 $—     $—     $—   $—     $—     $—   $—     $20,580  

Due in 2010

  11,484   6,932   1,557  2,452   1,481   2,182  26,088   25,129  

Due in 2011

  11,054    4,422    1,910  4,928    788    3,708  26,810    24,915  

Due in 2012

  10,891    10,201    723  5,214    7,196    3,814  38,039    24,199  

Due in 2013

  2,820    19    539  3,837    7,684    10,121  25,020    21,665  

Due in 2014

  8,295    1,617    745  2,656    2,414    1,139  16,866    9,753  

Thereafter

  29,875    6,007    3,299  11,674    6,219    3,477  60,551    53,594  
                              

Total

 $74,419   $29,198   $8,773 $30,761   $25,782   $24,441 $193,374   $179,835  
                              

Weighted average coupon at period-end

  5.2  1.2  n/a  4.6  1.1  n/a  3.7  4.8

168


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   Parent Company  Subsidiaries  At
December  31,
2010(3)(4)(5)
  At
December  31,
2009(3)
 
   Fixed
Rate
  Variable
Rate(1)(2)
  Fixed
Rate
  Variable
Rate(1)(2)
   
       

Due in 2010

  $—     $—     $—     $—     $—     $26,088 

Due in 2011

   14,395   10,558   161   1,797   26,911   26,810 

Due in 2012

   15,310   21,865   37   653   37,865   38,039 

Due in 2013

   6,269   18,452   63   694   25,478   25,020 

Due in 2014

   11,178   5,526   15   984   17,703   16,866 

Due in 2015

   13,087   4,110   73   3,756   21,026   13,175 

Thereafter

   39,371   22,847   317   939   63,474   47,376 
                         

Total

  $99,610  $83,358  $666  $8,823  $192,457  $193,374 
                         

Weighted average coupon at period-end(6)

   5.1  1.0  6.2  4.2  3.8  3.9

 

(1)Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing non-U.S. dollar interest rates.
(2)U.S. dollar contractual floatingFloating rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of money market indices, including London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”)LIBOR and Federal Funds rates. Non-U.S. dollar contractual floating rate borrowings bear interest based primarily on Euribor floating rates.
(3)(2)Amounts include borrowings that are equity linked, credit linked, commodity linkedequity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index.
(4)(3)Amounts include long-term borrowings issued under the TLGP.Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”).
(5)(4)Amounts include an increase of approximately $2.0$3.2 billion as ofat December 31, 20092010 to the carrying amount of certain of the Company’s long-term borrowings associated with fair value hedges. The increase to the carrying value associated with fair value hedges by year due was approximately less than $0.1 billion due in 2010, $0.3 billion due in 2011, $0.3$0.2 billion due in 2012, $0.4 billion due in 2013, $0.1$0.4 billion due in 2014, $0.6 billion due in 2015 and $0.9$1.5 billion due thereafter.
(6)(5)Amounts include a decrease of approximately $1.9$0.6 billion as ofat December 31, 20092010 to the carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s long-term borrowings for which the fair value option was elected (see Note 4).
(6)Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected.

188


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company’s long-term borrowings included the following components:

 

  At December 31,  At December 31, 
  2009  2008  2010   2009 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Senior debt

  $178,797  $165,181  $183,514   $178,797 

Subordinated debt

   3,983   4,342   4,126    3,983 

Junior subordinated debentures

   10,594   10,312   4,817    10,594 
              

Total

  $193,374  $179,835  $192,457   $193,374 
              

During 2010, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $33 billion. During 2010, approximately $34 billion of notes were repaid, which includes $5,579 million of junior subordinated debentures related to CIC that were redeemed in August 2010 (see Note 15).

 

During 2009, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $44 billion. The amount included non-U.S. dollar currency notes aggregating approximately $8 billion. These notes include the public issuance of approximately $30 billion of senior unsecured notes that were not guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).FDIC. During 2009, approximately $33 billion of notes were repaid.

During fiscal 2008, $56.1 billion of notes were repaid. Included in these repayments were approximately $12.1 billion of fixed rate and floating-rate long-term debt repurchases by the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 resulting in a gain of approximately $2.3 billion. In connection with these repurchases, the Company de-designated certain swaps used to hedge the debt. These swaps were no longer considered hedges once the related debt was repurchased by the Company (i.e., the swaps were “de-designated” as hedges).

During the one month ended December 31, 2008, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $13 billion. The amount included non-U.S. dollar currency notes aggregating approximately $17 million. During the one month ended December 31, 2008, approximately $5.7 billion of notes were repaid.

 

Senior debt securities often are denominated in various non-U.S. dollar currencies and may be structured to provide a return that is equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index (e.g., the consumer price index). Senior debt also may be structured to be callable by the Company or extendible at the option of holders of the senior debt securities. Debt containing provisions that effectively allow the holders to put or extend the notes aggregated $63$947 million as ofat December 31, 20092010 and $160$928 million as ofat December 31, 2008.2009. Subordinated debt and junior subordinated debentures generally are issued to meet the capital requirements of the Company or its regulated subsidiaries and primarily are U.S. dollar denominated.

 

Senior Debt—Structured Borrowings.    The Company’s index-linked, equity-linked or credit-linked borrowings include various structured instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index (e.g., Standard & Poor’s 500), a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures. To minimize the exposure resulting from movements in the underlying index, equity, credit or other position, the Company has entered into various swap contracts and purchased options that

169


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

effectively convert the borrowing costs into floating rates based upon LIBOR. These instruments are included in the preceding table at their redemption values based on the performance of the underlying indices, baskets of stocks, or specific equity securities, credit or other position or index. The Company carries either the entire structured borrowing at fair value or bifurcates the embedded derivative and carries it at fair value. The swaps and purchased options used to economically hedge the embedded features are derivatives and also are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value related to the notes and economic hedges are reported in Principal transactions—tradingTrading revenues.

 

Subordinated Debt and Junior Subordinated DebenturesDebentures..    Included in the Company’s long-term borrowings are subordinated notes (including the Series F notes issued by MS&Co. discussed below) of $3,983$4,126 million having a contractual weighted average coupon of 4.78%4.79% at December 31, 20092010 and $4,342$3,983 million having a weighted average coupon of 4.78% at December 31, 2008.2009. Junior subordinated debentures outstanding by the Company were $4,817 million at December 31, 2010 and $10,594 million at December 31, 2009 and $10,312 million at December 31, 2008 having a contractual weighted average coupon of 6.17%6.37% at December 31, 20092010 and 6.17% at December 31, 2008.2009. Maturities of the subordinated and junior subordinated notes range from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2046.2067. Maturities of certain junior subordinated debentures can be extended to 20672052 at the Company’s option.

 

189

At December 31, 2009, MS&Co. had a $25 million 7.82% fixed rate subordinated Series F note outstanding. The note matures in fiscal 2016. The terms of the note contain restrictive covenants that require, among other things, MS&Co. to maintain specified levels of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth and Net Capital, each as defined therein.


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Asset and Liability Management.    In general, securities inventories not financed by secured funding sources and the majority of assets are financed with a combination of short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate. Fixed assets are generally financed with fixed rate long-term debt. The Company uses interest rate swaps to more closely match these borrowings to the duration, holding period and interest rate characteristics of the assets being funded and to manage interest rate risk. These swaps effectively convert certain of the Company’s fixed rate borrowings into floating rate obligations. In addition, for non-U.S. dollar currency borrowings that are not used to fund assets in the same currency, the Company has entered into currency swaps that effectively convert the borrowings into U.S. dollar obligations. The Company’s use of swaps for asset and liability management affected its effective average borrowing rate as follows:

 

  2009 Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
  2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Weighted average coupon of long-term borrowings at period-end(1)

  3.7 4.9 5.0 4.8  3.6  3.7  4.9  4.8

Effective average borrowing rate for long-term borrowings after swaps at period-end(1)

  2.3 4.0 5.1 3.8  2.4  2.3  4.0  3.8

 

(1)Included in the weighted average and effective average calculations are non-U.S. dollar interest rates.

Subsequent to December 31, 2009 and through January 31, 2010, the Company’s long-term borrowings (net of repayments) decreased by approximately $0.6 billion.

 

Other.    The Company, through several of its subsidiaries, maintains funded and unfunded committed credit facilities to support various businesses, including the collateralized commercial and residential mortgage whole loan, derivative contracts, warehouse lending, emerging market loan, structured product, corporate loan, investment banking and prime brokerage businesses.

 

170


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.

 

At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had long-term debt outstanding of $23.8 billion under the TLGP. At December 31, 2008, the Company had commercial paper and long-term debt outstanding of $6.4$21.3 billion and $9.8$23.8 billion, respectively, under the TLGP. The issuance of debt under the TLPG expired on December 31, 2010, but the existing long-term debt outstanding is guaranteed until June 30, 2012. These borrowings are senior unsecured debt obligations of the Company and guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP. The FDIC has concluded that the guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

 

10.Other Secured Financings.

The Company’s other secured financings consisted of the following:

   At
December 31,
2010
   At
December 31,
2009
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Secured financings with original maturities greater than one year

  $7,398   $5,396 

Secured financings with original maturities one year or less(1)

   506    27 

Failed sales

   2,549    2,679 
          

Total(2)

  $10,453   $8,102 
          

(1)At December 31, 2010, amount included approximately $308 million of variable rate financings and approximately $198 million of fixed rate financings.
(2)Amounts include $8,490 million at fair value at December 31, 2010 and $8,102 million at fair value at December 31, 2009.

190


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Maturities and Terms:    Secured financings with original maturities greater than one year consisted of the following:

   Fixed
Rate
  Variable
Rate(1)(2)
  At
December 31,
2010
  At
December 31,
2009
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Due in 2010

  $—     $—     $—     $75 

Due in 2011

   486   2,721   3,207   2,542 

Due in 2012

   38   62   100   4 

Due in 2013

   300   234   534   963 

Due in 2014

   —      14   14   53 

Due in 2015

   —      577   577   —    

Thereafter

   470   2,496   2,966   1,759 
                 

Total

  $1,294  $6,104  $7,398  $5,396 
                 

Weighted average coupon rate at period-end(3)

   2.2  1.6  1.7  0.8

(1)Variable rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of indices, including LIBOR.
(2)Amounts include borrowings that are equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index.
(3)Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes secured financings that are linked to non-interest indices.

Maturities and Terms:    Failed sales consisted of the following:

   At
December 31,
2010
   At
December 31,
2009
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Due in 2010

  $—      $581 

Due in 2011

   50    500 

Due in 2012

   182    316 

Due in 2013

   1,687    488 

Due in 2014

   382    306 

Due in 2015

   23    42 

Thereafter

   225    446 
          

Total

  $2,549   $2,679 
          

For more information on failed sales, see Note 7.

12.    Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.

 

The Company trades, makes markets and takes proprietary positions globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, asset-backed security indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, and real estate loan products. The Company uses these instruments for trading, foreign currency exposure management and asset and liability management.

 

The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of

191


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

The Company’s derivative products consist of the following:

   At December 31, 2010   At December 31, 2009 
   Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities 
   (dollars in millions) 

Exchange traded derivative products

  $6,099   $8,553   $1,866   $5,649 

OTC derivative products

   45,193    39,249    47,215    32,560 
                    

Total

  $51,292   $47,802   $49,081   $38,209 
                    

 

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the fair value of the derivative contracts reported as assets. The fair value of a derivative represents the amount at which the derivative could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants and is further described in Notes 2 and 4.

 

In connection with its derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to offset a counterparty’s rights and obligations, request additional collateral when necessary or liquidate the collateral in the event of counterparty default.

 

171


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The tables below present a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, respectively. Fair value is presented in the final column, net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):

 

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at December 31, 2009(1)2010(1)

 

                  Cross-
Maturity

and Cash
Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net
Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
   Net
Exposure
Post-
Collateral
 
  Years to Maturity  Cross-Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
  Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral
  Years to Maturity      

Credit Rating(2)

  Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5       Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

AAA

  $852  $2,026  $3,876  $9,331  $(6,616 $9,469  $9,082  $802   $2,005   $1,242   $8,823   $(5,906 $6,966   $6,683 

AA

   6,469   7,855   6,600   15,071   (25,576  10,419   8,614   6,601    6,760    5,589    17,844    (27,801  8,993    7,877 

A

   8,018   10,712   7,990   22,739   (38,971  10,488   9,252   8,655    8,710    6,507    26,492    (36,397  13,967    12,383 

BBB

   3,032   4,193   2,947   7,524   (8,971  8,725   5,902   2,982    4,109    2,124    7,347    (9,034  7,528    6,001 

Non-investment grade

   2,773   3,331   2,113   4,431   (4,534  8,114   6,525   2,628    3,231    1,779    4,456    (4,355  7,739    5,348 
                                                

Total

  $21,144  $28,117  $23,526  $59,096  $(84,668 $47,215  $39,375  $21,668   $24,815   $17,241   $64,962   $(83,493 $45,193   $38,292 
                                                

 

(1)Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Company’s lending activities.
(2)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.Department.
(3)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

192


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at December 31, 2008(1)2009(1)

 

Credit Rating(2)

  Years to Maturity  Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
  Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral
  Years to Maturity   Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
   Net Exposure
Post-Collateral
 

Credit Rating(2)

Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
  Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral
  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

AAA

  $1,928  $3,588  $6,235  $16,623  $(11,060 $17,314  $15,849  $852   $2,026   $3,876   $9,331   $(6,616 $9,469   $9,082 

AA

   10,447   13,133   16,589   40,423   (63,498  17,094   15,018   6,469    7,855    6,600    15,071    (25,576  10,419    8,614 

A

   7,150   7,514   7,805   21,752   (31,025  13,196   12,034   8,018    10,712    7,990    22,739    (38,971  10,488    9,252 

BBB

   4,666   7,414   4,980   8,614   (6,571  19,103   14,101   3,032    4,193    2,947    7,524    (8,971  8,725    5,902 

Non-investment grade

   8,219   8,163   5,416   7,341   (12,597  16,542   12,131   2,773    3,331    2,113    4,431    (4,534  8,114    6,525 
                                                

Total

  $32,410  $39,812  $41,025  $94,753  $(124,751 $83,249  $69,133  $21,144   $28,117   $23,526   $59,096   $(84,668 $47,215   $39,375 
                                                

 

(1)Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Company’s lending activities.
(2)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department using methodologies generally consistent with those employed by external rating agencies.Department.
(3)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

172


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Hedge Accounting.

 

The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt used to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of asset and liability management and foreign currency exposure management.

 

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of exposure to changes in fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).

 

For all hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, effectiveness testing and other procedures to ensure the ongoing validity of the hedges are performed at least monthly.

 

Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate RiskRisk..    The Company’s designated fair value hedges consisted primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate senior long-term borrowings. The Company uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships (i.e., the Company applies the “long-haul” method of hedge accounting). A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the fair values of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the hedged item (debt liability) change inversely within a range of 80% to 125%. The Company considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to the Company’s own credit spreads and counterparty credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

 

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged liability provide offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recorded in Interest expense. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liability is amortized to Interest expense over the remaining life of the liability using the effective interest method.

 

193


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Net Investment HedgesHedges..    The Company may utilize forward foreign exchange contracts and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. No hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings since the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged, and, where forward contracts are used, the currencies being exchanged are the functional currencies of the parent and investee; where debt instruments are used as hedges, they are denominated in the functional currency of the investee. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is deferred and reported within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in Equity, net of tax effects. The forward points on the hedging instruments are recorded in Interest and dividend revenues.

173


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)income.

 

The following tables summarize the fair value of derivative instruments designated as accounting hedges and the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges by type of derivative contract on a gross basis as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.basis. Fair values of derivative contracts in an asset position are included in Financial instruments owned—derivativeDerivative and other contracts. Fair values of derivative contracts in a liability position are reflected in Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivativeDerivative and other contracts.

 

  Assets at December 31, 2009  Liabilities at December 31, 2009 Assets at
December 31, 2010
 Liabilities at
December 31, 2010
 
  Fair Value Notional  Fair Value Notional Fair Value Notional Fair Value Notional 
  (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

          

Interest rate contracts

  $4,343   $69,026  $175   $12,248 $5,250  $68,212  $177  $7,989 

Foreign exchange contracts

   216    10,781   105    7,125  64   5,119   420   14,408 
                        

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

   4,559    79,807   280    19,373  5,314   73,331   597   22,397 
                        

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(1):

          

Interest rate contracts

   622,786    16,285,375   599,291    16,123,706  615,717   16,305,214   595,626   16,267,730 

Credit contracts

   146,064    2,557,917   125,234    2,404,995  110,134   2,398,676   95,626   2,239,211 

Foreign exchange contracts

   52,312    1,174,815   51,369    1,107,989  61,924   1,418,488   64,268   1,431,651 

Equity contracts

   41,366    476,510   49,198    492,681  39,846   571,767   46,160   568,399 

Commodity contracts

   64,614    453,132   63,714    414,765  64,152   420,534   65,728   414,535 

Other

   389    12,908   1,123    6,180  243   6,635   1,568   16,910 
                        

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

   927,531    20,960,657   889,929    20,550,316  892,016   21,121,314   868,976   20,938,436 
                        

Total derivatives

  $932,090   $21,040,464  $890,209   $20,569,689 $897,330  $21,194,645  $869,573  $20,960,833 

Cash collateral netting

   (62,738  —     (31,729  —    (61,856  —      (37,589  —    

Counterparty netting

   (820,271  —     (820,271  —    (784,182  —      (784,182  —    
                        

Total derivatives

  $49,081   $21,040,464  $38,209   $20,569,689 $51,292  $21,194,645  $47,802  $20,960,833 
                        

(1)Notional amounts include net notionals related to long and short futures contracts of $71 billion and $76 billion, respectively. The variation margin on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $387 million and $1 million is included in Receivables—Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and Payables—Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, respectively, on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

194


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  Assets at
December 31, 2009
   Liabilities at
December 31, 2009
 
  Fair Value  Notional   Fair Value  Notional 
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

     

Interest rate contracts

 $4,343  $69,026   $175  $12,248 

Foreign exchange contracts

  216   10,781    105   7,125 
                 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  4,559   79,807    280   19,373 
                 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(1):

     

Interest rate contracts

  622,786   16,285,375    599,291   16,123,706 

Credit contracts

  146,064   2,557,917    125,234   2,404,995 

Foreign exchange contracts

  52,312   1,174,815    51,369   1,107,989 

Equity contracts

  41,366   476,510    49,198   492,681 

Commodity contracts

  64,614   453,132    63,714   414,765 

Other

  389   12,908    1,123   6,180 
                 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  927,531   20,960,657    889,929   20,550,316 
                 

Total derivatives

 $932,090  $21,040,464   $890,209  $20,569,689 

Cash collateral netting

  (62,738  —       (31,729  —    

Counterparty netting

  (820,271  —       (820,271  —    
                 

Total derivatives

 $49,081  $21,040,464   $38,209  $20,569,689 
                 

 

(1)Notional amounts include net notionals related to long and short futures contracts of $434 billion and $696 billion, respectively. The variation margin on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $601 million and $27 million is included in Receivables—brokers,Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and Payables—brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, respectively, on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

174


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   Assets at December 31, 2008  Liabilities at December 31, 2008
   Fair Value  Notional  Fair Value  Notional
   (dollars in millions)

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

      

Interest rate contracts

  $5,840   $60,980  $112   $3,631

Foreign exchange contracts

   422    4,796   162    4,303
                

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

   6,262    65,776   274    7,934
                

Debt instruments designated as net investment hedges(1)

   —      —     4,077    4,077
                

Total derivatives and non-derivatives designated as accounting hedges

   6,262    65,776   4,351    12,011
                

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

      

Interest rate contracts

   843,295    13,531,925   820,697    13,616,244

Credit contracts

   470,548    3,688,445   442,118    3,594,335

Foreign exchange contracts

   98,345    1,077,928   99,219    1,027,042

Equity contracts

   66,763    595,918   66,946    607,349

Commodity contracts

   116,213    883,441   112,836    639,555

Other

   1,520    17,797   2,804    25,131
                

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

   1,596,684    19,795,454   1,544,620    19,509,656
                

Total derivatives

  $1,602,946   $19,861,230  $1,544,894   $19,517,590

Cash collateral netting

   (88,134  —     (50,946  —  

Counterparty netting

   (1,425,394  —     (1,425,394  —  
                

Total derivatives

  $89,418   $19,861,230  $68,554   $19,517,590
                

(1)The notional amount for foreign currency debt instruments designated as net investment hedges represents the principal amount at current exchange rates.
(2)Notional amounts include net notionals related to long and short futures contracts of $247 billion and $717 billion, respectively. The variation margin on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $1,927 million and $77 million is included in Receivables—brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and Payables—brokers,Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, respectively, on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

The following tables summarize the gains or losses reported on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as accounting hedges for 20092010 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2009, respectively.

 

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges.

 

The following table presents gains (losses) reported on derivative instruments and the related hedge item as well as the hedge ineffectiveness included in Interest expense in the consolidated statements of income from interest rate contracts:

 

Product Type

  2010 2009 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
 
  2009 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
   (dollars in millions) 
  (dollars in millions) 

(Loss) gain recognized on derivatives

  $(2,696 $1,237  

Gain (loss) recognized on derivatives

  $1,257  $(2,696 $1,237 

Gain (loss) recognized on borrowings

   3,013    (1,231   (604  3,013   (1,231
                 

Total

  $317   $6    $653  $317  $6 
                 

 

In addition, a gain of $17 million during fiscal 2008 and a gain of $132 million during fiscal 2007 werewas recognized in income related to hedge ineffectiveness.

 

 175195 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Derivatives Designated as Net Investment Hedges.

 

  Losses
Recognized in
OCI (effective portion)(1)
   Losses
Recognized in
OCI (effective portion)
 

Product Type

  2009 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
   2010 2009 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Foreign exchange contracts(2)(1)

  $(278 $(102  $(285 $(278 $(102

Debt instruments

   (192  (18   —      (192  (18
                 

Total

  $(470 $(120  $(285 $(470 $(120
                 

 

(1)No gains (losses)A gain of $5 million was recognized in income related to net investment hedges were reclassifiedamounts excluded from Other comprehensive income (“OCI”) into incomehedge effectiveness testing during 2009 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.
(2)2010. A loss of $6 million and a loss of $17 million were recognized in income related to amounts excluded from hedge effectiveness testing during 2009 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively. In addition, the amount excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness for fiscal 2008 was not material.

 

The table below summarizes gains (losses) on derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges for 2010, 2009 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively:

 

  Gains (Losses)
Recognized in Income(1)(2)
 
  Gains (Losses)
Recognized in Income(1)(2)
   December 31, One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
 

Product Type

  2009 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
   2010 2009 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate contracts

  $3,515   $1,814    $544  $3,515  $1,814 

Credit contracts

   (2,579  (1,017   (533  (2,579  (1,017

Foreign exchange contracts

   469    (2,176   146   469   (2,176

Equity contracts

   (9,125  91     (2,772  (9,125  91 

Commodity contracts

   1,748    880     597   1,748   880 

Other contracts

   680    (177   (160  680   (177
                 

Total derivative instruments

  $(5,292 $(585  $(2,178 $(5,292 $(585
                 

 

(1)Gains (losses) on derivative contracts not designated as hedges are primarily included in Principal transactions—trading.Trading.
(2)Gains (losses) associated with derivative contracts that have physically settled are excluded from the table above. Gains (losses) on these contracts are reflected with the associated cash instruments, which are also included in Principal transactions—trading.Trading.

 

The Company also has certain embedded derivatives that have been bifurcated from the related structured borrowings. Such derivatives are classified in Long-term borrowings and had a net fair value of $110$109 million and $269$122 million as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, respectively, and a notional of $3,442$4,256 million and $4,601$5,504 million as ofat December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively. The Company recognized gains of $76 million related to changes in the fair value of its bifurcated embedded derivatives for 2010. The Company recognized losses of $76$70 million and $97 million related to changes in the fair value of its bifurcated embedded derivatives for 2009 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

As ofAt December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, the amount of payables associated with cash collateral received that was netted against derivative assets was $61.9 billion and $62.7 billion, respectively, and $88.1 billion, respectively. Thethe amount of receivables in respect of cash collateral paid that was netted against derivative liabilities was $31.7$37.6 billion and $50.9$31.7 billion, respectively. Cash collateral receivables and payables of $435 million and $37 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010 and $62 million and $227 million, respectively, as ofat December 31, 2009, and $1.3 billion and $92 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2008, were not offset against certain contracts that did not meet the definition of a derivative.

 

 176196 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Credit-Risk-Related Contingencies.

 

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. As ofAt December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, the aggregate fair value of derivative contracts that contain credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position totaled $23,052$32,567 million and $39,871$23,052 million, respectively, for which the Company has posted collateral of $20,607$26,904 million and $31,779$20,607 million, respectively, in the normal course of business. As ofAt December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, the amount of additional collateral or termination payments that could be called by counterparties under the terms of such agreements in the event of a one-notch downgrade of the Company’s long-term credit rating was approximately $717$873 million and $928$717 million, respectively. Additional collateral or termination payments of approximately $975$1,537 million and $1,898$975 million could be called by counterparties in the event of a two-notch downgrade as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, respectively. Of these amounts, $1,766 million and $1,203 million at December 31, 2010 and $1,738 million, as of December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively, related to bilateral arrangements between the Company and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver incremental collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are a risk management tool used extensively by the Company as credit exposures are reduced if counterparties are downgraded.

177


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts.

 

The Company enters into credit derivatives, principally through credit default swaps, under which it provides counterparties protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions, and monoline insurers. The table below summarizes certain information regarding protection sold through credit default swaps and credit-linked notes as ofCLNs at December 31, 2009:2010:

 

 Protection Sold  Protection Sold 
 Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
 Years to Maturity  Years to Maturity 

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total  Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps:

            

AAA

 $926 $2,733 $10,969 $30,542 $45,170 $846   $2,747  $7,232  $13,927  $22,648  $46,554  $3,193 

AA

  13,355  31,475  38,360  39,424  122,614  1,355    13,364   44,700   35,030   33,538   126,632   4,260 

A

  35,164  101,909  100,489  50,432  287,994  (3,115  47,756   131,464   79,900   50,227   309,347   (940

BBB

  57,979  161,309  151,143  80,216  450,647  (6,753  74,961   191,046   115,460   76,544   458,011   (2,816

Non-investment grade

  58,408  180,311  123,972  63,871  426,562  25,870    70,691   173,778   84,605   59,532   388,606   6,984 
                               

Total

  165,832  477,737  424,933  264,485  1,332,987  18,203    209,519   548,220   328,922   242,489   1,329,150   10,681 
                               

Index and basket credit default swaps:

            

AAA

  41,517  59,925  51,750  53,917  207,109  (1,563  17,437   67,165   26,172   26,966   137,740   (1,569

AA

  —    1,113  4,082  17,120  22,315  1,794    974   3,012   695   18,236   22,917   305 

A

  198  3,604  25,425  5,666  34,893  (377  447   9,432   44,104   4,902   58,885   2,291 

BBB

  12,866  65,484  183,799  93,906  356,055  (2,101  24,311   80,314   176,252   69,218   350,095   (278

Non-investment grade

  40,941  160,331  160,127  132,267  493,666  27,665    53,771   139,875   95,796   106,022   395,464   13,802 
                               

Total

  95,522  290,457  425,183  302,876  1,114,038  25,418    96,940   299,798   343,019   225,344   965,101   14,551 
                               

Total credit default swaps sold

 $261,354 $768,194 $850,116 $567,361 $2,447,025 $43,621   $306,459  $848,018  $671,941  $467,833  $2,294,251  $25,232 
                               

Other credit contracts(3)(4)

 $—   $51 $24 $1,089 $1,164 $1,118   $61  $1,416  $822  $3,856  $6,155  $(1,198

Credit-linked notes(4)

  160  74  337  668  1,239  (335
                               

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

 $261,514 $768,319 $850,477 $569,118 $2,449,428 $44,404   $306,520  $849,434  $672,763  $471,689  $2,300,406  $24,034 
                               

197


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(1)Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2)Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during 2009.the terms of the contracts.
(3)Other credit contracts areinclude CLNs, CDOs and credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(4)Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

 

178


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The table below summarizes certain information regarding protection sold through credit default swaps and credit-linked notes as ofCLNs at December 31, 2008:2009:

 

 Protection Sold  Protection Sold   
 Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)
  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
 Years to Maturity  Years to Maturity 

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total  Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions)   

Single name credit default swaps:

            

AAA

 $1,946 $3,593 $12,766 $37,166 $55,471 $4,438   $926  $2,733  $10,969  $30,542  $45,170  $846 

AA

  13,450  24,897  54,308  42,355  135,010  5,757    13,355   31,475   38,360   39,424   122,614   1,355 

A

  45,097  81,279  156,888  72,690  355,954  20,044    35,164   101,909   100,489   50,432   287,994   (3,115

BBB

  54,823  142,528  250,621  117,869  565,841  51,920    57,979   161,309   151,143   80,216   450,647   (6,753

Non-investment grade

  47,605  144,923  231,745  83,845  508,118  116,512    58,408   180,311   123,972   63,871   426,562   25,870 
                               

Total

  162,921  397,220  706,328  353,925  1,620,394  198,671    165,832   477,737   424,933   264,485   1,332,987   18,203 
                               

Index and basket credit default swaps:

            

AAA

  2,989  24,821  68,390  146,105  242,305  10,936    41,517   59,925   51,750   53,917   207,109   (1,563

AA

  1,435  5,684  4,683  8,073  19,875  1,128    —      1,113   4,082   17,120   22,315   1,794 

A

  12,986  11,289  28,885  30,757  83,917  4,069    198   3,604   25,425   5,666   34,893   (377

BBB

  10,914  127,933  443,709  273,851  856,407  46,282    12,866   65,484   183,799   93,906   356,055   (2,101

Non-investment grade

  34,497  211,319  341,223  176,496  763,535  166,252    40,941   160,331   160,127   132,267   493,666   27,665 
                               

Total

  62,821  381,046  886,890  635,282  1,966,039  228,667    95,522   290,457   425,183   302,876   1,114,038   25,418 
                               

Total credit default swaps sold

 $225,742 $778,266 $1,593,218 $989,207 $3,586,433 $427,338   $261,354  $768,194  $850,116  $567,361  $2,447,025  $43,621 
                               

Other credit contracts(3)(4)

 $53 $43 $188 $3,014 $3,298 $3,379   $160  $125  $361  $1,757  $2,403  $783 

Credit-linked notes(3)

  207  486  326  640  1,659  (242
                               

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

 $226,002 $778,795 $1,593,732 $992,861 $3,591,390 $430,475   $261,514  $768,319  $850,477  $569,118  $2,449,428  $44,404 
                               

 

(1)Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2)Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the terms of the contracts.
(3)Other credit contracts areinclude CLNs and credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(3)(4)Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

 

Single Name Credit Default Swaps.    A credit default swap protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Company in turn will have to perform under a credit default swap if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the credit default swaps, the external credit ratings, primarily Moody’s credit ratings, of the underlying reference entity of the credit default swaps are disclosed.

 

198


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Index and Basket Credit Default Swaps.    Index and basket credit default swaps are credit default swaps that reference multiple names through underlying baskets or portfolios of single name credit default swaps. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Company will have to pay a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the credit default index or basket contract. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of these credit default swaps, the weighted average external credit ratings, primarily Moody’s credit ratings, of the underlying reference entities comprising the basket or index were calculated and disclosed.

 

179


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company also enters into index and basket credit default swaps where the credit protection provided is based upon the application of tranching techniques. In tranched transactions, the credit risk of an index or basket is separated into various portions of the capital structure, with different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure. As external credit ratings are not always available for tranched indices and baskets, credit ratings were determined based upon an internal methodology.

 

Credit Protection Sold Through CLNs.through CLNs and CDOs.    The Company has invested in CLNs and CDOs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the CLN,instrument, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Company.

 

Purchased Credit Protection.    For single name credit default swaps and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps, the Company has purchased protection with a notional amount of approximately $1.8 trillion and $1.9 trillion at December 31, 2010 and $2.7 trillion as of December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively, compared with a notional amount of approximately $2.0 trillion and $2.1 trillion, at December 31, 2010 and $3.0 trillion, as of December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively, of credit protection sold with identical underlying reference obligations. In order to identify purchased protection with the same underlying reference obligations, the notional amount for individual reference obligations within non-tranched indices and baskets was determined on a pro rata basis and matched off against single name and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps where credit protection was sold with identical underlying reference obligations. The Company may also purchase credit protection to economically hedge loans and lending commitments. In total, not considering whether the underlying reference obligations are identical, the Company has purchased credit protection of $2.3 trillion with a positive fair value of $40 billion compared with $2.3 trillion of credit protection sold with a negative fair value of $25 billion at December 31, 2010. In total, not considering whether the underlying reference obligations are identical, the Company has purchased credit protection of $2.5 trillion with a positive fair value of $65 billion compared with $2.4 trillion of credit protection sold with a negative fair value of $44 billion as ofat December 31, 2009. In total, not considering whether the underlying reference obligations are identical, the Company has purchased credit protection of $3.7 trillion with a positive fair value of $458 billion compared with $3.6 trillion of credit protection sold with a negative fair value of $430 billion as of December 31, 2008.

 

The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Company risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Company manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Company under credit default swaps where credit protection was sold.

 

 180199 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

11.13.    Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies.

 

Commitments.

 

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and margin lending as ofat December 31, 20092010 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

 Years to Maturity Total at
December 31,
2009
 Years to Maturity Total at
December 31,
2010
 
 Less
than 1
 1-3 3-5 Over 5  Less
than 1
 1-3 3-5 Over 5 
 (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions) 

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

 $1,043 $1 $1 $52 $1,097 $1,701   $8  $11  $1   $1,721 

Investment activities

  1,013  883  199  83  2,178  1,146    587   103   78    1,914 

Primary lending commitments—Investment grade(1)(2)

  10,146  26,378  4,033  154  40,711

Primary lending commitments—Non-investment grade(1)

  344  4,193  2,515  124  7,176

Primary lending commitments—investment grade(1)(2)

  8,104    28,291   7,885   219    44,499 

Primary lending commitments—non-investment grade(1)

  990    5,448   5,361   2,134    13,933 

Secondary lending commitments(1)

  18  107  121  97  343  39    116   173   39    367 

Commitments for secured lending transactions

  683  1,415  114  —    2,212  346    621   2   —      969 

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3)

  30,104  101  —    —    30,205  53,037    —      —      —      53,037 

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments(1)

  1,485  —    —    —    1,485  1,131    10   68   634    1,843 

Other commitments(4)

  289  1  150  —    440

Underwriting commitments

  128    —      —      —      128 

Other commitments

  198    62   3   —      263 
                         

Total

 $45,125 $33,079 $7,133 $510 $85,847 $66,820   $35,143  $13,606  $3,105   $118,674 
                         

 

(1)These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements)4).
(2)This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $276$275 million as ofat December 31, 2009,2010, of which $268$138 million have maturities of less than one year and $8$137 million of which have maturities of one to three years.
(3)The Company enters into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date as ofat or prior to December 31, 20092010 and settle subsequent to period-end.)period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days and as ofat December 31, 2009, $26.62010, $45.2 billion of the $30.2$53.0 billion settled within three business days.
(4)Amount includes a $200 million lending facility to a real estate fund sponsored by the Company.

 

Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees Obtained to Satisfy Collateral Requirements.    The Company has outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued by third-party banks to certain of the Company’s counterparties. The Company is contingently liable for these letters of credit and other financial guarantees, which are primarily used to provide collateral for securities and commodities borrowed and to satisfy various margin requirements in lieu of depositing cash or securities with these counterparties.

 

Investment Activities.    Activities.    The Company enters into commitments associated with its real estate, private equity and principal investment activities, which include alternative products.

 

Lending Commitments.    Commitments.    Primary lending commitments are those which are originated by the Company whereas secondary lending commitments are purchased from third parties in the market. The commitments include lending commitments that are made to investment grade and non-investment grade companies in connection with corporate lending and other business activities.

 

200


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Commitments for Secured Lending Transactions.Transactions.    Secured lending commitments are extended by the Company to companies and are secured by real estate or other physical assets of the borrower. Loans made under these arrangements typically are at variable rates and generally provide for over-collateralization based upon the creditworthiness of the borrower.

 

181


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Forward Starting Reverse Repurchase Agreements.    The Company has entered into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date as ofat or prior to December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively,2010 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations.

 

Commercial and Residential Mortgage-Related Commitments.    Commitments.    The Company enters into forward purchase contracts involving residential mortgage loans, residential mortgage lending commitments to individuals and residential home equity lines of credit. In addition, the Company enters into commitments to originate commercial and residential mortgage loans.

 

Underwriting Commitments.    The Company provides underwriting commitments in connection with its capital raising sources to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients.

 

Other Commitments.    Other commitments include a binding contingent lending commitment on behalf of a client in connection with the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment.    Other commitments generally include commercial lending commitments to small businesses and commitments related to securities-based lending activities in connection with the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group business segment.

 

The Company sponsors several nonconsolidatednon-consolidated investment funds for third-party investors where the Company typically acts as general partner of, and investment adviseradvisor to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds, with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Company’s employees, including its senior officers, as well as the Company’s directors may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Company forms primarily for client investment, except that the Company may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees. The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment funds.

 

Premises and Equipment.Equipment.    The Company has non-cancelable operating leases covering premises and equipment (excluding commodities operating leases, shown separately). As ofAt December 31, 2009,2010, future minimum rental commitments under such leases (net of subleases, principally on office rentals) were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

Year Ended

  Operating
Premises
Leases
  Operating
Premises
Leases
 

2010

  $683

2011

   663  $680 

2012

   579   671 

2013

   490   603 

2014

   416   529 

2015

   396 

Thereafter

   2,701   2,431 

 

The total of minimum rentals to be received in the future under non-cancelable operating subleases as ofat December 31, 20092010 was $112$106 million.

201


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Occupancy lease agreements, in addition to base rentals, generally provide for rent and operating expense escalations resulting from increased assessments for real estate taxes and other charges. Total rent expense, net of sublease rental income, was $788 million, $707 million, $619 million, $599 million and $56 million in 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

182


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In connection with its commodities business, the Company enters into operating leases for both crude oil and refined products storage and for vessel charters. These operating leases are integral parts of the Company’s commodities risk management business. As ofAt December 31, 2009,2010, future minimum rental commitments under such leases were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

Year Ended

  Operating
Equipment
Leases
  Operating
Equipment
Leases
 

2010

  $514

2011

   165  $313 

2012

   114   188 

2013

   73   125 

2014

   36   82 

2015

   70 

Thereafter

   136   203 

 

Guarantees.

 

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements as ofat December 31, 2009:2010:

 

 Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
 
 Years to Maturity     Years to Maturity   Total    

Type of Guarantee

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total   Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5    
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Credit derivative contracts(1)

 $261,354 $768,194 $850,116 $567,361 $2,447,025 $43,621   $—    $306,459   $848,018   $671,941   $467,833   $2,294,251   $25,232 $—    

Other credit contracts

  —    51  24  1,089  1,164  1,118    —     61    1,416    822    3,856    6,155    (1,198  —    

Credit-linked notes

  160  74  337  668  1,239  (335  —  

Non-credit derivative contracts(1)(2)

  637,688  340,280  142,700  232,210  1,352,878  70,314    —     681,836    461,082    205,306    258,534    1,606,758    72,001   —    

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(3)(4)

  982  3,134  1,126  4,886  10,128  976    5,324   1,085    2,132    354    5,633    9,204    27   5,616 

Market value guarantees

  —    —    —    775  775  45    126   —       —       180    644    824    44   116 

Liquidity facilities

  4,402  —    307  143  4,852  24    6,264   4,884    338    187    71    5,480    —      6,857 

Whole loan sales guarantees

  —    —    —    42,380  42,380  81    —     —       —       —       24,777    24,777    55   —    

Securitization representations and warranties

   —       —       —       94,314     94,314     25   —    

General partner guarantees

  195  55  101  131  482  95    —     189    28    56    249    522    69   —    

 

(1)Carrying amount of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 10.12.

202


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(2)Amounts include a guarantee to investors in undivided participating interests in claims the Company made against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. To the extent, in the future, any portion of the claims is disallowed or reduced by the bankruptcy court in excess of a certain amount, then the Company must refund a portion of the purchase price plus interest. For further information, see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements.18.
(3)Approximately $2.0$2.2 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments” table above in primary and secondary lending commitments. Standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased in the consolidated statements of financial condition.
(4)Amounts include guarantees issued by consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company of approximately $2.0 billion.$465 million. These guarantees relate to obligations of the fund’s investee entities, including guarantees related to capital expenditures and principal and interest debt payments. Accrued losses under these guarantees of approximately $1.1 billion$161 million are reflected as a reduction of the carrying value of the related fund investments, which are reflected in Financial instruments owned—investmentsInvestments on the consolidated statement of financial condition.

183


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements as of December 31, 2008:

  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
  Years to Maturity    

Type of Guarantee

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total  
  (dollars in millions)

Credit derivative contracts(1)

 $225,742 $778,266 $1,593,218 $989,207 $3,586,433 $427,338   $—  

Other credit contracts

  53  43  188  3,014  3,298  3,379    —  

Credit-linked notes

  207  486  326  640  1,659  (242  —  

Non-credit derivative contracts(1)

  684,432  385,734  195,419  274,652  1,540,237  145,609    —  

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued

  779  1,964  1,817  4,418  8,978  78    4,787

Market value guarantees

  —    —    —    645  645  36    134

Liquidity facilities

  3,152  698  188  376  4,414  25    3,741

Whole loan sales guarantees

  —    —    —    42,045  42,045  —      —  

General partner guarantees

  54  198  33  150  435  29    —  

Auction rate security guarantees

  1,747  —    —    —    1,747  40    —  

(1)Carrying amount of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 10.

 

The Company has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements, that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others. The Company’s use of guarantees is described below by type of guarantee:

 

Derivative Contracts.Contracts.    Certain derivative contracts meet the accounting definition of a guarantee, including certain written options, contingent forward contracts and credit default swaps (see Note 1012 regarding credit derivatives in which the Company has sold credit protection to the counterparty). Although the Company’s derivative arrangements do not specifically identify whether the derivative counterparty retains the underlying asset, liability or equity security, the Company has disclosed information regarding all derivative contracts that could meet the accounting definition of a guarantee. The maximum potential payout for certain derivative contracts, such as written interest rate caps and written foreign currency options, cannot be estimated, as increases in interest or foreign exchange rates in the future could possibly be unlimited. Therefore, in order to provide information regarding the maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under certain derivative contracts, the notional amount of the contracts has been disclosed. In certain situations, collateral may be held by the Company for those contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee. Generally, the Company sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Also, the Company may recover amounts related to the underlying asset delivered to the Company under the derivative contract.

 

The Company records all derivative contracts at fair value. Aggregate market risk limits have been established, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company also manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, including, but not limited to, entering into offsetting economic hedge positions. The Company believes that the notional amounts of the derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure.

 

184


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Standby Letters of Credit and otherOther Financial Guarantees Issued.Issued.    In connection with its corporate lending business and other corporate activities, the Company provides standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees to counterparties. Such arrangements represent obligations to make payments to third parties if the counterparty fails to fulfill its obligation under a borrowing arrangement or other contractual obligation. A majority of the Company’s standby letters of credit is provided on behalf of counterparties that are investment grade.

 

Market Value Guarantees.Guarantees.    Market value guarantees are issued to guarantee timely payment of a specified return to investors in certain affordable housing tax credit funds. These guarantees are designed to return an

203


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by a fund. From time to time, the Company may also guarantee return of principal invested, potentially including a specified rate of return, to fund investors.

 

Liquidity Facilities.    Facilities.    The Company has entered into liquidity facilities with SPEs and other counterparties, whereby the Company is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. Primarily, the Company acts as liquidity provider to municipal bond securitization SPEs and for standalone municipal bonds in which the holders of beneficial interests issued by these SPEs or the holders of the individual bonds, respectively, have the right to tender their interests for purchase by the Company on specified dates at a specified price. The Company often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities as well as make-whole or recourse provisions with the trust sponsors. Primarily all of the underlying assets in the SPEs are investment grade. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives.

 

Whole loan saleLoan Sale Guaranteesguarantees..    The Company provideshas provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties thatregarding certain assets sold as whole loans conform to specified guidelines. Theloan sales. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to repurchase such assets or indemnify the purchaser against lossesmake other payments related to such assets if the assets do not meet certain conforming guidelines. Due diligencesuch representations and warranties were breached. The Company’s maximum potential payout related to such representations and warranties is performed by the Company to ensure that asset guideline qualifications are met, and,equal to the extentcurrent unpaid principal balance (“UPB”) of such loans. The Company has information on the current UPB only when it services the loans. The amount included in the above table for the maximum potential payout of $24.8 billion includes the current UPB where known ($5.9 billion) and the UPB at the time of sale ($18.9 billion) when the current UPB is not known. The UPB at the time of the sale of all loans covered by these representations and warranties was approximately $43.0 billion. The related liability primarily relates to sales of loans to the federal mortgage agencies.

Securitization Representations and Warranties.    As part of the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the Company has acquired such assets from other parties, the Company seeksprovided, or otherwise agreed to obtain its ownbe responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the assets.Company. The extent and nature of the representations and warranties, if any, vary among different securitizations. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of, or losses associated with, the assets transferredsubject to breaches of such representations and warranties. The amount included in the above table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB where known and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known.

Between 2004 and 2010, the Company sponsored approximately $147 billion of RMBS primarily containing U.S. residential loans. Of that amount, the Company made representations and warranties concerning approximately $46 billion of loans and agreed to be responsible for the representations and warranties made by third-party sellers, many of which are now insolvent, on approximately $21 billion of loans. At December 31, 2010, the current UPB for all the residential assets subject to such representations and warranties was approximately $26.8 billion and the cumulative losses associated with U.S. RMBS were approximately $8.8 billion. The Company did not make, or otherwise agree to be responsible for the representations and warranties made by third party sellers on approximately $81 billion of residential loans that it securitized during that time period. The Company has not sponsored any U.S. RMBS transactions since 2007.

The Company also made representations and warranties in connection with its role as an originator of certain commercial mortgage loans that it securitized in CMBS. Between 2004 and 2010, the Company originated approximately $41 billion and $29 billion of U.S. and non-U.S. commercial mortgage loans, respectively, that

204


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

were placed into CMBS sponsored by the Company. At December 31, 2010, the Company that arehad not accrued any amounts in the consolidated financial statements for payments owed as a result of breach of representations and warranties made in connection with these commercial mortgages. At December 31, 2010, the current UPB for all U.S. commercial mortgage loans subject to itssuch representations and warranties.warranties is $39.3 billion. For the non-U.S. commercial mortgage loans, the amount included in the above table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB when known of $14.6 billion and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known of $4.8 billion.

 

General Partner Guarantees.Guarantees.    As a general partner in certain private equity and real estate partnerships, the Company receives certain distributions from the partnerships related to achieving certain return hurdles according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Company may, from time to time, be required to return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations.

ARS Guarantees.    Under the terms of various agreements entered into with government agencies and the terms of the Company’s announced offer to repurchase, the Company agreed to repurchase at par certain ARS held by retail clients that were purchased through the Company. In addition, the Company agreed to reimburse retail clients who have sold certain ARS purchased through the Company at a loss. The Company’s maximum exposure as it relates to these repurchase obligations was based on the Company’s best estimate of the outstanding ARS eligible under the repurchase program. At December 31, 2008, the Company recorded a liability at fair value related to these ARS purchase obligations. The Company had no ARS purchase obligation at December 31, 2009.

 

Other Guarantees and Indemnities.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of commercial transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications are described below.

 

  

Trust Preferred Securities.    The Company has established Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending the proceeds to the Company in

185


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that the Company has made payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust on the junior subordinated debentures. In the event that the Company does not make payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust, holders of such series of trust preferred securities would not be able to rely upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The Company has not recorded any liability in the consolidated financial statements for these guarantees and believes that the occurrence of any events (i.e.i.e., non-performance on the part of the paying agent) that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote. See Note 1315 for details on the Company’s junior subordinated debentures.

 

  

Indemnities.    The Company provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote.

 

  

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.    The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general the Company’s guarantee obligations would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. The maximum potential payout under these membership agreements cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

 

 

Guarantees on Securitized Assets.    As part of the Company’s Institutional Securities securitization and related activities, the Company provides representations and warranties that certain assets transferred in securitization transactions conform to specified guidelines. The Company may be required to repurchase such assets or indemnify the purchaser against losses if the assets do not meet certain conforming guidelines. Due diligence is performed by the Company to ensure that asset guideline qualifications are met, and, to the extent the Company has acquired such assets from other parties, the Company seeks to obtain its own representations and warranties regarding the assets. In many securitization transactions, some, but not all, of the original asset sellers provide the representations and warranties directly to the purchaser, and the Company makes representations and warranties only with respect to other assets. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of assets transferred by the Company that are subject to its representations and warranties. The Company has not provided any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for representations and warranties made in connection with securitization transactions, and it believes that the probability of any payments under those arrangements is remote.

205


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

  

Merger and Acquisition Guarantees.    The Company may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Company provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time

186


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make cannot be estimated. The Company believes the likelihood of any payment by the Company under these arrangements is remote given the level of the Company’s due diligence associated with its role as investment banking advisor.

 

  

Guarantees on Morgan Stanley Stable Value Program.    On September 30, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with the investment manager for the Stable Value Program (“SVP”), a fund within the Company’s 401(k) plan, and certain other third parties. Under the agreement, the Company contributed $20 million to the SVP on October 15, 2009. The Company2009 and recorded the contribution in Compensation and benefits expense on the consolidated statement of income for 2009.expense. Additionally, the Company may have a future obligation to make a payment of $40 million to the SVP following the third anniversary of the agreement, after which the SVP would be wound down over a period of time. The future obligation is contingent upon whether the market-to-book value ratio of the portion of the SVP that is subject to certain book-value stabilizing contracts has fallen below a specific threshold and the Company and the other parties to the agreement all decline to make payments to restore the SVP to such threshold as of the third anniversary of the agreement. The Company has not recorded a liability for this guarantee in the consolidated financial statements.

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Contingencies.

 

Legal.Legal.    In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the issuersentities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit crisis related matters and a Foreign Corrupt Practices Act related matter in China. Recently, the level of litigation activity focused on residential mortgage and credit crisis related matters has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Company expects that it may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief regarding residential mortgages and related securities in the future and, while the Company has identified below any individual proceedings where the Company believes a material loss to be possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been notified to the Company or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

 

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, including,

206


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

 

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. In viewWhere available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the inherent difficultyconsolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of predictingthat loss, the outcomeCompany accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. In many proceedings, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

For certain legal proceedings, the Company cannot reasonably estimate such matters,losses, particularly for proceedings that are in casestheir early stages of development or where claimantsplaintiffs seek substantial or indeterminate damagesdamages. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, and by addressing novel or where investigations andunsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings are in the early stages, the Company cannot predict with certainty thequestion, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss ifor additional loss can be reasonably estimated for any related to such matters; how or if such matters will be resolved; when they will ultimately be resolved; or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty orproceeding.

For certain other relief, if any, might be. Subject to the foregoing,legal proceedings, the Company believes,can estimate possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued, but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such pending matterslosses will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated statementfinancial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the next two paragraphs.

On September 25, 2009, the Company was named as a defendant in a lawsuit styled Citibank,N.A. v. Morgan Stanley & Co. International, PLC, which is pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of financial conditionNew York (“SDNY”). The lawsuit relates to a credit default swap referencing the Capmark VI CDO (“Capmark”), which was structured by Citibank, N.A. (“Citi N.A.”). At issue is whether, as part of the Company, althoughswap agreement, Citi N.A. was obligated to obtain the outcomeCompany’s prior written consent before it exercised a right to liquidate Capmark upon the occurrence of such matters could be materialcertain contractually-defined credit events. Citi N.A. is seeking approximately $245 million in compensatory damages plus interest and costs. On May 13, 2010, the court granted Citi N.A.’s motion for judgment on the pleadings on its claim for breach of contract. On October 8, 2010, the court issued an order denying Citi N.A.’s motion for judgment on the pleadings as to the Company’s operating resultscounterclaim for reformation and cash flowsgranting Citi N.A.’s motion for judgment on the pleadings as to the Company’s counterclaim for estoppel. The Company moved for summary judgment on December 17, 2010. Citi N.A. opposed the Company’s motion and cross moved for summary judgment on January 21, 2011. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it is reasonably possible it could incur a particular future period, depending on, among other things,loss of approximately $245 million.

On January 16, 2009, the levelCompany was named as a defendant in an interpleader lawsuit styledU.S. Bank, N.A. v. Barclays Bank PLC and Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc., which is pending in the SDNY. The lawsuit relates to credit default swaps between the Company and Tourmaline CDO I LTD (“Tourmaline”), in which Barclays Bank PLC (“Barclays”) is the holder of the most senior and controlling class of notes. At issue is whether, pursuant to the terms of the swap agreements, the Company was required to post collateral to Tourmaline, or take any other action, after the Company’s revenues, income or cash flowscredit ratings were downgraded in 2008 by certain ratings agencies. The Company and Barclays have a dispute regarding whether the Company breached any obligations under the swap agreements and, if so, whether any such breaches were cured. The trustee for such period. Legal reserves have been established in accordance with the requirements for accounting for contingencies. Once established, reserves are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.Tourmaline, interpleader plaintiff U.S. Bank, N.A., has refrained from making any further distribution of

 

 187207 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Tourmaline’s funds pending the resolution of these issues and is seeking a judgment from the court resolving them. On January 11, 2011, the court conducted a bench trial, but has not yet issued its ruling. Based on currently available information, at December 31, 2010, the Company believes it is reasonably possible it could incur a loss of approximately $273 million, resulting from the write-off of receivables from Tourmaline.

 

12.14.     Regulatory Requirements.

 

Morgan Stanley.Stanley    In September 2008, the.    The Company becameis a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Fed”“Federal Reserve”). The FedFederal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Office of Thrift Supervision establishestablishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s national banks and federal savings bank respectively.subsidiaries.

 

The Company calculates its capital ratios and risk-weighted assetsRisk Weighted Assets (“RWAs”RWA”) in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Fed.Federal Reserve. These standards are based upon a framework described in the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators published a final U.S. implementing regulation incorporating the Basel II Accord, thatwhich requires internationally active banking organizations, as well as certain of itstheir U.S. bank subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the next several years. The Company will be required to implement thesetimeline set out in December 2007 for the implementation of Basel II in the U.S. may be impacted by the developments concerning Basel III described below. Starting July 2010, the Company has been reporting on a parallel basis under the current regulatory capital regime (Basel I), and Basel II followed by a three-year transitional period.

In December 2009, the Basel Committee of Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) released proposals on risk-based capital, leverage and liquidity standards, known as Basel III. The proposal described new standards to raise the quality of capital and strengthen counterparty credit risk capital requirements; introduced a leverage ratio as a resultsupplemental measure to the risk-based ratio and introduced a countercyclical buffer. The Basel III proposals complement an earlier proposal for revisions to Market Risk Framework that increases capital requirements for securitizations within the trading book. The Basel Committee published final rules in December 2010, which were ratified at the G-20 Leaders Summit in November 2010. The U.S. regulators will require implementation of becoming a financial holding company.Basel III subject to an extended phase-in period. The Basel Committee is also working with the Financial Stability Board to develop additional requirements for systemically important banks, which could include capital surcharges.

 

As ofAt December 31, 2009,2010, the Company was in compliance with Basel I capital requirements with ratios of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 15.3%16.1% and total capital to RWAs of 16.4%16.5% (6% and 10% being well-capitalized for regulatory purposes, respectively). In addition, financial holding companies are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio as defined by the Fed.Federal Reserve. The Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets, and deferred tax assets)assets and financial and non-financial equity investments). The adjusted average total assets are derived using weekly balances for the calendar quarter. This ratio as of December 31, 2009 was 5.8%.year.

208


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the capital measures for the Company at December 31, 2009:Company:

 

  December 31, 2009   December 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 
  Balance  Ratio   Balance   Ratio Balance   Ratio 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Tier 1 capital

  $46,670  15.3  $52,880    16.1 $46,670    15.3

Total capital

   49,955  16.4   54,477    16.5  49,955    16.4

RWAs

   305,000  —       329,560    —      305,000    —    

Adjusted average assets

   804,456  —       802,283    —      804,456    —    

Tier 1 leverage

   —    5.8   —       6.6  —       5.8

Tier 1 capital ratio increased year-over-year due to an increase of Tier 1 capital predominantly driven by earnings, partially offset by an increase of RWAs. Tier 1 leverage improved year-over-year due to increase of Tier 1 capital predominantly driven by earnings.

 

The Company’s Significant U.S. Bank Operating Subsidiaries.    The Company’s domestic bank operating subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory capital requirements as administered by U.S. federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional, discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

 

As ofAt December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiariessubject and exceeded all regulatorilyregulatory mandated and targeted minimum regulatory capital requirements to be well-capitalized. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ category.

 

188


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The table below sets forth the Company’s significant U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ capital as of December 31, 2009.capital.

 

At December 31, 2009

  Amount  Ratio 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total Capital (to RWAs):

    

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

  $8,880  18.4

Morgan Stanley Trust

  $591  69.8

Tier I Capital (to RWAs):

    

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

  $7,360  15.3

Morgan Stanley Trust

  $591  69.8

Leverage Ratio:

    

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

  $7,360  10.7

Morgan Stanley Trust

  $591  8.8
   December 31, 2010  December 31, 2009 
   Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total capital (to RWAs):

       

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

  $8,069    18.6 $8,880    18.4

Morgan Stanley Private Bank, N.A.(1)

  $911    37.3 $602    70.3

Tier I capital (to RWAs):

       

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

  $9,572    15.7 $7,360    15.3

Morgan Stanley Private Bank, N.A.(1)

  $911    37.3 $602    70.3

Leverage ratio:

       

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

  $9,572    12.1 $7,360    10.7

Morgan Stanley Private Bank, N.A.(1)

  $911    12.4 $602    8.9

(1)Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (formerly Morgan Stanley Trust) changed its charter to a National Association on July 1, 2010.

 

Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies, U.S. depository institutions, in order to be considered well-capitalized, must maintain a ratio of total capital to RWAs of 10%, a capital ratio

209


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 6%, a ratio of total capital to RWAs of 10%, and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to average book assets (leverage ratio) of 5%. Each U.S. depository institution subsidiary of the Company must be well-capitalized in order for the Company to continue to qualify as a financial holding company and to continue to engage in the broadest range of financial activities permitted to financial holding companies. As ofAt December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company’s three U.S. depository institutions maintained capital at levels in excess of the universally mandated well-capitalized levels. These subsidiary depository institutions maintain capital at levels sufficiently in excess of the “well-capitalized” requirements to address any additional capital needs and requirements identified by the federal banking regulators.

 

In July 2010, Morgan Stanley Trust, a Federal Savings Bank regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”), converted to Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (the “Private Bank”), a national bank regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Upon conversion, the Private Bank became subject to the Market Risk Amendment to the Risk-Based Capital rules under Basel I, and the Private Bank’s trading portfolio risk-weighted assets calculation changed from the ratings-based approach to the market-risk approach. The change in the risk-weighting of the portfolio resulted in the capital ratio changes, which had no impact on the operations of the Company or the Private Bank.

MS&Co. and Other Broker-Dealers.    MS&Co. is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC,U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission. MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MS&Co.’s net capital totaled $7,463 million and $7,854 million at December 31, 2010 and $9,216 million as of December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $6,355 million and $6,758 million, and $8,366 million, respectively. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant, introducing business to MS&Co. and Citi, and has operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Authority, and MSJS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSJS have consistently operated in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

MS&Co. is required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of SEC Rule 15c3-1. MS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. As ofAt December 31, 2009,2010, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and the notification requirements.

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC has operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC clears certain customer activity directly and introduces other business to MS&Co. and Citi. MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Authority, and MSMS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSMS have consistently operated in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

 

Other Regulated Subsidiaries.    Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

 

189


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc. (“MSDP”), a derivative products subsidiary rated Aa2Aa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and AAA by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. (“S&P”), maintains certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by Moody’s and S&P. On December 21, 2009,17, 2010, MSDP was downgraded from a triple-Aan Aa2 rating to Aa2an Aa3 rating by Moody’s but maintained its AAA rating by S&P. While MSDP has made substantial effort to address Moody’s comments, MSDP’s counterparty rating remains on review for possible downgrade while Moody’s continues to evaluate MSDP’s capital adequacy. The

210


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

recent downgrade did not significantly impact the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. MSDP is operated such that creditors of the Company should not expect to have any claims on the assets of MSDP, unless and until the obligations to its own creditors are satisfied in full. Creditors of MSDP should not expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than the respective assets of MSDP.

 

The regulatory capital requirements referred to above, and certain covenants contained in various agreements governing indebtedness of the Company, may restrict the Company’s ability to withdraw capital from its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, approximately $14.7$19.5 billion and $13.6$14.7 billion, respectively, of net assets of consolidated subsidiaries may be restricted as to the payment of cash dividends and advances to the parent company.

 

13.15.    Total Equity.

 

Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ Equity.

 

Common Stock.Stock.    Changes in shares of common stock outstanding for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 were as follows (share data in millions):

 

  2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One  Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
 
 
 
  
2009
 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Shares outstanding at beginning of period

  1,074   1,056   1,048   1,361   1,074   1,056   1,048 

Public offerings of common stock

  276   —     —  

Public offerings and other issuances of common stock

   116   276   —      —    

Net impact of stock option exercises and other share issuances

  13   57   26   46   13   57   26 

Treasury stock purchases(1)

  (2 (65 —     (11  (2  (65  —    
                      

Shares outstanding at end of period

  1,361   1,048   1,074   1,512   1,361   1,048   1,074 
                      

 

(1)Treasury stock purchases includesinclude repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding.

 

Treasury Shares.Shares.    In December 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The share repurchase program considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. During 20092010 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2009 the Company did not purchase any of its common stock as part of its share repurchase program. During fiscal 2008, the Company repurchased $711 million of the common stock as part of the share repurchase program at an average cost of $18.14 per share. As ofAt December 31, 2009,2010, the Company had approximately $1.6 billion remaining under its current share repurchase authorization. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval.

 

CIC Investment.    Investment.In December 2007, the Company sold Equity Units that included contracts to purchase Company common stock (see “Stock Purchase Contracts” herein) to a wholly owned subsidiary of CIC for approximately $5,579 million. AsEach Equity Unit had a resultstated amount of the transaction with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) described under “Stock Purchase Contracts” below, upon settlement of the Equity Units, CIC will be entitled to receive 116,062,911 shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. In

190


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

June 2009, to maintain its pro rata share$1,000 per unit consisting of: (i) an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Company’s share capital, CIC participated in the Company’s registered public offering of 85,890,277 shares by purchasing 45,290,576 shares of the Company’s common stock. CIC is a passive financial investor and has no special rights of ownership nor a role in the management of the Company. A substantial portion of the investment proceeds from the offering of the Equity Units was treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

As described below, the Equity Units consist of interests in trust preferred securities issued bysecurity of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust A (“Series A Trust”), Morgan Stanley Capital Trust B (“Series B Trust”) or Morgan Stanley Capital Trust C (“Series C Trust”) (each a “Morgan Stanley Capital Trust” and, collectively, the “Trusts”) with an initial liquidation amount of $1,000; and (ii) a stock purchase contracts issued bycontract relating to the common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of the Company. The only assets held byA substantial portion of the Trusts are junior subordinated debentures issued byinvestment proceeds from the parent company.

offering of the Equity Units.

Each Equity Unit has a stated amount of $1,000 per unit consisting of:

(i)an undivided beneficial ownership interest in a trust preferred security of Series A Trust, Series B Trust or Series C Trust with an initial liquidation amount of $1,000; and

(ii)a stock purchase contract relating to the common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of the Company.

Junior Subordinated Debentures Issued to Support Trust Common and Trust Preferred Securities.Units was treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

 

In the first quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company issued junior subordinated debt securities due no later than February 17, 2042 for a total of $5,579,173,000 in exchange for $5,579,143,000 in aggregate proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities by the Trusts and $30,000 in trust common securities issued equally by the Trusts. The Company elected to fair value the junior subordinated debentures pursuant to the fair value option accounting guidance. The common and trust preferred securities of the Trusts, totaling approximately $5,579 million, represent undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the Trusts, have no stated maturity and must be redeemed upon the redemption or maturity of the corresponding series of junior subordinated debt securities—the sole assets of the respective Trusts. The Trusts will make quarterly distributions on the trust common and trust preferred securities at an annual rate of 6%.

211


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The trust common securities, which arewere held by the Company, representrepresented an interest in the Trusts and arewere recorded as an equity method investment in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. The Trusts arewere VIEs in accordance with current accounting guidance, and the Company doesdid not consolidate its interests in the Trusts as it iswas not the primary beneficiary of any of the Trusts.

 

The Company has directly guaranteed the repaymentAs a result of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that there are funds available in the Trusts. If the Company does not make payments on the junior subordinated debentures owned by a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust, such Morgan Stanley Capital Trust will not be able to pay any amounts payable in respect of the trust preferred securities issued by ittransaction with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) described under “Preferred Stock—Series B and will not have funds legally available for that purpose. In that event, holders of such series of trust preferred securities would not be able to relySeries C Preferred Stock” below, upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The guarantee will remain in place until the redemption price of all of the trust preferred securities is paid, the amounts payable with respect to the trust preferred securities upon liquidation of the Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts are paid or the junior subordinated debentures are distributed to the holders of all the trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities held by the Equity Unit holders are pledged to the Company to collateralize the obligationssettlement of the Equity Unit holders under the related stock purchase contracts. The Equity Unit holders may substitute certain zero-coupon treasury securities in place of the trust preferred securities as collateral under the stock purchase contracts.

191


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Stock Purchase Contracts.

Each stock purchase contract requires the holderUnits, CIC would be entitled to purchase, and the Company to sell, on the stock purchase date a number of newly issued or treasuryreceive 116,062,911 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 persubject to anti-dilution adjustments. In June 2009, to maintain its pro rata share equal toin the settlement rate.Company’s share capital, CIC participated in the Company’s registered public offering of 85,890,277 shares by purchasing 45,290,576 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock.On October 13, 2008,July 1, 2010, Moody’s announced that it was lowering the Company soldequity credit assigned to MUFG certain preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $9 billion (see below for further discussion). As a result of this transaction, and as contractually required by thesuch Equity Units. The terms of the securities purchase agreement for the sale of Equity Units to CIC, the threshold appreciation price of $57.6840 was reduced to the reference price of $48.07. As a result,permitted the Company will issue 116,062,911 sharesto redeem the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units upon the occurrence and continuation of commona Rating Agency Event. In response to this Rating Agency Event, the Company redeemed the junior subordinated debentures in August 2010, and the redemption proceeds were subsequently used by the CIC Entity to settle its obligation under the stock (subject to adjustment for certain anti-dilution provisions and participation in certain dividends as described below) uponpurchase contracts. The settlement of the stock purchase contracts on August 17, 2010.

The initial quarterly distributions on the Series A, Series B and Series C trust preferred securitiesdelivery of 6%, combined with the contract adjustment payments on the116,062,911 shares of Company common stock purchase contracts of 3%, result in a 9% yield on the Equity Units. If the Company defers any of the contract adjustment payments on the stock purchase contracts, then it will accrue additional amounts on the deferred amounts at the annual rate of 9% until paid, to the extent permitted by law.

The present value of the future contract adjustment payments due under the stock purchase contracts was approximately $400 million and was recordedCIC Entity occurred in Other liabilities and accrued expenses with a corresponding decrease recorded in Paid-in capital, a component of Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. The other liability balance related to the stock purchase contracts accretes over the term of the stock purchase contract using the effective yield method with a corresponding charge to Interest expense. When the contract adjustment payments are made under the stock purchase contracts, they will reduce the other liability balance.August 2010.

 

Earnings per Share.

 

Prior to October 13, 2008, the impact of the Equity Units was reflected in the Company’s earnings per diluted common share using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the number of shares of common stock included in the calculation of earnings per diluted common share was calculated as the excess, if any, of the number of shares expected to be issued upon settlement of the stock purchase contract based on the average market price for the last 20 days of the reporting period, less the number of shares that could be purchased by the Company with the proceeds to be received upon settlement of the contract at the average closing price for the reporting period.

 

Dilution of net income per share occurred (i) in reporting periods when the average closing price of common shares was over $57.6840 per share or (ii) in reporting periods when the average closing price of common shares for a reporting period was between $48.0700 and $57.6840 and was greater than the average market price for the last 20 days ending three days prior to the end of such reporting period.

 

Effective October 13, 2008 as(as a result of the adjustment to the Equity Units as described above,above) and prior to the quarter ended June 30, 2010, the Company included the Equity Units are deemed to be “participating securities” in thatthe diluted EPS calculation using the more dilutive of the two-class method or the treasury stock method. The Equity Units participated in substantially all of the earnings of the Company (i.e., any earnings above $0.27 per quarter) in basic EPS (assuming a full distribution of earnings of the Company), and therefore, the Equity Units generally would not have the ability to participate in any dividends the Company declares on commonbeen included as incremental shares above $0.27 per share during any quarterly reporting period via an increase in the number of common shares to be delivered upon settlement ofdiluted calculation under the treasury stock purchase contracts. The Equity Units are reflected, prospectively from October 13, 2008, in the Company’s earnings per share calculation using the two-class method. During 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008, and the one month ended December 31, 2008 and fiscal 2008, no dividends above $0.27 per share were declared during any quarterly reporting period.

Beginning in the quarter ended June 30, 2010, and prior to the redemption of the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units and issuance of common stock, the Company included the Equity Units in the diluted EPS calculation using the more dilutive of the two-class method or the if-converted method. See Note 2 for further discussion of the two-class method and Note 16 for the dilutive impact for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008.

212


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Equity Units dodid not share in any losses of the Company for purposes of calculating EPS. Therefore, if the Company incursincurred a loss in any reporting period, losses willwere not be allocated to the Equity Units in the EPS calculation.

192


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

See Note 2 for further discussion oncalculation under the two-class method and Note 14 for the dilutive impact for 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008.method.

 

Common Equity Offerings.During 2009, the Company issued common stock for approximately $6.9 billion in two registered public offerings. MUFG elected to participate in both offerings, and in one of the offerings, MUFG received $0.7 billion of common stock in exchange for 640,909 shares of the Company’s Series C Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”).

 

Rabbi Trusts.    The Company has established rabbi trusts (the “Rabbi Trusts”)Rabbi Trusts to provide common stock voting rights to certain employees who hold outstanding restricted stock units.RSUs. The assets of the Rabbi Trusts are consolidated with those of the Company, and the value of the Company’s stock held in the Rabbi Trusts is classified in Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and generally accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock.

 

Preferred Stock and WarrantStock..

 

The Company’s preferred stock outstanding consisted of the following:

 

Series

  Dividend
Rate
(Annual)
  Shares
Outstanding at
December 31,
2009
  Liquidation
Preference
per Share
  Convertible to
Morgan
Stanley Shares
  Carrying Value  Dividend
Rate
(Annual)
  Shares
Outstanding
at
December 31,
2010
   Liquidation
Preference
per Share
   Convertible to
Morgan
Stanley Shares
   Carrying Value 
   At
December 31,
2009
  At
December 31,
2008
   At
December 31,
2010
   At
December 31,
2009
 
           (dollars in millions)                (dollars in millions) 

A

  N/A   44,000  $25,000  —    $1,100  $1,100   N/A    44,000   $25,000    —      $1,100   $1,100 

B

  10.00 7,839,209   1,000  310,464,033   8,089   8,089   10.0  7,839,209    1,000    310,464,033    8,089    8,089 

C

  10.00%(1)  519,882   1,000  —     408   911   10.0  519,882    1,000    —       408    408 

D

  5.00 —     —    —     —     9,068
                            

Total

         $9,597  $19,168         $9,597   $9,597 
                            

 

(1)During 2009, 640,909 shares were redeemed with an aggregate price equal to the aggregate price exchanged by MUFG for approximately $0.7 billion of common stock resulting in a negative adjustment of approximately $202 million in calculating earnings per basic and diluted share (see Note 14).

N/A—Not Available.

The Company’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 14).

 

Series A Preferred Stock.    In July 2006, the Company issued 44,000,000 Depositary Shares, in an aggregate of $1,100 million. Each Depositary Share represents 1/1,000th of a Share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $0.01 par value (“Series A Preferred Stock”). The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after July 15, 2011 at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25 per Depositary Share). The Series A Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. Subsequent to December 31, 2009,2010, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $255.56 per share of Series A Preferred Stock that was paid on January 15, 201018, 2011 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2009.2010.

 

Series B and Series C Preferred Stock.    On October 13, 2008, the Company issued to MUFG 7,839,209 shares of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) and 1,160,791 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $9 billion. The Series B Preferred Stock is convertible at MUFG’s option (at a conversion price of $25.25) into 310,464,033 shares of the Company’s common shares, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. Subject to any applicable New York Stock Exchange stockholder approval requirements, one-half of the Series B Preferred Stock will mandatorily convert into the Company’s common shares when, at any time on or after October 13, 2009, the market price of

193


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

the Company’s common shares exceeds 150% of the then-applicable conversion price (initially $25.25) for twenty

213


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

20 trading days within any period of thirty30 consecutive trading days beginning after October 13, 2009 (subject to certain ownership limits on MUFG and its affiliates). The remainder of the Series B Preferred Stock will mandatorily convert on the same basis on or after October 13, 2010.

 

The Series B Preferred Stock pays a non-cumulative dividend, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, except under certain circumstances (as set forth in the securities purchase agreement for the sale of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock to MUFG). Subsequent to December 31, 2009,2010, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series B Preferred Stock that was paid on January 15, 201018, 2011 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2009.2010.

 

The Series C Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company, in whole or in part, on or after October 15, 2011 at a redemption price of $1,100 per share. Dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock are payable, on a non-cumulative basis, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. Subsequent to December 31, 2009,2010, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series C Preferred Stock that was paid on January 15, 201018, 2011 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2009.2010.

 

The $9 billion in proceeds was allocated to the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock based on their relative fair values at issuance (approximately $8.1 billion was allocated to the Series B Preferred Stock and approximately $0.9 billion to the Series C Preferred Stock). Upon redemption by the Company, the excess of the redemption value of $1,100 per share over the carrying value of the Series C Preferred Stock ($0.9 billion allocated at inception or approximately $784 per share) will be charged to Retained earnings (i.e., treated in a manner similar to the treatment of dividends paid). The amount charged to Retained earnings will be deducted from the numerator in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share during the related reporting period in which the Series C Preferred Stock is redeemed by the Company (See(see Note 1416 for additional details).

During 2009, 640,909 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock were redeemed with an aggregate price equal to the aggregate price exchanged by MUFG for approximately $0.7 billion of common stock, resulting in a negative adjustment of approximately $202 million in calculating earnings per basic and diluted share.

 

Series D Preferred Stock and Warrant.    On October 3,26, 2008 the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (initially introduced as TARP) was enacted. On October 14, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced its intention to inject capital into nine large U.S. financial institutions, including the Company under the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). The Company was part of the initial group of financial institutions participating in the CPP, and on October 26, 2008 entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement—Standard Terms with the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which, among other things, the Company sold to the U.S. Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $10 billion, 10 million shares of Series D Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“Series D Preferred Stock”) and a warrant to purchase 65,245,759 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Warrant”), of the Company.Company at an exercise price of $22.99 per share.

 

The $10 billion in proceeds was allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock and the Warrant based on their relative fair values at issuance (approximately $9 billion was allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock and approximately $1 billion to the Warrant). The difference between the initial value allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock of approximately $9 billion and the liquidation value of $10 billion was to be charged to Retained earnings over the first five years of the contract as an adjustment to the dividend yield using the effective yield method. The amount charged to Retained earnings was deducted from the numerator in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share during the related reporting period (see Note 14)16).

 

In June 2009, the Company repurchased the 10,000,000 shares of the Series D Preferred Stock from the U.S. Treasury, at the liquidation preference amount plus accrued and unpaid dividends, for an aggregate repurchase price of $10,086 million.

 

 194214 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As a result of the Company’s repurchase ofrepurchasing the Series D Preferred Stock, the Company incurred a one-time negative adjustment of $850 million in its calculation of basic and diluted EPS (reduction to earnings (losses) applicable to the Company’s common shareholders) for 2009 due to the accelerated amortization of the issuance discount on the Series D Preferred Stock.

 

In August 2009, under the terms of the CPPCapital Purchase Program securities purchase agreement, the Company repurchased the Warrant from the U.S. Treasury in the amount of $950 million. The repurchase of the Series D Preferred Stock, in the amount of $10.0 billion and the Warrant in the amount of $950 million, reduced the Company’s total equity by $10,950 million in 2009.

 

The Company’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 12).

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.    Income (Loss).As of    At December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, the components of the Company’s Accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows (dollars in millions):

 

  At
December  31,
2010
  At
December  31,
2009
 
 
  At
December 31,
2009
 At
December 31,
2008
   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

  $(26 $(142  $40  $(26

Amortization expense related to terminated cash flow hedges, net of tax

   (27  (40   (18  (27

Pension adjustment, net of tax

   (507  (238

Pension, postretirement and other related adjustments, net of tax

   (525  (507

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of tax

   36   —    
              

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  $(560 $(420  $(467 $(560
              

 

Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments.    Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments include gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements from their respective functional currencies to U.S. dollars, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects. The Company uses foreign currency contracts and designates certain non-U.S. dollar currency debt as hedges to manage the currency exposure relating to its net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries. Increases or decreases in the value of the Company’s net foreign investments generally are tax deferred for U.S. purposes, but the related hedge gains and losses are taxable currently. The Company attempts to protect its net book value from the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates on its net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar subsidiaries by selling the appropriate non-U.S. dollar currency in the forward market. Under some circumstances, however, the Company may elect not to hedge its net monetary investments in certain foreign operations due to market conditions, including the availability of various currency contracts at acceptable costs. Information as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 20082009 relating to the hedging of the Company’s net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries and their effects on cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments is summarized below:

 

  At
December  31,
2010
  At
December  31,
2009
 
 
  At
December 31,
2009
 At
December 31,
2008
   
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries

  $9,325   $7,903    $10,990  $9,325 
              

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from net investments in subsidiaries with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency

  $254   $(339  $544  $254 

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from realized or unrealized losses on hedges, net of tax

   (280  197     (504  (280
              

Total cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

  $(26 $(142  $40  $(26
              

 

 195215 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Non-controllingNoncontrolling Interests.

 

Deconsolidation of Subsidiaries.

 

During 2009, the Company deconsolidated MSCI in connection with the Company’s disposition of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI and recognized an after-tax gain of approximately $279 million. The Company did not retain any investmentsinvestment in MSCI upon deconsolidation. See Note 231 for further information on discontinued operations.

 

During fiscal 2008, the Company deconsolidated certain subsidiaries and recognized gains of approximately $70 million, included in Other revenues onin the consolidated statements of income.

 

Changes in the Company’s Ownership Interest in Subsidiaries.

 

The following table presents the effect on the Company’s shareholders’ equity from changes in ownership of subsidiaries resulting from transactions with non-controllingnoncontrolling interests.

 

   2009
   (dollars in millions)

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,346

Transfers from non-controlling interests:

  

Increase in paid-in capital in connection with MSSB

   1,711
    

Net transfers from non-controlling interests

   1,711
    

Change from net income attributable to Morgan Stanley and transfers from non-controlling interests

  $3,057
    
   Year Ended December 31, 
   2010   2009 
   (dollars in millions) 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,703   $1,346 

Transfers from the noncontrolling interests:

    

Increase in paid-in capital in connection with MSSB

   —       1,711 

Increase in paid-in capital in connection with the MUFG Transaction (see Note 24)

   731    —    
          

Net transfers from noncontrolling interests

   731    1,711 
          

Change from net income applicable to Morgan Stanley and transfers from noncontrolling interests

  $5,434   $3,057 
          

 

The increase in paid-in capital in connection with MSSB results from Citi’s equity interest in MSSB, to which the Company had contributed certain businesses associated with the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group.Group business segment. The excess of the preliminary net fair value received by the Company over the increase in non-controllingnoncontrolling interest associated with Smith Barney is reflected as an increase in paid-in capital. See Note 3 for further information regarding the MSSB transaction.

 

In connection with the closing of the transaction between the Company and MUFG to form a joint venture in Japan (the “MUFG Transaction”) (see Note 24), the Company recorded an after-tax gain of $731 million from the sale of a noncontrolling interest in its Japanese institutional securities business. The gain was recorded in Paid-in capital in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2010, and changes in total equity for the year ended December 31, 2010.

The impact on the Company’s shareholders’ equity from transactions with non-controllingnoncontrolling interests was not material for fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008.

 

During fiscal 2008, the Company recorded pre-tax gains of approximately $1.5 billion, in connection with sales of its shares in MSCI as part of secondary offerings. Such gains are included in discontinued operations (see Note 23)25). During fiscal 2007, the Company recorded $239 million as an addition to paid-in capital associated with the initial public offering (“IPO”) of MSCI.

 

 196216 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

14.16.    Earnings per Common Share.

 

Basic EPS is computed by dividing income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock unit awardsRSUs where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities. The Company calculates EPS using the two-class method (see Note 2) and determines whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities. The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (in millions, except for per share data):

 

   2009  Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  One Month
Ended

December 31,
2008
 

Basic EPS:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $1,193   $1,158   $2,200   $(1,295

Net gain on discontinued operations

   213    620    1,049    10  
                 

Net income (loss)

   1,406    1,778    3,249    (1,285

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

   60    71    40    3  
                 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

   1,346    1,707    3,209    (1,288

Less: Preferred dividends (Series A Preferred Stock)

   (45  (53  (68  (15

Less: Preferred dividends (Series B Preferred Stock)

   (784  —      —      (200

Less: Preferred dividends (Series C Preferred Stock)

   (68  —      —      (30

Less: Partial Redemption of Series C Preferred Stock

   (202  —      —      —    

Less: Preferred dividends (Series D Preferred Stock)

   (212  (44  —      (63

Less: Amortization and acceleration of issuance discount for Series D Preferred Stock (see Note 13)

   (932  (15  —      (13

Less: Allocation of earnings to unvested restricted stock units(1)

   (10  (94  (165  (15

Less: Allocation of undistributed earnings to Equity Units

   —      (6  —      —    
                 

Net (loss) income applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $(907 $1,495   $2,976   $(1,624
                 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,185    1,028    1,002    1,002  
                 

(Loss) earnings per basic common share:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $(0.93 $0.92   $1.98   $(1.63

Net gain on discontinued operations

   0.16    0.53    0.99    0.01  
                 

(Loss) earnings per basic common share

  $(0.77 $1.45   $2.97   $(1.62
                 

Diluted EPS:

     

(Loss) earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $(907 $1,495   $2,976   $(1,624
                 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,185    1,028    1,002    1,002  

Effect of dilutive securities:

     

Stock options and restricted stock units(1)

   —      3    23    —    

Series B Preferred Stock

   —      42    —      —    
                 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

   1,185    1,073    1,025    1,002  
                 

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share:

     

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $(0.93 $0.88   $1.94   $(1.63

Net gain on discontinued operations

   0.16    0.51    0.96    0.01  
                 

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share

  $(0.77 $1.39   $2.90   $(1.62
                 
   2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Basic EPS:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $5,463  $1,324  $1,238  $(1,269

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   239   82   540   (16
                 

Net income (loss)

   5,702   1,406   1,778   (1,285

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   999   60   71   3 
                 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

   4,703   1,346   1,707   (1,288

Less: Preferred dividends (Series A Preferred Stock)

   (45  (45  (53  (15

Less: Preferred dividends (Series B Preferred Stock)

   (784  (784  —      (200

Less: Preferred dividends (Series C Preferred Stock)

   (52  (68  —      (30

Less: Partial redemption of Series C Preferred Stock

   —      (202  —      —    

Less: Preferred dividends (Series D Preferred Stock)

   —      (212  (44  (63

Less: Amortization and acceleration of issuance discount for Series D Preferred Stock(1)

  

 

—  

  

 

 

(932

 

 

(15

 

 

(13

     

Less: Allocation of earnings to participating RSUs(2):

     

From continuing operations

   (108  (10  (69  (15

From discontinued operations

   (7  —      (25  —    

Less: Allocation of undistributed earnings to Equity Units(1):

     

From continuing operations

   (101  —      (6  —    

From discontinued operations

   (12  —      —      —    
                 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $3,594  $(907 $1,495  $(1,624
                 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,362   1,185   1,028   1,002 
                 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $2.48  $(0.82 $1.00  $(1.60

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   0.16   0.05   0.45   (0.02
                 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

  $2.64  $(0.77 $1.45  $(1.62
                 

Diluted EPS:

     

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $3,594  $(907 $1,495  $(1,624

Impact on income of assumed conversions:

     

Assumed conversions of Equity Units(1)(3)

     

From continuing operations

   75   —      —      —    

217


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   2010   2009  Fiscal
2008
   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

From discontinued operations

   41    —      —       —    
                   

Earnings (loss) applicable to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

   3,710    (907  1,495    (1,624
                   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,362    1,185   1,028    1,002 

Effect of dilutive securities:

       

Stock options and RSUs(2)

   5    —      3    —    

Equity Units(1)(3)

   44    —      —       —    

Series B Preferred Stock

   —       —      42    —    
                   

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

   1,411    1,185   1,073    1,002 
                   

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

       

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $2.44   $(0.82 $0.95   $(1.60

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   0.19    0.05   0.44    (0.02
                   

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

  $2.63   $(0.77 $1.39   $(1.62
                   

 

(1)Restricted stock unitsSee Note 15 for further information on Equity Units.
(2)RSUs that are considered participating securities participate in all of the earnings of the Company in the computation of basic EPS, and therefore, such restricted stock unitsRSUs are not included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation.

197


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following securities were considered antidilutive and, therefore, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

Number of Antidilutive Securities Outstanding at End of Period:

  2009  Fiscal 2008  Fiscal 2007  One Month
Ended

December 31,
2008
   (shares in millions)

Restricted stock units

  62  50  59  72

Stock options

  82  81  19  99

Equity Units(1)

  116  116  —    116

CPP Warrant

  —    65  —    65

Series B Preferred Stock

  311  —    —    311
            

Total

  571  312  78  663
            

(1)(3)Prior to the quarter ended June 30, 2010, the Company included the Equity Units in the diluted EPS calculation using the more dilutive of the two-class method or the treasury stock method. The Equity Units participateparticipated in substantially all of the earnings of the Company (i.e., any earnings above $0.27 per quarter) in basic EPS (assuming a full distribution of earnings of the Company), and therefore, the Equity Units generally would not behave been included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation.calculation under the treasury stock method. Beginning in the quarter ended June 30, 2010, and prior to the redemption of the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units and issuance of common stock in the third quarter of 2010, the Company included the Equity Units in the diluted EPS calculation using the more dilutive of the two-class method or the if-converted method. See Note 2 on the Company’s method for calculating EPS.

 

The following securities were considered antidilutive and, therefore, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

Number of Antidilutive Securities Outstanding at End of Period:

  2010   2009   Fiscal
2008
   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (shares in millions) 

RSUs and PSUs

   38    62    50    72 

Stock options

   67    82    81    99 

Equity Units(1)

   —       116    116    116 

Warrant issued to U.S. Treasury

   —       —       65    65 

Series B Preferred Stock

   311    311    —       311 
                    

Total

   416    571    312    663 
                    

(1)See Note 2 and Note 15 for additional information on the Equity Units regarding the change in methodology to the if-converted method and the redemption of the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units and issuance of common stock.

218


15.MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

17.    Interest and DividendsIncome and Interest Expense.

 

Details of Interest and dividends revenueincome and Interest expense were as follows (in millions):follows:

 

   2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,

2008

Interest and dividends(1):

     

Financial instruments owned(2)

  $5,155   $9,961  $603

Receivables from other loans

   229    784   15

Interest bearing deposits with banks(3)

   241    —     19

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed(3)

   859    —     380

Other(3)

   1,218    28,934   280
            

Total Interest and dividends revenue

  $7,702   $39,679  $1,297
            

Interest expense(1):

     

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $51   $663  $33

Deposits

   782    740   53

Long-term debt

   4,898    7,793   579

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned(3)

   1,374    —     355

Other(3)

   (393  27,116   104
            

Total Interest expense

  $6,712   $36,312  $1,124
            

Net Interest and dividends revenue

  $990   $3,367  $173
            
   2010  2009  Fiscal
2008(1)
   One Month
Ended December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest income(2):

      

Financial instruments owned(3)

  $3,931  $4,931  $9,217   $395 

Securities available for sale

   215   —      —       —    

Loans

   315   229   784    15 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   155   241   —       19 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

   769   859   —       380 

Other

   1,893   1,217   28,930    280 
                  

Total Interest income

  $7,278  $7,477  $38,931   $1,089 
                  

Interest expense(2):

      

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $28  $51  $663   $33 

Deposits

   310    782   740    53 

Long-term debt

   4,592   4,898   7,793    579 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

   1,591   1,374   —       355 

Other

   (107  (400  27,067    120 
                  

Total Interest expense

  $6,414  $6,705  $36,263   $1,140 
                  

Net interest

  $864  $772  $2,668   $(51
                  

 

(1)The Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity, and therefore, prior to December 2008, was unable to further breakout Interest income and Interest expense (see Note 1).
(2)Interest income and expense and dividend income are recorded within the consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest and dividends areis included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest and dividends areis included within Principal transactions—tradingTrading revenues or Principal transactions—investmentInvestment revenues. Otherwise, they areit is included within Interest and dividends income or Interest expense.
(2)(3)Interest expense on Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased is reported as a reduction to Interest and dividends revenues.
(3)The Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest and dividend income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for each of the Company’s separate businesses, and therefore, prior to December 2008, was unable to further breakout Interest and dividends and Interest expense (see Note 1).income.

 

198


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

16.18.    Sale of Bankruptcy Claims Related to a Derivative Counterparty.

 

During 2009, the Company entered into multiple participation agreements with certain investors whereby the Company sold undivided participating interests representing 81% (or $1,105 million) of its claims totaling $1,362 million, pursuant to International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) master agreements, against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. The Company received cash proceeds of $429 million and recorded a gain on sale of $319 million in 2009. The gain is reflected in the consolidated statement of income in Principal transactions-tradingtransactions—Trading revenues within the Institutional Securities business segment.

 

As a result of the bankruptcy of the derivative counterparty, the Company, as contractually entitled, exercised remedies as the non-defaulting party and determined the value of the claims under the ISDA master agreements in a commercially reasonable manner. The Company filed its claims with the bankruptcy court. In connection

219


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

with the sale of the undivided participating interests in a portion of the claims, the Company provided certain representations and warranties related to the allowance of the amount stated in the claims submitted to the bankruptcy court. The bankruptcy court will be evaluating all of the claims filed against the derivative counterparty. To the extent, in the future, any portion of the stated claims is disallowed or reduced by the bankruptcy court in excess of a certain amount, then the Company must refund a portion of the purchase price plus interest from the date of the participation agreements to the repayment date. The maximum amount that the Company could be required to refund is the total proceeds of $429 million plus interest. The Company recorded a liability for the fair value of this possible disallowance. The fair value was determined by assessing mid-market values of the underlying transactions, where possible, prevailing bid-offer spreads around the time of the bankruptcy filing, and applying valuation adjustments related to estimating unwind costs. The investors, however, bear full price risk associated with the allowed claims as it relates to the liquidation proceeds from the bankruptcy estate. The Company also agreed to service the claims and, as such, recorded a liability for the fair value of the servicing obligation. The Company will continuecontinues to measure these obligations at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. The change in fair value recorded in earnings in 2010 was immaterial. These obligations are reflected in the consolidated statement of financial condition as Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—derivativesDerivatives and other contracts, in Note 4 as Level 3 instruments, and in Note 1012 as Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges. The disallowance obligation is also reflected in Note 1113 in the guarantees table.

 

17.19.    Other Revenues.

 

Details of Other revenues were as follows:

 

  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
  2010 2009   Fiscal
2008
   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Repurchase of long-term debt (see Note 9)

  $491  $2,252  $73

Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U(1)

   —     743   —  

Gain on China International Capital Corporation Limited (see Note 24)

  $668  $—      $—      $—    

Gain on sale of Invesco shares (see Note 1)

   102    —       —       —    

FrontPoint impairment charges (see Note 28)

   (126  —       —       —    

Gain on repurchase of long-term debt (see Note 11)

   —      491    2,252    73 

Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U.(1)

   —      —       743    —    

Other

   347   857   34   857   346    856    36 
                        

Total

  $838  $3,852  $107  $1,501  $837   $3,851   $109 
                        

 

(1)In the second quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company sold Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. (“MSWM S.V.”), its Spanish onshore mass affluent wealth management business. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of approximately $687 million, net of transaction-related charges of approximately $50 million. The results of MSWM S.V. are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment through the date of sale.

 

199


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

18.20.    Employee Stock-Based Compensation Plans.

 

The accounting guidance for stock-based compensation requires measurement of compensation cost for equity-based awards at fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures (see Note 2).

 

220


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The components of the Company’s stock-based compensation expense (net of cancellations) are presented below:

 

  2010   2009   Fiscal
2008
   One  Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
 
  2009  Fiscal
2008
  Fiscal
2007
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
  
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Deferred stock

  $1,120  $1,659  $1,580  $66  $1,075   $1,120   $1,659   $66 

Stock options

   17   83   240   5   1    17    83    5 

Performance-based stock units

   39    —       —       —    

Employee Stock Purchase Plan(1)

   4   10   9   —     —       4    10    —    
                            

Total(2)

  $1,141  $1,752  $1,829  $71  $1,115   $1,141   $1,752   $71 
                            

 

(1)The Company discontinued the Employee Stock Purchase Plan effective June 1, 2009.
(2)Amounts for 2010, 2009 and fiscal 2008 include $222 million, $198 million and $90 million, respectively, primarily related to equity awards that were granted in 2011, 2010 to employees who are retirement-eligible under the award terms. Amounts for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 include $90 million and $345 million of accrued stock-based compensation expense primarily related to year-end equity awards granted in December 2008, and December 2007, respectively, to employees who are retirement-eligible under the award terms. Amounts for the one month ended December 31, 2008 include $2 million primarily related to equity awards that were granted in 2010 to employees who are retirement-eligible under the award terms.

 

The table above excludes stock-based compensation expense recorded in discontinued operations, which was approximately $3 million, $11 million, $40 million, $30 million and $2 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively. See Note 231 for additional information on discontinued operations.

 

The tax benefit for stock-based compensation expense related to deferred stock and stock options was $382 million, $380 million, $557 million, $716 million and $23 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively. The tax benefit for stock-based compensation expense included in discontinued operations in 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 was approximately $1 million, $3 million, $15 million, $12 million and $1 million, respectively.

 

As ofAt December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008,2010, the Company had approximately $762$975 million and $1,689 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards (excluding 20092010 year-end awards granted in January 20102011 to nonretirement-eligible employees, which will begin to be amortizedamortize in 2010)2011). The unrecognized compensation cost relating to unvested stock-based awards expected to vest will primarily be recognized over the next two years.

 

In connection with awards under its equity-based compensation plans, the Company is authorized to issue shares of its common stock held in treasury or newly issued shares. As ofAt December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008,2010, approximately 107105 million and 82 million shares respectively, were available for future grant under these plans.

 

The Company generally uses treasury shares to deliver shares to employees and has an ongoing repurchase authorization that includes repurchases in connection with awards granted under its equity-based compensation plans. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. See Note 1315 for additional information on the Company’s share repurchase program.

200


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

As a result of the DFS Spin-off effective June 30, 2007, all outstanding options to purchase the Company’s common stock held by employees of DFS were canceled and replaced with options to purchase DFS common stock. Outstanding options to purchase Morgan Stanley common stock held by directors and employees who remained with the Company after the DFS Spin-off were adjusted to preserve the intrinsic value of the awards immediately prior to the spin-off using an adjustment ratio based on the Morgan Stanley closing market stock price immediately prior to the spin-off date and the beginning market stock price at the date of the spin-off. Additional compensation cost recognized as a result of this modification was not material.

Similarly, restricted stock units awarded pursuant to equity incentive plans and held by employees of DFS were canceled and replaced with restricted units of DFS stock. Outstanding restricted stock units held by Morgan Stanley directors and employees who remained with the Company after the DFS Spin-off were adjusted by multiplying the number of shares by an adjustment ratio in order to account for the impact of the spin-off on the value of the Company’s shares at the time the spin-off was completed. No additional compensation cost was recognized as a result of this modification. Cash paid to the holders of deferred shares in lieu of fractional shares was not material.

 

Deferred Stock Awards.    The Company has made deferred stock awards pursuant to several equity-based compensation plans. The plans provide for the deferral of a portion of certain key employees’ discretionary compensation with awards made in the form of restricted common stock or in the right to receive unrestricted shares of common stock in the future (“restricted stock units”).future. Awards under these plans are generally subject to vesting over time contingent upon continued employment and to restrictions on sale, transfer or assignment until the end of a specified period, generally two to three years from date of grant. All or a portion of an award may be canceled if employment is terminated before the end of the relevant restriction period. All or a portion of a vested award also

221


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

may be canceled in certain limited situations, including termination for cause during the relevant restriction period. Recipients of deferred stock awards generally have voting rights and receive dividend equivalents.

 

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s vested and unvested restricted stock unitsRSUs (share data in millions):

 

  2009  One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
  2010 
  Number
of Shares
 Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
  Number
of Shares
 Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
  Number of
Shares
 Weighted Average
Grant Date

Fair Value
 

Restricted stock units at beginning of period

  101   $42.86  74   $50.57

RSUs at beginning of period

   100  $40.88 

Granted

  11    26.30  28    16.81   49   28.95 

Conversions to common stock

  (5  48.88  —      —     (33  53.95 

Canceled

  (7  38.77  (1  47.61   (7  30.48 
               

Restricted stock units at end of period(1)

  100   $40.88  101   $42.86

RSUs at end of period(1)

   109  $32.10 
               

 

(1)As ofAt December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008,2010, approximately 9399 million and 92 million restricted stock units, respectively,RSUs with a weighted average grant date fair value of $41.56 and $43.36, respectively,$32.62 were vested or expected to vest.

 

The weighted average price for restricted stock unitsRSUs granted during fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 was $48.71 and $66.68 (adjusted to reflect the impact of the DFS Spin-off), respectively. As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the weighted-average remaining term until delivery for the Company’s outstanding restricted stock units was approximately 1.5 years and 2.2 years, respectively.

201


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The total fair market value of restricted stock units converted to common stock during 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 was $26.30, $48.71 and $16.81, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the weighted average remaining term until delivery for the Company’s outstanding RSUs was approximately 1.5 years.

At December 31, 2010, the intrinsic value of outstanding RSUs was $2,979 million.

The total fair market value of RSUs converted to common stock during 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 was $971 million, $151 million, $3,209 million, $817 million and $8 million, respectively. The increased value of restricted stock unitsRSUs converting to common stock in fiscal 2008 compared towith other fiscal years reflects the impact of a modification in fiscal 2008 to accelerate the conversion of certain restricted stock unit awards.RSUs. Additional compensation cost recognized as a result of this modification was not material.

 

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s unvested restricted stock unitsRSUs (share data in millions):

 

  2009  One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
  2010 
  Number
of Shares
 Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
  Number
of Shares
 Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
  Number of
Shares
 Weighted Average
Grant Date

Fair Value
 

Unvested restricted stock units at beginning of period

  72   $41.03  50   $52.21

Unvested RSUs at beginning of period

   62  $37.78 

Granted

  11    26.30  28    16.81   49   28.95 

Vested

  (14  44.57  (5  20.49   (28  43.75 

Canceled

  (7  38.64  (1  47.61   (7  30.34 
               

Unvested restricted stock units at end of period(1)

  62   $37.78  72   $41.03

Unvested RSUs at end of period(1)

   76  $30.29 
               

 

(1)Unvested restricted stock unitsRSUs represent awards where recipients have yet to satisfy either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligibleretirement-eligibility requirements. As ofAt December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008,2010, approximately 5566 million and 63 million, respectively, unvested restricted stock units,RSUs with a weighted average grant date fair value of $38.48 and $41.52, respectively,$30.81 were expected to vest.

 

Stock Option Awards.    The Company has granted stock option awards pursuant to several equity-based compensation plans. The plans provide for the deferral of a portion of certain key employees’ discretionary

222


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

compensation with awards made in the form of stock options generally having an exercise price not less than the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Such stock option awards generally become exercisable over a three-year period and expire ten10 years from the date of grant, subject to accelerated expiration upon termination of employment. Stock option awards have vesting, restriction and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those in deferred stock awards.

The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 2007 was $18.55 (adjusted to reflect the impact of the DFS Spin-off), utilizing the following weighted average assumptions. No options were granted induring 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 or the one month ended December 31, 2008.

Fiscal 2007

Risk-free interest rate

4.4

Expected option life in years

6.0

Expected stock price volatility

23.8

Expected dividend yield

1.4

 

The Company’s expected option life has been determined based upon historical experience. The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined using the implied volatility of exchange-traded options in accordance with accounting guidance for share-based payments.

202


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued) The risk-free interest rate was determined based on the yields available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues.

 

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s stock options (option data(number of options in millions):

 

  2009  One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
  2010 
  Number of
Options
 Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number of
Options
 Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number of
Options
 Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Options outstanding at beginning of period

  99   $49.90  100   $49.88   82  $51.29 

Canceled

  (17  43.24  (1  47.15   (15 $55.52 
               

Options outstanding at end of period(1)

  82   $51.29  99   $49.90   67  $50.35 
               

Options exercisable at end of period

  82   $51.24  86   $47.57   67  $50.28 
               

 

(1)As ofAt December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, 822010, 67 million and 98 million, awards respectively, with a weighted average exercise price of $51.28 and $49.66, respectively,$50.32 were vested or expected to vest.

 

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 was $211 million and $707 million, respectively.million. There were no stock options exercised during 2010, 2009 or the one month ended December 31, 2008.

 

As ofAt December 31, 2009,2010, the intrinsic value of in-the-money exercisable stock options was not material. As of December 31, 2008, there were no exercisable in-the-money stock options.

 

The following tables presenttable presents information relating to the Company’s stock options outstanding as ofat December 31, 2009 and December 31, 20082010 (number of options outstanding data in millions):

 

At December 31, 2009

  Options Outstanding  Options Exercisable

At December 31, 2010

 Options Outstanding Options Exercisable 

Range of Exercise Prices

  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
  Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
  Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
 Number
Outstanding
 Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 Average
Remaining Life
(Years)
 Number
Exercisable
 Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 Average
Remaining

Life  (Years)
 

$22.00 – $39.99

  11  $36.22  3.0  11  $36.22  3.0

$28.00 – $39.99

  11  $36.22   2.0   11  $36.22   2.0 

$40.00 – $49.99

  34   47.25  3.3  34   47.25  3.3  33   47.26   2.3   33   47.26   2.3 

$50.00 – $59.99

  20   53.79  0.8  20   53.79  0.8  11   55.45   0.3   11   55.45   0.3 

$60.00 – $69.99

  16   66.65  5.7  16   66.65  5.7

$70.00 – $91.99

  1   80.25  1.1  1   81.04  0.6

$60.00 – $76.99

  12   66.72   5.9   12   66.72   5.8 
                        

Total

  82      82      67     67   
                        

 

At December 31, 2008

  Options Outstanding  Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
  Average
Remaining
Life (Years)
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
  Average
Remaining
Life (Years)

$22.00 – $39.99

  19  $34.21  2.5  19  $34.21  2.5

$40.00 – $49.99

  38   47.17  4.1  38   47.21  4.1

$50.00 – $59.99

  23   53.65  1.7  23   53.65  1.7

$60.00 – $69.99

  18   66.60  6.7  5   66.31  3.9

$70.00 – $91.99

  1   80.47  1.7  1   81.06  1.2
              

Total

  99      86    
              

Performance-Based Stock Unit Awards.    In 2010, the Company granted 2 million PSUs to senior executives. These PSUs will vest and convert to shares of common stock in 2013 only if the Company satisfies predetermined performance and market goals over the three-year performance period that began on January 1, 2010 and ends on December 31, 2012. Under the terms of the grant, the number of PSUs that will actually vest and convert to shares will be based on the extent to which the Company achieves the specified performance goals during the performance period. Performance-based stock unit awards have vesting, restriction and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those in deferred stock awards.

 

 203223 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

One-half of the award will be earned based on the Company’s return on average common shareholders’ equity, excluding the impact of revenues related to the Company’s debt-related credit spreads (“Average ROE”). A multiplier of zero will be applied in the event of a three-year Average ROE of less than 7.5% and a maximum multiplier of 2 will be applied in the event of a three-year Average ROE of 18% or greater. The fair value per share of this portion of the award was $29.32.

One-half of the award will be earned based on the Company’s total shareholder return, relative to the members of a comparison peer group. A maximum multiplier of 2 can be applied for achieving the highest ranking within the comparison group, with multipliers diminishing for lower rankings. The fair value per share of this portion of the award was $41.52, estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation and the following assumptions.

Grant Year

  Risk-Free Interest
Rate
  Expected Stock
Price Volatility
  Expected Dividend
Yield
 

2010

   1.5  89.9  0.7

Because the payout depends on the Company’s total shareholder return relative to a comparison group, the valuation also depended on the performance of the stocks in the comparison group as well as estimates of the correlations among their performance. The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined using historical volatility because correlation coefficients can be developed only through historical volatility. The expected dividend yield was based on historical dividend payments. The risk-free interest rate was determined based on the yields available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues.

At December 31, 2010, two million PSUs were outstanding.

 

19.21.    Employee Benefit Plans.

 

The Company sponsors various pension plans for the majority of its U.S. and non-U.S. employees. The Company provides certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible U.S. employees. The Company also provides certain postemployment benefits to certain former employees or inactive employees prior to retirement.

 

For fiscal 2008, the Company adopted the measurement date provision as required under current accounting guidance under the alternative transition method, which requires the measurement date to coincide with the fiscal year-end date. The Company recorded an after-tax charge of approximately $13 million to equity ($21 million before tax) upon adoption of this requirement.

 

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.    Substantially all of the U.S. employees of the Company and its U.S. affiliates who were hired before July 1, 2007 and its U.S. affiliates are covered by the U.S. Qualified Plan, a non-contributory, defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “U.S. Qualified Plan”). Unfunded supplementary plans (the “Supplemental Plans”) cover certain executives. In addition, certain of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries also have defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all of their employees. These pension plans generally provide pension benefits that are based on each employee’s years of credited service and on compensation levels specified in the plans. The Company’s policy is to fund at least the amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax laws. Liabilities for benefits payable under the Supplemental Plans are accrued by the Company and are funded when paid to the beneficiaries. The Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan was closed to new hires effective July 1, 2007. In lieu of a defined benefit pension plan, eligible employees (excluding legacy Smith Barney employees) who were first hired, rehired or transferred to a U.S. benefits eligible position on or after July 1, 2007 will receive a

224


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

retirement contribution under the 401(k) plan. The amount of the retirement contribution is included in the Company’s 401(k) cost and will beis equal to between 2% and 5% of eligible pay up to the annual Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) limit based on years of service as of December 31.

On June 1, 2010, the U.S. Qualified Plan was amended to cease future benefit accruals after December 31, 2010. Any benefits earned by participants under the U.S. Qualified Plan at December 31, 2010 will be preserved and will be payable based on the U.S. Qualified Plan’s provisions. As a result, the Company recorded a curtailment gain that reduced Compensation and benefits expense by approximately $51 million in the consolidated statements of income for 2010. Additionally, the Company remeasured the obligation and assets of the U.S. Qualified Plan at May 31, 2010 due to such cessation of accruals for benefits.

 

The Company also has an unfunded postretirement benefit plan that provides medical and life insurance for eligible U.S. retirees and medical insurance for their dependents.

 

The following tables present informationOn October 29, 2010, the Morgan Stanley Medical Plan was amended to change eligibility requirements for a Company-provided subsidy toward the Company’s pensioncost of retiree medical coverage after December 31, 2010. As a result, the Company recorded a curtailment gain that reduced Compensation and benefits expense by approximately $4 million in the consolidated statements of income for 2010. Additionally, the Company remeasured the obligation and assets of the postretirement plans on an aggregate basis:plan at October 31, 2010 for this amendment.

 

Net Periodic Benefit Expense.

 

The following table presents the components of the net periodic benefit expense:expense for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008:

 

  Pension  Postretirement
  2009  Fiscal
2008
  Fiscal
2007
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
  2009  Fiscal
2008
  Fiscal
2007
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
  (dollars in millions)

Service cost

 $116   $102   $107   $8   $12   $8   $7   $1

Interest cost

  152    135    124    12    12    10    8    1

Expected return on plan assets

  (125  (128  (123  (10  —      —      —      —  

Net amortization of prior service credit

  (9  (8  (8  (1  (1  (2  (1  —  

Net amortization of actuarial loss

  41    31   41    —      3    1    —      —  

Special termination benefits

  —      —      2    —      —      —      —      —  
                               

Net periodic benefit expense

 $175   $132   $143   $9   $26   $17   $14   $2
                               
  Pensions  Postretirement 
  2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One  Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
  2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One  Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
 
        
        
        
  (dollars in millions) 

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

 $99  $116  $102  $8  $7  $12  $8  $1 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

  152   152   135   12   11   12   10   1 

Expected return on plan assets

  (128  (125  (128  (10  —      —      —      —    

Net amortization of prior service credits

  (4  (9  (8  (1  (3  (1  (2  —    

Net amortization of actuarial loss

  24   41   31   —      1   3   1   —    

Curtailment gain

  (50  —      —      —      (4  —      —      —    

Settlement loss

  3   —      —      —      —      —      —      —    
                                

Net periodic benefit expense

 $96  $175  $132  $9  $12  $26  $17  $2 
                                

 

 204225 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss (income) on a pre-tax basis in 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 

  Pension  Postretirement Pension Postretirement 
  2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
  2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
  (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions) 

Net loss (gain)

  $509   $(330 $282  $(25 $(11 $50 $34  $509  $(330 $282  $2  $(25 $(11 $50 

Prior service credit

   (16  —      —     —      —      —    —      (16  —      —      (54  —      —      —    

Amortization of prior service credit

   9    8    1   1    2    —    54   9   8   1   7   1   2   —    

Amortization of net loss

   (41  (31  —     (3  (1  —    (27  (41  (31  —      (1  (3  (1  —    
                                          

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss (income)

  $461   $(353 $283  $(27 $(10 $50 $61  $461  $(353 $283  $(46 $(27 $(10 $50 
                                          

 

The Company, for most plans, amortizes (as a component of pension and postretirement expense) unrecognized net gains and losses over the average future service of active participants (5 to 20 years depending upon the plan) to the extent that the gain/lossgain (loss) exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. Effective January 1, 2011, the U.S. Qualified Plan will amortize the unrecognized net gains and losses using the average life expectancy of participants.

 

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008:

 

  Pensions Postretirement 
  2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One  Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
  2010   2009  Fiscal
2008
  One  Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
 
    
  Pension Postretirement      
  2009 Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 2009 Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
      

Discount rate

  5.75 6.17 5.79 7.23 5.78 6.34 5.97 7.47   5.91  5.75  6.17  7.23  6.00%/5.35%     5.78  6.34  7.47

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

  5.21   6.46   6.65  5.17   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a    4.78   5.21   6.46   5.17   N/A     N/A    N/A    N/A  

Rate of future compensation increases

  5.12   5.08   4.40   5.09   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a     5.13   5.12   5.08   5.09   N/A     N/A    N/A    N/A  

N/A—Not Available.

 

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets represents the Company’s best estimate of the long-term return on plan assets. For the U.S. Qualified Plan, the expected long-term rate of return was estimated by computing a weighted average return of the underlying long-term expected returns on the plan’s fixed income assets based on the investment managers’ target allocations within this asset class. The expected long-term return on assets is a long-term assumption that generally is expected to remain the same from one year to the next unless there is a significant change in the target asset allocation, the fees and expenses paid by the plan or market conditions. To better align the duration of plan assets with the duration of plan liabilities, in fiscal 2007, the U.S. Qualified Plan’s target asset allocation policy was changed from 45%/55% equity/fixed income to 30%/70% equity/fixed income. In late 2008, the U.S. Qualified Plan transitioned to 100% investment in fixed income securities and related derivative securities, including interest rate swap contracts. This asset allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and limit volatility of the Company’s contributions. Total U.S. Qualified Plan portfolio performance is assessed by comparing actual investment performance with changes in the estimated present value of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s liability.

 

 205226 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Benefit Obligations and Funded Status.

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for 2009, fiscal 20082010 and the one month ended December 31, 2008:2009:

 

  Pension Postretirement   Pension Postretirement 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Reconciliation of benefit obligation:

   

Benefit obligation at November 30, 2007

  $2,263   $162  

Adjustments due to change in the measurement date:

   

Service cost and interest cost

   40    3  

Gap period benefits paid

   (10  —    

Reconciliation of benefit obligation:

   

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2008

  $2,658  $215 

Service cost(1)

   104    8     117   12 

Interest cost(2)

   136    10  

Interest cost

   152   12 

Actuarial gain

   (268  (11   (154  (25

Plan amendments

   (16  —    

Plan settlements

   (2  —    

Benefits paid

   (172  (11

Transfers/divestitures(2)

   25   —    

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   22   —    
       

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2009

  $2,630  $203 

Service cost

   99   7 

Interest cost

   152   11 

Actuarial loss(3)

   264   2 

Plan amendments

   (1  (54

Plan curtailments

   (82  —    

Plan settlements

   (11  —    

Benefits paid

   (122  (8   (100  (14

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   (51  —       2   —    
              

Benefit obligation at November 30, 2008

  $2,092   $164  

Service cost

   8    1  

Interest cost

   12    1  

Actuarial loss(3)

   551    50  

Benefits paid

   (12  (1

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   7    —    
       

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2008

  $2,658   $215  

Service cost(2)

   117    12  

Interest cost

   152    12  

Actuarial gain(3)

   (154  (25

Plan amendments

   (16  —    

Plan settlements

   (2  —    

Benefits paid

   (172  (11

Transfers / divestitures(4)

   25    —    

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   22    —    
       

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2009

  $2,630   $203  
       

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2010

  $2,953  $155 
       

Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:

      

Fair value of plan assets at November 30, 2007

  $2,113   $ —    

Adjustments due to change in the measurement date:

   

Gap period benefits paid, net of contributions

   (9  —    

Actual return on plan assets

   215    —    

Employer contributions(2)

   326    8  

Benefits paid

   (122  (8

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   (50  —    
       

Fair value of plan assets at November 30, 2008

  $2,473   $—    

Actual return on plan assets

   278    —    

Employer contributions

   2    1  

Benefits paid

   (12  (1

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   (2  —    
       

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2008

  $2,739   $—      $2,739  $—    

Actual return on plan assets

   (538  —       (538  —    

Employer contributions

   321    11     321   11 

Benefits paid

   (172  (11   (172  (11

Plan settlements

   (2  —       (2  —    

Transfers / divestitures(4)

   35    —    

Transfers/divestitures(3)

   35   —    

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   23    —       23   —    
              

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2009

  $2,406   $—      $2,406  $—    

Actual return on plan assets

   276   —    

Employer contributions

   72   14 

Benefits paid

   (100  (14

Plan settlements

   (11  —    

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   (1  —    
              

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2010

  $2,642  $—    
       

 

(1)Pension amounts included in discontinued operations were $2 million.

206


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(2)Pension amounts included in discontinued operations were $1 million.
(3)Change in actuarial gain under benefit obligation is primarily attributed to an increase in the discount rates as of December 31, 2009.
(4)(2)Transfers and divestitures primarily related to the impact of MSCI and the formation of MSSB.
(3)Change in actuarial loss under benefit obligation is primarily attributed to a decrease in the discount rates at December 31, 2010.

227


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents a summary of the funded status as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008:2009:

 

  Pension Postretirement   Pension Postretirement 
  December 31,
2009
 December 31,
2008
 December 31,
2009
 December 31,
2008
   December 31,
2010
 December 31,
2009
 December 31,
2010
 December 31,
2009
 
  

(dollars in millions)

   (dollars in millions) 

Funded status:

          

Funded/(Unfunded status)

  $(224 $81   $(203 $(215

Unfunded status

  $(311 $(224 $(155 $(203
                          

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition consist of:

          

Assets

  $107   $426   $—     $—      $54  $107  $—     $—    

Liabilities

   (331  (345  (203  (215   (365  (331  (155  (203
                          

Net amount recognized

  $(224 $81   $(203 $(215  $(311 $(224 $(155 $(203
                          

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

          

Prior service credit

  $(61 $(55 $(5 $(6  $(7 $(61 $(52 $(5

Net loss

   844    382    33    61     851   844   34   33 
                          

Net loss recognized

  $783   $327   $28   $55  

Net loss (gain) recognized

  $844  $783  $(18 $28 
                          

 

The estimated prior-service credit that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over 20102011 is approximately $10 million for defined benefit pension plans and $1$14 million for postretirement plans. The estimated net loss that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over 20102011 is approximately $25$17 million for defined benefit pension plans and $1$2 million for postretirement plans.

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $2,899 million and $2,507 million at December 31, 2010 and $2,532 million as of December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

The following table contains information for pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets as ofat period-end:

 

  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009
 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Projected benefit obligation

  $385  $390  $498   $385 

Fair value of plan assets

   54   45   133    54 

 

The following table contains information for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets as ofat period-end:

 

  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009
 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $346  $352  $400   $346 

Fair value of plan assets

   45   45   72    45 

 

 207228 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as ofat period-end:

 

  Pension Postretirement   Pension Postretirement 
  December 31,
2009
 December 31,
2008
 December 31,
2009
 December 31,
2008
   December 31,
2010
 December 31,
2009
 December 31,
2010
 December 31,
2009
 

Discount rate

  5.91 5.75 6.00 5.78   5.44  5.91  5.41  6.00

Rate of future compensation increases

  5.13   5.12   n/a   n/a  

Rate of future compensation increase

   2.43   5.13   N/A    N/A  

N/A—Not Available.

 

The discount raterates used to determine the benefit obligationobligations for the U.S. Qualified Pension Plan andpension plans, postretirement plan wasand the U.K. pension plan’s liabilities were selected by the Company, in consultation with its independent actuaries, using a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the U.S. Qualified Plan and postretirement liabilities,plans, each determined independently. The pension discount yield curve represents spot discount yields based on duration implicit in a representative broad based Aa corporate bond universe of high-quality fixed income investments. At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan represented 83% of the total liabilities of its U.S. pension and postretirement plans combined. The discount rate used to determine the benefit obligation for the defined benefit portion of its U.K. pension plans were selected by the Company using a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the U.K. defined benefit pension liabilities. For all other non-U.S. pension plans, the Company set the assumed discount rates based on the nature of liabilities, local economic environments and available bond indices.

 

The following table presents assumed health care cost trend rates used to determine the postretirement benefit obligations as ofat period-end:

 

  December 31,
2009
 December 31,
2008
   

December 31, 2010

   

December 31, 2009

 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year:

       

Medical

  7.00%-8.00 7.25%-9.50   6.98%-7.84%     7.00%-8.00%  

Prescription

  10.00 10.50   9.53%     10.00%  

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

  4.50 5.00   4.50%     4.50%  

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

  2029   2018     2029       2029    

 

Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Company’s postretirement benefit plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

  One-Percentage
Point Increase
  One-Percentage
Point (Decrease)
   One-Percentage
Point Increase
   One-Percentage
Point (Decrease)
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Effect on total postretirement service and interest cost

  $5  $(4  $2   $(1

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

   31   (24   19    (16

 

TheNo impact of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “Act”) was enactedhas been reflected in December 2003. For 2009 and fiscal 2008, Morgan Stanley elected not to apply for the Medicare Retiree Drug Subsidy or take any other action related to the Act since MedicareCompany’s consolidated statements of income as medicare prescription drug coverage was deemed to have no material effect on the Company’s retiree medical program. No impact of the Act has been reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

 

Plan Assets.    The U.S. Qualified Plan assets represent 89%88% of the Company’s total pension plan assets. The U.S. Qualified Plan uses a combination of active and risk-controlled fixed income investment strategies. The fixed income asset allocation consists primarily of fixed income securities designed to approximate the expected

208


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

cash flows of the plan’s liabilities in order to help reduce plan exposure to interest rate variation and to better align assets with obligations. The longer duration fixed income allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and maintain the stability of plan contributions over the long run.

 

The allocation by investment manager of the Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan is reviewed by the Morgan Stanley Retirement Plan Investment Committee on a regular basis. When the exposure to a given investment manager

229


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

reaches a minimum or maximum allocation level, an asset allocation review process is initiated, and the portfolio will be automatically rebalanced back closer toward the target allocation unless the Investment Committee determines otherwise.

 

Derivative instruments are permitted in the U.S. Qualified Plan’s portfolio only to the extent that they comply with all of the plan’s policy guidelines and are consistent with the plan’s risk and return objectives. In addition, any investment in derivatives must meet the following conditions:

 

Derivatives may be used only if they are deemed by the investment manager to be more attractive than a similar direct investment in the underlying cash market or if the vehicle is being used to manage risk of the portfolio.

 

Derivatives may not be used in a speculative manner or to leverage the portfolio under any circumstances.

 

Derivatives may not be used as short-term trading vehicles. The investment philosophy of the U.S. Qualified Plan is that investment activity is undertaken for long-term investment rather than short-term trading.

 

Derivatives may only be used in the management of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s portfolio when their possible effects can be quantified, shown to enhance the risk-return profile of the portfolio, and reported in a meaningful and understandable manner.

 

As a fundamental operating principle, any restrictions on the underlying assets apply to a respective derivative product. This includes percentage allocations and credit quality. Derivatives will be used solely for the purpose of enhancing investment in the underlying assets and not to circumvent portfolio restrictions.

 

The plan assets are measured at fair value using valuation techniques that are consistent with the valuation techniques applied to the Company’s major categories of assets and liabilities as described in Note 4. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and are used as the basis for the measurement, if available. If a quoted market price is available, the fair value is the product of the number of trading units multiplied by the market price. If a quoted market price is not available, the estimate of fair value is based on the valuation approaches that maximize use of observable inputs and minimize use of unobservable inputs.

 

The fair value of OTC derivative contracts is derived primarily using pricing models, which may require multiple market input parameters. Derivative contracts are presented on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. Derivative contracts consist of investments in options and futures contracts, forward contracts and swaps.

 

Commingled trust funds are privately offered funds available to institutional clients that are regulated, supervised and subject to periodic examination by a statefederal or federalstate agency. The trust must be maintained for the collective investment or reinvestment of assets contributed to it from employee benefit plans maintained by more than one employer or a controlled group of corporations. The sponsor of the commingled trust funds values the funds’ NAV based on the fair value of the underlying securities. The underlying securities of the commingled trust funds consist of mainly long durationlong-duration fixed income instruments. Commingled trust funds are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy to the extent that they are readily redeemable at their NAV or else they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

209


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Foreign funds consist of investment in foreign corporate equity funds, foreign corporate bond funds and foreign target cash flow funds. Foreign corporate equity funds and foreign corporate bond funds invest in individual securities quoted on a recognized stock exchange or traded in a regulated market and certain bond funds that aim

230


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

to produce returns as close as possible to certain FTSEFinancial Times Stock Exchange indexes. Foreign target cash flow funds are designed to provide a series of fixed annual cash flows over 5five or 10 years achieved by investing in government bonds and derivatives. Foreign funds are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as they are readily redeemable at their NAV.

 

Other investments consist of investment in emerging market, real estate, hedge funds and insurance annuity contracts. These emerging market, real estate and hedge funds. These funds are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy to the extent that they are readily redeemable at their NAV or else they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The insurance annuity contracts are valued based on the premium reserve of the insurer for a guarantee that the insurer has given to the employee benefit fund that approximates fair value. The insurance annuity contracts are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

The following table presents the fair value of the net pension plan assets as ofat December 31, 2009:2010. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2010.

 

  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Total Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 Total 
  (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions) 

Assets

        

Investments

        

Assets:

    

Investments:

    

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $9  $—    $—    $9 $10  $—     $—     $10 

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

   720   —     —     720  822   —      —      822 

U.S. agency securities

   12   318   —     330  367   28   —      395 
                        

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   732   318   —     1,050  1,189   28   —      1,217 

Other sovereign government obligations

   10   7   —     17  27   7   —      34 

Corporate and other debt

        

Corporate and other debt:

    

State and municipal securities

   —     5   —     5  —      12   —      12 

Asset-backed securities

   —     6   —     6  —      4   —      4 

Corporate bonds

   —     419   —     419  —      392   —      392 

Collateralized debt obligations

   —     12   —     12  —      13   —      13 
                        

Total corporate and other debt

   —     442   —     442  —      421   —      421 

Corporate equities

   44   —     —     44  6   —      —      6 

Derivative and other contracts(2)

   2   32   —     34  —      71   —      71 

Derivative-related cash collateral

   —     103   —     103  —      98   —      98 

Commingled trust funds(3)

   —     647   12   659  —      677   —      677 

Foreign funds(4)

   —     184   —     184  —      206   —      206 

Other investments

   —     10   2   12  —      25   23   48 
                        

Total investments

   797   1,743   14   2,554  1,232   1,533   23   2,788 

Receivables:

            

Repurchase agreements(1)

   —     29   —     29

Securities purchased under agreements to resell(1)

  —      68   —      68 

Other receivables(1)

   —     43   —     43  —      12   —      12 
                        

Total receivables

   —     72   —     72  —      80   —      80 
                        

Total Assets

  $797  $1,815  $14  $2,626

Total assets

 $1,232  $1,613  $23  $2,868 
                        

Liabilities

        

Liabilities:

    

Derivative and other contracts(5)

  $15  $160  $—    $175 $1  $156  $—     $157 

Other liabilities(1)

   —     45   —     45  —      69   —      69 
                        

Total liabilities

   15   205   —     220  1   225   —      226 
                        

Net pension assets

  $782  $1,610  $14  $2,406 $1,231  $1,388  $23  $2,642 
                        

231


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(1)Cash and cash equivalents, repurchasesecurities purchased under agreements to resell, other receivables and other liabilities are valued at cost, which approximates fair value.
(2)Derivative and other contracts in an asset position include investments in interest rate swaps of $71 million.
(3)Commingled trust funds include investments in cash funds and fixed income funds of $58 million and $619 million, respectively.
(4)Foreign funds include investments in equity funds, bond funds and targeted cash flow funds of $19 million, $92 million and $95 million, respectively.
(5)Derivative and other contracts in a liability position include investments in listed derivatives and interest rate swaps of $1 million and $156 million, respectively.

The following table presents the fair value of the net pension plan assets at December 31, 2009:

  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets:

    

Investments:

    

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

 $9  $—     $—     $9 

U.S. government and agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

  720   —      —      720 

U.S. agency securities

  12   318   —      330 
                

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  732   318   —      1,050 

Other sovereign government obligations

  10   7   —      17 

Corporate and other debt:

    

State and municipal securities

  —      5   —      5 

Asset-backed securities

  —      6   —      6 

Corporate bonds

  —      419   —      419 

Collateralized debt obligations

  —      12   —      12 
                

Total corporate and other debt

  —      442   —      442 

Corporate equities

  44   —      —      44 

Derivative and other contracts(2)

  2   32   —      34 

Derivative-related cash collateral

  —      103   —      103 

Commingled trust funds(3)

  —      647   12   659 

Foreign funds(4)

  —      184   —      184 

Other investments

  —      10   2   12 
                

Total investments

  797   1,743   14   2,554 

Receivables:

    

Securities purchased under agreements to resell(1)

  —      29   —      29 

Other receivables(1)

  —      43   —      43 
                

Total receivables

  —      72   —      72 
                

Total assets

 $797  $1,815  $14  $2,626 
                

Liabilities:

    

Derivative and other contracts(5)

 $15  $160  $—     $175 

Other liabilities(1)

  —      45   —      45 
                

Total liabilities

  15   205   —      220 
                

Net pension assets

 $782  $1,610  $14  $2,406 
                

 

 210232 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(1)Cash and cash equivalents, securities purchased under agreements to resell, other receivables and other liabilities are valued at cost, which approximates fair value.
(2)Derivative and other contracts in an asset position include investments in futures contracts and interest rate swaps of $2 million and $32 million, respectively.
(3)Commingled trust funds include investments in cash funds, fixed income funds and equity funds of $74 million, $573 million and $12 million, respectively.
(4)Foreign funds include investments in equity funds, bond funds and targeted cashflowcash flow funds of $15 million, $81 million and $88 million, respectively.
(5)Derivative and other contracts in a liability position include investments in listed derivatives and interest rate swaps of $15 million and $160 million, respectively.

 

The following table presents changes in Level 3 pension assets and liabilities measured at fair value for 2010:

  Beginning
Balance at
January 1,
2010
  Actual
Return  on
Plan

Assets
Related to
Assets Still
Held at
December 31,
2010
  Actual
Return
on  Plan

Assets Related
to Assets Sold
during 2010
  Purchases,
Sales,

Other
Settlements

and
Issuance,
net
  Net
Transfers
In and/or  (Out)
of Level 3
  Ending
Balance
at December  31,
2010
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Investments

  

Commingled trust funds

 $12  $—     $—     $(12 $—     $—    

Other investments

  2   —      —      21   —      23 
                        

Total investments

 $14  $—     $—     $9  $—     $23 
                        

The following table presents changes in Level 3 pension assets and liabilities measured at fair value for 2009:

 

  Beginning
Balance at
January 1,
2009
  Actual Return
on Plan Assets
Related to
Assets Still
Held at
December 31,
2009
 Actual
Return on
Plan Assets
Related to
Assets Sold
during
2009
  Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements
and
Issuances,
net
  Net
Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
 Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2009
 Beginning
Balance at
January 1,
2009
 Actual
Return on
Plan  Assets

Related to
Assets Still
Held at
December 31,
2009
 Actual
Return
on Plan  Assets
Related to
Assets Sold
during 2009
 Purchases,
Sales,

Other
Settlements and
Issuance, net
 Net Transfers
In and/or (Out)
of Level 3
 Ending
Balance
at December  31,
2009
 
  (dollars in millions) (dollars in millions) 

Investments

                

Commingled trust funds(1)

  $792  $(195 $19  $43  $(647 $12 $792  $(195 $19  $43  $(647 $12 

Other investments

   2   —      —     —     —      2  2   —      —      —      —      2 
                                    

Total investments

  $794  $(195 $19  $43  $(647 $14 $794  $(195 $19  $43  $(647 $14 
                                    

 

(1)Net transfers out represents reclassification of commingled trust funds from Level 3 to Level 2 based on current accounting guidance for investments that are readily redeemable at their NAV.

 

Cash Flows.

 

At December 31, 2009,2010, the Company expects to contribute approximately $275$50 million to its pension and postretirement benefit plans in 20102011 based upon the plans’ current funded status and expected asset return assumptions for 2010,2011, as applicable.

233


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Expected benefit payments associated with the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans for the next five years and in aggregate for the five years thereafter as of December 31, 20092010 are as follows:

 

  Pension  Postretirement  Pension   Postretirement 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

2010

  $112  $8

2011

   111   8  $114   $9 

2012

   115   8   116    9 

2013

   119   9   118    9 

2014

   123   9   122    9 

2015-2019

   692   52

2015

   123    9 

2016—2020

   672    49 

 

Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, Morgan Stanley 401(k) Savings Plan and Profit Sharing Awards.    Eligible U.S. employees receive 401(k) matching contributions that are invested in the Company’s common stock. Effective July 1, 2009, the Company introduced the Morgan Stanley 401(k) Savings Plan for legacy Smith Barney U.S. employees who were contributed to MSSB. Legacy Smith Barney U.S. employees with eligible pay less than or equal to $100,000 will receive a fixed contribution under the 401(k) Savings Plan. The amount of fixed contribution is included in the Company’s 401(k) expense and equals between 1% and 2% of eligible pay based on years of service as of December 31. Additionally, certain eligible Smith Barney employees were granted a transition contribution and, for 2009, a one-time make-up Company match based on certain transition percentages of eligible pay and a comparison of the Company match under the Citi 401(k) Plan and Morgan Stanley 401(k) Savings Plan. The retirement contribution granted in lieu of a defined benefit pension plan and the fixed

211


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

contribution, transition contribution and make-up Company match granted to legacy Smith Barney employees are included in the Company’s 401(k) expense. The Company entered into an agreement with the investment manager for the SVP, a fund within the Company’s 401(k) plan, and certain other third parties on September 30, 2009 (see Note 1113 for further information). Under the agreement, the Company contributed $20 million to the SVP on October 15, 2009 and recorded the contribution in the Company’s 401(k) expense. The Company also provides discretionary profit sharing to certain Non-U.S.non-U.S. employees. The pre-tax expense associated with the 401(k) plans and profit sharing for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 was $196 million, $181 million, $106 million, $128 million and $8 million, respectively.

 

Defined Contribution Pension Plans.    The Company maintains separate defined contribution pension plans that cover substantially all employees of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Under such plans, benefits are determined based on a fixed rate of base salary with certain vesting requirements. In 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, the Company’s expense related to these plans was $117 million, $99 million, $128 million, $115 million and $9 million, respectively.

 

Other Postemployment Benefits.    Postemployment benefits include, but are not limited to, salary continuation, severance benefits, disability-related benefits, and continuation of health care and life insurance coverage provided to former employees or inactive employees after employment but before retirement. The postemployment benefit obligations were not material as ofat December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008.2009.

234


MORGAN STANLEY

 

20.NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

22.     Income Taxes.

 

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations consisted of:

 

   2009  Fiscal
2008
  Fiscal
2007
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Current:

     

U.S. federal

  $160   $445   $302   $42  

U.S. state and local

   45    78    147    8  

Non-U.S.

   338    1,181    2,428    8  
                 
   543    1,704    2,877    58  
                 

Deferred:

     

U.S. federal

   (463  (1,413  (2,078  (671

U.S. state and local

   (362  (109  (106  30  

Non-U.S.

   (54  (203  (117  (149
                 
   (879  (1,725  (2,301  (790
                 

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes from continuing operations

  $(336 $(21 $576   $(732
                 

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes from discontinued operations

  $(53 $501   $633   $8  
                 

212


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Current:

     

U.S. federal

  $213   $160  $445  $42 

U.S. state and local

   162    45   78   8 

Non-U.S.

   850    340   1,182   12 
                 
  $1,225   $545  $1,705  $62 
                 

Deferred:

     

U.S. federal

  $(863 $(455 $(1,396 $(670

U.S. state and local

   340    (360  (106  31 

Non-U.S.

   37   (71  (187  (148
                 
  $(486 $(886 $(1,689 $(787
                 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations

  $739  $(341 $16  $(725
                 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes from discontinuing operations

  $367  $(49 $464  $2 
                 

 

The following table reconciles the provision for (benefit from) income taxes to the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate:

 

  2009 Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
   2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended December 31,
2008
 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

  35.0 35.0 35.0 35.0   35.0  35.0  35.0  35.0

U.S. state and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax benefits

  (24.2 (1.7 0.9   (1.2   6.1    (21.0  (1.4  (1.3

Lower tax rates applicable to non-U.S. earnings

  (25.3 (21.7 (2.4 1.0     (19.8  (26.7  (20.2  1.2 

Goodwill

  —     20.2   —     —    

Domestic tax credits

  (22.5 (19.9 (7.4 1.4     (3.6  (19.6  (18.0  1.5 

Tax exempt income

  (6.9 (15.7 (4.0 0.2     (1.7  (6.0  (14.3  0.2 

Goodwill

   —      —      18.4   —    

Other

  4.7   2.0   (1.4 (0.3   (4.1  3.6   1.8   (0.2
                          

Effective income tax rate(1)

  (39.2)%  (1.8)%  20.7 36.1   11.9  (34.7)%   1.3  36.4
                          

 

(1)Results for 2010 included tax benefits of $382 million related to the reversal of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with prior-years’ undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad, $345 million associated with the remeasurement of net unrecognized tax benefits and related interest based on new information regarding the status of federal and state examinations, and $277 million associated with the planned repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. Excluding the benefits noted above, the effective tax rate from continuing operations in 2010 would have been 28%. The effective tax rate for 2009 includes a tax benefit of $331 million or $0.28 per diluted share, resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates. Excluding this benefit, the annual effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2009 would have been a benefit of 1%.

 

235


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

As of December 31, 2009,2010, the Company had approximately $4.0$5.1 billion of earnings attributable to foreign subsidiaries for which no provisions have been recorded for income tax that could occur upon repatriation. Except to the extent such earnings can be repatriated tax efficiently, they are permanently invested abroad. It is not practicable to determine the amount of income taxes payable in the event all such foreign earnings are repatriated.

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 20082009 were as follows:

 

  December 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  December 31, 2010   December 31, 2009 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Deferred tax assets:

        

Tax credits and loss carryforward

  $6,219    $5,124  

Employee compensation and benefit plans

  $3,312  $2,390   2,887    3,312 

Valuation and liability allowances

   378   536   331     378 

Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables

   205    —    

Deferred expenses

   52   60   54    52 

Tax credit and loss carryforward

   4,820   6,121

Other

   81   395   316     412  
              

Total deferred tax assets

   8,643   9,502   10,012     9,278  

Valuation allowance(1)

   105   202   655     105 
              

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

  $8,538  $9,300  $9,357    $9,173 
              

Deferred tax liabilities:

        

Non-U.S. operations

  $1,349    $635  

Fixed assets

   180    322 

Prepaid commissions

   16    14 

Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables

  $587  $1,886   —       587 

Prepaid commissions

   14   15

Fixed assets

   322   262
              

Total deferred tax liabilities

   923   2,163  $1,545    $1,558  
              

Net deferred tax assets

  $7,615  $7,137  $7,812   $7,615 
              

 

(1)The valuation allowance reduces the benefit of certain separate Company federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards and book writedowns to the amount that will more likely than not be realized.

 

213


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

During 2009 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2010, the valuation allowance was decreased by $97 million and increased by $1$550 million respectively, related to the ability to utilize certain separate federal and state unrealized capital losses as well as state and foreign net operating losses.

 

The Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards for which a deferred tax asset of $1,978 million and $4,080 million was recorded as of December 31, 20092009. The amount of federal and December 31, 2008, respectively. These carryforwards are subject to annual limitations and will begin to expire in 2028. The deferred tax asset for federalstate net operating loss carryforwards did not include approximately $75 million related to excess tax benefits from the exercise or conversion of stock-based compensation awards which had not been realized as of December 31, 2008. These previously unrecognized tax benefits were realized and recorded in Paid-in capital as of December 31, 2009.2010 was immaterial.

 

The Company had net operating loss carryforwards in Japan for which a related deferred tax asset of $742 million and $546 million was recorded as of December 31, 2009.2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. These carryforwards are subject to annual limitations and will begin to expire in 2016.

 

The Company had a federal capital loss carryforward for which a related deferred tax asset of $234 million was recorded as ofat December 31, 2009. ThisThe Company had no realized capital loss carryforward is subject to annual limitations on utilization and will begin to expire in 2015.at December 31, 2010.

236


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company had tax credit carryforwards for which a related deferred tax asset of $2,062$5,267 million and $2,041$2,366 million was recorded as of December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, respectively. These carryforwards are subject to annual limitations on utilization and will begin to expire in 2016.

 

The Company believes the recognized net deferred tax asset of $7,615$7,812 million (after valuation allowance) is more likely than not to be realized based on expectations as to future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

 

The Company recorded net income tax benefits (provision)provision (benefit) to Paid-in capital related to employee stock compensation transactions of $33$322 million, $(131)($33) million, $280$131 million, and $(4)$4 million in 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively. The $33 million net income tax benefit related to employee stock compensation transactions recorded to Paid-in capital in 2009 includes approximately $75 million of excess tax benefits that were realized in 2009 related to certain stock-based compensation awards exercised or converted in prior years.

 

Cash paid for income taxes was $1,091 million, $1,028 million, $1,406 million, $3,404 million, and $113 million, in 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively. During fiscal 2008, the Company received a refund of $1,200 million for overpayment of estimated taxes remitted during fiscal 2007.

 

The following table presents the U.S. and non-U.S. components of income from continuing operations before income tax expense/(benefit) and extraordinary gain for the years ended in2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively:

 

  2009 Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
   2010   2009 Fiscal 2008 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

U.S.

  $(1,490 $(2,914 $(5,520 $(1,120  $3,550   $(1,451 $(2,862 $(1,119

Non-U.S.(1)

   2,347    4,051    8,296    (907

Non-U.S.(1)

   2,652     2,434   4,116   (875
                           
  $857   $1,137   $2,776   $(2,027  $6,202   $983  $1,254  $(1,994
                           

 

(1)

Non-U.S. income is defined as income generated from operations located outside the U.S.

214


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company adopted accounting guidance which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company’s financial statements on December 31, 2007 and recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of approximately $92 million as a decrease to the opening balance of Retained earnings as of December 1, 2007.

 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $4.1$3.7 billion and $3.5$4.1 billion as of December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, respectively. Of this total, approximately $2.1$1.7 billion and $1.9$2.1 billion, respectively, (net of federal benefit of state issues, competent authority and foreign tax credit offsets) represent the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods.

 

In accordance with the guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits may be classified as either income taxes or another expense classification. During 2010, the Company changed the classification of penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits and began recording them in provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of income. The Company previously recorded such penalties in Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes as part of Other expenses. The Company believes the change in classification of penalties is preferable because such penalties are directly dependent on and correlated to related income tax positions.

Additionally, the Company views penalties and interest on uncertain tax positions as part of the cost of managing the Company’s overall tax exposure, and the change in presentation aligns the classification of penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits with the classification of interest on unrecognized tax benefits already classified as part of provision for income taxes. Penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits during 2010 and prior periods were not material. Accordingly, the Company did not retrospectively adjust prior periods. The change in classification did not impact Net income or Earnings per share, and the impact on Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes was not material.

237


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company recognizes the accrual of interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in Provisionprovision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of income. The Company recognizes the accrual of penalties (if any) related to unrecognized tax benefits in Income before income taxes. For 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized $53 million, $76$93 million and $7$(53) million respectively, of interest income (expense) (net of federal and state income tax benefits) in the consolidated statements of income.income for the year ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Interest expense accrued as of December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 20082009 was approximately $367$274 million and $313$367 million, respectively, net of federal and state income tax benefits. The amount of penalties accrued was immaterial.

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for 2009, fiscal 20082010 and the one month ended December 31, 20082009 (dollars in millions):

 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

        

Balance at December 1, 2007

  $2,722  

Increases based on tax positions related to the current period

   856  

Increases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   5  

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   (124

Decreases related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

   (34
    

Balance at November 30, 2008

  $3,425  
    

Increases based on tax positions related to the current period

   41  
    

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $3,466    $3,466 
    

Increases based on tax positions related to the current period

   688  

Increases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   33  

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

   688 

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

   33 

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   (74   (74

Decreases related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

   (61   (61
        

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $4,052    $4,052 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

   478  

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

   479  

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   (881

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities

   (356

Decreases related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

   (61
        

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $3,711  
    

 

The Company is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and states in which the Company has significant business operations, such as New York. During 2010, the IRS and the Japanese tax authorities are expected to concludeconcluded the field work portion of theirits examinations on issues covering tax years 1999-2005 and 2007-2008, respectively.1999 – 2005. Also during 2010, the Company expects to reach a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on issues through tax year 2007, including those in appeals. Additionally, during 2010, the Company may reachreached a conclusion with the New York State and New York City tax authorities on issues covering tax years 2002-2006.2002 – 2006. The impact of the settlement was immaterial. During 2011, the Company expects to reach a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on substantially all issues through tax year 2008, including those in appeals. During 2012, the Company expects to reach a conclusion with the Japanese tax authorities on substantially all issues covering tax years 2007 – 2008. The Company regularly assessesperiodically evaluates the likelihood of additional assessments in each of the taxing jurisdictionsjurisdiction resulting from thesecurrent and subsequent years’ examinations. The Company has established

As part of the Company’s periodic review of unrecognized tax benefits, thatand based on new information regarding the Company believes are adequate in relation tostatus of federal and state examinations, the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the

215


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Company adjustsCompany’s unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitatingwere remeasured. As a change. result of this remeasurement, the income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2010 included a benefit of $345 million.

The Company believes that the resolution of tax matters will not have a material effect on the consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company, although a resolution could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of income for a particular future period and on the Company’s effective income tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs. The Company has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits that the Company believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Company adjusts unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.

238


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next twelve12 months. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and impact on the effective tax rate over the next twelve12 months.

 

The following are the major tax jurisdictions in which the Company and its affiliates operate and the earliest tax year subject to examination:

 

Jurisdiction

  Tax Year

United States

  1999

New York State and City

  20022007

Hong Kong

  20022004

U.K.

  20042007

Japan

  20042007

 

21.23.    Segment and Geographic Information.

 

The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Company’s management organization. The Company provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management. For further discussion of the Company’s business segments, see Note 1.

 

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective segment are included in determining its operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated based upon the Company’s allocation methodologies, generally based on each segment’s respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

 

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations primarily represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by the Asset Management business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s global representatives. Intersegment eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment related to the bank deposit program.

 

 216239 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Selected financial information for the Company’s segments is presented below:

 

2009

  Institutional
Securities
 Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
 Intersegment
Eliminations
 Total 

2010

 Institutional
Securities
 Global Wealth
Management
Group
 Asset
Management
 Discover Intersegment
Eliminations
 Total 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues(1)

  $12,692   $8,729  $1,411   $(464 $22,368   $16,632  $11,514  $2,799  $—     $(187 $30,758 

Net interest

   85    661   (74  318    990    (266  1,122   (76  —      84   864 
                                  

Net revenues

  $12,777   $9,390  $1,337   $(146 $23,358   $16,366  $12,636  $2,723  $—     $(103 $31,622 
                                  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  $982   $559  $(673 $(11 $857   $4,338  $1,156  $723  $—     $(15 $6,202 

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   (293  178   (218  (3  (336

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  301   336   105   —      (3  739 
                                  

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   1,275    381   (455  (8  1,193    4,037   820   618   —      (12  5,463 
                                  

Discontinued operations(1):

       

Discontinued operations(2):

      

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   503    —     (357  14    160    (1,175  —      994   775   12   606 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   222    —     (275  —      (53

Provision for income taxes

  26   —      335   —      6   367 
                                  

Gain (loss) on discontinued operations(2)

   281    —     (82  14    213  

Net gain (loss) on discontinued operations(3)

  (1,201  —      659   775   6   239 
                                  

Net income (loss)

   1,556    381   (537  6    1,406    2,836   820   1,277   775   (6  5,702 
                

Net income (loss) applicable to non-controlling interests

   12    98   (50)  —      60  

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  290   301   408   —      —      999 
                                  

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,544   $283  $(487 $6   $1,346   $2,546  $519  $869  $775  $(6 $4,703 
                                  

 

Fiscal 2008

 Institutional
Securities
 Global Wealth
Management
Group
 Asset
Management
 Discover Intersegment
Eliminations
 Total 

2009

 Institutional
Securities
 Global Wealth
Management
Group
 Asset
Management
 Intersegment
Eliminations
 Total 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues

 $12,316 $6,085 $601   $—     $(258 $18,744   $12,977  $8,729  $1,420  $(464 $22,662 

Net interest

  2,422  934  (53  —      64    3,367    (124  661   (83  318   772 
                               

Net revenues

 $14,738 $7,019 $548   $—     $(194 $22,111   $12,853  $9,390  $1,337  $(146 $23,434 
                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes(3)

 $1,423 $1,154 $(1,423 $—     $(17 $1,137   $1,088  $559  $(653 $(11 $983 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  113  440  (568  —      (6  (21  (301  178   (215  (3  (341
                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations(3)

  1,310  714  (855  —      (11  1,158    1,389   381   (438  (8  1,324 
                               

Discontinued operations(1):

      

Discontinued operations(2):

     

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  1,578  —    (384  (100  27    1,121    396   —      (376  13   33 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  612  —    (122  —      11    501    229   —      (277  (1  (49
                               

Gain (loss) on discontinued operations(2)

  966  —    (262  (100  16    620  

Net gain (loss) on discontinued operations(3)

  167   —      (99  14   82 
                               

Net income (loss)

  2,276  714  (1,117  (100  5    1,778    1,556   381   (537  6   1,406 
                

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

  71  —    —      —      —      71  

Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

  12   98   (50  —      60 
                               

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $2,205 $714 $(1,117 $(100 $5   $1,707   $1,544  $283  $(487 $6  $1,346 
                               

 

 217240 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fiscal 2007

  Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Discover  Intersegment
Eliminations(4)
  Total
   (dollars in millions)

Total non-interest revenues

  $13,670   $5,915  $4,393   $—    $(286 $23,692

Net interest

   2,060    710   (29  —     45    2,786
                        

Net revenues

  $15,730   $6,625  $4,364   $—    $(241 $26,478
                        

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $650   $1,155  $1,055   $—    $(84 $2,776

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   (233  459   382    —     (32  576
                        

Income from continuing operations

   883    696   673    —     (52  2,200
                        

Discontinued operations(1):

         

Gain from discontinued operations

   160    174   412   850   86    1,682

Provision for income taxes

   63    61   159   317   33    633
                        

Gain on discontinued operations(2)

   97    113   253   533   53    1,049
                        

Net income

  $980   $809  $926   $533  $1   $3,249
                        

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

   40    —     —      —     —      40
                        

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $940   $809  $926   $533  $1   $3,209
                        

Fiscal 2008

 Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Discover  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues

 $13,024  $6,085  $621  $—     $(258 $19,472 

Net interest

  1,744   934   (74  —      64   2,668 
                        

Net revenues

 $14,768  $7,019  $547  $—     $(194 $22,140 
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes(4)

 $1,540  $1,154  $(1,423 $—     $(17 $1,254 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  149   440   (567  —      (6  16 
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  1,391   714   (856  —      (11  1,238 
                        

Discontinued operations(2):

      

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  1,460   —      (383  (100  27   1,004 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  575   —      (122  —      11   464 
                        

Net gain (loss) on discontinued operations(3)

  885   —      (261  (100  16   540 
                        

Net income (loss)

  2,276   714   (1,117  (100  5   1,778 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  71   —      —      —      —      71 
                        

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $2,205  $714  $(1,117 $(100 $5  $1,707 
                        

 

One Month Ended December 31, 2008

  Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues

  $(1,468 $358  $(10 $(21 $(1,141

Net interest

   115    51   1    6    173  
                     

Net revenues

  $(1,353 $409  $(9 $(15 $(968
                     

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $(2,030 $118  $(114 $(1 $(2,027

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   (733  45   (44  —      (732
                     

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $(1,297 $73  $(70 $(1 $(1,295
                     

Discontinued operations(1):

       

Gain from discontinued operations

   12    —     4    2    18  

Provision for income taxes

   5    —     2    1    8  
                     

Gain on discontinued operations(2)

   7    —     2    1    10  
                     

Net (loss) income

  $(1,290 $73  $(68 $—     $(1,285
                     

Net income applicable to non-controlling interests

   3    —     —      —      3  
                     

Net (loss) income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $(1,293 $73  $(68 $—     $(1,288
                     

(1)See Note 23 for a discussion of discontinued operations.
(2)Amounts include net gains on discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley of $265 million in 2009, $928 million in fiscal 2008, $95 million in fiscal 2007 and $4 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 primarily related to MSCI that are included in the Institutional Securities business segment. Amounts also include net (loss) gain on discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley of $(82) million in 2009, $(262) million in fiscal 2008 and $2 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 related to Retail Asset Management and Crescent that are included in the Asset Management business segment and $253 million in fiscal 2007 related to Retail Asset Management.

One Month Ended December 31, 2008

 Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues

 $(1,215 $358  $(8 $(21 $(886

Net interest

  (107  51   (1  6   (51
                    

Net revenues

 $(1,322 $409  $(9 $(15 $(937
                    

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 $(1,997 $118  $(114 $(1 $(1,994

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  (726  45   (44  —      (725
                    

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  (1,271  73   (70  (1  (1,269
                    

Discontinued operations(2):

     

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (20  —      4   2   (14

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  (1  —      2   1   2 
                    

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations(3)

  (19  —      2   1   (16
                    

Net income (loss)

  (1,290  73   (68  —      (1,285

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  3   —      —      —      3 
                    

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $(1,293 $73  $(68 $—     $(1,288
                    

 

 218241 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(1)In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $176 million in net revenues upon application of the OIS curve within the Institutional Securities business segment (see Note 4).
(2)See Note 1 for a discussion of discontinued operations.
(3)Amounts for 2010 included a loss of $1.2 billion related to the planned disposition of Revel included within the Institutional Securities business segment, a gain of $775 million related to the legal settlement with DFS and a gain of approximately $570 million related to the Company’s sale of Retail Asset Management within the Asset Management business segment. Amounts for 2009 and fiscal 2008 included net gains of $499 million and $1,463 million, respectively, related to MSCI secondary offerings within the Institutional Securities business segment.
(4)Income from continuing operations for the Institutional Securities business segment includesincluded correction of prior-period errors of $171 million ($120 million after-tax), $0.11 per diluted share, due to the reversal of valuation adjustments related to interest rate derivatives and a cumulative negative adjustment of $120 million ($84 million after-tax), $0.08 per diluted share, resulting from incorrect valuations of a London-based trader’s positions. The positive adjustment of $171 million related to fiscal 2006. The negative adjustment of $120 million increased income from continuing operations on a pre-tax basis by $45 million and $75 million in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, respectively. The Company does not believe the adjustments, which were recorded in the period identified, were material to those consolidated financial statements after considering both the quantitative amount and qualitative factors as related to the affected financial statements.
(4)The results of the Institutional Securities business segment for fiscal 2007 included a $25 million advisory fee related to the Discover Spin-off that was eliminated in consolidation.

 

Net Interest

  Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
 Intersegment
Eliminations
 Total  Institutional
Securities
 Global Wealth
Management
Group
   Asset
Management
 Intersegment
Eliminations
 Total 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

2010

       

Interest income

  $5,877  $1,587   $22  $(208 $7,278 

Interest expense

   6,143   465    98   (292  6,414 
                 

Net interest

  $(266 $1,122   $(76 $84  $864 
                 

2009

               

Interest and dividends

  $6,588  $1,114  $27   $(27 $7,702

Interest income

  $6,373  $1,114   $17  $(27 $7,477 

Interest expense

   6,503   453   101    (345  6,712   6,497   453    100   (345  6,705 
                                

Net interest

  $85  $661  $(74 $318   $990  $(124 $661   $(83 $318  $772 
                                

Fiscal 2008

               

Interest and dividends

  $38,330  $1,239  $153   $(43 $39,679

Interest expense

   35,908   305   206    (107  36,312
               

Net interest

  $2,422  $934  $(53 $64   $3,367
               

Fiscal 2007

        

Interest and dividends

  $59,126  $1,221  $65   $(343 $60,069

Interest income

  $37,604  $1,239   $131  $(43 $38,931 

Interest expense

   57,066   511   94    (388  57,283   35,860   305    205   (107  36,263 
                                

Net interest

  $2,060  $710  $(29 $45   $2,786  $1,744  $934   $(74 $64  $2,668 
                                

One Month Ended December 31, 2008

               

Interest and dividends

  $1,222  $66  $11   $(2 $1,297

Interest income

  $1,017  $66   $8  $(2 $1,089 

Interest expense

   1,107   15   10    (8  1,124   1,124   15    9   (8  1,140 
                                

Net interest

  $115  $51  $1   $6   $173  $(107 $51   $(1 $6  $(51
                                

 

Total Assets(1)

  Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Total  Institutional
Securities
   Global Wealth
Management
Group
   Asset
Management
   Total 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

At December 31, 2010

  $698,453   $101,058   $8,187   $807,698 
                

At December 31, 2009

  $719,232  $44,154  $8,076  $771,462  $719,232   $44,154   $8,076   $771,462 
                            

At December 31, 2008

  $639,866  $24,273  $12,625  $676,764
            

 

(1)Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the Company’s business segments.

242


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Company’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted through European and Asian locations. The following tables present selected income statement information and total assets of the Company’s operations by geographic area. The selected income statement information and total assets disclosed in the following tables reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues, income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley and total assets, on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

 

Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwriting—client location, debt underwriting—revenue recording location, sales and trading—trading desk location.

 

219


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Global Wealth Management Group: global representative coverage location.

 

Asset Management: client location, except for merchant banking business, which is based on asset location.

 

Net Revenues

  2009  Fiscal 2008(1)  Fiscal 2007(1)  One Month Ended
December 31,

2008(1)
   2010   2009(1)   Fiscal 2008(1)   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(1)
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Americas

  $18,904  $10,766  $10,771  $(765  $21,674   $18,909   $10,768   $(766

Europe, Middle East and Africa

   2,459   8,949   9,927   (246

Europe, Middle East, and Africa

   5,628    2,529    8,977    (215

Asia

   1,995   2,396   5,780   43     4,320    1,996    2,395    44 
                             

Total

  $23,358  $22,111  $26,478  $(968

Net revenues

  $31,622   $23,434   $22,140   $(937
                             

 

Total Assets

  At
December 31,
2009
  At
December 31,
2008
  At December 31,
2010
   At December 31,
2009
 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Americas

  $571,829  $481,979  $582,928   $571,829 

Europe, Middle East and Africa

   143,072   140,594

Europe, Middle East, and Africa

   153,656    143,072 

Asia

   56,561   54,191   71,114    56,561 
              

Total

  $771,462  $676,764  $807,698   $771,462 
              

 

(1)Certain reclassifications have been made to prior-period amounts to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

22.    Joint Venture.24.    Equity Method Investments.

 

Japan Securities Joint Venture.    On March 26,The Company has investments accounted for under the equity method (see Note 1) of $5,120 million and $3,253 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, MUFGrespectively, included in Other investments in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Gains (losses) from these investments were $(37) million, $(49) million and $258 million in 2010, 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively, and are included in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income. In addition, in December 2010, the Company announced that they had signedcompleted the sale of its 34.3% stake in China International Capital Corporation Limited, for a memorandumpre-tax gain of understanding to form a securities joint venture between Mitsubishi UFJ Securities Co., Ltd. and MSJS.

On November 18, 2009, MUFG and the Company announced further plans to integrate their securities operationsapproximately $668 million, which is included in Japan by executing the joint venture through two entities, Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. and Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd., rather than through a single company. The two joint venture companies will collaborate in a number of business and product areas, including offering the Company’s global products and services to retail and middle market customers in Japan. The closing of this transaction is subject to the execution of the definitive agreements and regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

In addition, on June 30, 2009, MUFG and the Company announced the creation of a loan marketing joint ventureOther revenues in the Americas and business referral arrangements in Asia, Europe, the Middle East and Africa. MUFG and the Company also entered into a referral agreement for commodities transactions executed outsideconsolidated statement of Japan and a transfer of personnel between MUFG and the Company for the sharing of best practices and expertise.

23.    Discontinued Operations.

Retail Asset Management Business.    On October 19, 2009, as part of a restructuring of its Asset Management business segment, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to sell substantially all of Retail Asset Management, including Van Kampen, to Invesco. This transaction allows the Company’s Asset Management business segment to focus on its institutional client base, including corporations, pension plans, large intermediaries, foundations and endowments, sovereign wealth funds, and central banks, among others.income. See Note 19.

 

 220243 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Under the terms of the definitive agreement, Invesco will purchase substantially all of Retail Asset Management, operating under both the Morgan Stanley and Van Kampen brands, in a stock and cash transaction. The Company will receive a 9.4% minority interest in Invesco. The transaction, which has been approved by the Boards of Directors of both companies, is expected to close in mid-2010, subject to customary regulatory, client and fund shareholder approvals. Total assets of Retail Asset Management included in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2009 approximated $743 million. The results of Retail Asset Management are included in discontinued operations for all periods presented.

 

MSCI.The Company’s significant equity method investees at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

   Percent
Ownership
  Book Value 
    December 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009
 
      (dollars in millions) 

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd(1)

   40 $1,794   $—    

Lansdowne Partners(1)(2)

   19.8  284    292 

Avenue Capital Group(1)(2)

   (3  275    234 

China International Capital Corporation Limited

   34.3  —       269 

(1)Book value of these investees exceeds the Company’s share of net assets, reflecting intangible assets and equity method goodwill.
(2)The Company’s ownership interest represents limited partnership interests. The Company is deemed to have significant influence in these limited partnerships, as the Company’s limited partnership interests were above the 3% to 5% threshold for interests that should be accounted for under the equity method.
(3)The Company’s ownership interest represents limited partnerships interests in a number of different entities within the Avenue Capital Group.

On July 31, 2007,May 1, 2010, the Company announced that it would selland MUFG closed the transaction to form a minorityjoint venture in Japan of their respective investment banking and securities businesses. MUFG and the Company have integrated their respective Japanese securities companies by forming two joint venture companies. MUFG contributed the investment banking, wholesale and retail securities businesses conducted in Japan by Mitsubishi UFJ Securities Co., Ltd. into one of the joint venture entities named Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). The Company contributed the investment banking operations conducted in Japan by its subsidiary, MSMS, formerly known as Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd., into MUMSS (MSMS, together with MUMSS, the “Joint Venture”). MSMS will continue its sales and trading and capital markets business conducted in Japan. Following the respective contributions to the Joint Venture and a cash payment of 23 billion yen ($247 million), from MUFG to the Company, the Company owns a 40% economic interest in its subsidiary, MSCIthe Joint Venture and MUFG owns a 60% economic interest in an IPO. In November 2007, MSCI completed its IPO of 16.1 million sharesthe Joint Venture. The Company holds a 40% voting interest and received net proceeds of approximately $265 million, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses. As the IPO was part ofMUFG holds a broader corporate reorganization, contemplated by60% voting interest in MUMSS, while the Company at the IPO date, the increaseholds a 51% voting interest and MUFG holds a 49% voting interest in the carrying amount of the Company’sMSMS. The Company continues to consolidate MSMS in its consolidated financial statements and, commencing on May 1, 2010, accounted for its interest in MUMSS as an equity method investment in MSCI was recorded in Paid-in capital in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition and the Company’s consolidated statement of changes in total equity at November 30, 2007.

In fiscal 2008, the Company sold approximately 53 million of its MSCI shares in two secondary offerings for net proceeds of approximately $1,560 million. During the second quarter of 2009, the Company sold all of its remaining 28 million shares in MSCI in a secondary offering for net proceeds of approximately $573 million. The results of MSCI prior to the divestiture are included in discontinued operations for all periods presented. The results of MSCI were formerly included inwithin the Institutional Securities business segment.

 

Crescent.    Discontinued operations in 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 include operating results and gains (losses) related to the disposition of Crescent,Lansdowne Partners is a former real estate subsidiary of the Company.London-based investment manager. Avenue Capital Group is a New York-based investment manager. The Company completed the disposition of Crescent in the fourth quarter of 2009, whereby the Company transferred its ownership interest in Crescent to Crescent’s primary creditor in exchangeinvestments are accounted for full release of liability on the related loans. The results of Crescent were formerly included inwithin the Asset Management business segment. The Company did not consolidate Crescent prior to May 2008.

DFS.On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the Discover Spin-off. The Company distributed all of the outstanding shares of DFS common stock, par value $0.01 per share, to the Company’s stockholders of record as of June 18, 2007. The results of DFS are included within discontinued operations for all periods through the date of the Discover Spin-off.

 

The net assets that were distributedCompany also invests in certain structured transactions and other investments not integral to shareholders on the dateoperations of the Discover Spin-off were $5,558Company accounted for under the equity method of accounting amounting to $2,767 million which was recorded as a reduction to the Company’s retained earnings.

The results of discontinued operations include interest expense that was allocated based upon borrowings that were specifically attributable to DFS’ operations through intercompany transactions existing prior to the Discover Spin-off. For fiscal 2007, the amount of interest expense reclassified to discontinued operations was approximately $159 million.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, DFS announced the settlement of its lawsuit with Visa and MasterCard. At the time of the spin-off of DFS, the Company$2,458 million at December 31, 2010 and DFS negotiated an agreement that entitled the Company to receive approximately $1.3 billion pre-tax in connection with this settlement; however, DFS contends that the Company is in breach of the agreement. The Company has filed a lawsuit to enforce this agreement and this revenue has not yet been included in the Company’s results of operations. The results for discontinued operations in fiscal 2008 included costs related to the legal settlement between DFS, Visa and MasterCard. See Note 27 for further information regarding settlement with DFS.2009, respectively.

 

 221244 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Quilter.    On February 28, 2007, the Company sold Quilter, its standalone U.K. mass affluent business that was formerly included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment. The results of Quilter are included within discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of sale. Citi subsequently contributed Quilter to the MSSB joint venture. The results of MSSB are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s income from continuing operations effective May 31, 2009.25.    Discontinued Operations.

 

Summarized Financial InformationSee Note 1 for a discussion of the Company’s discontinued operations for 2009, fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008:operations.

 

The table below provides information regarding amounts included in discontinued operations (dollars in millions):operations:

 

   2009  Fiscal
2008
  Fiscal
2007
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Net revenues:

      

Crescent(1)

  $161   $34   $—    $78  

Retail Asset Management

   628    707    1,129   50  

MSCI

   651    1,884    372   34  

DFS

   —      —      2,392   —    

Other

   5    —      —     —    
                 
  $1,445   $2,625   $3,893  $162  
                 

Pre-tax (loss) gain on discontinued operations:

      

Crescent(1)

  $(613 $(515 $—    $(12

Retail Asset Management(2)

   268    159    499   17  

MSCI(3)

   537    1,579    159   13  

DFS

   —      (100  850   —    

Quilter(4)

   —      —      174   —    

Other

   (32  (2  —     —    
                 
  $160   $1,121   $1,682  $18  
                 
   2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Net revenues(1):

     

Revel

  $—     $(6 $(3 $—    

Crescent

   —      161   34   78 

Retail Asset Management

   1,221   628   707   50 

MSCI

   —      651   1,884   34 

CMB

   60    (71  (28  (30

Other

   3   5   1   —    
                 
  $1,284  $1,368  $2,595  $132 
                 

Pre-tax gain (loss) on discontinued operations(1):

     

Revel(2)

  $(1,208 $(15 $(52 $—    

Crescent(3)

   2   (613  (515  (12

Retail Asset Management(4)

   994   268   159   17 

MSCI(5)

   —      537   1,579   13 

DFS(6)

   775   —      (100  —    

CMB

   40   (87  (65  (32

Other

   3   (57  (2  —    
                 
  $606  $33  $1,004  $(14
                 

 

(1)The Company did not consolidate Crescent prior to May 2008. Pre-taxAmounts included eliminations of intersegment activity.
(2)Amount included a loss includesof approximately $1.2 billion in 2010 in connection with the planned disposition of Revel.
(3)Amount included a gain on disposition of approximately $126 million ($77 million after-tax) in 2009.
(2)(4)Retail Asset Management amounts include eliminations of intersegment activity.
(3)Amounts includeAmount included a pre-tax gain of approximately $853 million in 2010 in connection with the sale of Retail Asset Management.
(5)Amounts included a pre-tax gain on MSCI secondary offerings of $499 million ($279 million after-tax) and $1,463 million ($895 million after-tax) in 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively, relating to the secondary offerings.respectively.
(4)(6)Amount includes gain on disposition of approximately $168 million ($109 million after-tax)relates to the legal settlement with DFS in fiscal 2007.2010.

 

 222245 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

24.26.    Parent Company.

 

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition

(dollars in millions, except share data)

 

  December 31,
2009
 December 31,
2008
   December 31,
2010
 December 31,
2009
 

Assets:

      

Cash and due from banks

  $13,262   $23,629    $5,672  $13,262 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   3,537    21,610     3,718   3,537 

Financial instruments owned

   7,049    8,160     18,640   7,049 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell with affiliate

   48,048    18,793     49,631   48,048 

Advances to subsidiaries:

      

Bank and bank holding company

   1,872    3,036     18,371   1,872 

Non-bank

   157,782    174,431     141,659   157,782 

Investment in subsidiaries, at equity:

      

Bank and bank holding company

   5,206    6,328     6,129   5,206 

Non-bank

   35,425    30,110     43,607   35,425 

Other assets

   8,749    6,303     7,568    8,749 
              

Total assets

  $280,930   $292,400    $294,995  $280,930 
              

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

      

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $1,151   $6,894    $1,353  $1,151 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

   1,588    —       1,323   1,588 

Payables to subsidiaries

   41,275    52,327     42,816   41,275 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   3,068    3,507     8,376    3,068 

Long-term borrowings

   187,160    180,919     183,916   187,160 
              
   234,242    243,647     237,784    234,242 
              

Commitments and contingencies

   

Commitments and contingent liabilities

   

Shareholders’ equity:

      

Preferred stock

   9,597    19,168     9,597   9,597 

Common stock, $0.01 par value;

      

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 in 2009 and 2008;

   

Shares issued: 1,487,850,163 in 2009 and 1,211,701,552 in 2008;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,360,595,214 in 2009 and 1,074,497,565 in 2008

   15    12  

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 in 2010 and 2009;

   

Shares issued: 1,603,913,074 in 2010 and 1,487,850,163 in 2009;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,512,022,095 in 2010 and 1,360,595,214 in 2009

   16   15 

Paid-in capital

   8,619    459     13,521   8,619 

Retained earnings

   35,056    36,154     38,603   35,056 

Employee stock trust

   4,064    4,312     3,465   4,064 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (560  (420   (467  (560

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 127,254,949 shares in 2009 and 137,203,987 shares in 2008

   (6,039  (6,620

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 91,890,979 shares in 2010 and 127,254,949 shares in 2009

   (4,059  (6,039

Common stock issued to employee trust

   (4,064  (4,312   (3,465  (4,064
              

Total shareholders’ equity

   46,688    48,753     57,211   46,688 
              

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $280,930   $292,400    $294,995  $280,930 
              

 

 223246 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

 

  2009 Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 One Month Ended
December 31,
2008
   2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Revenues:

          

Dividends from bank subsidiary

  $—     $—     $6   $—    

Dividends from non-bank subsidiary

   6,117    4,209    6,969    14    $2,537  $6,117  $4,209  $14 

Undistributed loss of subsidiaries

   (307  (6,844  (3,500  (1,305

Undistributed gain (loss) from subsidiaries

   5,708    (307  (6,844  (1,305

Principal transactions

   (5,592  7,547    613    548     628   (5,592  7,547   548 

Other

   484    1,451    (2  612     (36  484   1,451   612 
                          

Total non-interest revenues

   702    6,363    4,086    (131   8,837   702   6,363   (131
                          

Interest and dividends

   4,432    11,098    9,211    658  

Interest income

   3,305   4,432   11,098   658 

Interest expense

   6,153    12,167    9,834    1,164     5,351   6,153   12,167   1,164 
                          

Net interest

   (1,721  (1,069  (623  (506   (2,046  (1,721  (1,069  (506
                          

Net revenues

   (1,019  5,294    3,463    (637   6,791   (1,019  5,294   (637

Non-interest expenses:

          

Non-interest expenses

   461    767    427    649     672   461   767   649 
                          

(Loss) income before income tax provision (benefit)

   (1,480  4,527    3,036    (1,286

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   (2,826  2,820    (173  2  

Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit)

   6,119   (1,480  4,527   (1,286

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   1,416   (2,826  2,820   2 
                          

Net income (loss)

   1,346    1,707    3,209    (1,288   4,703   1,346   1,707   (1,288

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

          

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   116    (160  65    (96

Net change in cash flow hedges

   13    16    19    2  

Minimum pension liability adjustment

   —      —      (40  —    

Net (loss) gain related to pension and other postretirement adjustments

   (301  203    —      (200)

Prior service credit related to pension and postretirement benefits

   10    —      —      —    

Amortization of net loss related to pension and postretirement benefits

   28    19    —      —    

Amortization of prior service credit related to pension and postretirement benefits

   (6  (6  —      (1)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   66   116   (160  (96

Amortization of cash flow hedges

   9    13   16   2 

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

   36    —      —      —    

Pension, postretirement and other related adjustments

   (18  (269  216   (201
                          

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $1,206   $1,779   $3,253   $(1,583  $4,796  $1,206  $1,779  $(1,583
                          

Net income (loss)

  $1,346   $1,707   $3,209   $(1,288  $4,703  $1,346  $1,707  $(1,288
                          

(Loss) earnings applicable to common shareholders

  $(907 $1,495   $2,976   $(1,624

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $3,594  $(907 $1,495  $(1,624
                          

 

 224247 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

 

  2009 Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
  2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

         

Net income (loss)

  $1,346   $1,707   $3,209   $(1,288 $4,703  $1,346  $1,707  $(1,288

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

    

Compensation payable in common stock and stock options

   1,265    1,878    1,941    150    1,260   1,265   1,838   77 

Undistributed loss of subsidiaries

   307    6,844    3,500    1,305  

Gains on business dispositions

   (606  (1,464  —      —    

Undistributed (gain) loss of subsidiaries

  (5,708  307   6,844   1,305 

Gain on business dispositions

  —      (606  (1,464  —    

Change in assets and liabilities:

         

Financial instruments owned, net of financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

   5,505    (2,568  2,796    467    (11,848  5,505   (2,568  467 

Other assets

   (5,036  (1,584  6,346    (1,015  929    (5,036  (1,584  (1,015

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   (10,134  25,377    (29,080  (4,097  15,072    (10,134  25,417   (4,024
                         

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   (7,353  30,190    (11,288  (4,478

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  4,408   (7,353  30,190   (4,478
                         

Cash flows from investing activities:

         

Advances to and investments in subsidiaries

   13,375    (25,651  (12,376  (5,013  (9,552  13,375   (25,651  (5,013

Securities purchased under agreement to resell with affiliate

   (29,255  48,137    (13,784  (12,794  (1,545  (29,255  48,137   (12,794

Business dispositions

   565    1,560    —      —    

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

  —      565   1,560   —    
                         

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

   (15,315  24,046    (26,160  (17,807

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

  (11,097  (15,315  24,046   (17,807
                         

Cash flows from financing activities:

         

Net (payments for) proceeds from short-term borrowings

   (5,743  (14,224  6,360    504  

MSCI Inc. initial public offering

   —      —      265    —    

Net proceeds from (payments for) short-term borrowings

  202   (5,743  (14,224  504 

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

   102    47    281    —      5   102   47   —    

Net proceeds from:

         

Morgan Stanley public offerings of common stock

   6,212    —      —      —    

Issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrant

   —      18,997    —      —      —      —      18,997   —    

Issuance of common stock

   43    397    927    4  

Public offerings and other issuances of common stock

  5,581   6,255   397   4 

Issuance of long-term borrowings

   30,112    35,420    60,651    9,846    26,683   30,112   35,420   9,846 

Payments for:

         

Series D Preferred Stock and Warrant

   (10,950  —      —      —      —      (10,950  —      —    

Repurchases of common stock through capital management share repurchase program

   —      (711  (3,753  —    

Redemption of junior subordinated debentures related to China Investment Corporation

  (5,579  —      —      —    

Repurchase of common stock through capital management share repurchase program

  —      —      (711  —    

Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding

   (50  (1,117  (438  (3  (317  (50  (1,117  (3

Repayments of long-term borrowings

   (24,315  (44,412  (22,523  (341

Long-term borrowings

  (25,322  (24,315  (44,412  (341

Cash dividends

   (1,732  (1,227  (1,219  —      (1,156  (1,732  (1,227  —    
                         

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities

   (6,321  (6,830  40,551    10,010  

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

  97   (6,321  (6,830  10,010 
                         

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   549    (2,375  242    2,259    (817  549   (2,375  2,259 
                         

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   (28,440  45,031    3,345    (10,016

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  (7,409  (28,440  45,031   (10,016

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

   45,239    10,224    6,879    55,255    16,799   45,239   10,224   55,255 
                         

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $16,799   $55,255   $10,224   $45,239   $9,390  $16,799  $55,255  $45,239 
                         

Cash and cash equivalents include:

    

Cash and due from banks

 $5,672   $13,262   $16,118   $23,629  

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  3,718    3,537    39,137    21,610  
            

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 $9,390  $16,799  $55,255  $45,239 
            

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow InformationInformation.

 

Cash payments for interest were $4,801 million, $6,758 million, $12,098 million, $9,595 million and $1,059 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

Cash payments (refund) payments for income taxes were $556 million, $325 million, $(688) million, $847 million and $2 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 fiscal 2007 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

 225248 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Parent Company Only

Notes To Condensed Financial Statements

 

Transactions with Subsidiaries.

 

The Company has transactions with its consolidated subsidiaries determined on an agreed-upon basis and has guaranteed certain unsecured lines of credit and contractual obligations of certain of its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Guarantees.

 

In the normal course of its business, the Company guarantees certain of its subsidiaries’ obligations under derivative and other financial arrangements. The Company records Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, which include derivative contracts, at fair value on its consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

The Company also, in the normal course of its business, provides standard indemnities to counterparties on behalf of its subsidiaries for taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions and certain annuity products. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote.

 

The Company has issued guarantees on behalf of its subsidiaries to various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or futures contracts. Under these guarantee arrangements, the Company may be required to pay the financial obligations of its subsidiaries related to business transacted on or with the exchanges and clearinghouses in the event of a subsidiary’s default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed financial statements for these arrangements and believes that any potential requirements to make payments under these arrangements isare remote.

 

The Company guarantees certain debt instruments and warrants issued by subsidiaries. The debt instruments and warrants totaled $5.4$8.3 billion and $5.9$5.5 billion at December 31, 2010 and the warrants totaled $0.1 billion and $0.2 billion as of December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008.respectively. In connection with subsidiary lease obligations, the Company has issued guarantees to various lessors. As ofAt December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, the Company had $1.5 billion and $1.6 billion and $1.5 billionguarantees outstanding, respectively, under subsidiary lease obligations, primarily in the U.K.

 

As ofAt December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $125 million and $138 million in guarantees related to Crescent.Crescent, respectively.

 

 226249 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

25.     Transition Period Financial Information.

   One Month
Ended December 31,
   2008  2007 (Unaudited)
   

(dollars in millions, except share

and per share data)

Income Statement Data:

  

Net revenues

  $(968 $2,907
        

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $(2,027 $903

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

   (732  303
        

(Loss) income from continuing operations

   (1,295  600
        

Discontinued operations:

   

Gain from discontinued operations

   18    52

Provision for income taxes

   8    21
        

Gain on discontinued operations

   10    31
        

Net (loss) income

  $(1,285 $631
        

Net income applicable to non-controlling interest

  $3   $5
        

Net (loss) income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $(1,288 $626
        

Amounts attributable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders:

   

(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax

  $(1,295 $596

Gain from discontinued operations, net of tax

   7    30
        

Net (loss) income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $(1,288 $626
        

Per Share Data:

   

(Loss) earnings per basic common share:

   

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $(1.63 $0.55

Gain on discontinued operations

   0.01    0.03
        

(Loss) earnings per basic common share

  $(1.62 $0.58
        

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share:

   

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  $(1.63 $0.54

Gain on discontinued operations

   0.01    0.03
        

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share

  $(1.62 $0.57
        

Average common shares outstanding:

   

Basic

   1,002,058,928    1,001,916,565
        

Diluted

   1,002,058,928    1,014,454,968
        

Balance Sheet Data:

   

Total assets

  $676,764   $1,097,021

Total capital

   208,008    198,210

Long-term borrowings

   179,835    199,459

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   48,753    31,777

Non-controlling interests

   703    1,571

Total equity

   49,456    33,348

227


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

26.27.    Quarterly Results (unaudited).

 

  2009 Quarter  2008 Fiscal Quarter    
  First  Second  Third  Fourth  First Second(1) Third Fourth(2)  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
  (dollars in millions, except per share data) 

Total non-interest revenues

 $2,699   $5,638   $7,801   $6,230   $6,888 $5,326 $5,734 $796   $(1,141

Net interest

  197    (443  624    612    1,110  107  1,224  926    173  
                                 

Net revenues

  2,896    5,195    8,425    6,842    7,998  5,433  6,958  1,722    (968
                                 

Total non-interest expenses

  3,530    5,784    6,983    6,204    5,869  4,815  5,737  4,553    1,059  
                                 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

  (634  (589  1,442    638    2,129  618  1,221  (2,831  (2,027

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

  (597  (321  510    72    624  102  233  (980  (732
                                 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

  (37  (268  932    566    1,505  516  988  (1,851  (1,295
                                 

Discontinued operations(3):

         

(Loss) net gain from discontinued operations

  (252  485    (226  153    104  862  755  (601  18  

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

  (99  184    (87  (51  41  337  296  (174  8  
                                 

Net (loss) gain on discontinued operations

  (153  301    (139  204    63  525  459  (427  10  
                                 

Net (loss) gain

  (190  33    793    770    1,568  1,041  1,447  (2,278  (1,285

Net (loss) gain applicable to non-controlling interests

  (13  (116  36    153    17  16  20  18    3  
                                 

Net (loss) gain applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $(177 $149   $757   $617   $1,551 $1,025 $1,427 $(2,296 $(1,288
                                 

(Loss) earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders(4)

 $(578 $(1,256 $498   $376   $1,440 $947 $1,331 $(2,380 $(1,624
                                 

(Loss) earnings per basic common share(5):

         

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 $(0.41 $(1.36 $0.48   $0.14   $1.36 $0.44 $0.87 $(1.92 $(1.63

(Loss) income gain on discontinued operations

  (0.16  0.26    (0.09  0.15    0.05  0.47  0.41  (0.43  0.01  
                                 

(Loss) earnings per basic common share

 $(0.57 $(1.10 $0.39   $0.29   $1.41 $0.91 $1.28 $(2.35 $(1.62
                                 

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share(5):

         

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 $(0.41 $(1.36 $0.48   $0.14   $1.35 $0.44 $0.87 $(1.92 $(1.63

Net (loss) gain on discontinued operations

  (0.16  0.26    (0.10  0.15    0.05  0.47  0.40  (0.43  0.01  
                                 

(Loss) earnings per diluted common share

 $(0.57 $(1.10 $0.38   $0.29   $1.40 $0.91 $1.27 $(2.35 $(1.62
                                 

Dividends declared to common shareholders

 $0.00   $0.07   $0.05   $0.05   $0.27 $0.27 $0.27 $0.27   $0.27  

Book value

 $27.10   $27.21   $27.05   $27.26   $29.11 $30.11 $31.25 $30.24   $27.53  
  2010 Quarter  2009 Quarter 
  First  Second  Third  Fourth  First  Second  Third  Fourth 
  (dollars in millions, except per share data) 

Total non-interest revenues

 $8,704  $7,822  $6,677  $7,555  $3,003  $5,412  $7,972  $6,275 

Net interest

  368   141   103   252   (69  (216  496   561 
                                

Net revenues

  9,072   7,963   6,780   7,807   2,934   5,196   8,468   6,836 
                                

Total non-interest expenses

  6,557   6,260   5,979   6,624   3,517   5,776   6,975   6,183 
                                

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  2,515   1,703   801   1,183   (583  (580  1,493   653 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  436   240   (23  86   (584  (318  521   40 
                                

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  2,079   1,463   824   1,097   1   (262  972   613 
                                

Discontinued operations(1):

        

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (99  866   (148  (13  (303  477   (278  137 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  (31  345   35   18   (112  182   (99  (20
                                

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (68  521   (183  (31  (191  295   (179  157 
                                

Net income (loss)

  2,011   1,984   641   1,066   (190  33   793   770 

Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

  235   24   510   230   (13  (116  36   153 
                                

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,776  $1,960  $131  $836  $(177 $149  $757  $617 
                                

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

 $1,411  $1,578  $(91 $600  $(578 $(1,256 $498  $376 
                                

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(2):

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 $1.12  $0.84  $0.07  $0.44  $(0.38 $(1.35 $0.51  $0.18 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (0.05  0.36   (0.14  (0.02  (0.19  0.25   (0.12  0.11 
                                

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

 $1.07  $1.20  $(0.07 $0.42  $(0.57 $(1.10 $0.39  $0.29 
                                

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(2):

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 $1.03  $0.80  $0.05  $0.43  $(0.38 $(1.35 $0.50  $0.18 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (0.04  0.29   (0.12  (0.02  (0.19  0.25   (0.12  0.11 
                                

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

 $0.99  $1.09  $(0.07 $0.41  $(0.57 $(1.10 $0.38  $0.29 
                                

Dividends declared to common shareholders

 $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $—     $0.07  $0.05  $0.05 

Book value

 $27.65  $29.65  $31.25  $31.49  $27.10  $27.21  $27.05  $27.26 

 

(1)Income from continuing operations includes correction of prior-period errors of $171 million ($120 million after-tax), $0.11 per diluted share, due to the reversal of valuation adjustments related to interest rate derivatives, and a cumulative negative adjustment of $120 million ($84 million after-tax), $0.08 per diluted share, resulting from incorrect valuations of a London-based trader’s positions The positive adjustment of $171 million related to fiscal 2006. The negative adjustment of $120 million increased income from continuing operations on a pre-tax basis by $45 million and $75 million in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, respectively. The Company does not believe the adjustments, which were recorded in the period identified, were material to those consolidated financial statements after considering both the quantitative amount and qualitative factors as related to the affected financial statements. These amounts are included in the Institutional Securities business segment (see Note 21).

228


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(2)Results for the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 included gains of approximately $3.0 billion from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings, gains of approximately $2.3 billion from the repurchase of the Company’s debt, net losses of approximately $1.7 billion associated with loans and lending commitments, mortgage-related writedowns of $1.2 billion, mark-to-market gains of approximately $1.4 billion after the de-designation of hedges against certain of the Company’s debt and charges of $725 million related to the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets.
(3)See Note 231 and Note 25 for a discussion ofmore information on discontinued operations.
(4)No losses were allocated to the Equity Units in the first and second quarter of 2009, the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 (see Note 2 and Note 14).
(5)(2)Summation of the quarters’ earnings per common share may not equal the annual amounts due to the averaging effect of the number of shares and share equivalents throughout the year.

 

250


27.MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

28.    Subsequent Events.

 

Settlement with DFS.Revel.

On February 11,17, 2011, the Company completed the sale of Revel to a group of investors led by Revel’s Chief Executive Officer. The Company will not retain any stake or ongoing involvement. The sale price approximated the carrying value of Revel and, accordingly, the Company did not recognize any pre-tax gain or loss on the sale. See Note 1 and Note 25 for further information on Revel.

Morgan Stanley and Huaxin Securities Joint Venture.

In January 2011, the Company and Huaxin Securities Co., Limited (also known as China Fortune Securities Co., Limited) jointly announced that the establishment of their securities joint venture in China had been approved by the China Securities Regulatory Commission on December 31, 2010. The approval allows the Company to further build on its established onshore businesses in China.

The joint venture, Morgan Stanley Huaxin Securities Company Limited, will be registered and principally located in Shanghai. Huaxin Securities will hold a two-thirds stake in the joint venture while the Company will own a one-third interest. The scope of business will include underwriting and sponsorship of shares in the domestic China market (including A shares and foreign investment shares), as well as underwriting, sponsorship and principal trading of bonds (including government and corporate bonds).

Long-Term Borrowings.

Subsequent to December 31, 2010 and through February 16, 2011, the Company’s long-term borrowings (net of repayments) increased by approximately $5 billion.

FrontPoint.

In 2010, the Company and DFS entered intoreached an agreement with the principals of FrontPoint, whereby FrontPoint senior management and portfolio managers will own a majority equity stake in which each party released the other party from claims related to the sharing of proceeds from the lawsuit against VisaFrontPoint, and MasterCard. In addition, the Company and DFS entered into an agreement to provide that payments made by DFS to the Company in satisfaction of its obligations under the special dividend declared by DFS in June 2007, shall not exceed $775 million. Also on February 11, 2010, DFS paid the Company $775 million in complete satisfaction of its obligations to the Company under the special dividend. The payment will be included in discontinued operations inretain a minority stake. FrontPoint will replace the Company’s condensed consolidated statementaffiliates as the investment advisor and general partner of income forthe FrontPoint funds. The Company expects this transaction to close in the first quarter of 2010.2011, subject to closing conditions. See Note 9 for further information.

Common Dividend.

 

Common Dividend.On January 20, 2010,2011, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.05. The dividend iswas payable on February 12, 201015, 2011 to common shareholders of record on January 29, 2010.31, 2011.

 

The Company has evaluated its subsequent events through the filing date of this Form 10-K Report.

 

 229251 


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest RevenueIncome

 

   Year Ended December 31, 2009 
   Average
Weekly
Balance
  Interest  Average Rate 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

     

Interest earning assets:

     

Financial instruments owned(1):

     

U.S

  $143,885  $4,183   2.9

Non-U.S

   77,531   972   1.3

Receivables from other loans:

     

U.S

   6,339   207   3.3

Non-U.S

   314   22   7.0

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

     

U.S

   44,523   149   0.3

Non-U.S

   16,300   92   0.6

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed:

     

U.S

   176,904   237   0.1

Non-U.S

   85,079   622   0.7

Other:

     

U.S

   27,691   1,225   4.4

Non-U.S

   17,261   (7 —    
          

Total interest earning assets

  $595,827  $7,702   1.3
        

Non-interest earning assets

   145,719   
       

Total assets

  $741,546   
       

Liabilities and Equity

     

Interest bearing liabilities:

     

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

     

U.S

  $2,101  $31   1.5

Non-U.S

   1,276   20   1.6

Deposits:

     

U.S

   61,164   782   1.3

Non-U.S

   116   —     —    

Long-term debt:

     

U.S

   181,280   4,882   2.7

Non-U.S

   3,712   16   0.4

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1):

     

U.S

   29,153   —     —    

Non-U.S

   40,440   —     —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned:

     

U.S

   115,653   749   0.6

Non-U.S

   49,222   625   1.3

Other:

     

U.S

   84,015   (590 (0.7)% 

Non-U.S

   29,437   197   0.7
          

Total interest bearing liabilities

  $597,569  $6,712   1.1
        

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   143,977   
       

Total liabilities and equity

  $741,546   
       

Net interest revenues and net interest rate spread

    $990   0.2
          
  2010 
  Average
Weekly
Balance
  Interest  Average
Rate
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

   

Interest earning assets:

   

Financial instruments owned(1):

   

U.S. 

 $145,449  $3,124   2.1

Non-U.S. 

  105,385   807   0.8 

Securities available for sale:

   

U.S. 

  18,290   215   1.2 

Loans:

   

U.S. 

  7,993   293   3.7 

Non-U.S. 

  219   22   10.0 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

   

U.S. 

  33,807   67   0.2 

Non-U.S. 

  20,897   88   0.4 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

   

U.S. 

  193,796   236   0.1 

Non-U.S. 

  111,982   533   0.5 

Other:

   

U.S. 

  32,400   1,538   4.7 

Non-U.S. 

  18,091   355   2.0 
         

Total

 $688,309  $7,278   1.1
      

Non-interest earning assets

  142,761   
      

Total assets

 $831,070   
      

Liabilities and Equity

   

Interest bearing liabilities:

   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

   

U.S. 

 $1,599  $11   0.7

Non-U.S. 

  1,772   17   1.0 

Deposits:

   

U.S. 

  62,759   310   0.5 

Non-U.S. 

  70   —      —    

Long-term debt:

   

U.S. 

  186,374   4,586   2.5 

Non-U.S. 

  5,170   6   0.1 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1):

   

U.S. 

  22,947   —      —    

Non-U.S. 

  58,741   —      —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

   

U.S. 

  116,090   725   0.6 

Non-U.S. 

  94,498   866   0.9 

Other:

   

U.S. 

  97,585   (497  (0.5

Non-U.S. 

  23,852   390   1.6  
         

Total

 $671,457  $6,414   1.0 
      

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

  159,613   
      

Total liabilities and equity

 $831,070   
      

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

  $864   0.1
         

 

252

230


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income


   Fiscal 2008 
   Average
Month-End
Balance
  Interest  Average
Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

      

Interest earning assets:

      

Financial instruments owned(1)

  $288,639  $9,961  3.5

Receivables from other loans

   12,463   784  6.3

Other interest earning assets(2):

      

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   80,273   —    —    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements

   134,452   —    —    

Securities borrowed

   223,037   —    —    

Receivables from customers

   58,903   —    —    
        

Total other interest earning assets

   496,665   28,934  5.8
          

Total interest earning assets

  $797,767  $39,679  5.0
        

Non-interest earning assets

   208,841    
        

Total assets

  $1,006,608    
        

Liabilities and Equity

      

Interest bearing liabilities:

      

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $21,249  $663  3.1

Deposits

   35,311   740  2.1

Long-term debt

   194,028   7,793  4.0

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1)

   80,166   —    —    

Other interest bearing liabilities(2):

      

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   168,659   —    —    

Securities loaned

   58,754   —    —    

Payables to customers

   238,088   —    —    
        

Total other interest bearing liabilities

   465,501   27,116  5.8
          

Total interest bearing liabilities

  $796,255  $36,312  4.6
          

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   210,353    
        

Total liabilities and equity

  $1,006,608    
        

Net interest revenues and net interest rate spread

    $3,367  0.4
          

 

231
   2009 
   Average
Weekly
Balance(2)
   Interest  Average
Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

     

Interest earning assets:

     

Financial instruments owned(1):

     

U.S. 

  $143,885   $4,024   2.8

Non-U.S. 

   77,531    907   1.2 

Loans:

     

U.S. 

   6,339    207   3.3 

Non-U.S. 

   314    22   7.0 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

     

U.S. 

   44,523    149   0.3 

Non-U.S. 

   16,300    92   0.6 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

     

U.S. 

   176,904    237   0.1 

Non-U.S. 

   85,079    622   0.7 

Other:

     

U.S. 

   27,691    1,224   4.4 

Non-U.S. 

   17,261    (7  —    
           

Total

  $595,827   $7,477   1.2
        

Non-interest earning assets

   145,719    
        

Total assets

  $741,546    
        

Liabilities and Equity

     

Interest bearing liabilities:

     

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

     

U.S. 

  $2,101   $31   1.5

Non-U.S. 

   1,276    20   1.6 

Deposits:

     

U.S. 

   61,164    782   1.3 

Non-U.S. 

   116    —      —    

Long-term debt:

     

U.S. 

   181,280    4,882   2.7 

Non-U.S. 

   3,712    16   0.4 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1):

     

U.S. 

   29,153    —      —    

Non-U.S. 

   40,440    —      —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

     

U.S. 

   115,653    749   0.6 

Non-U.S. 

   49,222    625   1.3 

Other:

     

U.S. 

   84,015    (598  (0.7

Non-U.S. 

   29,437    198   0.7 
           

Total

  $597,569   $6,705   1.1 
        

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   143,977    
        

Total liabilities and equity

  $741,546    
        

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

    $772   0.1
           

253


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

   Fiscal 2008 
   Average
Month-End
Balance(2)
   Interest   Average
Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

      

Interest earning assets:

      

Financial instruments owned(1)

  $288,639   $9,217    3.2

Loans

   12,463    784    6.3 

Other interest earning assets(3):

      

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   80,273    —       —    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   134,452    —       —    

Securities borrowed

   223,037    —       —    

Receivables from customers

   58,903    —       —    
         

Total other interest earning assets

   496,665    28,930    5.8 
            

Total

  $797,767   $38,931    4.9
         

Non-interest earning assets

   208,841     
         

Total assets

  $1,006,608     
         

Liabilities and Equity

      

Interest bearing liabilities:

      

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $21,249   $663    3.1

Deposits

   35,311    740    2.1 

Long-term debt

   194,028    7,793    4.0 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1)

   80,166    —       —    

Other interest bearing liabilities(3):

      

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   168,659    —       —    

Securities loaned

   58,754    —       —    

Payables to customers

   238,088    —       —    
         

Total other interest bearing liabilities

   465,501    27,067    5.8 
            

Total

  $796,255   $36,263    4.6 
         

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   210,353     
         

Total liabilities and equity

  $1,006,608     
         

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

    $2,668    0.3
            

254


   One Month Ended December 31, 2008 
   Average
Month-End
Balance
  Interest  Annualized
Average Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

      

Interest earning assets:

      

Financial instruments owned(1)

      

U.S

  $122,842  $565  5.4

Non-U.S

   49,384   38  0.9

Receivables from other loans

      

U.S

   6,527   15  2.7

Non-U.S

   5   —    —    

Interest bearing deposits with banks

      

U.S

   56,784   4  0.1

Non-U.S

   18,053   15  1.0

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed

      

U.S

   99,626   166  2.0

Non-U.S

   65,568   214  3.8

Other

      

U.S

   60,121   149  2.9

Non-U.S

   18,698   131  8.3
          

Total interest earning assets

   497,608  $1,297  3.1
        

Non-interest earning assets

   170,292    
        

Total assets

  $667,900    
        

Liabilities and Equity

      

Interest bearing liabilities:

      

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

      

U.S

  $7,210  $27  4.4

Non-U.S

   3,385   6  2.1

Deposits

      

U.S

   47,082   53  1.3

Non-U.S

   137   —    3.4

Long-term debt

      

U.S

   169,117   570  4.0

Non-U.S

   3,463   9  3.1

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1)

      

U.S

   36,450   —    —    

Non-U.S

   10,028   —    —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned

      

U.S

   76,223   99  1.5

Non-U.S

   34,578   256  8.7

Other

      

U.S

   90,993   14  0.2

Non-U.S

   31,604   90  3.4
          

Total interest bearing liabilities

   510,270  $1,124  2.6
        

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   157,630    
        

Total liabilities and equity

  $667,900    
        

Net interest revenues and net interest rate spread

    $173  0.5
          

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

  One Month Ended December 31, 2008 
  Average
Month-End
Balance(2)
  Interest  Annualized
Average
Rate
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

   

Interest earning assets:

   

Financial instruments owned(1):

   

U.S. 

 $122,842  $358   3.4

Non-U.S. 

  49,384   37   0.9 

Loans:

   

U.S. 

  6,527   15   2.7 

Non-U.S. 

  5   —      —    

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

   

U.S. 

  56,784   4   0.1 

Non-U.S. 

  18,053   15   1.0 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

   

U.S. 

  99,626   166   2.0 

Non-U.S. 

  65,568   214   3.8 

Other:

   

U.S. 

  60,121   149   2.9 

Non-U.S. 

  18,698   131   8.3 
         

Total

 $497,608  $1,089   2.6
      

Non-interest earning assets

  170,292   
      

Total assets

 $667,900   
      

Liabilities and Equity

   

Interest bearing liabilities:

   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

   

U.S. 

 $7,210  $27   4.4

Non-U.S. 

  3,385   6   2.1 

Deposits:

   

U.S. 

  47,082   53   1.3 

Non-U.S. 

  137   —      —    

Long-term debt:

   

U.S. 

  169,117   570   4.0 

Non-U.S. 

  3,463   9   3.1 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1):

   

U.S. 

  36,450   —      —    

Non-U.S. 

  10,028   —      —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

   

U.S. 

  76,223   99   1.5 

Non-U.S. 

  34,578   256   8.7 

Other:

   

U.S. 

  90,993   14   0.2 

Non-U.S. 

  31,604   106   3.9 
         

Total

 $510,270  $1,140   2.6 
      

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

  157,630   
      

Total liabilities and equity

 $667,900   
      

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

  $(51  —  
         

 

(1)Interest expense on Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, is reported as a reduction of Interest and dividends revenues.income.

232


(2)The Company calculates its average balances based upon weekly amounts except where weekly balances are unavailable, month-end balances are used.
(3)Amounts primarily relate to securities financing transactions, which include repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loaned transactions, customer receivables/payables and segregated customer cash. The Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest and dividend income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for each of the Company’s separate businesses, and is therefore, prior to December 2008, was unable to further breakoutbreak out Interest and dividendsincome and Interest expense (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements).

255


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued

 

Rate/Volume AnalysisAnalysis.

 

The following table setstables set forth an analysis of the effect on net interest income of volume and rate changes for 2009 versus fiscal 2008.changes:

 

   2009 versus Fiscal 2008 
   Increase (decrease) due to change in:    
    Volume  Rate  Net change 
      (in millions)    

Interest earning assets

    

Financial instruments owned

  $(2,320 $(2,486 $(4,806

Receivables from other loans

   (365  (190  (555

Other interest earning assets

   (7,510  (19,106  (26,616
             

Change in interest income

  $(10,195 $(21,782 $(31,977
             

Interest bearing liabilities

    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $(558 $(54 $(612

Interest bearing deposits

   544    (502  42  

Long-term debt

   (363  (2,532  (2,895

Other interest bearing liabilities

   (10,903  (15,232  (26,135
             

Change in interest expense

  $(11,280 $(18,320 $(29,600
             

Change in net interest income

  $1,085   $(3,462 $(2,377
             
   2010 versus 2009 
   Increase (Decrease) due to Change in: 
  Volume  Rate  Net Change 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest earning assets:

    

Financial instruments owned:

    

U.S.

  $44  $(944 $(900

Non-U.S.

   326   (426  (100

Securities available for sale:

    

U.S.

   215   —      215 

Loans:

    

U.S.

   54   32   86 

Non-U.S.

   (7  7   —    

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

    

U.S.

   (36  (46  (82

Non-U.S.

   26   (30  (4

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

    

U.S.

   23   (24  (1

Non-U.S.

   197   (286  (89

Other:

    

U.S.

   208    106    314 

Non-U.S.

   —      362   362 
             

Change in interest income

  $1,050  $(1,249 $(199
             

Interest bearing liabilities:

    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

    

U.S.

  $(7 $(13 $(20

Non-U.S.

   8   (11  (3

Deposits:

    

U.S.

   20   (492  (472

Long-term debt:

    

U.S.

   137   (433  (296

Non-U.S.

   6   (16  (10

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

    

U.S.

   3   (27  (24

Non-U.S.

   575   (334  241 

Other:

    

U.S.

   (97  198   101 

Non-U.S.

   (37  229   192 
             

Change in interest expense

  $608  $(899 $(291
             

Change in net interest income

  $442  $(350 $92 
             

256


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued

   2009 versus Fiscal 2008 
   Increase (Decrease) due to Change in: 
  Volume  Rate  Net Change 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest earning assets:

    

Financial instruments owned

  $(2,147 $(2,139 $(4,286

Loans

   (365  (190  (555

Other

   (7,509  (19,104  (26,613
             

Change in interest income

  $(10,021 $(21,433 $(31,454
             

Interest bearing liabilities:

    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $(558 $(54 $(612

Deposits

   544   (502  42 

Long-term debt

   (363  (2,532  (2,895

Other

   (9,809  (16,284  (26,093
             

Change in interest expense

  $(10,186 $(19,372 $(29,558
             

Change in net interest income

  $165  $(2,061 $(1,896
             

 

DepositsDeposits.

 

 Average Deposits(1)  Average Deposits(1) 
 2009 Fiscal 2008 Fiscal 2007 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
  2010 2009 Fiscal 2008 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
 
 Average
Amount(1)
 Average
Rate
 Average
Amount(1)
 Average
Rate
 Average
Amount(1)
 Average
Rate
 Average
Amount(1)
 Average
Rate
  Average
Amount(1)
 Average
Rate
 Average
Amount(1)
 Average
Rate
 Average
Amount(1)
 Average
Rate
 Average
Amount(1)
 Average
Rate
 
 (in millions) (%) (in millions) (%) (in millions) (%) (in millions) (%)  

(dollars in millions)

 

Interest bearing deposits(2):

        

Deposits(2):

        

Savings deposits

 $52,397 0.9 $33,756 2.0 $17,732 3.8 $38,911 0.8 $58,053   0.2 $52,397   0.9 $33,756   2.0 $38,911   0.8

Time deposits

  8,883 3.7  1,555 4.0  4,280 4.9  8,308 3.9  4,776   3.7  8,883   3.7  1,555   4.0  8,308   3.9
                            

Total

 $61,280 1.3 $35,311 2.1 $22,012 4.0 $47,219 1.3 $62,829   0.5 $61,280   1.3 $35,311   2.1 $47,219   1.3
                            

 

(1)AverageThe Company calculates its average balances are calculated based upon weekly amounts except where weekly balances for 2009 andare unavailable, month-end balances for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007, and the one month ended December 31, 2008.are used.
(2)Deposits are primarily located in U.S. offices.

 

RatiosRatios.

 

  2009 Fiscal 2008 Fiscal 2007 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
   2010 2009 Fiscal 2008 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
 

Net income to average assets

  0.2 0.2 0.3 N/M     0.6  0.2  0.2  N/M  

Return on common equity(1)

  N/M   4.5 8.4 N/M     8.5  N/M    4.5  N/M  

Return on total equity(2)

  2.8 4.6 8.8 N/M     9.0  2.8  4.6  N/M  

Dividend payout ratio(3)

  N/M   77.7 37.2 N/M     7.6  N/M    77.7  N/M  

Total average common equity to average assets

  4.6 3.3 2.9 4.6   5.1  4.6  3.3  4.6

Total average equity to average assets

  6.5 3.7 3.0 7.5   6.3  6.5  3.7  7.5

 

N/M—Notmeaningful

N/M—Not meaningful.

(1)Based on net income applicable to common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity.

233


(2)Based on net income as a percentage of average total equity.
(3)Dividends declared per common share as a percentage of net income per diluted share.

257


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued

 

Short-term BorrowingsShort-Term Borrowings.

 

 2009 Fiscal 2008 Fiscal 2007 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
   2010 2009 Fiscal 2008 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
 
 (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements(1):

    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1):

     

Period-end balance

 $159,401   $102,401   $162,840    92,213    $147,598  $159,401  $102,401  $92,213 

Average balance(2)

  142,197    168,659    274,959    97,307  

Average balance(2)(3)

   178,673   142,197   168,659   97,307 

Maximum balance at any month-end

  210,482    272,126    335,522    102,401     216,130   210,482   272,126   102,401 

Securities loaned(1):

         

Period-end balance

 $26,246   $14,821   $110,423   $14,580    $29,094  $26,246  $14,821  $14,580 

Average balance(2)

  22,679    58,754    153,008    14,701     31,915   22,679   58,754   14,701 

Maximum balance at any month-end

  26,867    110,446    209,592    14,821     33,454   26,867   110,446   14,821 

Commercial paper:

         

Period-end balance

 $783   $6,744   $22,596   $7,388    $945  $783  $6,744  $7,388 

Average balance(2)

  924    12,397    25,362    7,066     866   924   12,397   7,066 

Maximum balance at any month-end

  5,367    19,895    31,442    7,388     1,098   5,367   19,895   7,388 

Weighted average interest rate during the period

  2.4  4.2  5.1  2.7   1.7  2.4  4.2  2.7

Weighted average interest rate on period-end balance

  0.8  2.6  4.8  2.3   2.5  0.8  2.6  2.3

 

(1)The Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest and dividend income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for each of the Company’s separate businesses and, therefore, is therefore unable to provide weighted average interest rates for Securities sold under repurchase agreements and Securities loaned. See Note 1 and Note 1517 of the consolidated financial statements for further information.
(2)AverageThe Company calculates its average balances are calculated based upon weekly amounts except where weekly balances for 2009 andare unavailable, month-end balances for fiscal 2008, fiscal 2007 andare used.
(3)The period-end balance was lower than the one month endedannual average primarily due to the seasonal maturity of client financing activity on December 31, 2008.2010.

258


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued

 

Cross-border OutstandingsCross-Border Outstandings.

 

Cross-border outstandings are based upon the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (“FFIEC”) regulatory guidelines for reporting cross-border risk. Claims include cash, receivables, securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed and cash trading instruments but exclude derivative instruments and commitments. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securitiesSecurities borrowed are presented based on the domicile of the counterparty, without reduction for related securities collateral held.

 

The following table setstables set forth cross-border outstandings for each country in which cross-border outstandings exceed 1% of the Company’s consolidated assets or 20% of the Company’s total capital, whichever is less, as ofat December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, in accordance with the FFIEC guidelines (dollars in millions):

 

  At December 31, 2010 

Country

  Banks  Governments  Other  Total  Banks   Governments   Other   Total 

Denmark

  $796  $5,701  $647  $7,144

France

   9,721   2,175   14,664   26,560  $39,009   $2,526   $3,219   $44,754 

Germany

   10,897   2,280   11,050   24,227   8,928    6,435    2,332    17,695 

Ireland

   3,922   6   4,514   8,442

Italy

   1,399   2,391   1,761   5,551   1,616    1,726    1,264    4,606 

Luxembourg

   3,967   1   8,622   12,590   2,926    483    4,846    8,255 

Netherlands

   3,740   271   10,516   14,527   3,769    61    8,078    11,908 

Spain

   1,660   316   4,211   6,187

Switzerland

   4,497   —     6,564   11,061

United Kingdom

   13,151   1   9,674   22,826   7,591    1    8,711    16,303 

Brazil

   915    707    7,001    8,623 

Cayman Islands

   —     —     36,034   36,034   15    4    27,646    27,665 

Japan

   11,159   194   6,374   17,727   12,564    1,444    5,133    19,141 

Korea

   531   3,098   8,899   12,528   63    5,881    1,424    7,368 

Canada

   2,163   262   4,554   6,979

Australia

   1,578    186    1,282    3,046 

 

    At December 31, 2009 

Country

  Banks   Governments   Other   Total 

Denmark

  $787   $5,701   $647   $7,135 

France

   9,702    2,175    13,452    25,329 

Germany

   10,700    2,280    10,986    23,966 

Ireland

   3,922    6    4,269    8,197 

Italy

   1,395    2,391    1,761    5,547 

Luxembourg

   4,264    1    5,946    10,211 

Netherlands

   2,798    271    9,803    12,872 

Spain

   1,660    316    4,211    6,187 

Switzerland

   4,429    —       6,507    10,936 

United Kingdom

   13,150    1    9,674    22,825 

Cayman Islands

   —       —       35,993    35,993 

Japan

   9,040    194    6,035    15,269 

Canada

   2,163    262    4,554    6,979 

234

259


Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

None.

 

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures.

 

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Morgan Stanley;the Company;

 

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s management and directors; and

 

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009.2010. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) inInternal Control-Integrated FrameworkFramework.. Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management believes that Morgan Stanleythe Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009.2010.

 

Morgan Stanley’sThe Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued a report on Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears below.

 

235260


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009,2010, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009,2010, based on the criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statementstatements of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2009,2010, the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in total equity for the year ended December 31, 20092010 and our report dated February 26, 201028, 2011 expresses an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and includes explanatory paragraphs concerning the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board accounting guidance that addresses noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements and the computation of Earnings Per Share under the two-class method for share-based payment transactions that are participating securities and an explanatory paragraph, concerning the Company changing its fiscal year end from November 30 to December 31.statements.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

February 28, 2011

February 26, 2010

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

No change in Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 20092010 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B.    OtherInformation.

 

Not applicable.

 

237262


Part III

 

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

 

Information relating to Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s directors and nominees under the following captions in Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 20102011 annual meeting of shareholders (“Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement”) is incorporated by reference herein.

 

“Item 1—Election of Directors”

 

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Board Meetings and Committees”

 

Information relating to Morgan Stanley’sthe Company’s executive officers is contained in Part I, Item 1 of this report under “Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley.”

 

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Finance Director and Controller. You can find our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct on our internet site,www.morganstanley.com/about/company/governance/ms_coe_bc.htmlms_coe_bc.html.. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the NYSE, on our internet site.

 

Item 11.Executive Compensation.

 

Information relating to director and executive officer compensation under the following captions in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Executive Compensation”

 

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Director Compensation”

 

238263


Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

Information relating toEquity Compensation Plan Information. The following table provides information about stock options outstanding and shares of common stock available for future awards under all of the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2010. The Company has not made any grants of common stock outside of its equity compensation plans.

   (a)   (b)   (c) 

Plan Category

  Number of securities to be issued
upon exercise of
outstanding options, warrants
and rights
   Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   67,024,871    $50.3544     102,294,893(1) 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   —       —       2,525,626(2) 

Total

   67,024,871    $50.3544     104,820,519(3) 

(1)Includes the following:
(a)39,201,616 shares available under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Pursuant to this plan, which is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, eligible employees may purchase shares of common stock at a discount to market price through regular payroll deduction. The Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee (“CMDS Committee”) approved the discontinuation of the ESPP, effective June 1, 2009, such that no further contributions to the plan will be permitted following such date, until such time as the CMDS Committee determines to recommence contributions under the plan.
(b)52,299,480 shares available under the 2007 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (“EICP”). Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), performance-based units, other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the CMDS Committee.
(c)10,144,473 shares available under the Employee Equity Accumulation Plan (“EEAP”), which includes 586,711 shares available for awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the CMDS Committee.
(d)354,757 shares available under the Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan (“TDEPP”). Awards consist of restricted stock units which are settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.
(e)294,568 shares available under the Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan (“DECAP”). This plan provides for periodic awards of shares of common stock and stock units to non-employee directors and also allows non-employee directors to defer the fees they earn from services as a director in the form of stock units.
(2)22,957 shares available under the Branch Manager Compensation Plan (“BMCP”), 13,239 shares available under the Financial Advisor and Investment Representative Compensation Plan (“FAIRCP”), and 2,489,430 shares available under the Morgan Stanley 2009 Replacement Equity Incentive Compensation Plan for Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Employees (“REICP”). The material features of these plans are described below.
(3)As of December 31, 2010, approximately 63 million shares were available under the Company’s plans that can be used for the purpose of granting annual employee equity awards (EICP, EEAP, TDEPP, BMCP and FAIRCP). Approximately 42 million shares were granted in January 2011 as part of 2010 employee incentive compensation (which, for the PSUs granted to senior executives, reflects the grant of the target number of units, although the senior executive may ultimately earn up to two times the target number, or nothing, based on the Company’s performance over the three-year performance period).

The material features of the Company’s equity compensation plans that have not been approved by shareholders under SEC rules (BMCP, FAIRCP and REICP) are described below. The following descriptions do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the plan documents. All plans through which awards may currently be granted are included as exhibits to this report.

264


BMCP. Branch managers in the Global Wealth Management Group are eligible to receive awards under BMCP. Awards under BMCP may consist of cash awards, restricted stock and restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.

FAIRCP. Financial advisors and investment representatives in the Global Wealth Management Group are eligible to receive awards under FAIRCP. Awards under FAIRCP may consist of cash awards, restricted stock and restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.

REICP. The REICP was adopted in connection with the MSSB joint venture and without stockholder approval pursuant to the employment inducement award exception under the NYSE Corporate Governance Listing Standards. The equity awards granted pursuant to the REICP are limited to awards to induce certain Citi employees to join the new MSSB joint venture by replacing the value of Citi awards that were forfeited in connection with the employees’ transfer of employment to MSSB. Awards under the REICP may be made in the form of restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, stock options and restricted stock and other forms of stock-based awards.

*     *     *

Other information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is set forth under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” andcaption “Beneficial Ownership of Company Common Stock” in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement and such information is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

 

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions under the following caption in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

“Other Matters—Certain Transactions”

“Other Matters—Related Person Transactions Policy”

 

Information regarding director independence under the following caption in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Corporate Governance—Director Independence”

 

Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

 

Information regarding principal accountant fees and services under the following caption in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

“Item 2—Ratification of Appointment of Morgan Stanley’s Independent Auditor” (excluding the information under the subheading “Audit Committee Report”)

 

239265


Part IV

 

Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Documents filed as part of this report.

 

The consolidated financial statements required to be filed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are included in Part II, Item 8 hereof.

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this report beginning on page E-1 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

240266


Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 26, 2010.28, 2011.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

(REGISTRANT)

By: 

/s/    JAMES P. GORMAN

 

(James P. Gorman)

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned, hereby severally constitute Ruth Porat, Francis P. Barron and Martin M. Cohen, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys to any and all amendments to said Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 26th28th day of February, 2010.2011.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/    JAMES P. GORMAN        

(James P. Gorman)

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/    RUTH PORAT        

(Ruth Porat)

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/    PAUL C. WIRTH        

(Paul C. Wirth)

  

Finance Director and ControllerDeputy Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/    JOHN J. MACK        

(John J. Mack)

  

Director

(Chairman of the Board of Directors)

/s/    ROY J. BOSTOCK        

(Roy J. Bostock)

  Director

/s/    ERSKINE B. BOWLES        

(Erskine B. Bowles)

  Director

/s/    HOWARD J. DAVIES        

(Howard J. Davies)

  Director

/s/    JAMES H. HANCE, JR.        

(James H. Hance, Jr.)

  Director

/s/    NOBUYUKI HIRANO        

(Nobuyuki Hirano)

  Director

S-1


Signature

Title

/s/    C. ROBERT KIDDER

(C. Robert Kidder)

  Director

/s/    DONALD T. NICOLAISEN        

(Donald T. Nicolaisen)

Director

S-1


Signature

Title

/s/    CHARLES H. NOSKI        

(Charles H. Noski)

  Director

/s/    HUTHAM S. OLAYAN        

(Hutham S. Olayan)

  Director

/s/    CJHARLESAMES E. PW. OHILLIPSWENS        , JR.        

(Charles E. Phillips, Jr.)James W. Owens)

  Director

/s/    O. GRIFFITH SEXTON        

(O. Griffith Sexton)

  Director

/s/    LAURA D’ANDREA TYSON        

(Laura D’Andrea Tyson)

  Director

 

 S-2 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

EXHIBITS TO FORM 10-K

 

For the year ended December 31, 20092010

Commission File No. 1-11758

 

 


Exhibit Index

 

Certain of the following exhibits, as indicated parenthetically, were previously filed as exhibits to registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Securities Act or to reports or registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Exchange Act and are hereby incorporated by reference to such statements or reports. Morgan Stanley’s Exchange Act file number is 1-11758. The Exchange Act file number of Morgan Stanley Group Inc., a predecessor company (“MSG”), was 1-9085.1

 

Exhibit
No.
  

Description

  3.1  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date (Exhibit 3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).
  3.2*3.2  Amended and Restated Bylaws of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date.date (Exhibit 3.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2010).
  4.1  Indenture dated as of February 24, 1993 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-57202)).
  4.2  Amended and Restated Senior Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-e to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-75289) as amended by Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of October 8, 2007 (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
  4.3  Senior Indenture dated as of November 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-117752), as amended by First Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 4, 2007 (Exhibit 4.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007), Second Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of January 4, 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 4, 2008), Third Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 10, 2008 (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008), Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of December 1, 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 1, 2008) and Fifth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of April 1, 2009 (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
  4.4  The Unit Agreement Without Holders’ Obligations, dated as of August 29, 2008, between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Unit Agent, as Trustee and Paying Agent under the Senior Indenture referred to therein and as Warrant Agent under the Warrant Agreement referred to therein (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 29, 2008).
  4.5  Amended and Restated Subordinated Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-75289)).
  4.6  Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-g to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-117752)).
  4.7Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of March 1, 1998 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1998).

 

(1)For purposes of this Exhibit Index, references to “The Bank of New York” mean in some instances the entity successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association; references to “JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank, in some instances as the successor to Chemical Bank; references to “J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The First National Bank of Chicago.

 

 E-1 


Exhibit
No.
  

Description

  4.7Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of March 1, 1998 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1998).
4.8  Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-ww to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-117752)).
  4.9  Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 12, 2006 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006).
  4.10  Deposit Agreement dated as of July 6, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2006).
  4.11  Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A (included in Exhibit 4.10 hereto).
  4.12  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust III dated as of February 27, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee, and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2003).
  4.13  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV dated as of April 21, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2003).
  4.14  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V dated as of July 16, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2003).
  4.15  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VI dated as of January 26, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006).
  4.16  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII dated as of October 12, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006).
  4.17  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII dated as of April 26, 2007 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2007).
  4.18  Instruments defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures—Except as set forth in Exhibits 4.1 through 4.17 above, the instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of Morgan Stanley and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Section (b)(4)(iii) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. Morgan Stanley hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the SEC upon request.
10.1Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of April 21, 2009 by and between Morgan Stanley and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).
10.2Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of December 19, 2007 between Morgan Stanley and Best Investment Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of China Investment Corporation (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 19, 2007) as amended by Amendment dated as of October 27, 2008 (Exhibit 99.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 26, 2008).

 

 E-2 


Exhibit
No.
  

Description

10.310.1  Securities PurchaseAmended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of September 29, 2008April 20, 2010 by and between Morgan Stanley and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.,State Street Bank and the first amendment thereto entered into on October 3, 2008, the second amendment thereto entered into on October 8, 2008 and the third amendment thereto entered into on October 13, 2008Trust Company (Exhibit 10.110 to Morgan Stanley’s CurrentQuarterly Report on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2008)10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).
10.4Investor Agreement dated as of October 13, 2008 by and between Morgan Stanley and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2008) as amended by Amendment dated as of October 27, 2008 (Exhibit 99.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 26, 2008).
10.5Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 13, 2008 by and between Morgan Stanley and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 13, 2008).
10.6  Amended and Restated Joint Venture Contribution and Formation Agreement dated as of May 29, 2009 by and among Citigroup Inc. and Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 29, 2009).
10.710.3  Transaction Agreement dated as of October 19, 2009 between Morgan Stanley and Invesco Ltd. (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009).
10.8†10.4Letter Agreement dated as of May 28, 2010 between Morgan Stanley and Invesco Ltd. (Exhibit 2.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 28, 2010).
10.5†  Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan (f/k/a the Morgan Stanley DPSP/START Plan) dated as of October 1, 2002 (Exhibit 10.17 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2002) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.18 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2002), Amendment (Exhibit 10.18 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003), Amendment (Exhibit 10.19 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003), Amendment (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2004), Amendment (Exhibit 10.16 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2004), Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.8 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2007), Amendment (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2007), Amendment (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007), Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008), Amendment (Exhibit 10.12 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008), Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009) and, Amendment (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
10.9†10.6†*  Amendment to Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, dated as of December 29, 2009.23, 2010.
10.10†10.7†  Morgan Stanley 401(k) Savings Plan, dated as of July 1, 2009 (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.11 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
10.11†10.8†*  Amendment to Morgan Stanley 401(k) Savings Plan, dated as of December 29, 2009.23, 2010.
10.12†10.9†  1994 Omnibus Equity Plan as amended and restated (Exhibit 10.23 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.11 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006).

 

 E-3 


Exhibit
No.
  

Description

10.13†10.10†  Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.14†*10.11†  Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan as amended through November 16, 2009.2009 (Exhibit 10.14 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
10.15†10.12†  Select Employees’ Capital Accumulation Program as amended and restated as of May 7, 2008 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2008).
10.16†10.13†  Form of Term Sheet under the Select Employees’ Capital Accumulation Program (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.17†10.14†  Employees’ Equity Accumulation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.12 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.18†10.15†  Employee Stock Purchase Plan as amended and restated as of February 1, 2009 (Exhibit 10.20 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.19†10.16†  Form of Agreement under the Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated Owners’ and Select Earners’ Plan (Exhibit 10.1 to MSG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1993).
10.20†10.17†  Form of Agreement under the Officers’ and Select Earners’ Plan (Exhibit 10.2 to MSG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1993).
10.21†10.18†  Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan, amended and restated effective December 31, 2008 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).
10.22†10.19†*Amendment to Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan, dated as of December 23, 2010.
10.20†  1995 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (Annex A to MSG’s Proxy Statement for its 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.39 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000), Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006), Amendment (Exhibit 10.24 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.22 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.23†10.21†  Form of Equity Incentive Compensation Plan Award Certificate (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2004).
10.24†10.22†  Form of Equity Incentive Compensation Plan Award Certificate (Exhibit 10.10 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2005).
10.25†Form of Chief Executive Officer Equity Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Award of Stock Units under the EICP (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 12, 2005).
10.26†10.23†  Form of Chief Executive Officer Equity Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Award of Stock Units and Stock Options (Exhibit 10.28 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006).
10.27†Form of Management Committee Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Award of Stock Units under the EICP (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 12, 2005).
10.28†10.24†  Form of Management Committee Equity Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Award of Stock Units and Stock Options (Exhibit 10.30 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006).

 

 E-4 


Exhibit
No.
  

Description

10.29†10.25†  1988 Capital Accumulation Plan as amended (Exhibit 10.13 to MSG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1993).
10.30†10.26†  Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement under the Pre-Tax Incentive Program (Exhibit 10.12 to MSG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1994).
10.31†10.27†  Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement under the Pre-Tax Incentive Program 2 (Exhibit 10.12 to MSG’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996).
10.32†10.28†  Key Employee Private Equity Recognition Plan (Exhibit 10.43 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000).
10.33†10.29†  Morgan Stanley Branch Manager Compensation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.33 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.34†10.30†  Morgan Stanley Financial Advisor and Investment Representative Compensation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.34 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.35†10.31†  Morgan Stanley UK Share Ownership Plan (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-146954)).
10.36†*10.32†  Supplementary Deed of Participation for the Morgan Stanley UK Share Ownership Plan, dated as of November 5, 2009.
10.37†Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of December 16, 2008 between Morgan Stanley and Mr. John J. Mack2009 (Exhibit 10.310.36 to Morgan Stanley’s QuarterlyAnnual Report on Form 10-Q10-K for the quarteryear ended MarchDecember 31, 2009).
10.38†Agreement dated as of July 21, 2005 between Morgan Stanley and Thomas R. Nides, as amended by amendment to agreement, dated as of February 8, 2008 (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008) and amendment to agreement dated as of December 16, 2008 (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
10.39†10.33†  Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement dated as of March 10, 2009 by and between Morgan Stanley Management Services II, Inc. and John J. Mack (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
10.40†10.34†  Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2005January 1, 2010, by and between Morgan StanleyCorporate Services Support Corp. and Gary G. Lynch, as amended by amendment to agreement, dated as of February 8, 2008James P. Gorman (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008) and amendment to agreement dated as of December 16, 2008 (Exhibit 10.510.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009)2010).
10.41†10.35†  MemorandumAgreement between Morgan Stanley and James P. Gorman, dated as of August 4, 200916, 2005, and amendment to Gary G. Lynch regarding International Assignment Package, Worldwide Expatriate Policy and United States Tax Equalization Policyagreement dated December 17, 2008 (Exhibit 10.710.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009)March 31, 2010).
10.42†10.36†Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Kenneth M. deRegt, dated February 14, 2008 (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).
10.37†  Memorandum dated as of August 21, 2007 to Walid Chammah regarding Relocation from United States to London Office (Exhibit 10.7 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
10.43†10.38†  Memorandum dated as of February 16, 2006 to Colm Kelleher regarding Expatriate Relocation Policy and European Tax Equalisation Policy (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.44†10.39†  Form of Restrictive Covenant Agreement (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 22, 2005).

E-5


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.45†10.40†  Morgan Stanley Performance Formula and Provisions (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2006).
10.46†10.41†  2007 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of March 10, 200919, 2010 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 29, 2009)May 18, 2010).
10.47†10.42†  Morgan Stanley 2006 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan, as amended and restated as of November 28, 2008 (Exhibit 10.47 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).

E-5


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.48†10.43†  Form of Award Certificate under the 2006 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan (Exhibit 10.7 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.49†10.44†  Morgan Stanley 2007 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan, amended as of June 4, 2009 (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).
10.50†10.45†  Form of Award Certificate under the 2007 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan for Certain Management Committee Members (Exhibit 10.8 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.51†10.46†  Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units to Certain Management Committee Members (Exhibit 10.10 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.52†10.47†  Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units (Exhibit 10.8 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
10.53†10.48†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).
10.49†  Governmental Service Amendment to Outstanding Stock Option and Stock Unit Awards (replacing and superseding in its entirety Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2007) (Exhibit 10.41 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.54†10.50†  Amendment to Outstanding Stock Option and Stock Unit Awards (Exhibit 10.53 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.55†10.51†  Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.54 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.56†10.52†  Form of Award Certificate under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
10.57†10.53†Form of Award Certificate under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).
10.54†  Form of Executive Waiver (Exhibit 10.55 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.58†10.55†  Form of Executive Letter Agreement (Exhibit 10.56 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.59†10.56†  Morgan Stanley 2009 Replacement Equity Incentive Compensation Plan for Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Employees (Exhibit 4.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-159504)).
10.57†Form of Award Certificate for Performance Stock Units (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).
12*  Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
21*  Subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley.
23.1*  Consent of Deloitte & ToucheLLP. LLP.
24.1*24  Powers of Attorney.Attorney (included on signature page).

24.2* Powers of Attorney.E-6


Exhibit
No.

Description

31.1** Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
31.2** Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

E-6


Exhibit
No.

Description

32.1** Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
32.2** Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
101*** Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—December 31, 20092010 and December 31, 2008,2009, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007 and One Month Ended December 31, 2008, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007 and One Month Ended December 31, 2008, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007 and One Month Ended December 31, 2008, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009, November 30, 2008 and November 30, 2007 and One Month Ended December 31, 2008, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.Statements.

 

*Filed herewith.
**Furnished herewith.
***As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(b).

 

 E-7